Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 24, 2014

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Form F-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

 

Cyber-Ark Software Ltd.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

 

 

 

State of Israel   7372   Not Applicable

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

Cyber-Ark Software Ltd.

94 Em-Ha’moshavot Road

Park Azorim, P.O. Box 3143

Petach Tikva 4970602, Israel

+972 (3) 918-0000

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Cyber-Ark Software, Inc.

60 Wells Avenue

Suite 103

Newton, MA 02459

(617) 965-1544

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Colin J. Diamond, Esq.

Joshua G. Kiernan, Esq.

White & Case LLP

1155 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10036

Tel: (212) 819-8200

Fax: (212) 354-8113

 

Dan Shamgar, Adv.

David S. Glatt, Adv.

Meitar Liquornik Geva

Leshem Tal

16 Abba Hillel Silver Rd.

Ramat Gan 5250608, Israel

Tel: +972 (3) 610-3100

Fax: +972 (3) 610-3111

 

Mark T. Bettencourt, Esq.

Michael J. Minahan, Esq.

Gregg L. Katz, Esq.

Goodwin Procter LLP

53 State Street

Boston, MA 02109

Tel: (617) 570-1000

Fax: (617) 523-1231

   Tuvia J. Geffen, Adv.

Naschitz, Brandes, Amir & Co.

5 Tuval Street

Tel Aviv 6789717, Israel

Tel: +972 (3) 623-5000

Fax: +972 (3) 623-5005

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after effectiveness of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

  

Proposed
Maximum

Aggregate

Offering Price(1)(2)

  

Amount of

Registration Fee

Ordinary shares, par value NIS 0.01

   $75,000,000    $9,660

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933.
(2) Includes shares granted pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, and we are not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to completion, dated June 24, 2014

Preliminary Prospectus

             Shares

 

LOGO

Ordinary Shares

 

 

This is the initial public offering of Cyber-Ark Software Ltd. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares. We are selling                  ordinary shares. The estimated initial public offering price is between $         and $         per share.

We intend to apply to have the ordinary shares listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “CYBR”.

 

     Per
Share
     Total  

Public offering price

   $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

   $         $     

Proceeds to us (before expenses)

   $         $     

 

(1) See “Underwriting” for a description of compensation payable to the underwriters.

We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to                  additional ordinary shares.

 

 

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws and, as such, may elect to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for future filings.

Investing in our ordinary shares involves a high degree of risk. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 12.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the ordinary shares to purchasers on or about                     , 2014.

 

 

 

J.P. Morgan    Deutsche Bank Securities    Barclays
William Blair    Nomura    Oppenheimer & Co.

                    , 2014


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     12   

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     34   

Market and Industry Data

     35   

Use of Proceeds

     36   

Dividend Policy

     36   

Capitalization

     37   

Dilution

     38   

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

     40   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     43   

Business

     70   

Management

     88   

Principal Shareholders

     114   

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     117   

Description of Share Capital

     120   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     126   

Taxation and Israeli Government Programs Applicable to our Company

     128   

U.S. and Israeli Tax Consequences for our Shareholders

     132   

Underwriting

     139   

Legal Matters

     145   

Experts

     145   

Enforceability of Civil Liabilities

     145   

Where You Can Find Additional Information

     147   

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1   

 

 

Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide information different from that contained in this prospectus, any amendment or supplement to this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by us or on our behalf. Neither we nor the underwriters take any responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any information other than the information in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus prepared by us or on our behalf. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor the sale of our ordinary shares means that information contained in this prospectus is correct after the date of this prospectus. This prospectus is not an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy these ordinary shares in any circumstances under which such offer or solicitation is unlawful.


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all the information that you should consider before deciding to invest in our ordinary shares. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including “Risk Factors” and our consolidated financial statements and notes to those consolidated financial statements, before making an investment decision. In this prospectus, the terms “CyberArk,” “we,” “us,” “our” and “the Company” refer to Cyber-Ark Software Ltd. and its subsidiaries.

Overview

We are a global leader and pioneer of a new layer of IT security solutions that protects organizations from cyber attacks that have made their way inside the network perimeter to strike at the heart of the enterprise. Our software solution is focused on protecting privileged accounts, which have become a critical target in the lifecycle of today’s cyber attacks. Privileged accounts are pervasive and act as the “keys to the IT kingdom,” providing complete access to, and control of, all parts of IT infrastructure, industrial control systems and critical business data. In the hands of an external attacker or malicious insider, privileged accounts allow attackers to take control of and disrupt an organization’s IT and industrial control infrastructures, steal confidential information and commit financial fraud. Our comprehensive solution proactively protects privileged accounts, monitors privileged activity and detects malicious privileged behavior. Our customers use our innovative solution to introduce this new security layer to protect against, detect and respond to cyber attacks before they strike vital systems and compromise sensitive data.

Organizations worldwide are experiencing an unprecedented increase in the sophistication, scale and frequency of cyber attacks. The challenge this presents is intensified by the growing adoption of new technologies, such as cloud computing, virtualization, software-defined networking, enterprise mobility and social networking, which has resulted in increasingly complex and distributed IT environments with significantly larger attack surfaces. Organizations have historically relied upon perimeter-based threat protection solutions such as network, web and endpoint security tools as the predominant defense against cyber attacks, yet these traditional solutions have a limited ability to stop today’s advanced threats. As a result, an estimated 90% of organizations have suffered a cybersecurity breach according to a 2011 survey of approximately 580 U.S. IT practitioners by the Ponemon Institute, a research center focused on privacy, data protection and information security policy. Organizations are just beginning to adapt their security strategies to address this new threat environment and are evolving their approaches based on the assumption that their network perimeter has been or will be breached. They are therefore increasingly implementing new layers of security inside the network to disrupt attacks before they result in the theft of confidential information or other serious damage. Regulators are also continuing to mandate rigorous new compliance standards and audit requirements in response to this evolving threat landscape.

We believe that the implementation of a privileged account security solution is one of the most critical layers of an effective security strategy. Privileged accounts represent one of the most vulnerable aspects of an organization’s IT infrastructure. Privileged accounts are used by system administrators, third-party and cloud service providers, applications and business users, and they exist in nearly every connected device, server, hypervisor, operating system, database, application and industrial control system. Due to the broad access and control they provide, exploiting privileged accounts has become a critical stage of the cyber attack lifecycle. The typical cyber attack involves attackers effecting an initial breach, escalating privileges to access target systems, moving laterally through the IT infrastructure to identify valuable targets, and exfiltrating, or stealing, the desired information. According to Mandiant, credentials of authorized users were hijacked in 100% of the breaches that Mandiant investigated, and privileged accounts were targeted whenever possible.

We have architected our solution from the ground up to address the challenges of protecting privileged accounts and an organization’s sensitive information. Our solution provides proactive protection against cyber attacks from both external and internal sources and allows for real-time detection and neutralization

 

 

1


Table of Contents

of such threats. It can be deployed in traditional on-premise data centers, cloud environments and industrial control systems. Our innovative software solution is the result of over 10 years of research and expertise, combined with valuable knowledge we have gained from working with our diverse population of customers.

Our Privileged Account Security Solution is built on our shared technology platform and consists of several products:

 

    Enterprise Password Vault : proactively protects and manages all privileged accounts across an entire organization

 

    Privileged Session Manager : enables live monitoring and command-line keystroke level recording of privileged sessions, isolates the target asset from malware and establishes a single point of control for all privileged activity

 

    Application Identity Manager : secures application to application interfaces by enabling proactive controls on privileged credentials embedded in applications, service accounts and scripts

 

    On-Demand Privileges Manager : limits the breadth of access of administrative accounts by restricting the use of specified commands and functions

 

    Privileged Threat Analytics : profiles and analyzes individual privileged user behavior and creates prioritized alerts when abnormal activity is detected

As of March 31, 2014, we had nearly 1,500 customers, including over 30% of the Fortune 100 and approximately 15% of the Global 2000. We define a customer to include a distinct entity, division or business unit of a company. Our customers include leading enterprises in a diverse set of industries, including energy and utilities, financial services, healthcare, manufacturing, retail, technology and telecommunications, as well as government agencies. We sell our solution through a high touch, channel fulfilled hybrid sales model that combines the leverage of channel sales with the account control of direct sales, and therefore provides us with significant opportunities to grow our current customer base. This approach allows us to maintain close relationships with our customers and benefit from the global reach of our channel partners. Additionally, we are enhancing our product offerings and go-to-market strategy by establishing technology alliances within the IT infrastructure and security vendor ecosystem.

Our business has rapidly grown in recent years. During 2011, 2012 and 2013, our revenues were $36.4 million, $47.2 million and $66.2 million, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 29.8% and 40.1%, in 2012 and 2013, respectively. Our net income for 2011, 2012 and 2013 was $5.9 million, $7.9 million and $6.6 million, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, our revenues were $12.7 million and $17.4 million, respectively. Our net income for the three months ended March 31, 2013 was $0.1 million compared with a net loss of $1.2 million for the same period in 2014.

Industry Overview

The recent increase in sophisticated, targeted security threats by both external attackers and malicious insiders, along with an increase in the attack surface due to the growing complexity and distributed nature of IT environments, have made it extremely challenging for enterprises and governments around the world to protect their sensitive information. These challenges are driving the need for a new layer of security that complements traditional threat protection technologies by securing access to privileged accounts and preventing the exploitation of organizations’ critical systems and data.

Privileged accounts represent one of the most vulnerable aspects of an organization’s IT infrastructure. Privileged escalation is a critical stage of the cyber attack because, if privileged credentials are compromised, the attacker is able to move closer to sensitive data while remaining undetected. Today’s advanced cyber attacks are typically designed to evade traditional threat prevention technologies that are focused on protecting the perimeter from outside breach. Furthermore, compliance requirements continue to become more stringent in response to the complex and evolving threat landscape.

 

 

2


Table of Contents

Challenges in Protecting Privileged Accounts

The increasing sophistication, scale and frequency of advanced cyber attacks challenge traditional cybersecurity methods and create a need for a comprehensive approach to securing privileged accounts from use by external or internal attackers to gain access to and exploit an organization’s confidential data and IT systems. Such an approach must address a range of challenges presented by privileged accounts, including:

 

    traditional security solutions’ limited ability to protect privileged credentials and critical assets from cyber attacks;

 

    insufficient visibility and lack of automation in the management of privileged accounts;

 

    inability to monitor and audit all privileged activity;

 

    inadequate or delayed response time in detecting malicious and high risk behaviors; and

 

    limited scalability of existing point solutions.

Our Solution

Our Privileged Account Security Solution provides organizations with the following benefits:

 

    Comprehensive platform for proactive protection of privileged credentials and target assets from cyber attacks. Our comprehensive solution for privileged account security enables our customers to proactively protect against and automatically detect and respond to in-progress cyber attacks before they strike vital systems and compromise sensitive data. Our unified solution to these previously disparate security needs enables our customers to preemptively remediate vulnerabilities and improve their security effectiveness from a central command and control point.

 

    Automatic identification and understanding of the scope of privileged account risk. Our solution automatically detects privileged accounts across the enterprise and helps customers visualize the resulting compliance gaps and security vulnerabilities. This automated process reduces the time-consuming and error-prone task of manually tracking and updating privileged credentials, thereby decreasing IT operational costs. This enhanced visibility significantly improves the security posture of our customers and facilitates adherence to rigorous audit and compliance standards.

 

    Continuous monitoring, recording and secure storage of privileged account activity. Our solution monitors, collects and records individual privileged session activity down to every mouse click and keystroke. It also provides highly secure storage of privileged session recordings, robust search capabilities and full forensics records to facilitate a more rapid and precise response to malicious activity.

 

    Real-time detection, alerting and response to malicious privileged activity. Our Privileged Threat Analytics product uses proprietary algorithms to profile and analyze individual privileged user behavior and creates prioritized alerts in real-time when abnormal activity is detected. This allows our customers’ incident response teams to investigate and prioritize threatening activity and respond by terminating the active session.

 

    Purpose-built solution, architected for privileged account security. Our Digital Vault offers multiple layers of security including robust segregation of duties, a secure proprietary communications protocol and military-grade encryption. Our Privileged Session Manager product establishes a single point of control for all privileged activity, effectively decreasing the attack surface by providing only proxy-based access to IT assets through our platform.

 

    Scalable and flexible platform that enables modular deployment. Our solution is scalable and flexible to enable deployment in large-scale distributed environments for on-premise, cloud environments and industrial control systems. Our solution enables enterprises to leverage their existing investments with out of the box support for many devices, networks, applications and servers, including web sites and social media.

 

 

3


Table of Contents

Our Market Opportunity

We believe that the security market is in the midst of a significant transition as enterprises are investing in a new generation of security solutions to help protect them against today’s sophisticated and targeted cyber threats from both external attackers and malicious insiders. Gartner estimates that by 2020, 60% of enterprise information security budgets will be allocated to rapid detection and response approaches, up from less than 10% in 2014. Recognizing that traditional perimeter-based threat protection solutions are not sufficient to protect against today’s advanced cyber threats, enterprises are investing in security solutions within the datacenter to protect the inside of their networks. According to a 2012 report by International Data Corporation (IDC), worldwide spending on datacenter security solutions was $10.7 billion in 2011 and is expected to grow to $16.5 billion by 2016, representing a compound annual growth rate of 9.3%. According to the same report, worldwide spending for IT security solutions was $28.4 billion in 2011 and is expected to grow to $40.8 billion in 2016, representing a compound annual growth rate of 7.6%.

We believe that privileged account security is a new, critical layer of security that is benefitting from this transition. Privileged accounts represent one of the most vulnerable aspects of an organization’s IT infrastructure and exist in nearly every connected device, server, hypervisor, operating system, database, application and industrial control system throughout on-premise and cloud-based datacenters. As a result, we believe that an increasing portion of the IT security budget, and specifically datacenter security spend, will be allocated for privileged account security solutions.

Our Competitive Strengths

Our mission is to protect the heart of the enterprise from advanced cyber attacks. We have established a leadership position in protecting high-value data and critical IT assets by securing privileged accounts, and have several key competitive strengths including:

 

    Trusted expert in privileged account security. We are a recognized brand name and a leader in privileged account security, protecting organizations worldwide against external threats that have already penetrated the perimeter, as well as threats that originate from within the perimeter by malicious or careless insiders.

 

    Technology leader driven by vision and focus on innovation. Our history of innovation is the cornerstone of our technology leadership. We pioneered Digital Vault technology and introduced patented technology for application identity management, secure connectivity for remote vendors, integrated privileged activity monitoring, private and public cloud privileged account management and privileged threat analytics.

 

    Global reach driven by direct and indirect sales organization. We have a broadly dispersed global hybrid sales channel as evidenced by our existing customer implementations in 65 countries, a broad network of over 200 channel and technology alliance partners worldwide, and local presence in more than 20 countries.

 

    Strong management team with significant IT security expertise. We have a highly talented management team and a strong research and development organization with significant IT security expertise from past experience in leading IT security companies and Israel’s military technology units.

 

    Corporate culture committed to our customers’ success. Our commitment to our customers’ success is ingrained in our business strategy and is brought to life through constant customer interactions, employee functions and our engaging annual customer conferences attended by hundreds of customers and channel partners.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

Our Growth Strategy

Our goal is to be the global leader in IT security solutions that protect organizations from cyber attacks that

have made their way inside the network perimeter to strike at the heart of the enterprise. The key elements of our strategy to extend our global leadership include:

 

    continue innovating and enhancing our solution;

 

    growing our customer base;

 

    further penetrating our existing customer base;

 

    continuing to expand our global presence by leveraging systems integrators and distribution partnerships; and

 

    selectively pursuing strategic transactions.

Risks Associated With Our Business

Investing in our ordinary shares involves risks. You should carefully consider the risks described in “Risk Factors” beginning on page 12 before making a decision to invest in our ordinary shares. If any of these risks actually occur, our business, financial condition or results of operations would likely be materially adversely affected. In such case, the trading price of our ordinary shares would likely decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. The following is a summary of some of the principal risks we face:

 

    The IT security market is new and rapidly evolving to address the increasingly challenging cyber threat landscape. If the industry does not develop as we anticipate, our sales will not grow as quickly as expected and our share price could decline.

 

    If we fail to effectively manage our growth, our business and operations will be negatively affected, and as we invest in the growth of our business, we expect our operating and net profit margins to decline in the near-term.

 

    Our quarterly results of operations may fluctuate for a variety of reasons, including our failure to close significant sales before the end of a particular quarter.

 

    Our reputation and business could be harmed based on real or perceived shortcomings, defects or vulnerabilities in our solution or the failure of our solution to meet customers’ expectations.

 

    If we are unable to acquire new customers, our future revenues and operating results will be harmed.

 

    If we are unable to sell additional products and services to our existing customers, our future revenues and operating results will be harmed.

 

    We face intense competition from IT security vendors, some of which are larger and better known than we are, and we may lack sufficient financial or other resources to maintain or improve our competitive position.

 

    If our internal network system is compromised by cyber attackers or other data thieves, public perception of our products and services will be harmed.

Corporate Information

We are incorporated under the laws of the State of Israel. Our principal executive offices are located at 94 Em-Ha’moshavot Road, Park Azorim, P.O. Box 3143, Petach Tikva 4970602, Israel, and our telephone number is +972 (3) 918-0000. Our website address is www.cyberark.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website does not constitute a part of this prospectus and is not incorporated by reference herein. We

 

 

5


Table of Contents

have included our website address in this prospectus solely for informational purposes. Our agent for service of process in the United States is Cyber-Ark Software, Inc., located at 60 Wells Avenue, Suite 103, Newton, MA 02459, and our telephone number is (617) 965-1544.

Throughout this prospectus, we refer to various trademarks, service marks and trade names that we use in our business. The “CyberArk” design logo is the property of Cyber-Ark Software Ltd. CyberArk ® is our registered trademark in the United States. We have several other trademarks, service marks and pending applications relating to our products. In particular, although we have omitted the “ ® ” and “™” trademark designations in this prospectus from each reference to Cyber-Ark DNA, Inter-Business Vault, Network Vault, Password Vault, Privileged Session Manager and Vaulting Technology, all rights to such trademarks are nevertheless reserved. Other trademarks and service marks appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective holders.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Ordinary shares offered by us

             ordinary shares

 

Ordinary shares to be outstanding after this offering

             ordinary shares

 

Underwriters’ option

We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days after the date of this prospectus to purchase up to             additional ordinary shares.

 

Use of proceeds

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including sales and marketing expenditures aimed at growing our business and research and development expenditures focused on product development. We may also use net proceeds to make acquisitions or investments in complementary companies or technologies, although we do not have any agreement or understanding with respect to any such acquisition or investment at this time. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Risk factors

See “Risk Factors” and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our ordinary shares.

 

Proposed NASDAQ Global Select Market symbol

CYBR

The number of ordinary shares to be outstanding after this offering is based on 24,193,711 ordinary shares outstanding as of March 31, 2014 assuming the conversion of all outstanding preferred shares and warrants to purchase Series B3 preferred shares as of that date. The number of ordinary shares to be outstanding after this offering excludes (1) 4,596,487 ordinary shares reserved for issuance under our share option plans as of March 31, 2014, of which there were outstanding options to purchase 4,446,670 shares at a weighted average exercise price of $1.51 per share, and (2) 15,000 ordinary shares underlying warrants issued to an Israeli non-profit organization with an exercise price of $2.21 per share.

Unless otherwise indicated, this prospectus:

 

    reflects the conversion of all outstanding preferred shares into 16,569,078 ordinary shares, which will occur automatically immediately prior to the closing of this offering;

 

    reflects the issuance of 493,360 ordinary shares upon the exercise immediately prior to the closing of this offering of warrants and the receipt of $0.8 million by us from such exercise;

 

    reflects the adoption of our articles of association, which will occur in connection with the consummation of the offering;

 

    assumes an initial public offering price of $         per ordinary share, the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus; and

 

    assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to                  additional ordinary shares from us.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial Data

The following tables set forth our summary consolidated financial data. You should read the following summary consolidated financial and other data in conjunction with “Selected Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. Our financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, or U.S. GAAP.

The summary consolidated statements of operations data for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013 is derived from our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated statement of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 and the summary balance sheet data as of March 31, 2014 are derived from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements presented elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of management, these unaudited interim consolidated financial statements include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair statement of our financial position and operating results for these periods. Results for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the entire year.

 

 

8


Table of Contents
     Year ended December 31,     Three months ended
March 31,
 
     2011     2012     2013     2013     2014  
     (in thousands, except share and per share amounts)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations:

          

Revenues:

          

License

   $ 21,125      $ 27,029      $ 38,907      $ 6,702      $ 9,120   

Maintenance and professional services

     15,240        20,179        27,250        6,029        8,275   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     36,365        47,208        66,157        12,731        17,395   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenues:

          

License

     899        1,002        1,216        269        628   

Maintenance and professional services

     4,517        5,922        7,860        1,865        2,426   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

     5,416        6,924        9,076        2,134        3,054   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     30,949        40,284        57,081        10,597        14,341   

Operating expenses:

          

Research and development(1)

     6,272        7,273        10,404        2,269        3,237   

Sales and marketing(1)

     15,929        22,081        32,840        6,817        9,433   

General and administrative(1)

     3,077        3,297        4,758        965        1,481   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     25,278        32,651        48,002        10,051        14,151   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     5,671        7,633        9,079        546        190   

Financial income (expenses), net

     (190     4        (1,124     (240     (1,355
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before taxes on income

     5,481        7,637        7,955        306        (1,165

Taxes on income (benefit)

     (392     (225     1,320        178        83   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 5,873      $ 7,862      $ 6,635      $ 128      $ (1,248
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic net income (loss) per ordinary share(2)

   $ 0.43      $ 0.51      $ 0.25      $ (0.15   $ (0.35
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted net income (loss) per ordinary share(2)

   $ 0.26      $ 0.31      $ 0.14      $ (0.15   $ (0.35
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in computing basic net income per ordinary share(2)

     4,969,489        6,592,997        6,900,433        6,791,633        7,073,239   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in computing diluted net income per ordinary share(2)

     22,791,354        25,245,790        10,765,914        6,791,633        7,073,239   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic pro forma net income per ordinary share(3)

       $ 0.34        $ 0.01   
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted pro forma net income per ordinary share(3)

       $ 0.28        $ 0.01   
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares used in computing pro forma basic net income per ordinary share(3)

         23,963,322          24,135,679   
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares used in computing pro forma diluted net income per ordinary share(3)

         27,828,804          27,783,565   
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

9


Table of Contents
     As of March 31, 2014  
     Actual      Pro Forma      Pro Forma
As Adjusted(4)
 
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

        

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term bank deposits

   $ 73,621       $ 73,621       $                

Deferred revenue, current and long-term

     32,395         32,395      

Working capital(5)

     51,366         51,366      

Total assets

     94,467         94,467      

Preferred share warrant liability

     3,530         —        

Total shareholders’ equity

     44,731         48,261      

 

     Year ended December 31,      Three months ended
March 31,
 
     2011      2012      2013      2013      2014  
     (in thousands)  

Supplemental Financial Data:

              

Non-GAAP operating income(6)

   $ 7,347       $ 7,917       $ 9,482       $ 627       $ 346   

Non-GAAP net income(6)

     7,728         8,322         8,484         209         304   

Net cash provided by operating activities

     9,376         13,657         20,159         3,699         8,751   

 

(1) Includes share-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,      Three months ended
March 31,
 
     2011      2012      2013      2013      2014  
     (in thousands)  

Share-based Compensation Expense:

              

Cost of revenues

   $ 70       $ 32       $ 39       $ 7       $ 20   

Research and development

     481         58         73         13         30   

Sales and marketing

     432         81         126         44         42   

General and administrative

     693         113         165         17         64   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total share-based compensation expense

   $ 1,676       $ 284       $ 403       $ 81       $ 156   

 

(2) Basic and diluted net income per ordinary share is computed based on the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during each period. For additional information, see note 10 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
(3) Pro forma basic and diluted net income per ordinary share and pro forma weighted average shares outstanding assumes the conversion of all of our outstanding preferred shares into ordinary shares, which will occur upon the closing of this offering, but does not give effect to the issuance of shares in connection with this offering. For additional information on the conversion of the preferred shares see note 7 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
(4) Pro forma gives effect to (a) the conversion of all of our outstanding preferred shares into ordinary shares, which will occur upon the closing of this offering, and (b) the resulting reclassification of the preferred share warrant liability to additional paid-in capital. Pro forma as adjusted gives effect to (a) the same items as “pro forma”, (b) the issuance of             ordinary shares upon the exercise immediately prior to the closing of this offering of warrants and the receipt of $         by us from such exercise, and (c) the issuance and sale of ordinary shares by us in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per ordinary share after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
(5) We define working capital as total current assets minus total current liabilities.
(6)

Non-GAAP operating income and non-GAAP net income are non-GAAP financial measures. We define non-GAAP operating income as operating income excluding share-based compensation expense. We define non-GAAP net income as net income excluding (i) share-based compensation expense, and (ii) financial expenses resulting from the revaluation of warrants to purchase preferred shares. Because of varying

 

 

10


Table of Contents
  available valuation methodologies, subjective assumptions and the variety of equity instruments that can impact a company’s non-cash expense, we believe that providing non-GAAP financial measures that exclude non-cash share-based compensation expense allows for more meaningful comparisons between our operating results from period to period. In addition, we believe that excluding financial expenses with respect to revaluation of warrants to purchase preferred shares allows for more meaningful comparison between our net income from period to period, as following this offering, the warrants will be exercised and, as a result, will no longer be revalued at each balance sheet date. Each of our non-GAAP financial measures is an important tool for financial and operational decision making and for evaluating our operating results over different periods of time. The following tables reconcile operating income and net income, the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure, to non-GAAP operating income and non-GAAP net income for the periods presented:

 

     Year ended December 31,      Three months
ended
March 31,
 
     2011      2012      2013      2013      2014  
     (in thousands)  

Reconciliation of Operating Income to Non-GAAP Operating Income:

              

Operating income

   $ 5,671       $ 7,633       $ 9,079       $ 546       $ 190   

Share-based compensation

     1,676         284         403         81         156   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-GAAP operating income

   $ 7,347       $ 7,917       $ 9,482       $ 627       $ 346   

 

     Year ended December 31,      Three months
ended

March 31,
 
     2011      2012      2013      2013      2014  
     (in thousands)  

Reconciliation of Net Income to Non-GAAP Net Income:

              

Net income (loss)

   $ 5,873       $ 7,862       $ 6,635       $ 128       $ (1,248

Share-based compensation

     1,676         284         403         81         156   

Warrant adjustment

     179         176         1,446         —           1,396   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-GAAP net income

   $ 7,728       $ 8,322       $ 8,484       $ 209       $ 304   

For a description of how we use non-GAAP operating income and non-GAAP net income to evaluate our business, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Financial Metrics.” We believe that these non-GAAP financial measures are useful in evaluating our business because of varying available valuation methodologies, subjective assumptions and the variety of equity instruments that can impact a company’s non-cash expenses, and we believe that providing non-GAAP operating income and non-GAAP net income that exclude share-based compensation expenses and warrant awards allows for more meaningful comparisons between our operating results from period to period.

Other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate non-GAAP operating and non-GAAP net income differently or not at all, which reduces their usefulness as a comparative measure. You should consider non-GAAP operating income and non-GAAP net income along with other financial performance measures, including operating income and net income, and our financial results presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

 

 

11


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

This offering and an investment in our ordinary shares involve a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks described below and all other information contained in this prospectus before you decide to buy our ordinary shares. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the trading price of our ordinary shares would likely decline and you might lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry

The IT security market is new and rapidly evolving to address the increasingly challenging cyber threat landscape. If the industry does not develop as we anticipate, our sales will not grow as quickly as expected and our share price could decline.

We operate in a new, rapidly evolving industry focused on securing organizations’ IT systems and sensitive business data. Our solution focuses on safeguarding privileged accounts, which are those accounts within an organization that give the user high levels of access, or “privileged” access, to IT systems, infrastructure, industrial control systems, applications and data. To date, the majority of enterprise spend on IT security has been on threat protection products, such as network, endpoint and web security that are designed to stop threats from penetrating corporate networks. Organizations that use these security products may believe that their existing security solutions sufficiently protect access to their sensitive business data. Therefore, they may continue allocating their IT security budgets to these products and may not adopt our solution in addition to such products. Further, a security solution such as ours, which is focused on disrupting cyber attacks by insiders and external perpetrators that have penetrated the organization’s perimeter, is a relatively new technology that has been developed to respond to advanced threats and more rigorous compliance standards and audit requirements. However, advanced cyber attackers are skilled at adapting to new technologies and developing new methods of gaining access to organizations’ sensitive business data. Changes in the nature of advanced cyber threats could result in a shift in IT budgets away from solutions such as ours. In addition, any changes in compliance standards or audit requirements that deemphasize the types of controls, storage, monitoring and analysis that our solution provides would adversely impact demand for our offerings. It is therefore difficult to predict how large the market will be for our solution. If solutions such as ours are not viewed by organizations as necessary, or if customers do not recognize the benefit of our solution as a critical layer of an effective security strategy, then our revenues may not grow as quickly as expected, or may decline, and our share price could suffer.

If we fail to effectively manage our growth, our business and operations will be negatively affected, and as we invest in the growth of our business, we expect our operating and net profit margins to decline in the near-term.

We have experienced significant growth in a relatively short period of time and intend to continue to aggressively grow our business. Our revenues grew from $36.4 million in 2011 to $66.2 million in 2013 and from $12.7 million in the three months ended March 31, 2013 to $17.4 million in the same period in 2014. Our headcount has increased from 170 as of December 31, 2011 to 364 as of March 31, 2014, and we plan to hire additional employees in 2014, particularly in our sales and marketing organization. Our rapid growth has placed significant demands on our management, sales and operational and financial infrastructure, and our growth will continue to place significant demands on these resources. Further, in order to manage our future growth effectively, and in connection with our transition to a public company, we must continue to improve and expand our IT and financial infrastructure, operating and administrative systems and controls and efficiently manage headcount, capital and processes. We may not be able to successfully implement these improvements in a timely or efficient manner, and our failure to do so may materially impact our projected growth rate.

As we invest in the growth of our business, we expect our operating and net profit margins to decline in the near-term, primarily as a result of the costs associated with expanding our direct and indirect sales forces, our increased rate of investment in research and development and our increased administrative costs in connection with becoming a public company. We expect that these invested costs will adversely impact our operating and

 

12


Table of Contents

net profit margins since it will take time and resources to train and integrate new sales force members and to comply with public company reporting and regulatory requirements. In addition, costs associated with adding new personnel to our sales force are expensed before their positive impact on our sales is recognized, and even then a significant portion of any revenues that they generate from maintenance and professional services are deferred over the delivery period of those services. A failure to meet market expectations regarding our revenues and profitability could have an adverse effect on our share price.

Our quarterly results of operations may fluctuate for a variety of reasons, including our failure to close significant sales before the end of a particular quarter.

A meaningful portion of our revenues is generated by significant sales to new customers and sales of additional products to existing customers. Purchases of our products and services often occur at the end of each quarter, particularly in the last quarter of the year. In addition, our sales cycle can last several months from proof of concept to delivery of our solution to our customers, and this sales cycle can be even longer, less predictable and more resource-intensive for larger sales. Customers may also require additional internal approvals or seek to test our products for a longer trial period before deciding to purchase our solution. As a result, the timing of individual sales can be difficult to predict. In some cases, sales have occurred in a quarter subsequent to those we anticipated, or have not occurred at all, which can significantly impact our quarterly results and make it more difficult to meet market expectations. Furthermore, even if we close a sale during a given quarter we may be unable to recognize the revenues derived from such sale during the same period due to our revenue recognition policy. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Application of Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Revenue Recognition.”

In addition to the sales cycle-related fluctuations noted above, our results of operations will continue to vary as a result of a number of factors, many of which are outside of our control and may be difficult to predict, including:

 

    our ability to attract and retain new customers;

 

    our ability to sell additional products to current customers;

 

    changes in customer or channel partner requirements or market needs;

 

    changes in the growth rate of the information security market;

 

    the timing and success of new product and service introductions by us or our competitors or any other change in the competitive landscape of the information security market, including consolidation among our customers or competitors;

 

    a disruption in, or termination of, our relationship with channel partners;

 

    our ability to successfully expand our business globally;

 

    reductions in maintenance renewal rates;

 

    changes in our pricing policies or those of our competitors;

 

    general economic conditions in our markets;

 

    future accounting pronouncements or changes in our accounting policies or practices;

 

    the amount and timing of our operating costs;

 

    a change in our mix of products and services; and

 

    increases or decreases in our expenses caused by fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.

Any of the above factors, individually or in the aggregate, may result in significant fluctuations in our financial and other operating results from period to period. These fluctuations could result in our failure to meet

 

13


Table of Contents

our operating plan or the expectations of investors or analysts for any period. If we fail to meet such expectations for these or other reasons, the market price of our ordinary shares could fall substantially, and we could face costly lawsuits, including securities class action suits.

Our reputation and business could be harmed based on real or perceived shortcomings, defects or vulnerabilities in our solution or the failure of our solution to meet customers’ expectations.

Organizations are facing increasingly sophisticated and targeted cyber threats. If we fail to identify and respond to new and increasingly complex methods of attack and update our products to detect or prevent such threats, our business and reputation will suffer. In particular, we may suffer significant adverse publicity and reputational harm if a significant breach occurs generally or if any breach occurs at a high profile customer. Moreover, as our solution is adopted by an increasing number of enterprises and governmental entities, it is possible that attackers will begin to focus on finding ways to defeat our solution. An actual or perceived security breach or theft of our customers’ sensitive business data, regardless of whether the breach or theft is attributable to the failure of our products, could adversely affect the market’s perception of the efficacy of our solution and current or potential customers may look to our competitors for alternatives to our solution. The failure of our products may also subject us to lawsuits and financial losses stemming from indemnification of our partners and other third parties, as well as the expenditure of significant financial resources to analyze, correct or eliminate any vulnerabilities. It could also cause us to suffer reputational harm, lose existing customers or deter them from purchasing additional products and services and prevent new customers from purchasing our solution.

False detection of threats, while typical in our industry, may reduce perception of the reliability of our products and may therefore adversely impact market acceptance of our products. If our solution restricts legitimate privileged access by authorized personnel to IT systems and applications by falsely identifying those users as an attack or otherwise unauthorized, our customers’ business could be harmed. There can be no assurance that, despite testing by us, errors will not be found in existing and new versions of our products, resulting in loss of or delay in market acceptance. In such an event, we may be required, or may choose, for customer relations or other reasons, to expend additional resources in order to help correct the problem.

If we are unable to acquire new customers, our future revenues and operating results will be harmed.

Our success depends on our ability to acquire new customers. The number of customers that we add in a given period impacts both our short-term and long-term revenues. If we are unable to attract a sufficient number of new customers, we may be unable to generate revenue growth at desired rates. The IT security market is competitive and many of our competitors have substantial financial, personnel, and other resources that they utilize to develop products and attract customers. As a result, it may be difficult for us to add new customers to our customer base. Competition in the marketplace may also lead us to win fewer new customers or result in us providing discounts and other commercial incentives. Additional factors that impact our ability to acquire new customers include the perceived need for IT security, the size of our prospective customers’ IT budgets, the utility and efficacy of our existing and new offerings, whether proven or perceived, and general economic conditions. These factors may have a meaningful negative impact on future revenues and operating results.

If we are unable to sell additional products and services to our existing customers, our future revenues and operating results will be harmed.

A significant portion of our revenues are generated from sales to existing customers. Our future success depends, in part, on our ability to continue to sell new licenses and incremental licenses to our existing customers. We devote significant efforts to developing, marketing and selling additional licenses and associated maintenance and support to existing customers and rely on these efforts for a portion of our revenues. These efforts require a significant investment in building and maintaining customer relationships, as well as significant research and development efforts in order to provide product upgrades and launch new products. The rate at which our existing customers purchase additional products and services depends on a number of factors,

 

14


Table of Contents

including the perceived need for additional IT security, the efficacy of our solutions and the utility of our new offerings, whether proven or perceived, our customers’ IT budgets, general economic conditions, our customers’ overall satisfaction with the maintenance and professional services we provide and the continued growth and economic health of our customer base to require incremental users and servers to be covered. If our efforts to sell additional products and services to our customers are not successful, our future revenues and operating results will be harmed.

We face intense competition from IT security vendors, some of which are larger and better known than we are, and we may lack sufficient financial or other resources to maintain or improve our competitive position.

The IT security market in which we operate is characterized by intense competition, constant innovation and evolving security threats. We compete with companies that offer a broad array of IT security products. Our current and potential future competitors include CA, Inc., Dell Inc., International Business Machines Corporation and Oracle Corporation in the access and identity management market, and may also include providers of advanced threat protection solutions such as Hewlett-Packard Company, EMC Corporation, International Business Machines Corporation, FireEye, Inc., Splunk Inc. and Palo Alto Networks, Inc. and other smaller companies that offer point solutions with a more limited range of functionality than our own offerings. Some of our competitors are large companies that have the technical and financial resources and broad customer bases needed to bring competitive solutions to the market and already have existing relationships as a trusted vendor for other products. Such companies may use these advantages to offer products and services that are perceived to be as effective as ours at a lower price or for free as part of a larger product package or solely in consideration for maintenance and services fees. They may also develop different products to compete with our current solution and respond more quickly and effectively than we do to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards or client requirements. Additionally, from time to time we may compete with smaller regional vendors that offer products with a more limited range of capabilities that purport to perform functions similar to our solution. Such companies may enjoy stronger sales and service capabilities in their particular regions.

Our competitors may enjoy potential competitive advantages over us, such as:

 

    greater name recognition, a longer operating history and a larger customer base;

 

    larger sales and marketing budgets and resources;

 

    broader distribution and established relationships with channel and distribution partners and customers;

 

    greater customer support resources;

 

    greater resources to make acquisitions;

 

    larger intellectual property portfolios; and

 

    greater financial, technical and other resources.

Our current and potential competitors may also establish cooperative relationships among themselves or with third parties that may further enhance their resources. Current or potential competitors may be acquired by third parties with greater available resources. As a result of such acquisitions, our current or potential competitors might be able to adapt more quickly to new technologies and customer needs, devote greater resources to the promotion or sale of their products and services, initiate or withstand substantial price competition, take advantage of other opportunities more readily or develop and expand their product and service offerings more quickly than we do. Larger competitors with more diverse product offerings may reduce the price of products that compete with ours in order to promote the sale of other products or may bundle them with other products, which would lead to increased pricing pressure on our products and could cause the average sales prices for our products to decline.

In addition, other IT security technologies exist or could be developed in the future by current or future competitors, and our business could be materially and adversely affected if such technologies are widely adopted.

 

15


Table of Contents

We may not be able to successfully anticipate or adapt to changing technology or customer requirements on a timely basis, or at all. If we fail to keep up with technological changes or to convince our customers and potential customers of the value of our solution even in light of new technologies, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

If our internal network system is compromised by cyber attackers or other data thieves, public perception of our products and services will be harmed.

We will not succeed unless the marketplace is confident that we provide effective IT security protection. We provide privileged account security products, and therefore we may be a more attractive target for attacks by cyber attackers or other data thieves. If we experience an actual or perceived breach of our network or privileged account security in our internal systems, it could adversely affect the market perception of our products and services. In addition, such a security breach could impair our ability to operate our business, including our ability to provide maintenance and support services to our customers. If this happens, our revenues could decline and our business could suffer.

If we do not effectively expand, train and retain our sales force, we may be unable to acquire new customers or sell additional products and services to existing customers, and our business will suffer.

We depend significantly on our sales force to attract new customers and expand sales to existing customers. We generate approximately 50% of our revenues from direct sales. As a result, our ability to grow our revenues depends in part on our success in recruiting, training and retaining sufficient numbers of sales personnel to support our growth, particularly in the United States. During 2013, we increased the number of our sales and marketing personnel from 100 to 135. We expect to continue to expand our sales and marketing personnel significantly and face a number of challenges in achieving our hiring and integration goals. There is intense competition for individuals with sales training and experience. In addition, the training and integration of a large number of sales and marketing personnel in a short time requires the allocation of significant internal resources. We invest significant time and resources in training new sales force personnel to understand our solutions and growth strategy. Based on our past experience, it takes an average of approximately six to nine months before a new sales force member operates at target performance levels. However, we may be unable to achieve or maintain our target performance levels with large numbers of new sales personnel as quickly as we have done in the past. Our failure to hire a sufficient number of qualified sales force members and train them to operate at target performance levels may materially and adversely impact our projected growth rate.

We rely on channel partners, including systems integrators, distributors and value-added resellers, to generate a significant portion of our revenue. If we fail to maintain successful relationships with our channel partners, or if our channel partners fail to perform, our ability to market, sell and distribute our solution will be limited, and our business, financial position and results of operations will be harmed.

In addition to our direct sales force, we rely on our channel partners to sell and support our solution, particularly in Europe and the Asia Pacific region. We expect that sales through our channel partners will continue to account for a significant percentage of our revenue. We generate approximately 50% of our revenues from sales to channel partners and we expect that channel partners will represent a substantial portion of our revenues for the foreseeable future. Our agreements with channel partners are non-exclusive, meaning our partners may offer customers IT security products from other companies, including products that compete with our solution. If our channel partners do not effectively market and sell our solution, or choose to use greater efforts to market and sell their own products and services or the products and services of our competitors, our ability to grow our business will be adversely affected. Our channel partners may cease or deemphasize the marketing of our solution with limited or no notice and with little or no penalty. Further, new channel partners require training and may take several months or more to achieve productivity. The loss of a substantial number of our channel partners, the inability to replace them or the failure to recruit additional channel partners could materially and adversely affect our results of operations. Our reliance on channel partners could also subject us to

 

16


Table of Contents

lawsuits or reputational harm if, for example, a channel partner misrepresents the functionality of our solution to customers or violates laws or our corporate policies. Our ability to grow revenues in the future will depend in part on our success in maintaining successful relationships with our channel partners and training our channel partners to independently sell and install our solution. If we are unable to maintain our relationship with channel partners or otherwise develop and expand our indirect sales channel, or if our channel partners fail to perform, our business, financial position and results of operations could be adversely affected.

If our products fail to help our customers achieve and maintain compliance with certain government regulations and industry standards, our business and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

We generate a substantial portion of our revenues from our products and services because they enable our customers to achieve and maintain compliance with certain government regulations and industry standards, and we expect that will continue for the foreseeable future. Examples of industry standards and government regulations include the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (PCI-DSS); the Federal Information Security Management Act (FISMA) and associated National Institute for Standards and Testing (NIST) Network Security Standards; the Sarbanes-Oxley Act; Title 21 of the U.S. Code of Federal Regulations, which governs food and drugs industries; the North American Electric Reliability Corporation Critical Infrastructure Protection Plan (NERC-CIP); the German Federal Financial Supervisory Authority (BaFin) Minimum Requirements for Risk Management; and the Monetary Authority of Singapore’s Technology Risk Management Notices. These industry standards may change with little or no notice, including changes that could make them more or less onerous for businesses. In addition, governments may also adopt new laws or regulations, or make changes to existing laws or regulations, that could impact whether our solution enables our customers to maintain compliance with such laws or regulations. If we are unable to adapt our solution to changing government regulations and industry standards in a timely manner, or if our solution fails to expedite our customers’ compliance initiatives, our customers may lose confidence in our products and could switch to products offered by our competitors. In addition, if government regulations and industry standards related to IT security are changed in a manner that makes them less onerous, our customers may view compliance as less critical to their businesses, and our customers may be less willing to purchase our products and services. In either case, our sales and financial results would suffer.

Our model for long-term growth depends upon the introduction of new products. If we are unable to develop new products or if these new products are not adopted by customers, our growth will be adversely affected.

Our business depends on the successful development and marketing of new products. For example, we introduced Privileged Threat Analytics in December 2013. Development and marketing of new products requires significant up-front research, development and other costs, and the failure of new products we develop to gain market acceptance may result in a failure to achieve future sales and adversely affect our competitive position. There can be no assurance that any of our new or future products will achieve market acceptance or generate revenues at forecasted rates or that the margins generated from their sales will allow us to recoup the costs of our development efforts.

Failure by us or our channel partners to maintain sufficient levels of customer support could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our customers depend in large part on customer support delivered through our channel partners or by us to resolve issues relating to the use of our solution. However, even with our support and that of our channel partners, our customers are ultimately responsible for effectively using our solution and ensuring that their IT staff is properly trained in the use of our products and complementary security products. The failure of our customers to correctly use our solution, or our failure to effectively assist customers in installing our solution and providing effective ongoing support, may result in an increase in the vulnerability of our customers’ IT systems and sensitive business data. Additionally, if our channel partners do not effectively provide support to the

 

17


Table of Contents

satisfaction of our customers, we may be required to provide support to such customers, which would require us to invest in additional personnel, which requires significant time and resources. We may not be able to keep up with demand, particularly if the sales of our solution exceed our internal forecasts. To the extent that we or our channel partners are unsuccessful in hiring, training and retaining adequate support resources, our ability and the ability of our channel partners to provide adequate and timely support to our customers will be negatively impacted, and our customers’ satisfaction with our products will be adversely affected. Accordingly, our failure to provide satisfactory maintenance and technical support services could have a material and adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

If we do not successfully anticipate market needs and enhance our existing products or develop new products that meet those needs on a timely basis, we may not be able to compete effectively and our ability to generate revenues will suffer.

Our customers operate in markets characterized by rapidly changing technologies and business plans, which require them to adapt to increasingly complex IT infrastructures that incorporate a variety of hardware, software applications, operating systems and networking protocols. As our customers’ technologies and business plans grow more complex, we expect them to face new and increasingly sophisticated methods of attack. We face significant challenges in ensuring that our solution effectively identifies and responds to these advanced and evolving attacks without disrupting the performance of our customers’ IT systems. As a result, we must continually modify and improve our products in response to changes in our customers’ IT and industrial control infrastructures.

We cannot guarantee that we will be able to anticipate future market needs and opportunities or be able to develop product enhancements or new products to meet such needs or opportunities in a timely manner, if at all. Even if we are able to anticipate, develop and commercially introduce enhancements and new products, there can be no assurance that enhancements or new products will achieve widespread market acceptance.

Our product enhancements or new products could fail to attain sufficient market acceptance for many reasons, including:

 

    delays in releasing product enhancements or new products;

 

    failure to accurately predict market demand and to supply products that meet this demand in a timely fashion;

 

    inability to interoperate effectively with the existing or newly introduced technologies, systems or applications of our existing and prospective customers;

 

    inability to protect against new types of attacks or techniques used by cyber attackers or other data thieves;

 

    defects in our products, errors or failures of our solutions to secure privileged accounts;

 

    negative publicity about the performance or effectiveness of our products;

 

    introduction or anticipated introduction of competing products by our competitors;

 

    installation, configuration or usage errors by our customers;

 

    easing or changing of regulatory requirements related to security; and

 

    reluctance of customers to purchase products incorporating open source software.

If we fail to anticipate market requirements or fail to develop and introduce product enhancements or new products to meet those needs in a timely manner, it could cause us to lose existing customers and prevent us from gaining new customers, which would significantly harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

18


Table of Contents

If our products do not effectively interoperate with our customers’ existing or future IT infrastructures, installations could be delayed or cancelled, which would harm our business.

Our products must effectively interoperate with our customers’ existing or future IT infrastructures, which often have different specifications, utilize multiple protocol standards, deploy products from multiple vendors and contain multiple generations of products that have been added over time. If we find errors in the existing software or defects in the hardware used in our customers’ infrastructure or problematic network configurations or settings, we may have to modify our software so that our products will interoperate with our customers’ infrastructure and business processes. In addition, to stay competitive within certain markets, we may be required to make software modifications in future releases to comply with new statutory or regulatory requirements. These issues could result in longer sales cycles for our products and order cancellations, either of which would adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our research and development efforts may not produce successful products or enhancements to our solution that result in significant revenue or other benefits in the near future, if at all.

We expect to continue to dedicate significant financial and other resources to our research and development efforts in order to maintain our competitive position. For example, in 2013, we increased our dedicated research and development personnel by 36% compared to 2012. However, investing in research and development personnel, developing new products and enhancing existing products is expensive and time consuming, and there is no assurance that such activities will result in significant new marketable products or enhancements to our products, design improvements, cost savings, revenues or other expected benefits. If we spend significant time and effort on research and development and are unable to generate an adequate return on our investment, our business and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

We are subject to a number of risks associated with global sales and operations.

Business practices in the global markets that we serve may differ from those in the United States and may require us to include non-standard terms in customer contracts, such as extended payment or warranty terms. To the extent that we enter into customer contracts that include non-standard terms related to payment, warranties, or performance obligations, our results of operations may be adversely impacted.

Additionally, our global sales and operations are subject to a number of risks, including the following:

 

    greater difficulty in enforcing contracts and managing collections, as well as longer collection periods;

 

    higher costs of doing business globally, including costs incurred in maintaining office space, securing adequate staffing and localizing our contracts;

 

    fluctuations in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies in markets where we do business;

 

    management communication and integration problems resulting from cultural and geographic dispersion;

 

    risks associated with trade restrictions and foreign legal requirements, including any importation, certification, and localization of our platform that may be required in foreign countries;

 

    greater risk of unexpected changes in regulatory practices, tariffs, and tax laws and treaties;

 

    compliance with anti-bribery laws, including, without limitation, compliance with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the UK Anti-Bribery Act;

 

    heightened risk of unfair or corrupt business practices in certain geographies and of improper or fraudulent sales arrangements that may impact financial results and result in restatements of, or irregularities in, financial statements;

 

    reduced or uncertain protection of intellectual property rights in some countries;

 

19


Table of Contents
    social, economic and political instability, terrorist attacks and security concerns in general; and

 

    potentially adverse tax consequences.

These and other factors could harm our ability to generate future global revenues and, consequently, materially impact our business, results of operations and financial condition.

If we are unable to adequately protect our proprietary technology and intellectual property rights, our business could suffer substantial harm .

The success of our business depends on our ability to protect our proprietary technology, brands and other intellectual property and to enforce our rights in that intellectual property. We attempt to protect our intellectual property under patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret laws, and through a combination of confidentiality procedures, contractual provisions and other methods, all of which offer only limited protection.

As of April 30, 2014, we had two issued patents in the United States and ten provisional or pending U.S. patent applications. We also had one patent issued and seven applications pending for examination in non-U.S. jurisdictions, and two pending Patent Cooperation Treaty patent applications, which are counterparts of our U.S. patent applications. We may file additional patent applications in the future. The process of obtaining patent protection is expensive and time-consuming, and we may not be able to prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner all the way through to the successful issuance of a patent. We may choose not to seek patent protection for certain innovations and may choose not to pursue patent protection in certain jurisdictions. Furthermore, it is possible that our patent applications may not issue as granted patents, that the scope of our issued patents will be insufficient or not have the coverage originally sought, that our issued patents will not provide us with any competitive advantages, and that our patents and other intellectual property rights may be challenged by others or invalidated through administrative processes or litigation. In addition, issuance of a patent does not guarantee that we have an absolute right to practice the patented invention. Our policy is to require our employees (and our consultants and service providers that develop intellectual property included in our products) to execute written agreements in which they assign to us their rights in potential inventions and other intellectual property created within the scope of their employment (or, with respect to consultants and service providers, their engagement to develop such intellectual property), but we cannot assure you that we have adequately protected our rights in every such agreement or that we have executed an agreement with every such party. Finally, in order to benefit from the protection of patents and other intellectual property rights, we must monitor and detect infringement and pursue infringement claims in certain circumstances in relevant jurisdictions, all of which are costly and time-consuming. As a result, we may not be able to obtain adequate protection or to effectively enforce our issued patents or other intellectual property rights.

In addition to patents, we rely on trade secret rights, copyrights and other rights to protect our unpatented proprietary intellectual property and technology. Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary technologies and our intellectual property rights, unauthorized parties, including our employees, consultants, service providers or customers, may attempt to copy aspects of our products or obtain and use our trade secrets or other confidential information. We generally enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, service providers, vendors, channel partners and customers, and generally limit access to and distribution of our proprietary information and proprietary technology through certain procedural safeguards. These agreements may not effectively prevent unauthorized use or disclosure of our intellectual property or technology and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of our intellectual property or technology. We cannot assure you that the steps taken by us will prevent misappropriation of our intellectual property or technology or infringement of our intellectual property rights. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries where we sell our products do not protect intellectual property rights and technology to the same extent as the laws of the United States, and these countries may not enforce these laws as diligently as government agencies and private parties in the United States. Based on the 2013 report on intellectual property rights protection and enforcement published by the Office of the United States Trade Representative, such countries included Ukraine (designated a priority foreign country) and Chile, China, India, Indonesia, Russia and Thailand (designated as priority watch list countries).

 

20


Table of Contents

Moreover, the IT security industry is characterized by the existence of a large number of relevant patents and frequent claims and related litigation regarding patent and other intellectual property rights. In particular, leading companies in the IT security industry have extensive patent portfolios. From time to time, third-parties have asserted and may assert their patent, copyright, trademark and other intellectual property rights against us, our channel partners or our customers. Successful claims of infringement or misappropriation by a third-party could prevent us from distributing certain products or performing certain services or could require us to pay substantial damages (including, for example, treble damages if we are found to have willfully infringed patents and increased statutory damages if we are found to have willfully infringed copyrights), royalties or other fees. Such claims also could require us to cease making, licensing or using solutions that are alleged to infringe or misappropriate the intellectual property of others, to expend additional development resources to attempt to redesign our products or services or otherwise to develop non-infringing technology, to enter into potentially unfavorable royalty or license agreements in order to obtain the right to use necessary technologies or intellectual property rights, and to indemnify our partners and other third parties, including our customers and channel partners whom we typically indemnify against such claims. Even if third parties may offer a license to their technology, the terms of any offered license may not be acceptable, and the failure to obtain a license or the costs associated with any license could cause our business, results of operations or financial condition to be materially and adversely affected. In some cases, we indemnify our channel partners and customers against claims that our products infringe the intellectual property rights of third parties. Defending against claims of infringement or being deemed to be infringing the intellectual property rights of others could impair our ability to innovate, develop, distribute and sell our current and planned products and services. If we are unable to protect our intellectual property and technology and ensure that we are not violating the intellectual property rights of others, we may find ourselves at a competitive disadvantage to others who need not incur the additional expense, time and effort required to create the innovative products that have enabled us to be successful to date.

Prolonged economic uncertainties or downturns could materially adversely affect our business.

Our business depends on our current and prospective customers’ ability and willingness to invest money in IT security, which in turn is dependent upon their overall economic health. Negative economic conditions in the global economy, including conditions resulting from financial and credit market fluctuations, could cause a decrease in corporate spending on information security software. We generated 39.0% of our revenues from Europe, the Middle East and Africa in 2013. Continuing economic challenges throughout Europe and other parts of the world may cause our customers in those locations to reevaluate decisions to purchase our solution or to delay their purchasing decisions, which could adversely impact our results of operations due to the importance of that region to us.

In addition, a significant portion of our revenues is generated from customers in the financial services industry, including banking and insurance. Negative economic conditions may cause customers generally and in that industry in particular to reduce their IT spending. Customers may delay or cancel IT projects, choose to focus on in-house development efforts or seek to lower their costs by renegotiating maintenance and support agreements. To the extent purchases of licenses for our software are perceived by customers and potential customers to be discretionary, our revenues may be disproportionately affected by delays or reductions in general IT spending. If the economic conditions of the general economy or industries in which we operate worsen from present levels, our results of operation could be adversely affected.

If we are unable to hire, retain and motivate qualified personnel, our business will suffer.

Our future success depends, in part, on our ability to continue to attract and retain highly skilled personnel. Our inability to attract or retain qualified personnel or delays in hiring required personnel, particularly in sales and engineering, may seriously harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. Any of our employees may terminate their employment at any time. Additionally, two of our U.S. executive officers have not signed non-compete agreements with us. Competition for highly skilled personnel is frequently intense, especially in Israel, where we are headquartered. Further, a number of our employees are substantially vested in significant share option plans, and the ability to exercise those options and sell their shares in a public market

 

21


Table of Contents

after the closing of this offering may result in a larger than normal turn-over rate. In addition, to the extent we hire personnel from competitors, we may be subject to allegations that they have been improperly solicited or divulged proprietary or other confidential information.

We rely significantly on revenues from maintenance and support contracts, which we recognize ratably over the term of the associated contract and, to a lesser extent, from professional services contracts, which we recognize as services are delivered, and downturns in sales of these contracts are not immediately reflected in full in our quarterly operating results.

Maintenance and support and professional services revenues accounted for 41.2% of our total revenues in 2013. Sales of maintenance and support and professional services may decline or fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including the number of product licenses we sell, our customers’ level of satisfaction with our products and services, the prices of our products and services, the prices of products and services offered by our competitors or reductions in our customers’ spending levels. If our sales of maintenance and support and professional services contracts decline, our revenues or revenue growth may decline and our business will suffer. We recognize revenues from maintenance and support contracts ratably on a straight-line basis over the term of the related contract which is typically one year and, to a lesser extent, three years, and from professional services as services are performed. As a result, a meaningful portion of the revenues we report each quarter results from the recognition of deferred revenues from maintenance and support and professional services contracts entered into during previous quarters. Consequently, a decline in the number or size of such contracts in any one quarter will not be fully reflected in revenues in that quarter, but will negatively affect our revenues in future quarters. Accordingly, the effect of significant downturns in maintenance and support and professional services contracts would not be reflected in full in our results of operations until future periods.

We are exposed to fluctuations in currency exchange rates, which could negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Our functional and reporting currency is the U.S. dollar and we generate a majority of our revenues in U.S. dollars. In 2013, the majority of our revenues were denominated in U.S. dollars and the remainder primarily in euros and British pounds sterling. In 2013, the substantial majority of our cost of revenues and operating expenses were denominated in U.S. dollars, New Israeli Shekels (NIS) and the remainder primarily in euros and British pounds sterling. Our NIS-denominated expenses consist primarily of personnel, rent and other overhead costs. Since a significant portion of our expenses is incurred in NIS, any appreciation of the NIS relative to the U.S. dollar would adversely impact our net loss or net income, if any. We estimate that a 10% increase or decrease in the value of the NIS against the U.S. dollar would have decreased or increased our net income by approximately $1.6 million in 2013. To protect against the increase in value of forecasted foreign currency cash flow resulting from expenses paid in NIS during the year, we have instituted a foreign currency cash flow hedging program. We hedge portions of the anticipated payroll of our Israeli employees denominated in NIS for a period of one to twelve months with forward contracts and other derivative instruments. We expect that the majority of our revenues will continue to be generated in U.S. dollars for the foreseeable future and that a significant portion of our expenses will continue to be denominated in NIS. We cannot provide any assurances that our hedging activities will be successful in protecting us in full from adverse impacts from currency exchange rate fluctuations. In addition, since we only hedge a portion of our foreign currency exposure, our results of operations may be adversely affected due to the impact of currency fluctuations on the unhedged aspects of our operations. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk—Foreign Currency Risk.”

A portion of our revenues is generated by sales to government entities, which are subject to a number of challenges and risks.

A portion of our revenues is generated by sales to U.S. and foreign federal, state and local governmental agency customers, and we may in the future increase sales to government entities. Sales to government entities

 

22


Table of Contents

are subject to a number of risks. Selling to government entities can be highly competitive, expensive and time consuming, often requiring significant upfront time and expense without any assurance that we will complete a sale. Government demand and payment for our products and services may be impacted by public sector budgetary cycles and funding authorizations, with funding reductions or delays adversely affecting public sector demand for our products. Finally, for purchases by the U.S. government, the government may require certain products to be manufactured in the United States and other high cost manufacturing locations, and we may not manufacture all products in locations that meet the requirements of the U.S. government.

We may acquire other businesses, which could require significant management attention, disrupt our business, dilute shareholder value, and adversely affect our results of operations.

As part of our business strategy and in order to remain competitive, we may acquire or make investments in complementary companies, products or technologies. However, we have not made any acquisitions to date, and as a result, our ability as an organization to acquire and integrate other companies, products or technologies in a successful manner is unproven. We may not be able to find suitable acquisition candidates, and we may not be able to complete such acquisitions on favorable terms, if at all. If we do complete acquisitions, we may not ultimately strengthen our competitive position or achieve our goals, and any acquisitions we complete could be viewed negatively by our customers, analysts and investors. In addition, if we are unsuccessful at integrating such acquisitions or the technologies associated with such acquisitions, our revenues and results of operations could be adversely affected. Any integration process may require significant time and resources, and we may not be able to manage the process successfully. We may not successfully evaluate or utilize the acquired technology or personnel, or accurately forecast the financial impact of an acquisition transaction, including accounting charges. We may have to pay cash, incur debt or issue equity securities to pay for any such acquisition, each of which could adversely affect our financial condition or the value of our ordinary shares. The sale of equity or issuance of debt to finance any such acquisitions could result in dilution to our shareholders. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased fixed obligations and could also include covenants or other restrictions that would impede our ability to manage our operations.

We are subject to governmental export and import controls that could subject us to liability in the event of non-compliance or impair our ability to compete in international markets.

We incorporate encryption capabilities into certain products and these products are subject to U.S. export control requirements. We are also subject to Israeli export controls on encryption technology since our product development initiatives are primarily conducted in Israel. If the applicable U.S. or Israeli requirements regarding the export of encryption technology were to change or if we change the encryption means in our products, we may need to satisfy additional requirements in the United States or Israel. There can be no assurance that we will be able to satisfy any additional requirements under these circumstances in either the United States or Israel. Furthermore, various other countries regulate the import of certain encryption products and technology, including import permitting and licensing requirements, and have enacted laws that could limit our ability to distribute our products or could limit our customers’ ability to implement our products in those countries.

We are also subject to U.S. and Israeli export control and economic sanctions laws, which prohibit the shipment of certain products to embargoed or sanctioned countries, governments and persons. Our products could be exported to these sanctioned targets by our channel partners despite the contractual undertakings they have given us and any such export could have negative consequences, including government investigations, penalties and reputational harm. Any change in export or import regulations, economic sanctions or related legislation, shift in the enforcement or scope of existing regulations, or change in the countries, governments, persons or technologies targeted by such regulations, could result in decreased use of our products by, or in our decreased ability to export or sell our products to, existing or potential customers with international operations. Any decreased use of our products or limitation on our ability to export or sell our products would likely adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

23


Table of Contents

In addition, in the future we may be subject to defense-related export controls. For example, currently our solution is not subject to supervision under the Israeli Defense Export Control Law, 5767-2007, but if it was used for purposes that are classified as defense-related or if it falls under “dual-use goods and technology” as referred to below, we could become subject to such regulation. In particular, under the Israeli Defense Export Control Law, 5767-2007, an Israeli company may not conduct “defense marketing activity” without a defense marketing license from the Israeli Ministry of Defense (MOD) and may be subject to a requirement to obtain a specific license from the MOD for any export of defense related products and/or knowhow. The definition of defense marketing activity is broad and includes any marketing of “defense equipment,” “defense knowhow” or “defense services” outside of Israel, which includes “dual-use goods and technology,” (material and equipment intended in principle for civilian use and that can also be used for defensive purposes, such as our cybersecurity solutions) that is specified in the list of Goods and Dual-Use Technology annexed to the Wassenaar Arrangement on Export Controls for Conventional Arms and Dual-Use Goods and Technologies, if intended for defense use only, or is specified under Israeli legislation. “Dual-use goods and technology” will be subject to control by the Ministry of Economy if intended for civilian use only. In December 2013, regulations under the Wassenaar Arrangement included for the first time a chapter on cyber-related matters. We believe that our products do not fall under this chapter; however, in the future we may become subject to this regulation or similar regulations, which would limit our sales and marketing activities and could therefore have an adverse effect on our results of operations. Similar issues could arise under the U.S. defense/military export controls under the Arms Export Control Act and the International Traffic in Arms Regulations.

Our use of open source software could negatively affect our ability to sell our software and subject us to possible litigation.

We use open source software and expect to continue to use open source software in the future. Some open source software licenses require users who distribute or make available as a service open source software as part of their own software product to publicly disclose all or part of the source code of the users’ software product or to make available any derivative works of the open source code on unfavorable terms or at no cost. We may face ownership claims of third parties over, or seeking to enforce the license terms applicable to, such open source software, including by demanding the release of the open source software, derivative works or our proprietary source code that was developed using such software. These claims could also result in litigation, require us to purchase a costly license or require us to devote additional research and development resources to change our software, any of which would have a negative effect on our business and results of operations. In addition, if the license terms for the open source code change, we may be forced to re-engineer our software or incur additional costs.

Our use of third-party software and other intellectual property may expose us to risks.

Some of our products and services include software or other intellectual property licensed from third parties, and we otherwise use software and other intellectual property licensed from third parties in our business. This exposes us to risks over which we may have little or no control. For example, a licensor may have difficulties keeping up with technological changes or may stop supporting the software or other intellectual property that it licenses to us. There can be no assurance that the licenses we use will be available on acceptable terms, if at all. In addition, a third party may assert that we or our customers are in breach of the terms of a license, which could, among other things, give such third party the right to terminate a license or seek damages from us, or both. Our inability to obtain or maintain certain licenses or other rights or to obtain or maintain such licenses or rights on favorable terms, or the need to engage in litigation regarding these matters, could result in delays in releases of new products, and could otherwise disrupt our business, until equivalent technology can be identified, licensed or developed.

 

24


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Ordinary Shares and the Offering

Our share price may be volatile, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

The initial public offering price for the ordinary shares sold in this offering will be determined by negotiation between us and representatives of the underwriters. This price may not reflect the market price of our ordinary shares following this offering and the price of our ordinary shares may decline. In addition, the market price of our ordinary shares could be highly volatile and may fluctuate substantially as a result of many factors, including:

 

    actual or anticipated fluctuations in our results of operations;

 

    variance in our financial performance from the expectations of market analysts;

 

    announcements by us or our competitors of significant business developments, changes in service provider relationships, acquisitions or expansion plans;

 

    changes in the prices of our products and services;

 

    our involvement in litigation;

 

    our sale of ordinary shares or other securities in the future;

 

    market conditions in our industry;

 

    changes in key personnel;

 

    the trading volume of our ordinary shares;

 

    changes in the estimation of the future size and growth rate of our markets; and

 

    general economic and market conditions.

In addition, the stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. Broad market and industry factors may materially harm the market price of our ordinary shares, regardless of our operating performance. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against that company. If we were involved in any similar litigation we could incur substantial costs and our management’s attention and resources could be diverted.

There has been no prior public market for our ordinary shares, and an active trading market may not develop.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares. An active trading market may not develop following completion of this offering or, if developed, may not be sustained. The lack of an active market may impair your ability to sell your ordinary shares at the time you wish to sell them or at a price that you consider reasonable. The lack of an active market may also reduce the fair market value of your ordinary shares. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling our ordinary shares and may impair our ability to acquire other companies by using our ordinary shares as consideration.

If we do not meet the expectations of equity research analysts, if they do not publish research or reports about our business or if they issue unfavorable commentary or downgrade our ordinary shares, the price of our ordinary shares could decline.

The trading market for our ordinary shares will rely in part on the research and reports that equity research analysts publish about us and our business. The analysts’ estimates are based upon their own opinions and are often different from our estimates or expectations. If our results of operations are below the estimates or expectations of public market analysts and investors, our share price could decline. Moreover, the price of our ordinary shares could decline if one or more securities analysts downgrade our ordinary shares or if those analysts issue other unfavorable commentary or cease publishing reports about us or our business.

 

25


Table of Contents

Following the closing of this offering, a small number of significant beneficial owners of our shares will have a controlling influence over matters requiring shareholder approval, which could delay or prevent a change of control.

Following the closing of this offering, the largest beneficial owners of our shares, entities and individuals affiliated with Jerusalem Venture Partners and The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., each of which currently beneficially owns more than 10.0% of our outstanding shares, will beneficially own in the aggregate     % of our ordinary shares or     % if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional ordinary shares. As a result, these shareholders individually could exert significant influence, and if they were to act together could exert a controlling influence, over our operations and business strategy and would have sufficient voting power to control the outcome of matters requiring shareholder approval. These matters may include:

 

    the composition of our board of directors which has the authority to direct our business and to appoint and remove our officers;

 

    approving or rejecting a merger, consolidation or other business combination;

 

    raising future capital; and

 

    amending our articles of association which govern the rights attached to our ordinary shares.

This concentration of ownership of our ordinary shares could delay or prevent proxy contests, mergers, tender offers, open-market purchase programs or other purchases of our ordinary shares that might otherwise give you the opportunity to realize a premium over the then-prevailing market price of our ordinary shares. This concentration of ownership may also adversely affect our share price.

As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted, and intend, to follow certain home country corporate governance practices instead of otherwise applicable SEC and NASDAQ Stock Market, or NASDAQ, requirements, which may result in less protection than is accorded to investors under rules applicable to domestic U.S. issuers.

As a foreign private issuer, in reliance on Rule 5615(a)(3) of the NASDAQ Listing Rules, which permits a foreign private issuer to follow the corporate governance practices of its home country, we will be permitted to follow certain Israeli corporate governance practices instead of those otherwise required under the corporate governance standards for U.S. domestic issuers. Following the listing of our ordinary shares on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, we intend to follow Israeli home country practices solely with regard to the quorum requirement for shareholder meetings. As permitted under the Israeli Companies Law, our articles of association to be effective upon the closing of this offering will provide that the quorum for any meeting of shareholders shall be the presence of at least two shareholders present in person, by proxy or by a voting instrument, who hold at least 25% of the voting power of our shares instead of 33 1/3% of our issued share capital. We may in the future elect to follow Israeli home country practices with regard to other matters such as the formation and composition of the compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees, separate executive sessions of independent directors and the requirement to obtain shareholder approval for certain dilutive events (such as for the establishment or amendment of certain equity-based compensation plans, issuances that will result in a change of control of the company, certain transactions other than a public offering involving issuances of a 20% or more interest in the company and certain acquisitions of the stock or assets of another company). Accordingly, our shareholders may not be afforded the same protection as provided under NASDAQ corporate governance rules. Following our home country governance practices as opposed to the requirements that would otherwise apply to a United States company listed on NASDAQ may provide less protection than is accorded to investors of domestic issuers. See “Management—Corporate Governance Practices.”

As a foreign private issuer we will not be subject to the provisions of Regulation FD or U.S. proxy rules and will be exempt from filing certain Exchange Act reports.

In addition, as a foreign private issuer, we will be exempt from a number of requirements under U.S. securities laws that apply to public companies that are not foreign private issuers. In particular, we will be

 

26


Table of Contents

exempt from the rules and regulations under the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, related to the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our officers, directors and principal shareholders will be exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we will not be required under the Exchange Act to file annual and current reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. domestic companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act and we will generally be exempt from filing quarterly reports with the SEC under the Exchange Act. We will also be exempt from the provisions of Regulation FD, which prohibits the selective disclosure of material nonpublic information to, among others, broker-dealers and holders of a company’s securities under circumstances in which it is reasonably foreseeable that the holder will trade in the company’s securities on the basis of the information. Even though we intend to comply voluntarily with Regulation FD, these exemptions and leniencies will reduce the frequency and scope of information and protections to which you are entitled as an investor.

We are not required to comply with the proxy rules applicable to U.S. domestic companies, including the requirement applicable to emerging growth companies to disclose the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and other two most highly compensated executive officers on an individual, rather than an aggregate, basis. Nevertheless, a recent amendment to the Israeli Companies Law will require us, after we become a public company, to disclose in the notice of convening an annual general meeting the annual compensation of our five most highly compensated officers on an individual basis, rather than on an aggregate basis, as was previously permitted for Israeli public companies listed overseas. This disclosure will not be as extensive as that required of a U.S. domestic issuer. We intend to commence providing such disclosure, at the latest, in the annual proxy statement for our 2015 annual meeting of shareholders, which will be filed under cover of a Form 6-K and we may elect to provide such information at an earlier date.

We would lose our foreign private issuer status if a majority of our directors or executive officers are U.S. citizens or residents and we fail to meet additional requirements necessary to avoid loss of foreign private issuer status. Although we have elected to comply with certain U.S. regulatory provisions, our loss of foreign private issuer status would make such provisions mandatory. The regulatory and compliance costs to us under U.S. securities laws as a U.S. domestic issuer may be significantly higher. If we are not a foreign private issuer, we will be required to file periodic reports and registration statements on U.S. domestic issuer forms with the SEC, which are more detailed and extensive than the forms available to a foreign private issuer. We would also be required to follow U.S. proxy disclosure requirements, including the requirement to disclose more detailed information about the compensation of our senior executive officers on an individual basis. We may also be required to modify certain of our policies to comply with good governance practices associated with U.S. domestic issuers. Such conversion and modifications will involve additional costs. In addition, we would lose our ability to rely upon exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements on U.S. stock exchanges that are available to foreign private issuers.

We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain whether the reduced requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our ordinary shares less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 effective on April 5, 2012, or the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. Most of such requirements relate to disclosures that we would only be required to make if we cease to be a foreign private issuer in the future. Nevertheless, as a foreign private issuer that is an emerging growth company, we will not be required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, for up to five fiscal years after the date of this offering. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of: (a) the last day of our fiscal year during which we have total annual gross revenues of at least $1.0 billion; (b) the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering; (c) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt; or (d) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer”

 

27


Table of Contents

under the Exchange Act. When we are no longer deemed to be an emerging growth company, we will not be entitled to the exemptions provided in the JOBS Act discussed above. We cannot predict if investors will find our ordinary shares less attractive as a result of our reliance on exemptions under the JOBS Act. If some investors find our ordinary shares less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our ordinary shares and our share price may be more volatile.

The market price of our ordinary shares could be negatively affected by future sales of our ordinary shares.

After this offering, there will be              of our ordinary shares outstanding. Sales by us or our shareholders of a substantial number of ordinary shares in the public market following this offering, or the perception that these sales might occur, could cause the market price of our ordinary shares to decline or could impair our ability to raise capital through a future sale of, or pay for acquisitions using, our equity securities. Of our issued and outstanding shares, all the ordinary shares sold in this offering will be freely transferable, except for any shares acquired by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. Following completion of this offering,     % of our outstanding ordinary shares (or     % if the underwriters exercise their option in full) will be considered restricted shares and will be held by our affiliates. Such securities can be resold into the public markets in the future in accordance with the requirements of Rule 144, including volume limitations, manner of sale requirements and notice requirements. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”

We, our executive officers and directors, and the holders of substantially all of our outstanding ordinary shares, have agreed with the underwriters that, subject to limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, we and they will not directly or indirectly offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, grant any option to purchase or otherwise dispose of any ordinary shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for ordinary shares, or in any manner transfer all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of ordinary shares, or cause a registration statement covering any ordinary shares to be filed except for the ordinary shares offered in this offering, without the prior written consent of the designated representatives of the underwriters, who may, in their sole discretion and at any time without notice, release all or any portion of the shares subject to these lock-up agreements.

At any time following the closing of this offering, subject, however, to the 180-day lock-up agreement entered into with the underwriters, the holders of          of our ordinary shares are entitled to require that we register their shares under the Securities Act for resale into the public markets. All shares sold pursuant to an offering covered by such registration statement will be freely transferable. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights.”

In addition to our current shareholders’ registration rights, as of March 31, 2014, we had granted options to purchase 4,446,670 shares under our share option plans and had an additional 149,817 available for future grant. Following this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act registering the shares under our share option plans. Shares included in such registration statement will be available for sale in the public market immediately after such filing, subject to vesting provisions, except for shares held by affiliates who will have certain restrictions on their ability to sell.

You may be subject to adverse United States federal income tax consequences if we are classified as a Controlled Foreign Corporation.

Each “Ten Percent Shareholder” (as defined below) in a non-U.S. corporation that is classified as a “controlled foreign corporation,” or a CFC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes generally is required to include in income for U.S. federal tax purposes such Ten Percent Shareholder’s pro rata share of the CFC’s “Subpart F income” and investment of earnings in U.S. property, even if the CFC has made no distributions to its shareholders. A non-U.S. corporation generally will be classified as a CFC for U.S. federal income tax purposes if Ten Percent Shareholders own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of either the total combined voting power

 

28


Table of Contents

of all classes of stock of such corporation entitled to vote or of the total value of the stock of such corporation. A “Ten Percent Shareholder” is a U.S. person (as defined by the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code) who owns or is considered to own 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote of such corporation. The determination of CFC status is complex and includes attribution rules, the application of which is not entirely certain.

We believe that we may have been a CFC for the taxable year ended December 31, 2013 and that we were a CFC prior to this offering in the current taxable year. Additionally, it is possible that following this offering, a shareholder treated as a U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes will acquire, directly or indirectly, enough shares to be treated as a Ten Percent Shareholder after application of the constructive ownership rules and, together with any other Ten Percent Shareholders of the Company, cause the Company to be treated (or continued to be treated) as a CFC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Holders should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the potential adverse U.S. tax consequences of becoming a Ten Percent Shareholder in a CFC.

Our U.S. shareholders may suffer adverse tax consequences if we are characterized as a passive foreign investment company.

Generally, if for any taxable year 75% or more of our gross income is passive income, or at least 50% of the average quarterly value of our assets (which, assuming we were a non-publicly traded CFC for the year being tested, may be measured by the adjusted tax basis of our assets or, if we were a publicly traded CFC or not a CFC, the total value of our assets may be measured in part by the market value of our ordinary shares, which is subject to change) are held for the production of, or produce, passive income, we would be characterized as a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Our status as a passive foreign investment company may also depend on how quickly we utilize the cash proceeds from this offering in our business. Based on our belief that we were a CFC prior to this offering in the current taxable year and on certain estimates of our gross income and gross assets, our intended use of proceeds of this offering, and the nature of our business, we expect to be classified, and you should assume our company will be classified, as a PFIC for the taxable year ending December 31, 2014. Because the total value of our assets may be measured in part by the market value of our ordinary shares in 2015, we expect that we should not be classified as a PFIC for the taxable year ending December 31, 2015. However, because PFIC status is based on our income, assets and activities for the entire taxable year, it is not possible to determine whether we will be characterized as a PFIC for the 2014 or 2015 taxable year until after the close of the year. There can be no assurance that we will not be considered a PFIC for any taxable year. Our characterization as a PFIC could result in material adverse tax consequences for you if you are a U.S. investor, including having gains realized on the sale of our ordinary shares treated as ordinary income, rather than a capital gain, the loss of the preferential rate applicable to dividends received on our ordinary shares by individuals who are U.S. holders, and having interest charges apply to distributions by us and the proceeds of share sales. If we are characterized as a PFIC, certain elections may be available that would alleviate some of the adverse consequences of PFIC status and result in an alternative treatment of our ordinary shares. For each year in which we are a PFIC and our ordinary shares are “regularly traded” on a “qualified exchange,” a U.S. investor may be able to avoid certain adverse tax consequences by making an election to “mark-to-market” our ordinary shares each taxable year and recognize ordinary income pursuant to such election based upon increases in the value of the ordinary shares. However, a mark-to-market election with respect to us does not apply to any equity interests in our PFIC subsidiaries and a “U.S. holder” (as defined in “U.S. and Israeli Tax Consequences for our Shareholders — Certain United States Federal Income Tax Consequences”) generally will continue to be subject to the PFIC rules with respect to its indirect interest in any investments held by us that are treated as equity interests in a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Additionally, we do not intend to provide the information necessary for U.S. holders to make qualified electing fund elections if we are classified as a PFIC. See “U.S. and Israeli Tax Consequences for our Shareholders—Certain United States Federal Income Tax Consequences—Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations.”

 

29


Table of Contents

Prospective U.S. investors should consult their own tax advisers regarding the potential application of the PFIC rules to them. Prospective U.S. investors should refer to “U.S. and Israeli Tax Consequences for our Shareholders — Certain United States Federal Income Tax Consequences” for discussion of additional U.S. income tax considerations applicable if we are treated as a PFIC.

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of the ordinary shares you purchase in this offering.

The initial public offering price of our ordinary shares substantially exceeds the net tangible book value per share of our ordinary shares immediately after this offering. Therefore, if you purchase our ordinary shares in this offering, you will suffer, as of                     , 2014, immediate dilution of $         per ordinary share or $         per ordinary share if the underwriters exercise their option in full, in net tangible book value after giving effect to the sale of             ordinary shares in this offering at an assumed public offering price of $         per ordinary share, the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated expenses payable by us. If outstanding options to purchase our ordinary shares are exercised in the future, you will experience additional dilution. See “Dilution.”

We have broad discretion over the use of proceeds we receive in this offering and may not apply the proceeds in ways that increase the value of your investment.

Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering and, as a result, you will have to rely upon the judgment of our management with respect to the use of these proceeds. Our management may spend a portion or all of the net proceeds in ways that not all shareholders approve of or that may not yield a favorable return. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could harm our business.

We have not yet determined whether our existing internal controls over financial reporting systems are compliant with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and we cannot provide any assurance that there are no material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our existing internal controls.

Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the related rules adopted by the SEC and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, starting with the second annual report that we file with the SEC after the consummation of this offering, our management will be required to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, once we no longer qualify as an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act and lose the ability to rely on the exemptions related thereto discussed above, our independent registered public accounting firm will also need to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404. We have not yet commenced the process of determining whether our existing internal controls over financial reporting systems are compliant with Section 404 and whether there are any material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our existing internal controls. This process will require the investment of substantial time and resources, including by our Chief Financial Officer and other members of our senior management. In addition, we cannot predict the outcome of this determination and whether we will need to implement remedial actions in order to implement effective control over financial reporting. The determination and any remedial actions required could result in us incurring additional costs that we did not anticipate. Irrespective of compliance with Section 404, any failure of our internal controls could have a material adverse effect on our stated results of operations and harm our reputation. As a result, we may experience higher than anticipated operating expenses, as well as higher independent auditor fees during and after the implementation of these changes. If we are unable to implement any of the required changes to our internal control over financial reporting effectively or efficiently or are required to do so earlier than anticipated, it could adversely affect our operations, financial reporting and/or results of operations and could result in an adverse opinion on internal controls from our independent auditors.

 

30


Table of Contents

Risks Relating to Our Incorporation and Location in Israel

Our headquarters, research and development activities and other significant operations are located in Israel and, therefore, our results may be adversely affected by political, economic and military instability in Israel.

Our headquarters and principal research and development facilities are located in Israel. In addition, the majority of our key employees, officers and directors are residents of Israel. Accordingly, political, economic and military conditions in Israel may directly affect our business. Since the establishment of the State of Israel in 1948, a number of armed conflicts have taken place between Israel and its neighboring countries. In recent years, these have included hostilities between Israel and Hezbollah in Lebanon and Hamas in the Gaza strip, both of which resulted in rockets being fired into Israel causing casualties and disruption of economic activities. In addition, Israel faces threats from more distant neighbors, in particular, Iran. Our commercial insurance does not cover losses that may occur as a result of an event associated with the security situation in the Middle East. Although the Israeli government is currently committed to covering the reinstatement value of direct damages that are caused by terrorist attacks or acts of war, we cannot assure you that this government coverage will be maintained, or if maintained, will be sufficient to compensate us fully for damages incurred. Any losses or damages incurred by us could have a material adverse effect on our business. Any armed conflict involving Israel could adversely affect our operations and results of operations.

Further, our operations could be disrupted by the obligations of personnel to perform military service. As of March 31, 2014, we had 167 employees based in Israel, certain of which may be called upon to perform up to 54 days in each three year period (and in the case of non-officer commanders or officers, up to 70 or 84 days, respectively, in each three year period) of military reserve duty until they reach the age of 40 (and in some cases, depending on their specific military profession up to 45 or even 49 years of age) and, in certain emergency circumstances, may be called to immediate and unlimited active duty. Our operations could be disrupted by the absence of a significant number of employees related to military service, which could materially adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Several countries, principally in the Middle East, restrict doing business with Israel and Israeli companies, and additional countries may impose restrictions on doing business with Israel and Israeli companies whether as a result of hostilities in the region or otherwise. In addition, there have been increased efforts by activists to cause companies and consumers to boycott Israeli goods based on Israeli government policies. Such actions, particularly if they become more widespread, may adversely impact our ability to sell our products.

The tax benefits that are available to us require us to continue to meet various conditions and may be terminated or reduced in the future, which could increase our costs and taxes.

We were granted Approved Enterprise status under the Israeli Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 1959, referred to as the Investment Law. We had elected the alternative benefits program, pursuant to which income derived from the Approved Enterprise program is tax-exempt for two years and enjoys a reduced tax rate of 10% to 25% for up to a total of eight years, subject to an adjustment based upon the foreign investors’ ownership. We were also eligible for certain tax benefits provided to Benefited Enterprises under the Investment Law. In March 2013, we notified the Israel Tax Authority that we apply the new tax regime under the Investment Law instead of our Approved Enterprise and Benefited Enterprise. As of 2013 we are eligible for certain tax benefits provided to Preferred Enterprises under Investment Law. If we do not meet the conditions stipulated in the Investment Law, any tax benefits may be canceled and we may be required to refund the amount of the benefits, in whole or in part, including interest and CPI linkage. Further, in the future these tax benefits may be reduced or discontinued. If these tax benefits are reduced, cancelled or discontinued, our Israeli taxable income would be subject to regular Israeli corporate tax rates. The standard corporate tax rate for Israeli companies in 2013 was 25.0% and was increased to 26.5% for 2014 and thereafter. Additionally, if we increase our activities outside of Israel through acquisitions, for example, our expanded activities might not be eligible for inclusion in future Israeli tax benefit programs. See “Taxation and Israeli Government Programs Applicable to our Company—Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 5719-1959.”

 

31


Table of Contents

We may become subject to claims for remuneration or royalties for assigned service invention rights by our employees, which could result in litigation and adversely affect our business.

We enter into agreements with our employees pursuant to which such individuals agree that any inventions created in the scope of their employment or engagement are assigned to us or owned exclusively by us, depending on the jurisdiction, without the employee retaining any rights. A significant portion of our intellectual property has been developed by our employees in the course of their employment for us. Under the Israeli Patent Law, 5727-1967, or the Patent Law, inventions conceived by an employee during the scope of his or her employment with a company are regarded as “service inventions,” which belong to the employer, absent a specific agreement between the employee and employer giving the employee service invention rights. The Patent Law also provides that if there is no such agreement between an employer and an employee, the Israeli Compensation and Royalties Committee, or the Committee, a body constituted under the Patent Law, shall determine whether the employee is entitled to remuneration for his or her inventions. Recent decisions by the Committee and the Israeli Supreme Court have created uncertainty in this area, as the Supreme Court held that employees may be entitled to remuneration for their service inventions despite having specifically waived any such rights. Further, the Committee has not yet determined the method for calculating this Committee-enforced remuneration. Although our employees have agreed that any rights related to their inventions are owned exclusively by us, we may face claims demanding remuneration in consideration for such acknowledgement. As a consequence of such claims, we could be required to pay additional remuneration or royalties to our current and/or former employees, or be forced to litigate such claims, which could negatively affect our business.

Provisions of Israeli law and our articles of association may delay, prevent or otherwise impede a merger with, or an acquisition of, us, even when the terms of such a transaction are favorable to us and our shareholders.

Israeli corporate law regulates mergers, requires tender offers for acquisitions of shares above specified thresholds, requires special approvals for transactions involving directors, officers or significant shareholders and regulates other matters that may be relevant to such types of transactions. For example, a tender offer for all of a company’s issued and outstanding shares can only be completed if the acquirer receives positive responses from the holders of at least 95% of the issued share capital. Completion of the tender offer also requires approval of a majority of the offerees that do not have a personal interest in the tender offer, unless at least 98% of the company’s outstanding shares are tendered. Furthermore, the shareholders, including those who indicated their acceptance of the tender offer (unless the acquirer stipulated in its tender offer that a shareholder that accepts the offer may not seek appraisal rights), may, at any time within six months following the completion of the tender offer, petition an Israeli court to alter the consideration for the acquisition. See “Description of Share Capital—Acquisitions under Israeli Law” for additional information.

Our articles of association provide that our directors (other than external directors) are elected on a staggered basis, such that a potential acquirer cannot readily replace our entire board of directors at a single annual general shareholder meeting.

Furthermore, Israeli tax considerations may make potential transactions unappealing to us or to our shareholders whose country of residence does not have a tax treaty with Israel exempting such shareholders from Israeli tax. For example, Israeli tax law does not recognize tax-free share exchanges to the same extent as U.S. tax law. With respect to mergers involving an exchange of shares, Israeli tax law allows for tax deferral in certain circumstances but makes the deferral contingent on the fulfillment of a number of conditions, including, in some cases, a holding period of two years from the date of the transaction during which sales and dispositions of shares of the participating companies are subject to certain restrictions. Moreover, with respect to certain share swap transactions, the tax deferral is limited in time, and when such time expires, the tax becomes payable even if no disposition of the shares has occurred.

 

32


Table of Contents

It may be difficult to enforce a judgment of a U.S. court against us, our officers and directors or the Israeli experts named in this prospectus in Israel or the United States, to assert U.S. securities laws claims in Israel or to serve process on our officers and directors and these experts.

We are incorporated in Israel. The majority of our directors and executive officers, and the Israeli experts listed in this prospectus reside outside of the United States, and most of our assets and most of the assets of these persons are located outside of the United States. Therefore, a judgment obtained against us, or any of these persons, including a judgment based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws, may not be collectible in the United States and may not be enforced by an Israeli court. It also may be difficult for you to effect service of process on these persons in the United States or to assert U.S. securities law claims in original actions instituted in Israel. Israeli courts may refuse to hear a claim based on an alleged violation of U.S. securities laws reasoning that Israel is not the most appropriate forum in which to bring such a claim. In addition, even if an Israeli court agrees to hear a claim, it may determine that Israeli law and not U.S. law is applicable to the claim. If U.S. law is found to be applicable, the content of applicable U.S. law must be proven as a fact by expert witnesses, which can be a time consuming and costly process. Certain matters of procedure will also be governed by Israeli law. There is little binding case law in Israel that addresses the matters described above. As a result of the difficulty associated with enforcing a judgment against us in Israel, you may not be able to collect any damages awarded by either a U.S. or foreign court. See “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities” for additional information on your ability to enforce a civil claim against us and our executive officers or directors named in this prospectus.

Your rights and responsibilities as a shareholder will be governed by Israeli law which differs in some material respects from the rights and responsibilities of shareholders of U.S. companies.

The rights and responsibilities of the holders of our ordinary shares are governed by our articles of association and by Israeli law. These rights and responsibilities differ in some material respects from the rights and responsibilities of shareholders in U.S.-based corporations. In particular, a shareholder of an Israeli company has a duty to act in good faith and in a customary manner in exercising its rights and performing its obligations towards the company and other shareholders, and to refrain from abusing its power in the company, including, among other things, in voting at a general meeting of shareholders on matters such as amendments to a company’s articles of association, increases in a company’s authorized share capital, mergers and acquisitions and related party transactions requiring shareholder approval. In addition, a shareholder who is aware that it possesses the power to determine the outcome of a shareholder vote or to appoint or prevent the appointment of a director or executive officer in the company has a duty of fairness toward the company. There is limited case law available to assist us in understanding the nature of this duty or the implications of these provisions. These provisions may be interpreted to impose additional obligations and liabilities on holders of our ordinary shares that are not typically imposed on shareholders of U.S. corporations.

 

33


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

We make forward-looking statements in this prospectus that are subject to risks and uncertainties. These forward-looking statements include information about possible or assumed future results of our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, plans and objectives. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “believe,” “may,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “should,” “plan,” “expect,” “predict,” “potential,” or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions. The statements we make regarding the following matters are forward-looking by their nature:

 

    our expectations regarding revenues generated by our hybrid sales model;

 

    our expectations regarding our operating and net profit margins;

 

    our expectations regarding significant drivers of our future growth;

 

    our plans to continue to invest in research and development to develop technology for both existing and new products;

 

    our plans to invest in sales and marketing efforts and expand our channel partnerships;

 

    our plans to hire additional new employees;

 

    our plans to leverage our global footprint in existing industry verticals to further expand our market share;

 

    our plans to pursue incremental sales by further expanding our customer success team;

 

    our expectations regarding our tax classifications;

 

    our expectations regarding the controlling shareholder status of Jerusalem Venture Partners following this offering; and

 

    our plans to pursue strategic acquisitions.

The preceding list is not intended to be an exhaustive list of all of our forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements are based on our beliefs, assumptions and expectations of future performance, taking into account the information currently available to us. These statements are only predictions based upon our current expectations and projections about future events. There are important factors that could cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to differ materially from the results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. In particular, you should consider the risks provided under “Risk Factors” in this prospectus.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee that future results, levels of activity, performance and events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or will occur. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements for any reason after the date of this prospectus, to conform these statements to actual results or to changes in our expectations.

 

34


Table of Contents

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the markets in which we operate, including our general expectations, market position, market opportunity and market size, is based on information from various sources, including Gartner, Inc. (Gartner), IDC, Mandiant and Verizon Communications Inc. (Verizon), on assumptions that we have made that are based on those data and other similar sources and on our knowledge of the markets for our products and services. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. While we believe the market position, market opportunity and market size information included in this prospectus is generally reliable, such information is inherently imprecise. In addition, projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the industry in which we operate is necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.

The Gartner Report described herein, (the Gartner Report) represents data, research opinion or viewpoints published, as part of a syndicated subscription service, by Gartner, and are not representations of fact. The Gartner Report speaks as of its original publication date (and not as of the date of this prospectus) and the opinions expressed in the Gartner Report are subject to change without notice. The Gartner Report referenced is Market Guide for Endpoint Detection and Response Solutions, dated May 13, 2014.

 

35


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that our net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $        million, or approximately $         million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional ordinary shares, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $        per ordinary share.

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses, will be approximately $        million (or approximately $         million if the underwriters exercise their option in full), assuming the shares are offered at $        per ordinary share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per ordinary share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $        million, assuming the number of shares offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 100,000 shares in the number of ordinary shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $        million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions.

The principal purposes of this offering are to obtain additional working capital, to create a public market for our ordinary shares and to facilitate our future access to the public equity markets. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including sales and marketing expenditures aimed at growing our business and research and development expenditures focused on product development. Although we have not allocated specific portions of the net proceeds to specific uses, we expect that a significant portion of such expenditures will relate to hiring additional sales and marketing and research and development personnel. We may also use net proceeds from this offering to make acquisitions or investments in complementary companies or technologies, although we do not have any agreement or understanding with respect to any such acquisition or investment at this time. We do not currently have specific plans or commitments with respect to the net proceeds from this offering and, accordingly, are unable to quantify the allocation of such proceeds among the various potential uses. We will have broad discretion in the way that we use the net proceeds of this offering.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our ordinary shares. We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain future earnings, if any, to finance operations and expand our business. Our board of directors has sole discretion whether to pay dividends. If our board of directors decides to pay dividends, the form, frequency and amount will depend upon our future operations and earnings, capital requirements and surplus, general financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors that our directors may deem relevant. The distribution of dividends may also be limited by Israeli law, which permits the distribution of dividends only out of retained earnings or otherwise upon the permission of an Israeli court.

 

36


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash, cash equivalents and short-term bank deposits, and total capitalization as of March 31, 2014, as follows:

 

    on an actual basis;

 

    on a pro forma basis to give effect to (a) the conversion of all of our outstanding preferred shares into ordinary shares, which will occur upon the closing of this offering, and (b) the resulting reclassification of the preferred share warrant liability to additional paid-in capital; and

 

    on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to (a) the same items as “pro forma,” (b) the issuance of ordinary shares upon the exercise immediately prior to the closing of this offering of warrants and the receipt of $         by us from such exercise, and (c) the issuance and sale of ordinary shares by us in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per ordinary share after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

You should read this information in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus and the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section and other financial information contained in this prospectus.

 

     As of March 31, 2014  
         Actual              Pro Forma              Pro Forma    
    As Adjusted    
 
     (in thousands, except share and per share amounts)  

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term bank deposits

   $ 73,621       $ 73,621       $                
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ordinary shares, par value NIS 0.01 per share; 31,785,000 shares authorized, actual and pro forma,             shares authorized, pro forma as adjusted; 7,131,273 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 24,193,711 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;             shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     17         59      

Preferred shares, par value NIS 0.01 per share; 18,215,000 shares authorized, actual; zero shares authorized, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted; 15,958,290 shares issued and outstanding, actual; zero shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     41         —        

Additional paid-in capital

     35,017         38,546      

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     82         82      

Retained earnings

     9,574         9,574      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     44,731         48,261      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 118,352       $ 121,882       $                

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per ordinary share, would increase (decrease) the as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total equity and total capitalization by approximately $        million, assuming that the number of ordinary shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

37


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our ordinary shares in this offering, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share after this offering. Our net tangible book value as of March 31, 2014 was $12.78 per ordinary share.

Consolidated net tangible book value per ordinary share was calculated by:

 

    subtracting the deferred issuance cost balance, warrants presented at fair value and our consolidated liabilities, except the deferred revenues balance, from our consolidated tangible assets; and

 

    dividing the difference by the number of ordinary shares outstanding.

After giving effect to the sale of ordinary shares that we are offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per ordinary share, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our net tangible book value on an adjusted basis as of                     , 2014 would have been $         per ordinary share. This amount represents an immediate decrease in net tangible book value of $         per ordinary share to our existing shareholders and an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $         per ordinary share to new investors purchasing ordinary shares in this offering. We determine dilution by subtracting the as adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share after this offering from the amount of cash that a new investor paid for an ordinary share.

The following table illustrates this dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per ordinary share

      $                

Net tangible book value per ordinary share as of March 31, 2014

   $                   

Increase per ordinary share attributable to this offering

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share after this offering

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution per ordinary share to new investors in this offering

      $                

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per ordinary share would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $         million, or $         per share, and the pro forma dilution per share to investors in this offering would be $         or $         per share for a $1.00 increase (decrease), respectively, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $         million, or $         per share, and the pro forma dilution to investors in this offering would be $         per share, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $         million, or $         per share, and the pro forma dilution to investors in this offering would be $         per share, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional ordinary shares in full in this offering, the as adjusted net tangible book value after the offering would be $         per ordinary share, the decrease in net tangible book value per ordinary share to existing shareholders would be $         and the increase in net tangible book value per ordinary share to new investors would be $         per ordinary share, in each case assuming an initial public offering price of $         per ordinary share.

 

38


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes, as of March 31, 2014 the differences between the number of ordinary shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us in cash and the average price per ordinary share that existing shareholders paid, on the one hand, and new investors are paying in this offering, on the other hand. The calculation below is based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per ordinary share before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
Per Share
 
     Number    Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing shareholders

               $                             $                

New investors

            
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

        100        100  

The foregoing tables and calculations exclude (1) 4,596,487 ordinary shares reserved for issuance under our share option plans as of March 31, 2014, of which there were options to purchase 4,446,670 ordinary shares at a weighted average exercise price of $1.51 per share, and (2) 15,000 ordinary shares underlying warrants issued to an Israeli non-profit organization with an exercise price of $2.21 per share.

To the extent any of these outstanding options is exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors. To the extent all of such outstanding options had been exercised as of March 31, 2014, the as adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share after this offering would be $         , and total dilution per ordinary share to new investors would be $        .

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full:

 

    the percentage of ordinary shares held by existing shareholders will decrease to approximately     % of the total number of our ordinary shares outstanding after this offering; and

 

    the number of shares held by new investors will increase to                     , or approximately     % of the total number of our ordinary shares outstanding after this offering.

 

39


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables set forth our selected consolidated financial data. You should read the following selected consolidated financial data in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. Our financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

The selected consolidated statements of operations data for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013 is derived from our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2011 is derived from our audited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this prospectus. The summary consolidated statement of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 and the summary balance sheet data as of March 31, 2014 are derived from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements presented elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of management, these unaudited interim consolidated financial statements include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair statement of our financial position and operating results for these periods. Results for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the entire year.

 

     Year ended December 31,     Three months ended March 31,  
     2011     2012     2013     2013     2014  
     (in thousands, except share and per share amounts)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations:

          

Revenues:

          

License

   $ 21,125      $ 27,029      $ 38,907      $ 6,702      $ 9,120   

Maintenance and professional services

     15,240        20,179        27,250        6,029        8,275   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     36,365        47,208        66,157        12,731        17,395   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenues:

          

License

     899        1,002        1,216        269        628   

Maintenance and professional services

     4,517        5,922        7,860        1,865        2,426   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues(1)

     5,416        6,924        9,076        2,134        3,054   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     30,949        40,284        57,081        10,597        14,341   

Operating expenses:

          

Research and development(1)

     6,272        7,273        10,404        2,269        3,237   

Sales and marketing(1)

     15,929        22,081        32,840        6,817        9,433   

General and administrative(1)

     3,077        3,297        4,758        965        1,481   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     25,278        32,651        48,002        10,051        14,151   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     5,671        7,633        9,079        546        190   

Financial income (expenses), net

     (190     4        (1,124     (240     (1,355
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before taxes on income

     5,481        7,637        7,955        306        (1,165

Taxes on income (benefit)

     (392     (225     1,320        178        83   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 5,873      $ 7,862      $ 6,635      $ 128      $ (1,248
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic net income (loss) per ordinary share(2)

   $ 0.43      $ 0.51      $ 0.25      $ (0.15   $ (0.35
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted net income (loss) per ordinary share(2)

   $ 0.26      $ 0.31      $ 0.14      $ (0.15   $ (0.35
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in computing basic net income per ordinary share(2)

     4,969,489        6,592,997        6,900,433        6,791,633        7,073,239   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

40


Table of Contents
     Year ended December 31,      Three months ended March 31,  
     2011      2012      2013      2013      2014  
     (in thousands, except share and per share amounts)  

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in computing diluted net income per ordinary share(2)

     22,791,354         25,245,790         10,765,914         6,791,633         7,073,239   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic pro forma net income per ordinary share(3)

         $ 0.34          $ 0.01   
        

 

 

       

 

 

 

Diluted pro forma net income per ordinary share(3)

         $ 0.28          $ 0.01   
        

 

 

       

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares used in computing pro forma basic net income per ordinary share(3)

           23,963,322            24,135,679   
        

 

 

       

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares used in computing pro forma diluted net loss per ordinary share(3)

           27,828,804            27,783,565   
        

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

     As of December 31,      As of March 31,  
     2011      2012      2013      2013      2014  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

              

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term bank deposits

   $ 33,353       $ 45,995       $ 65,561       $ 49,669       $ 73,621   

Deferred revenue, current and long-term

     9,302         15,068         24,478         17,310         32,395   

Working capital(4)

     29,026         41,448         51,740         41,004         51,366   

Total assets

     47,654         64,379         89,724         65,435         94,467   

Preferred share warrant liability

     512         688         2,134         688         3,530   

Total shareholders’ equity

     30,290         38,494         45,846         38,809         44,731   

 

     Year ended December 31,      Three months ended
March 31,
 
     2011      2012      2013      2013      2014  
     (in thousands)  

Supplemental Financial Data:

              

Non-GAAP operating income(5)

   $ 7,347       $ 7,917       $ 9,482       $ 627       $ 346   

Non-GAAP net income(5)

     7,728         8,322         8,484         209         304   

Net cash provided by operating activities

     9,376         13,657         20,159         3,699         8,751   

 

(1) Includes share-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,      Three months ended
March 31,
 
     2011      2012      2013      2013      2014  
     (in thousands)  

Share-based Compensation Expense:

              

Cost of revenues

   $ 70       $ 32       $ 39       $ 7       $ 20   

Research and development

     481         58         73         13         30   

Sales and marketing

     432         81         126         44         42   

General and administrative

     693         113         165         17         64   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total share-based compensation expense

   $ 1,676       $ 284       $ 403       $ 81       $ 156   

 

(2) Basic and diluted net income per ordinary share is computed based on the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during each period. For additional information, see note 10 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

41


Table of Contents
(3) Pro forma basic and diluted net income per ordinary share and pro forma weighted average shares outstanding assumes the conversion of all of our outstanding preferred shares into ordinary shares, which will occur upon the closing of this offering, but does not give effect to the issuance of shares in connection with this offering. For additional information on the conversion of the preferred shares, see note 7 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
(4) We define working capital as total current assets minus total current liabilities.
(5) Non-GAAP operating income and non-GAAP net income are non-GAAP financial measures that we define as operating income and net income adjusted, respectively, to remove the impact of share-based compensation. The following table reconciles operating income and net income, the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure, to non-GAAP operating income and non-GAAP net income for the periods presented:

 

     Year ended December 31,      Three months ended March 31,  
     2011      2012      2013      2013      2014  
     (in thousands)  

Reconciliation of Operating Income to Non-GAAP Operating Income:

              

Operating income

   $ 5,671       $ 7,633       $ 9,079       $ 546       $ 190   

Share-based compensation

     1,676         284         403         81         156   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-GAAP operating income

   $ 7,347       $ 7,917       $ 9,482       $ 627       $ 346   

 

     Year ended December 31,      Three months
ended March 31,
 
     2011      2012      2013      2013      2014  
     (in thousands)  

Reconciliation of Net Income to Non-GAAP Net Income:

              

Net income (loss)

   $ 5,873       $ 7,862       $ 6,635       $ 128       $ (1,248

Share-based compensation

     1,676         284         403         81         156   

Warrant adjustment

     179         176         1,446         —           1,396   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-GAAP net income

   $ 7,728       $ 8,322       $ 8,484       $ 209       $ 304   

For a description of how we use non-GAAP operating income and non-GAAP net income to evaluate our business, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Financial Metrics.” We believe that these non-GAAP financial measures are useful in evaluating our business because of varying available valuation methodologies, subjective assumptions and the variety of equity instruments that can impact a company’s non-cash expenses and we believe that providing non-GAAP operating income and non-GAAP net income that excludes share-based compensation expenses and warrant awards allows for more meaningful comparisons between our operating results from period to period.

Other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate non-GAAP operating and non-GAAP net income differently or not at all, which reduces their usefulness as a comparative measure. You should consider non-GAAP operating income and non-GAAP net income along with other financial performance measures, including operating income and net income, and our financial results presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

 

42


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that are subject to known and unknown risks and uncertainties. Actual results and the timing of events may differ significantly from those expressed or implied in such forward-looking statements due to a number of factors, including those set forth in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the following discussion in conjunction with “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors.”

Overview

We are a global leader and pioneer of a new layer of IT security solutions that protects organizations from cyber attacks that have made their way inside the network perimeter to strike at the heart of the enterprise. Our software solution is focused on protecting privileged accounts, which have become a critical target in the lifecycle of today’s cyber attacks. Privileged accounts act as the “keys to the IT kingdom,” providing complete access to, and control of, all parts of IT infrastructure, industrial control systems and critical business data. In the hands of an external attacker or malicious insider, privileged accounts allow attackers to take control of and disrupt an organization’s IT and industrial control infrastructures, steal confidential information and commit financial fraud. Our comprehensive solution proactively protects privileged accounts, monitors privileged activity and detects malicious privileged behavior. Our customers use our innovative solution to introduce this new security layer to protect against, detect and respond to cyber attacks before they strike vital systems and compromise sensitive data.

We have a history of innovation. We started operations in 1999 with the vision of protecting high-value business data and pioneered our Digital Vault technology, which is the foundation of our platform. That same year, we began offering our first product, the Sensitive Information Management Solution (previously called the Sensitive Document Vault), which provides a secure platform through which our customers’ employees can share sensitive files. We believe our early innovation in vaulting technology enabled us to evolve into a company that provides a comprehensive security solution built for privileged accounts. In 2005, we introduced our Privileged Account Security Solution, which has become our leading offering and reflects our emphasis on protecting privileged accounts across an organization. Our Privileged Account Security Solution is built on our shared technology platform and consists of several products: Enterprise Password Vault, Privileged Session Manager, Application Identity Manager, On-Demand Privileges Manager and Privileged Threat Analytics.

We derive our revenues from licensing our cybersecurity software, selling maintenance and support contracts, and providing professional services to the extent requested by customers. Our license revenues consist primarily of revenues from sales of our Privileged Account Security Solution. Our customers typically purchase one year and, to a lesser extent, three years, of maintenance and support in conjunction with their initial purchase of our products. Thereafter, they can renew such maintenance and support for additional one or three-year periods.

We seek to foster long-term relationships with our customers. We have a significant opportunity to generate additional revenue from our existing customers by helping them identify and address gaps in their current privileged account security strategy. Our platform provides our customers flexibility to initially deploy one or more of our products for a single use case and then expand usage over time to address more use cases, to add incremental licenses for more users or systems or to license additional products from our comprehensive platform. We measure the perpetual license maintenance renewal rate for our customers over a 12-month period, based on a dollar renewal rate of contracts expiring during that time period. Our perpetual license maintenance renewal rate is measured three months after the 12-month period ends to account for late renewals. Our renewal rate for each of the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 was over 90%. Our key strategies to maintain our renewal rate include focusing on the quality and reliability of our product updates and our technical support services.

 

43


Table of Contents

We sell our products directly and through a global network of channel partners, including distributors and resellers, who then sell to their end customers. In 2013, we generated slightly more than half of our revenues through sales made by our global network of channel partners, with the balance being generated through our direct sales force. We refer to end customers as our customers throughout this prospectus. We believe that our hybrid sales model, which combines the leverage of channel sales with the account control of direct sales, will continue to play an important role in the growth of our customer base. Our hybrid sales model has aided our global growth by allowing us to partner with local distributors while being able to use our direct sales team in locations where that approach is advantageous to our business.

We market and sell our solution to organizations in a variety of industries and geographies. As of March 31, 2014, we had nearly 1,500 customers, including over 30% of the Fortune 100 and approximately 15% of the Global 2000. We define a customer to include a distinct entity, division or business unit of a company. The growth of our business and our future success depend on our ability to expand our customer base and increase our sales to existing customers, which depend on many factors, including our ability to expand our sales force, introduce new products and grow our relationships with channel partners. While each of these areas presents significant opportunities for us, they also pose important challenges and risks that we must successfully address in order to sustain the growth of our business and improve our results of operations. Additionally, the IT security market in which we operate is characterized by intense competition, constant innovation and evolving security needs, each of which may impact our ability to grow our business.

We have experienced strong growth over the last several years, as evidenced by a compound annual growth rate in revenues of 34.9% from 2011 to 2013. We have also increased our number of employees and subcontractors from 170 as of December 31, 2011 to 364 as of March 31, 2014. We intend to continue to aggressively grow our business to meet the needs of our customers and to pursue opportunities in new and existing verticals, geographies and products. We intend to continue to invest in the development of our sales and marketing teams, with a particular focus on expanding our channel partnerships and solidifying relationships with existing customers. We also plan to continue to invest in research and development in order to continue to develop technology for both existing and new products.

During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, our revenues were $36.4 million, $47.2 million and $66.2 million, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 29.8% and 40.1% in 2012 and 2013, respectively, and with maintenance and professional services comprising over 40% of our revenues each year. Our net income for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 was $5.9 million, $7.9 million and $6.6 million, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, our revenues were $12.7 million and $17.4 million, respectively. Our net income for the three months ended March 31, 2013 was $0.1 million compared with a net loss of $1.2 million for the same period in 2014.

Key Financial Metrics

We monitor several key financial metrics to help us evaluate growth trends, establish budgets, measure the effectiveness of our sales and marketing efforts and assess operational efficiencies. The key financial metrics that we monitor are as follows:

 

     Year ended
December 31,
     Three months ended
March 31,
 
     2011      2012      2013      2013      2014  
    

(in thousands)

 

Revenues

   $ 36,365       $ 47,208       $ 66,157         $12,731       $ 17,395   

Non-GAAP operating income(1)

     7,347         7,917         9,482         627         346   

Non-GAAP net income(1)

     7,728         8,322         8,484         209         304   

Net cash provided by operating activities

     9,376         13,657         20,159         3,699         8,751   

Total deferred revenues (as of period-end)

     9,302         15,068         24,478         17,310         32,395   

 

(1) For a reconciliation of non-GAAP operating income to operating income and of non-GAAP net income to net income, the nearest comparable GAAP measures, see “Summary—Summary Consolidated Financial Data.”

 

44


Table of Contents

Revenues. We derive our revenues from licensing our cybersecurity software, selling maintenance and support contracts, and providing professional services to the extent requested by customers. We review our revenues generally to assess the overall health of our business and our license revenues in particular to assess the adoption of our software and our growth in the markets we serve.

We consider our license revenues to be particularly important in assessing our results of operations because license fees, particularly from new customers, impact both our short-term and long-term revenues. New customers impact our revenues favorably in the short-term because we recognize substantially all license fees immediately upon delivery. New customers contribute significantly to our revenues in the long-term because the size of our maintenance and support contracts is directly related to our licenses revenues, but revenues from maintenance and support contracts are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the related contract. This fact, coupled with the high renewal rate for our maintenance and support contracts, means that a meaningful portion of the revenues we report each period are recognized from deferred revenues generated by maintenance and support contracts entered into during previous quarters.

The amount that a customer pays for a license can vary from a few thousand dollars to many millions of dollars depending on its scope. We generally license our products on a price per user or price per server basis; however, our license agreements with a small number of our largest customers do not contain any limit on the number of users or servers in recognition of the size of the overall agreement. We also license certain of our products based on the number of concurrent sessions monitored or endpoints secured. As a result, we do not track, and are unable to track, the amount of license revenues we generate on a per user or per server basis. We do, however, maintain internal price guidelines for different size transactions and, since our cost of license revenues is negligible, we generate incremental profit from every license. Although we are focused on growing our customer base, we also do not focus on the exact number of customers that we add in a given period because our revenues are also a function of the size of initial sales to new customers and the size of upsells to existing customers. We seek to grow the number of large transactions that we enter into because they better leverage our operating expense base, and particularly our sales and marketing expenses, and also generate larger maintenance and support contracts to drive future revenues and margins.

Because the size of our maintenance and support contracts is directly related to our licenses revenues and because the rates that we charge for professional services fluctuate very little, the drivers of changes in these sources of revenues have to date been volume-based. Historically, there has been little fluctuation in price when we renew a contract for maintenance and support or for professional services. While the demand for professional services is expected to increase as our customer and license base grows, we expect that our channel partners will increase the amount of such services that they provide. Therefore, while we expect an increase in the dollar amount of our professional services revenue, we do not expect our professional services revenues to increase materially as a percentage of total revenues.

See “—Components of Statements of Operations—Revenue” for more information.

Non-GAAP Operating Income and Non-GAAP Net Income. Non-GAAP operating income and non-GAAP net income are non-GAAP financial measures. We define non-GAAP operating income as operating income excluding share-based compensation expense. We define non-GAAP net income as net income excluding (i) share-based compensation expense, and (ii) financial expenses resulting from the revaluation of warrants to purchase preferred shares. Because of varying available valuation methodologies, subjective assumptions and the variety of equity instruments that can impact a company’s non-cash expense, we believe that providing non-GAAP financial measures that exclude non-cash share-based compensation expense allow for more meaningful comparisons between our operating results from period to period. In addition, we believe that excluding financial expenses with respect to revaluation of warrants to purchase preferred shares allows for more meaningful comparison between our net income from period to period, as following this offering, the warrants will be exercised and, as a result, will no longer be revalued at each balance sheet date. Each of our non-GAAP financial measures is an important tool for financial and operational decision making and for evaluating our own operating results over different periods of time. In particular, these financial measures reflect our operating expenses, the

 

45


Table of Contents

largest of which is currently sales and marketing. Accordingly, we assess the effectiveness of our sales and marketing efforts in part by considering whether increases in such expenditures are reflected in increased revenues and increased non-GAAP operating income and non-GAAP net income. The material factors driving changes in these financial measures are discussed under the subheading “Revenues” within “—Comparison of Period to Period Results of Operations.”

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities. We monitor net cash provided by operating activities as a measure of our overall business performance. Our net cash provided by operating activities is driven in large part by net income and from up-front payments for maintenance and support contracts and professional services. Monitoring net cash provided by operating activities enables us to analyze our financial performance as it includes our deferred revenues and removes the non-cash effects of certain items such as depreciation and share-based compensation expense, thereby allowing us to better understand and manage the cash needs of our business. Substantially all of the increase in our net cash provided by operating activities has been from growth in our net income (as adjusted for non-cash items) and in our deferred revenues. The material factors driving changes in our net income and our deferred revenues (which are driven by growth of our license revenues) are discussed under “—Comparison of Period to Period Results of Operations.”

Total Deferred Revenues . Our total deferred revenues consist of amounts that have been paid but that have not yet been recognized as revenues because they do not meet the applicable criteria. The substantial majority of our deferred revenues consist of the unrecognized portion of upfront payments associated with maintenance and support contracts and, to a lesser extent, professional services. The remaining balance of our deferred revenues consists of payments for licenses that could not yet be recognized. We monitor our total deferred revenues because it represents a significant portion of revenues to be recognized in future periods. Substantially all of the increase in our total deferred revenues has been from growth in our maintenance and support contracts which, in turn, is driven by growth of our license revenues. The material factors driving changes in our license revenues are discussed under “—Comparison of Period to Period Results of Operations.”

Components of Statements of Operations

Revenues

Our revenues are comprised of the following:

 

    License Revenues . License revenues are generated from sales of perpetual licenses for our cybersecurity software: Privileged Account Security Solution and Sensitive Information Management Solution.

 

    Privileged Account Security Solution—The substantial majority of our license revenues have been from sales of our Privileged Account Security Solution. Customers can purchase Enterprise Password Vault, Privileged Session Manager, Application Identity Manager, On-Demand Privileges Manager and Privileged Threat Analytics. We license our Enterprise Password Vault to our customers based on the number of privileged account users. We offer customers the choice of licensing our Privileged Session Manager based on the number of devices secured or the number of concurrent sessions it monitors. We license our Application Identity Manager and On-Demand Privileges Manager to our customers based on the number of servers that it protects. We introduced our Privileged Threat Analytics product in late December 2013. We license our Privileged Threat Analytics to customers based on the number of protected endpoints, such as servers, desktops, databases or mobile devices.

 

    Sensitive Information Management Solution—We generate additional license revenues through sales of our Sensitive Information Management Solution, our first product to market. Customers license the Sensitive Information Management Solution based on the permitted number of users of the software.

 

    Maintenance and Professional Services Revenue s . Maintenance revenues are generated from maintenance and service contracts purchased by our customers in order to gain access to the latest software enhancements and updates on an if and when available basis and to telephone and email technical support. We also offer professional services focused on both deployment and training our customers to fully leverage the use of our products.

 

46


Table of Contents

Geographic Breakdown of Revenues

The United States is our biggest market, with the balance of our revenues generated from the EMEA region and the rest of the world, including North and South America (excluding the United States) as well as countries in the Asia Pacific region of the world. The following table sets forth the geographic breakdown of our revenues by region for the periods indicated:

 

     Year ended December 31,     Three months ended March 31,  
     2011     2012     2013     2013     2014  
     ($ in thousands)  

United States

   $ 17,772         48.9   $ 26,178         55.4   $ 32,041         48.4   $ 6,280         49.3   $ 10,300         59.2

EMEA

     14,168         38.9        14,148         30.0        25,796         39.0        4,941         38.8        5,039         29.0   

Rest of World

     4,425         12.2        6,882         14.6        8,320         12.6        1,510         11.9        2,056         11.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

   $ 36,365         100.0   $ 47,208         100.0   $ 66,157         100.0   $ 12,731         100.0   $ 17,395         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cost of Revenues

Our total cost of revenues is comprised of the following:

 

    Cost of License Revenues. Cost of license revenues consists of shipping costs associated with delivery of our software, personnel costs related to delivery and license payments to third-party software vendors. We expect the absolute cost of license revenues to increase as our license revenues increase.

 

    Cost of Maintenance and Professional Services Revenues. Cost of maintenance and professional services revenues is primarily comprised of personnel costs for our global customer support organization. Personnel costs associated with customer support consist of salaries, benefits, bonuses and share-based compensation. We expect the absolute cost of maintenance and professional services revenues to increase as our customer base grows and as we hire additional professional services and technical support personnel.

Gross Profit and Gross Margin

Gross profit is total revenues less total cost of revenues. Gross margin is gross profit expressed as a percentage of total revenues. Our gross margin has historically fluctuated slightly from period to period as a result of changes in the mix of license revenues and maintenance and professional services revenues and we expect this pattern to continue.

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses are classified into three categories: research and development, sales and marketing and general and administrative. For each category, the largest component is personnel costs, which consists of salaries, employee benefits (including commissions and bonuses) and share-based compensation expense. Operating expenses also include allocated overhead costs for facilities and foreign currency hedging contracts gains and losses. Allocated costs for facilities primarily consist of rent, depreciation and office maintenance and utilities. Operating expenses are generally recognized as incurred. We expect personnel and all allocated costs to continue to increase in absolute dollars as we hire new employees and add facilities to continue to grow our business. We expect operating margins to decline in the near term as we further increase our headcount to support the future growth of our business and incur public company expenses.

Research and Development. Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel costs attributable to our research and development personnel and consultants as well as allocated overhead costs. We expense research and development expenses as incurred. We expect that our research and development expenses will continue to increase in absolute dollars and, in the near term, as a percentage of revenues as we increase our research and development headcount to further strengthen our technology platform and invest in the development of both existing and new products.

 

47


Table of Contents

Sales and Marketing. Sales and marketing expenses are the largest component of our operating expenses and consist primarily of personnel costs, including variable compensation, as well as marketing and business development costs, product certifications, travel expenses and allocated overhead costs. We expect that sales and marketing expenses will continue to increase in absolute dollars and, in the near term, as a percentage of our revenues as we plan to expand our sales and marketing efforts globally. We expect sales and marketing expenses to be our largest category of operating expenses.

General and Administrative. General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel costs for our executive, finance, human resources, legal and administrative personnel. General and administrative expenses also include external legal, accounting and other professional service fees. We expect that general and administrative expense will increase in absolute dollars and, in the near term, as a percentage of revenues as we grow and expand our operations and prepare to operate as a public company, including higher legal, corporate insurance, investor relations and accounting expenses, and the additional costs of achieving and maintaining compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and related regulations.

Financial Income (Expenses), Net

Financial income (expenses), net consists of interest income, foreign currency exchange gains or losses and warrant liability expenses. Interest income consists of interest earned on our cash, cash equivalents and short-term bank deposits. We expect interest income to vary depending on our average investment balances and market interest rates during each reporting period. Foreign currency exchange changes reflect gains or losses related to transactions denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Warrant liability changes relate to our preferred share warrants. Our preferred share warrants are classified as a liability on our consolidated balance sheets and, as such, are remeasured to fair value each period with a corresponding expense from the adjustment recorded as financial income (expenses), net. We will continue to record adjustments to the fair value of these warrants until they are exercised or expire, at which time the warrants will no longer be remeasured at each balance sheet date. Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, all of our preferred share warrants will be exercised and we will no longer record any financial expenses in respect of them on our statement of operations. As of the most recent reporting period, we did not have any indebtedness for borrowed amounts.

Taxes on Income

The standard corporate tax rate in Israel for 2014 and thereafter is 26.5% and was 24.0%, 25.0% and 25.0% for 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

As discussed in greater detail below under “Taxation and Israeli Government Programs Applicable to our Company,” we have received various tax benefits under the Investment Law. Under the Investment Law, our effective tax rate to be paid with respect to our Israeli taxable income under these benefits programs is 16.0%.

Under the Investment Law and other Israeli legislation, we are entitled to certain additional tax benefits, including accelerated depreciation and amortization rates for tax purposes on certain assets, deduction of public offering expenses in three equal annual installments.

Our non-Israeli subsidiaries are taxed according to the tax laws in their respective jurisdictions of organization. Due to our multi-jurisdictional operations, we apply significant judgment to determine our consolidated income tax position.

 

48


Table of Contents

Comparison of Period to Period Results of Operations

The following tables set forth our results of operations in dollars and as a percentage of revenues for the periods indicated:

 

     Year ended December 31,     Three months ended
March 31,
 
     2011     2012     2013     2013     2014  
     (in thousands)  

Revenues:

          

License

   $ 21,125      $ 27,029      $ 38,907      $ 6,702      $ 9,120   

Maintenance and professional services

     15,240        20,179        27,250        6,029        8,275   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     36,365        47,208        66,157        12,731        17,395   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenues:

          

License

     899        1,002        1,216        269        628   

Maintenance and professional services

     4,517        5,922        7,860        1,865        2,426   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

     5,416        6,924        9,076        2,134        3,054   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     30,949        40,284        57,081        10,597        14,341   

Operating expenses:

          

Research and development

     6,272        7,273        10,404        2,269        3,237   

Sales and marketing

     15,929        22,081        32,840        6,817        9,433   

General and administrative

     3,077        3,297        4,758        965        1,481   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     25,278        32,651        48,002        10,051        14,151   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     5,671        7,633        9,079        546        190   

Financial income (expenses), net

     (190     4        (1,124     (240     (1,355
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before taxes

     5,481        7,637        7,955        306        (1,165

Taxes on income (benefit)

     (392     (225     1,320        178        83   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 5,873      $ 7,862      $ 6,635      $ 128      $ (1,248
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

49


Table of Contents
     Year ended December 31,      Three months ended
March 31,
 
     2011      2012      2013      2013      2014  
     (as a % of total revenues)  

Revenues:

              

License

     58.1%         57.3%         58.8%         52.6%         52.4%   

Maintenance and professional services

     41.9            42.7            41.2            47.4            47.6      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

     100.0            100.0            100.0            100.0            100.0      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cost of revenues:

              

License

     2.5            2.1            1.8            2.1            3.6      

Maintenance and professional services

     12.4            12.6            11.9            14.7            14.0      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

     14.9            14.7            13.7            16.8            17.6      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit

     85.1            85.3            86.3            83.2            82.4      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

              

Research and development

     17.2            15.4            15.7            17.8            18.6      

Sales and marketing

     43.8            46.7            49.7            53.5            54.2      

General and administrative

     8.5            7.0            7.2            7.6            8.5      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     69.5            69.1            72.6            78.9            81.3      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income

     15.6            16.2            13.7            4.3            1.1      

Financial income (expenses), net

     (0.5)           0.0            (1.7)           (1.9)           (7.8)     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before taxes

     15.1            16.2            12.0            2.4            (6.7)     

Taxes on income (benefit)

     (1.1)           (0.5)           2.0            1.4            0.5      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

     16.2%         16.7%         10.0%         1.0%         (7.2)%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comparison of the Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

Revenues

 

     Three months ended March 31,                
     2013      2014      Change  
     Amount      % of
Revenues
     Amount      % of
Revenues
     Amount      %  
     ($ in thousands)  

Revenues:

                 

License

   $ 6,702         52.6%       $ 9,120         52.4%       $ 2,418         36.1%   

Maintenance and professional services

     6,029         47.4            8,275         47.6            2,246         37.2      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

   $ 12,731         100.0%       $ 17,395         100.0%       $ 4,664         36.6%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Revenues increased by $4.7 million, or 36.6%, from $12.7 million in the three months ended March 31, 2013 to $17.4 million in the same period in 2014. This increase was due to increased sales volume of our solution. This growth was most pronounced in the United States where revenues increased by $4.0 million compared to increases of $0.1 million in the EMEA region and $0.6 million in the rest of the world. The significant increase in revenues in the United States was also due to two large transactions that together accounted for a total of $2.3 million in revenues for the period. We increased our number of customers from approximately 1,250 as of March 31, 2013 to approximately 1,500 as of March 31, 2014.

License revenues increased by $2.4 million, or 36.1%, from $6.7 million in the three months ended March 31, 2013 to $9.1 million in the same period in 2014. In the three months ended March 31, 2014, approximately 59% of license revenues were generated from sales to customers from whom we had generated

 

50


Table of Contents

revenues before this period. Substantially all of the license revenue growth resulted from increased sales of our Privileged Account Security Solution, driven by demand for our Privileged Session Manager and our Application Identity Manager.

Maintenance and professional services revenues increased by $2.2 million, or 37.2%, from $6.0 million in the three months ended March 31, 2013 to $8.3 million in the same period in 2014. Maintenance revenues increased by $2.1 million from $4.9 million in the three months ended March 31, 2013 to $7.0 million in the same period in 2014, with renewals accounting for approximately $1.1 million and initial maintenance contracts for approximately $1.0 million, respectively, of this increase. Professional services revenues increased by $0.2 million from $1.1 million in the three months ended March 31, 2013 to $1.3 million in the same period in 2014 due to the provision of more services to customers.

Costs of Revenues and Gross Profit

 

     Three months ended March 31,                
     2013      2014      Change  
     Amount      % of
Revenues
     Amount      % of
Revenues
     Amount      %  
     ($ in thousands)  

Cost of Revenues:

                 

License

   $ 269         2.1%       $ 628         3.6%       $ 359         133.5%   

Maintenance and professional services

     1,865         14.7            2,426         14.0            561         30.1      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

     2,134         16.8            3,054         17.6            920         43.1      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit

   $ 10,597         83.2%       $ 14,341         82.4%       $ 3,744         35.3%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cost of license revenues increased by $0.3 million, or 133.5%, from $0.3 million in the three months ended March 31, 2013 to $0.6 million in the same period in 2014. The increase in cost of license revenues was driven primarily by an increase in license revenues and an increase in personnel costs in our operations department.

Cost of maintenance and professional services revenues increased by $0.6 million, or 30.1%, from $1.8 million in the three months ended March 31, 2013 to $2.4 million in the same period in 2014. The increase in cost of maintenance and professional services revenues was driven primarily by increased personnel costs and related expenses as our technical support and professional services headcount grew from 56 as of March 31, 2013 to 68 as of March 31, 2014.

Gross profit increased by $3.7 million, or 35.3%, from $10.6 million in three months ended March 31, 2013 to $14.3 million in the same period in 2014. Gross margins decreased from 83.2% to 82.4% during the same period. This decrease was due to the increase in costs associated with sales of licenses.

Operating Expenses

 

     Three months ended March 31,                
     2013      2014      Change  
     Amount      % of
Revenues
     Amount     

 

     Amount      %  
     ($ in thousands)  

Operating Expenses

                 

Research and development

   $ 2,269         17.8%       $ 3,237         18.6%       $ 968         42.7%   

Sales and marketing

     6,817         53.5           9,433         54.2           2,616         38.4     

General and administrative

     965         7.6           1,481         8.5           516         53.5     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

   $ 10,051         78.9%       $ 14,151         81.3%       $ 4,100         40.8%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

51


Table of Contents

Research and Development . Research and development expenses increased by $1.0 million, or 42.7%, from $2.2 million in the three months ended March 31, 2013 to $3.2 million in the same period in 2014. This increase was primarily attributable to a $0.8 million increase in personnel costs and related expenses as we increased our research and development team headcount from 81 as of March 31, 2013 to 105 as of March 31, 2014 to support continued investment in our future product and service offerings.

Sales and Marketing. Sales and marketing expenses increased by $2.6 million, or 38.4%, from $6.8 million in the three months ended March 31, 2013 to $9.4 million in the same period in 2014. This increase was attributable to a $1.9 million increase in expenses for salaries and related expenses due to increased headcount in all regions to expand our sales and marketing programs and a $0.2 million increase in travel and related expenses. Our sales and marketing headcount grew from 115 as of March 31, 2013 to 163 as of March 31, 2014. The remainder of the increase is attributable to increased investment in marketing programs.

General and Administrative . General and administrative expenses increased by $0.5 million, or 53.5%, from $1.0 million in the three months ended March 31, 2013 to $1.5 million in the same period in 2014. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase of $0.2 million in payroll expenses, including variable compensation to executive management, and due to increased headcount coupled with a $0.3 million increase in other expenses such as legal, facilities and other administrative expenses.

Financial Expenses (Income), Net . Financial expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2013 were $0.2 million. For the same period in 2014, financial expenses were $1.4 million. This change resulted primarily from an increase of $1.4 million in expenses associated with the measurement of fair value of warrants to purchase series B3 preferred shares, partially offset by a small gain due to exchange rate fluctuations.

Taxes on Income . Taxes on income for the three months ended March 31, 2013 were $0.2 million. For the same period in 2014, taxes on income were $0.1 million. This change was attributable to the decrease in pre-tax income.

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2013

Revenues

 

     Year ended December 31,      Change  
     2012      2013     
     Amount      % of
Revenues
     Amount      % of
Revenues
     Amount      %  
     ($ in thousands)  

Revenues:

                 

License

   $ 27,029         57.3%       $ 38,907         58.8%       $ 11,878         43.9%   

Maintenance and professional services

     20,179         42.7            27,250         41.2            7,071         35.0      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

   $ 47,208         100.0%       $ 66,157         100.0%       $ 18,949         40.1%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Revenues increased by $19.0 million, or 40.1%, from $47.2 million in 2012 to $66.2 million in 2013. This increase was due to increased sales volume of our solution. This increase was also driven by growth in both our license revenues and our maintenance and professional services revenue. This growth was most pronounced in the EMEA region where revenues increased by $11.7 million compared to increases of $5.9 million in the United States and $1.4 million in the rest of the world. The significant increases in the EMEA region primarily resulted from three large transactions of greater than $1.0 million each with new customers that together accounted for $5.1 million of the increased revenue. Multiple large transactions or even a single large transaction in a specific period could continue to materially impact relative growth rates among our different regions for a particular period. We increased our number of customers from approximately 1,200 as of December 31, 2012 to approximately 1,500 as of December 31, 2013.

License revenues increased by $11.9 million, or 43.9%, from $27.0 million in 2012 to $38.9 million in 2013. In 2013, approximately 32% of license revenues were generated from sales to customers from whom we

 

52


Table of Contents

had generated revenues before this period. Substantially all of the license revenue growth resulted from increased sales of our Privileged Account Security Solution, driven by demand for our Privileged Session Manager and our Application Identity Manager.

Maintenance and professional services revenues increased by $7.1 million, or 35.0%, from $20.2 million in 2012 to $27.3 million in 2013. Maintenance revenues increased by $6.0 million from $16.3 million in 2012 to $22.3 million in 2013, with renewals accounting for approximately $4.2 million and initial maintenance contracts for approximately $1.8 million, respectively, of this increase. Professional services revenues increased by $1.1 million from $3.9 million in 2012 to $5.0 million in 2013 due to the provision of more services to customers.

Cost of Revenues and Gross Profit

 

     Year ended December 31,      Change  
     2012      2013     
     Amount      % of
Revenues
     Amount      % of
Revenues
     Amount      %  
     ($ in thousands)  

Cost of Revenues:

                 

License

   $ 1,002         2.1%       $ 1,216         1.8%       $ 214         21.4%   

Maintenance and professional services

     5,922         12.6            7,860         11.9            1,938         32.7      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

   $ 6,924         14.7%       $ 9,076         13.7%       $ 2,152         31.1%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit

   $ 40,284         85.3%       $ 57,081         86.3%       $ 16,797         41.7%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cost of license revenues increased by $0.2 million, or 21.4%, from $1.0 million in 2012 to $1.2 million in 2013. The increase in cost of license revenues was driven primarily by an increase in license revenues and an increase in personnel costs in our operations department.

Cost of maintenance and professional services revenues increased by $2.0 million, or 32.7%, from $5.9 million in 2012 to $7.9 million in 2013. The increase in cost of maintenance and professional services revenue was driven primarily by a $1.7 million increase in personnel costs and related expenses as our technical support and professional services headcount grew from 47 at the end of 2012 to 60 at the end of 2013.

Gross profit increased by $16.8 million, or 41.7%, from $40.3 million in 2012 to $57.1 million in 2013. Gross margins increased from 85.3% in 2012 to 86.3% in 2013. This increase was driven by our revenue growth outpacing the growth of our cost of revenues.

Operating Expenses

 

     Year ended December 31,      Change  
     2012      2013     
     Amount      % of
Revenues
     Amount      % of
Revenues
     Amount      %  
     ($ in thousands)  

Operating expenses:

                 

Research and development

   $ 7,273         15.4%       $ 10,404         15.7%       $ 3,131         43.0%   

Sales and marketing

     22,081         46.7            32,840         49.7            10,759         48.7      

General and administrative

     3,297         7.0            4,758         7.2            1,461         44.3      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

   $ 32,651         69.1%       $ 48,002         72.6%       $ 15,351         47.0%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

53


Table of Contents

Research and Development. Research and development expenses increased by $3.1 million, or 43.0%, from $7.3 million in 2012 to $10.4 million in 2013. This increase was primarily attributable to a $2.6 million increase in personnel costs and related expenses as we increased our research and development team headcount from 70 at the end of 2012 to 95 at the end of 2013 to support continued investment in our future product and service offerings. The increase was also attributable to a $0.4 million increase related to allocated overhead costs.

Sales and Marketing. Sales and marketing expenses increased by $10.7 million, or 48.7%, from $22.1 million in 2012 to $32.8 million in 2013. This increase was attributable to an $8.0 million increase in expenses for salaries and related expenses due to increased headcount in all regions to expand our sales and marketing organization coupled with a $1.4 million increase in expenses related to our marketing programs and a $0.8 million increase in travel and related expenses. Our sales and marketing headcount grew from 100 at the end of 2012 to 135 at the end of 2013. The remainder of the increase is attributable to increased investment in marketing programs.

General and Administrative. General and administrative expenses increased by $1.5 million, or 44.3%, from $3.3 million in 2012 to $4.8 million in 2013. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase of $1.2 million in payroll expenses, including variable compensation to executive management, and due to increased headcount coupled with a $0.2 million increase in other expenses such as legal, facilities and other administrative expenses.

Financial Income (Expenses), Net. In 2012, financial income (expenses), net, was zero. In 2013, we had financial expenses, net, of $1.1 million. This change resulted primarily from an increase of $1.4 million in expenses associated with the measurement of fair value of warrants to purchase series B3 preferred shares, partially offset by a gain of $0.3 million due to exchange rate fluctuations.

Taxes on Income. Taxes on income increased from a tax benefit of $0.2 million in 2012 to tax expenses of $1.3 million in 2013. This increase was attributable to an increase of $1.8 million in tax expenses in Israel offset by a decrease of $0.3 million in the United States.

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2011 and 2012

Revenues

 

     Year ended December 31,      Change  
     2011      2012     
     Amount      % of
Revenues
     Amount      % of
Revenues
     Amount      %  
     ($ in thousands)  

Revenues:

                 

License

   $ 21,125         58.1%       $ 27,029         57.3%       $ 5,904         27.9%   

Maintenance and professional services

     15,240         41.9            20,179         42.7            4,939         32.4      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

   $ 36,365         100.0%       $ 47,208         100.0%       $ 10,843         29.8%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Revenues increased by $10.8 million, or 29.8%, from $36.4 million in 2011 to $47.2 million in 2012. This increase was driven by growth in both our license revenues and our maintenance and professional services revenues. This growth occurred in all regions and was most pronounced in the United States. We increased our number of customers from approximately 1,000 as of December 31, 2011 to approximately 1,200 as of December 31, 2012.

License revenues increased by $5.9 million, or 27.9%, from $21.1 million in 2011 to $27.0 million in 2012. In 2012, approximately 24% of license revenues were generated from sales to customers from whom we had generated revenues before this period. During this same period, prices of our products did not change

 

54


Table of Contents

significantly from the previous year. Substantially all of the license revenue growth resulted from increased of sales of our Privileged Account Security Solution, driven by demand for our Privileged Session Manager.

Maintenance and professional services revenues increased by $5.0 million, or 32.4%, from $15.2 million in 2011 to $20.2 million in 2012. Maintenance revenues increased by $4.2 million from $12.1 million in 2011 to $16.3 million in 2012, with renewals accounting for approximately $3.3 million and initial maintenance contracts for approximately $0.9 million, respectively, of this increase. Professional services revenues increased by $0.8 million from $3.1 million in 2012 to $3.9 million 2012 due to the provision of more services to customers.

Cost of Revenues and Gross Profit

 

     Year ended December 31,      Change  
     2011      2012     
     Amount      % of
Revenues
     Amount      % of
Revenues
     Amount      %  
     ($ in thousands)  

Cost of revenues:

                 

License

   $ 899         2.5%       $ 1,002         2.1%       $ 103         11.5%   

Maintenance and professional services

     4,517         12.4            5,922         12.6            1,405         31.1      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

   $ 5,416         14.9%       $ 6,924         14.7%       $ 1,508         27.8%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit

   $ 30,949         85.1%       $ 40,284         85.3%       $ 9,335         30.2%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cost of license revenues increased by $0.1 million, or 11.5%, from $0.9 million in 2011 to $1.0 million in 2012. The increase in cost of license revenues was driven primarily by an increase in license revenues and an increase in personnel costs in our operations department.

Cost of maintenance and professional services revenues increased by $1.4 million, or 31.1%, from $4.5 million in 2011 to $5.9 million in 2012. The increase in cost of maintenance and professional services revenues was driven primarily by a $1.1 million increase in personnel costs and related expenses as our technical support and professional services headcount grew from 34 at the end of 2011 to 47 at the end of 2012.

Gross profit increased by $9.4 million, or 30.2%, from $30.9 million in 2011 to $40.3 million in 2012. Gross margins increased from 85.1% in 2011 to 85.3% in 2012. The increase in gross margin was driven by decreased costs associated with maintenance and professional services revenue.

Operating Expenses

 

     Year ended December 31,      Change  
     2011      2012     
     Amount      % of
Revenues
     Amount      % of
Revenues
     Amount      %  
     ($ in thousands)  

Operating expenses:

                 

Research and development

   $ 6,272         17.2%       $ 7,273         15.4%       $ 1,001         16.0%   

Sales and marketing

     15,929         43.8            22,081         46.7            6,152         38.6      

General and administrative

     3,077         8.5            3,297         7.0            220         7.1      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

   $ 25,278         69.5%       $ 32,651         69.1%       $ 7,373         29.2%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

55


Table of Contents

Research and Development . Research and development expenses increased by $1.0 million, or 16.0%, from $6.3 million in 2011 to $7.3 million in 2012. Substantially all of this increase was attributable to an increase in personnel costs as we increased our research and development team headcount from 54 at the end of 2011 to 70 at the end of 2012 to support continued investment in our future product and service offerings. The increase is also attributable to a $0.2 million increase related to allocated overhead costs.

Sales and Marketing. Sales and marketing expenses increased by $6.2 million, or 38.6%, from $15.9 million in 2011 to $22.1 million in 2012. This increase was attributable to a $3.9 million increase in expenses for salaries and related expenses due to increased headcount in all regions to expand our sales and marketing organization coupled with a $0.9 million increase in expenses related to our marketing programs and a $0.8 million increase in travel and related expenses.

General and Administrative . General and administrative expenses increased by $0.2 million, or 7.1%, from $3.1 million in 2011 to $3.3 million in 2012. This increase was attributable to an increase of $0.2 million in legal and accounting expenses.

Financial Income (Expenses), Net . In 2011, financial expenses were $0.2 million. In 2012, we had financial income (expenses), net, of zero. This change resulted primarily from a gain of $0.2 million due to foreign exchange fluctuations of the foreign currencies.

Taxes on Income . Taxes on income decreased from a tax benefit of $0.4 million in 2011 to tax benefit of $0.2 million in 2012. This decrease was attributable to an increase of $0.7 million in tax expenses in the United States partially offset by an increase of $0.5 million in tax benefit in Israel.

 

56


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations and Seasonality

The following tables present our unaudited condensed consolidated quarterly results of operations in dollars and as a percentage of revenues for the periods indicated. This information should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The historical quarterly results presented are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any future quarters or periods.

The quarterly supplemental financial measures below include quarterly non-GAAP operating income, non-GAAP net income and net cash provided by operating activities, which are non-GAAP financial measures. See “Summary—Summary Consolidated Financial Data” for a description of how we calculate non-GAAP operating income and non-GAAP net income, a reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable GAAP measures and a discussion about the limitations of these non-GAAP financial measures.

 

    Three months ended  
    Mar. 31,
2012
    Jun. 30,
2012
    Sept. 30,
2012
    Dec. 31,
2012
    Mar. 31,
2013
    Jun. 30,
2013
    Sept. 30,
2013
    Dec. 31,
2013
    Mar. 31,
2014
 
    (in thousands)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                 

Revenues:

                 

License

  $ 5,522      $ 5,360      $ 6,383      $ 9,764      $ 6,702      $ 9,717      $ 9,970      $ 12,518        $9,120   

Maintenance and professional services

    4,717        4,647        5,005        5,810        6,029        6,767        6,920        7,534        8,275   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

    10,239        10,007        11,388        15,574        12,731        16,484        16,890        20,052        17,395   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenues:

                 

License

    191        293        228        290        269        243        223        481        628   

Maintenance and professional services

    1,364        1,408        1,386        1,764        1,865        2,001        1,920        2,074        2,426   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

    1,555        1,701        1,614        2,054        2,134        2,244        2,143        2,555        3,054   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    8,684        8,306        9,774        13,520        10,597        14,240        14,747        17,497        14,341   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

                 

Research and development

    1,676        1,810        1,780        2,007        2,269        2,568        2,717        2,850        3,237   

Sales and marketing

    4,558        4,766        5,278        7,479        6,817        7,740        7,876        10,407        9,433   

General and administrative

    731        787        814        965        965        1,055        1,156        1,582        1,481   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    6,965        7,363        7,872        10,451        10,051        11,363        11,749        14,839        14,151   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

    1,719        943        1,902        3,069        546        2,877        2,998        2,658        190   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ 2,257      $ 941      $ 2,223      $ 2,441      $ 128      $ 2,598      $ 2,513      $ 1,396      $ (1,248
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

57


Table of Contents
    Three months ended  
    Mar. 31,
2012
    Jun. 30,
2012
    Sept. 30,
2012
    Dec. 31,
2012
    Mar. 31,
2013
    Jun. 30,
2013
    Sept. 30,
2013
    Dec. 31,
2013
    Mar 31,
2014
 
    (as a % of total revenues)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                 

Revenues:

                 

License

    53.9%        53.6%        56.1%        62.7%        52.6%        58.9%        59.0%        62.4%        52.4%   

Maintenance and professional services

    46.1           46.4           43.9           37.3           47.4           41.1           41.0           37.6           47.6      
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

    100.0           100.0           100.0           100.0           100.0           100.0           100.0           100.0           100.0      
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenues:

                 

License

    1.9           2.9           2.0           1.9           2.1           1.5           1.3           2.4           3.6      

Maintenance and professional services

 

 

 

 

13.3   

 

  

 

 

 

 

14.1   

 

  

 

 

 

 

12.2   

 

  

 

 

 

 

11.3   

 

  

 

 

 

 

14.7   

 

  

 

 

 

 

12.1   

 

  

 

 

 

 

11.4   

 

  

 

 

 

 

10.3   

 

  

 

 

 

 

14.0   

 

  

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

15.2   

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

17.0   

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

14.2   

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

13.2   

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

16.8   

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

13.6   

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

12.7   

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

12.7   

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

17.6   

 

 

  

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

84.8   

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

83.0   

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

85.8   

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

86.8   

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

83.2   

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

86.4   

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

87.3   

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

87.3   

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

82.4   

 

 

  

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

                 

Research and development

    16.4           18.1           15.6           12.9           17.8           15.6           16.1           14.2           18.6      

Sales and marketing

    44.5           47.6           46.4           48.0           53.5           46.9           46.6           51.9           54.2      

General and administrative

 

 

 

 

7.1   

 

  

 

 

 

 

7.9   

 

  

 

 

 

 

7.1   

 

  

 

 

 

 

6.2   

 

  

 

 

 

 

7.6   

 

  

 

 

 

 

6.4   

 

  

 

 

 

 

6.8   

 

  

 

 

 

 

7.9   

 

  

    8.5      
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

68.0   

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

73.6   

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

69.1   

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

67.1   

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

78.9   

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

68.9   

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

69.5   

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

74.0   

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

81.3   

 

  

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

 

 

 

 

16.8   

 

  

 

 

 

 

9.4   

 

  

 

 

 

 

16.7   

 

  

 

 

 

 

19.7   

 

  

 

 

 

 

4.3   

 

  

 

 

 

 

17.5   

 

  

 

 

 

 

17.8   

 

  

 

 

 

 

13.3   

 

  

 

 

 

 

1.1   

 

  

Net income

    22.0%        9.4%        19.5%        15.7%        1.0%        15.8%        14.9%        7.0%        (7.2)%   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    Three months ended  
    Mar. 31,
2012
    Jun. 30,
2012
    Sept. 30,
2012
    Dec. 31,
2012
    Mar. 31,
2013
    Jun. 30,
2013
    Sept. 30,
2013
    Dec. 31,
2013
    Mar 31,
2014
 
    (in thousands)  

Supplemental Financial Metrics:

                 

Non-GAAP operating income

  $ 1,739      $ 1,006      $ 2,000      $ 3,172      $ 627      $ 2,972      $ 3,108      $ 2,775      $ 346   

Non-GAAP net income

    2,277        1,004        2,321        2,720        209        2,845        3,270        2,160        304   

Net cash provided by operating activities

    4,130        1,641        2,846        5,040        3,699        3,024        6,485        6,951        8,751   

Total deferred revenues (as of three-months end)

    10,629        11,273        11,818        15,068        17,310        19,649        22,723        24,478        32,395   

Reconciliation of Operating Income to Non-GAAP Operating Income:

                 

Operating income

  $ 1,719      $ 943      $ 1,902      $ 3,069      $ 546      $ 2,877      $ 2,998      $ 2,658      $ 190   

Share-based compensation

    20        63        98        103        81        95        110        117        156   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP operating income

  $ 1,739      $ 1,006      $ 2,000      $ 3,172      $ 627      $ 2,972      $ 3,108      $ 2,775      $ 346   

Reconciliation of Net Income to Non-GAAP Net Income:

                 

Net income

  $ 2,257      $ 941      $ 2,223      $ 2,441      $ 128      $ 2,598      $ 2,513      $ 1,396      $ (1,248

Share-based compensation

    20        63        98        103        81        95        110        117        156   

Warrant adjustment

    —          —          —          176        —          152        647        647        1,396   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP net income

  $ 2,277      $ 1,004      $ 2,321      $ 2,720      $ 209      $ 2,845      $ 3,270      $ 2,160      $ 304   

 

58


Table of Contents

Quarterly Revenue Trends. Our quarterly revenues increased year-over-year for all periods presented due to increased sales of licenses to new customers, as well as upsells to existing customers of new licenses as well as professional and support service contracts. Comparisons of our year-over-year total quarterly revenues are more meaningful than comparisons of our sequential results due to seasonality in the sale of our products and services. Our fourth quarter has historically been our strongest quarter for sales because our target customers are enterprises that generally make such license purchases in this quarter. While we believe that these seasonal trends have affected and will continue to affect our quarterly results, our rapid growth has largely masked seasonal trends to date. We believe that our business may become more seasonal in the future. Historical patterns in our business may not be a reliable indicator of our future sales activity or performance.

Quarterly Gross Profit and Margin Trends . Our quarterly gross profit increased year-over-year for all periods presented. Our fourth quarter gross profit has historically been our strongest, which is consistent with our quarterly revenue trends. Our quarterly gross margin has remained relatively consistent over all periods presented, and any fluctuation is primarily due to shifts in the mix of sales between licenses and maintenance and professional services, as well as the types and volumes of products sold.

Quarterly Operating Expense Trends. Our quarterly operating expenses increased year-over-year for all periods presented primarily due to the addition of personnel in connection with the expansion of our business. Our operating expenses generally increase in the fourth quarter of each year as expenses increase to accommodate the increased revenues encountered in this quarter. Research and development expenses increased sequentially over the periods as we increased our headcount to support continued investment in our future products and services offerings. Sales and marketing expenses increased significantly over the periods as we incurred costs associated with commission expenses to sales people, personnel costs associated with increases in headcount and an increase in overhead allocations. General and administrative expenses increased over the periods primarily due to an increase in personnel costs, legal expenses and professional services fees related to preparing to be a public company.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We fund our operations with cash generated from operating activities. In the past, we have also raised capital through the sale of equity securities to investors in private placements and, to a lesser extent, through exercised options. Our primary current uses of our cash are ongoing operating expenses and capital expenditures.

As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, we had $73.6 million and $65.6 million of cash, cash equivalents and short-term bank deposits, respectively. This compared with cash, cash equivalents and short-term bank deposits of $49.6 million, $46.0 million and $33.4 million as of March 31, 2013, December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. We believe that our existing cash, cash equivalents and short-term bank deposits will be sufficient to fund our operations and capital expenditures for at least the next 12 months. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our rate of revenue growth, the expansion of our sales and marketing activities, the timing and extent of spending to support product development efforts and expansion into new geographic locations, the timing of introductions of new software products and enhancements to existing software products and the continuing market acceptance of our software offerings.

The following table presents the major components of net cash flows for the periods presented:

 

     Year ended December 31,     Three months
ended March 31,
 
     2011      2012     2013     2013     2014  
     (in thousands)  

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 9,376       $ 13,657      $ 20,159      $ 3,699      $ 8,751   

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     369         (3,233     (826     (435     549   

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     6,691         (329     159        106        50   

 

59


Table of Contents

A substantial source of our net cash provided by operating activities is our deferred revenues, which is included on our consolidated balance sheet as a liability. The majority of our deferred revenues consist of the unrecognized portion of upfront payments associated with maintenance and professional services, with the remainder consisting of payments for licenses that could not yet be recognized. We assess our liquidity, in part, through an analysis of our short and long-term deferred revenues that have not yet been recognized as revenues together with our other sources of liquidity. Deferred revenues for licenses are recognized when all applicable revenue criteria are met. Revenues from maintenance and support contracts are recognized ratably on a straight-line basis over the term of the related contract which is typically one year and, to a lesser extent, three years, and from professional services as services are performed. Thus, since we frequently recognize revenues in subsequent periods to when certain payments may be received, an increase in deferred revenues adds to the liquidity of our operations.

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

Our cash flows historically have reflected our net income coupled with changes in our non-cash working capital. During the three months ended March 31, 2014, operating activities provided $8.7 million in cash as a result of a decrease of $8.3 million in our non-cash working capital, adjusted by $1.8 million of non-cash charges related to a $1.4 million change in the fair value of warrants to purchase preferred shares, depreciation of $0.2 million and share-based compensation expenses of $0.2 million coupled with a $1.2 million increase in long-term deferred revenues from three-year maintenance contracts for which we collected payment up front, which were partially offset by a net loss of $1.2 million combined with a $1.4 million increase in long-term assets. The decrease of $8.2 million in our non-cash working capital was due to a $6.7 million increase in short-term deferred revenues, a decrease of $4.7 million in trade receivables and a decrease of $0.3 million in short-term deferred tax assets, which were partially offset by a $3.4 million decrease in trade payables, employees and payroll accruals and other current liabilities. Our days’ sales outstanding (DSO) was 42 days for the three months ended March 31, 2014.

During the three months ended March 31, 2013, operating activities provided $3.7 million in cash as a result of a decrease of $4.2 million in our non-cash working capital combined with net income of $0.1 million, adjusted by $0.2 million of non-cash charges related to depreciation of $0.1 million and share-based compensation expenses of $0.1 million offset with a $0.8 million decrease in long-term deferred revenues from three-year maintenance contracts for which we collected payment up front. The decrease in our non-cash working capital was due to a $3.1 million increase in short-term deferred revenues, a $2.5 million decrease in trade receivables and a $0.3 million decrease in short-term deferred tax assets which were partially offset by a decrease of $1.7 million in trade payables, employees and payroll accruals and other current liabilities. Our DSO was 50 days for the three months ended March 31, 2014.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, operating activities provided $20.2 million in cash as a result of a decrease of $9.5 million in our non-cash working capital combined with net income of $6.6 million, adjusted by $2.3 million of non-cash charges related to a $1.4 million change in the fair value of warrants to purchase preferred shares, depreciation of $0.5 million and share-based compensation expenses of $0.4 million coupled with a $1.8 million increase in long-term deferred revenues from three-year maintenance contracts for which we collected payment up front. The decrease in our non-cash working capital was due to a $7.6 million increase in short-term deferred revenues and a $6.6 million increase in trade payables and employee-related accruals which were partially offset by increases of $3.3 million in trade receivables, $0.9 million in other current assets and $0.5 million in short-term deferred tax assets. Our DSO was 70 days for the year ended December 31, 2013.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, operating activities provided $13.7 million in cash as a result of a decrease in our non-cash working capital of $0.7 million combined with net income of $7.9 million, adjusted by $0.8 million of non-cash charges related to share-based compensation expenses of $0.3 million, depreciation of $0.3 million and a $0.2 million change in the fair value of warrants to purchase preferred shares coupled with a $2.9 million increase in long-term deferred revenues from three-year maintenance contracts for which we

 

60


Table of Contents

collected payment up front and a decrease in long-term assets, net, of $1.4 million. The decrease in our non-cash working capital was due to a $2.9 million increase in short-term deferred revenues and a $2.7 million increase in account and trade payables and employee-related accruals which were partially offset by increases of $3.1 million in trade receivables and $1.8 million in short-term deferred tax assets. Our DSO was 73 days for the year ended December 31, 2012.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, operating activities provided $9.4 million in cash as a result of net income of $5.9 million, adjusted by non-cash charges of $2.1 mainly related to share-based compensation expenses of $1.7 million and a $1.9 million decrease in long-term assets, net, mainly related long-term deferred revenues by $1.6 million due to three-year maintenance contracts for which we collected payment up front. The increase was partially offset by an increase in non-cash working capital of $0.5 million. Our DSO was 64 days for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Investing Activities

Net cash provided by investing activities was $0.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014. Net cash used in investing activities was $0.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. Net cash provided by investing activities was $0.4 million in 2011. Net cash used in investing activities was $3.2 million and $0.8 million in 2012 and 2013, respectively. Investing activities have consisted primarily of investment in and proceeds from short-term deposits, and purchase of property and equipment.

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities

Our financing activities have primarily consisted of proceeds from the sale of preferred shares and from the exercise of share options. Net cash provided by financing activities was $0.1 million for each of the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. Net cash provided by financing activities was $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Net cash used in financing activities was $0.3 million in 2012. Net cash provided by financing activities was $6.7 million in 2011. We expect the completion of this offering to result in a material increase in our net cash flows from financing activities.

Contractual Obligations

The following summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2013:

 

     Payment due in Period  

Contractual Obligations:

   2014      2015      2016      2017 and
after
     Total  
     (in thousands)  

Operating lease obligations(1)

   $ 2,046       $ 1,683       $ 1,568       $ 1,944       $ 7,241   

Uncertain tax obligations (2)

     272         —           —           —           272   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,318       $ 1,683       $ 1,568       $ 1,944       $ 7,513   

 

(1) Operating lease obligations consist of our contractual rental expenses under operating leases of facilities and certain motor vehicles.
(2) Consists of accruals for certain income tax positions under ASC 740 that are paid upon settlement, and for which we are unable to reasonably estimate the ultimate amount and timing of settlement. See Note 8(j) to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further information regarding our liability under ASC 740. Payment of these obligations would result from settlements with tax authorities. Due to the difficulty in determining the timing of resolution of audits, these obligations are only presented in their total amount.

 

61


Table of Contents

Application of Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our accounting policies and their effect on our financial condition and results of operations are more fully described in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared our financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP, which requires management to make estimates and assumptions that in certain circumstances affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. These estimates are prepared using our best judgment, after considering past and current events and economic conditions. While management believes the factors evaluated provide a meaningful basis for establishing and applying sound accounting policies, management cannot guarantee that the estimates will always be consistent with actual results. In addition, certain information relied upon by us in preparing such estimates includes internally generated financial and operating information, external market information, when available, and when necessary, information obtained from consultations with third-parties. Actual results could differ from these estimates and could have a material adverse effect on our reported results. See “Risk Factors” for a discussion of the possible risks which may affect these estimates.

We believe that the accounting policies discussed below are critical to our financial results and to the understanding of our past and future performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving management’s estimates and assumptions. We consider an accounting estimate to be critical if: (1) it requires us to make assumptions because information was not available at the time or it included matters that were highly uncertain at the time we were making our estimate; and (2) changes in the estimate could have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations.

Revenue Recognition

We account for our software licensing sales in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, 985-605, “Software Revenue Recognition.” ASC 985-605 generally requires revenues earned on software arrangements involving multiple elements to be allocated to each element based on the relative fair value of the elements when Vendor Specific Objective Evidence, or VSOE, of fair value exists for all elements and to be allocated to the different elements in the arrangement under the “residual method” when VSOE of fair value exists for all undelivered elements and no VSOE exists for the delivered elements.

Maintenance and professional services are sold separately and therefore the selling price is based on VSOE.

Under the residual method, at the outset of the arrangement with the customer, we defer revenues for the fair value of our undelivered elements and recognize revenues for the remainder of the arrangement fee attributable to the elements initially delivered in the arrangement (software product) when all other criteria in ASC 985-605 have been met. Any discount in the arrangement is allocated to the delivered element.

We recognize software license revenues when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the software license has been delivered, there are no uncertainties surrounding product acceptance, there are no significant future performance obligations, the license fees are fixed or determinable and collection of the license fee is considered probable. Fees for arrangements with payment terms extending beyond customary payment terms are considered not to be fixed or determinable, in which case revenues are deferred and recognized when payments become due from the customer provided that all other revenue recognition criteria have been met.

Revenues from maintenance and support contracts are recognized ratably on a straight-line basis over the term of the related contract which is typically one year and, to a lesser extent, three years, and from professional services as services are performed.

Our agreements with distributors and resellers are non-exchangeable, non-refundable, non returnable and carry no rights of price protection. Accordingly, we consider distributors as end-users.

 

62


Table of Contents

We do not generally grant a right of return to our customers. In transactions where a customer’s contractual terms include a provision for customer acceptance, revenues are recognized when such acceptance has been obtained or as the acceptance provision has lapsed.

Deferred revenues include unearned amounts received under maintenance and support contracts, professional services and amounts received from customers for licenses but not recognized as revenues due to the fact that these transactions did not meet the revenue recognition criteria as of the balance sheet date.

Derivatives instruments

ASC No. 815, “Derivative and Hedging”, requires companies to recognize all of their derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities in the statement of financial position at fair value. For those derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as hedging instruments, a company must designate the hedging instrument, based upon the exposure being hedged, as a fair value hedge, cash flow hedge or a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation.

For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as a cash flow hedge (i.e., hedging the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows that is attributable to a particular risk), the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument is reported as a component of other comprehensive income and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. The remaining gain or loss on the derivative instrument in excess of the cumulative change in the present value of future cash flows of the hedged item, if any, is recognized in current earnings during the period of change.

To hedge against the risk of overall changes in cash flows resulting from foreign currency salary payments during the year, we have instituted a foreign currency cash flow hedging program. We hedge a portion of our forecasted expenses denominated in NIS. These forward and option contracts are designated as cash flow hedges, as defined by ASC 815, and are all effective, as their critical terms match underlying transactions being hedged.

Share-Based Compensation

Option Valuations

Under U.S. GAAP, we account for share-based compensation for employees in accordance with the provisions of the FASB’s ASC Topic 718 “Compensation—Stock Based Compensation,” or ASC 718, which requires us to measure the cost of options based on the fair value of the award on the grant date.

We selected the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model as the most appropriate method for determining the estimated fair value of options. The resulting cost of an equity incentive award is recognized as an expense over the requisite service period of the award, which is usually the vesting period. We recognize compensation expense over the vesting period using the straight-line method and classify these amounts in the consolidated financial statements based on the department to which the related employee reports.

The determination of the grant date fair value of options using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model is affected by estimates and assumptions regarding a number of complex and subjective variables. These variables include the expected volatility of our share price over the expected term of the options, share option exercise and cancellation behaviors, risk-free interest rates and expected dividends, which are estimated as follows:

 

    Fair Value of our Ordinary Shares. Because our shares are not publicly traded, we must estimate the fair value of ordinary shares, as discussed in “—Ordinary Share Valuations” below.

 

    Expected Term . The expected term of options granted represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding, and is determined based on the simplified method in accordance with ASC No. 718-10-S99-1, (SAB No. 110), as adequate historical experience is not available to provide a reasonable estimate.

 

63


Table of Contents
    Volatility . The expected share price volatility was based on the historical equity volatility of the ordinary shares of comparable companies that are publicly traded.

 

    Risk-free Rate . The risk-free interest rate is based on the yield from U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bonds with a term equivalent to the contractual life of the options.

 

    Dividend Yield . We have never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.

If any of the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes-Merton model change significantly, share-based compensation for future awards may differ materially compared with the awards granted previously.

The following table presents the weighted-average assumptions used to estimate the fair value of options granted to employees during the periods presented. The number of options granted to non-employees was immaterial.

 

     Year ended December 31,    Three months ended
March 31,
   2012    2013    2013    2014

Expected volatility

   40%-45%    45%    45%    45%

Expected dividends

   0    0    0    0

Expected term

   5.28-6.11 years    6.11 years    6.11 years    6.06 years

Risk-free rate

   0.61%-2.64%    1.15%-2.64%    2.04%    1.81%

Ordinary Share Valuations

The following table presents the share options grants made between January 1, 2013 and the date of this prospectus and the related exercise price and estimated fair value per ordinary share at the grant date:

 

Date of Grant

   Number of Shares
Subject to Awards
Granted
     Exercise Price Per
Share
     Estimated Fair
Value Per Ordinary
Share at Grant Date
 

February 2013

     130,170       $ 1.78       $ 1.78   

May 2013

     156,500         2.21         2.21   

December 2013

     393,400         6.47         6.47   

January 2014

     50,000         8.84         8.84   

April 2014

     74,400         9.93         9.93   

Based on the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range, set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the intrinsic value of the awards outstanding as of March 31, 2014 was $             million, of which $             million related to vested options and $             million related to unvested options.

Due to the absence of a trading market for our ordinary shares, the fair value of our ordinary shares for purposes of determining the exercise price for award grants was determined in good faith by our management and approved by our board of directors. In connection with preparing our financial statements for this offering, our management considered the fair value of our ordinary shares based on a number of objective and subjective factors consistent with the methodologies outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, referred to as the AICPA Practice Aid. We also obtained independent third-party valuations on a periodic basis.

 

64


Table of Contents

For our first two valuations associated with option grants in 2013, we determined our enterprise value, and allocated that enterprise value to each element of our capital structure (preferred shares, ordinary shares and options), using the following methodology:

 

    First, we used the discounted cash flow, or DCF, method, to determine our enterprise value. Then, for valuations where our total enterprise value was such that our ordinary shares would not automatically convert to preferred shares, we used the option pricing method, or OPM, to allocate the enterprise value to each element of our capital structure.

 

    Under the DCF method, our projected after-tax cash flows available to return to holders of invested capital were discounted back to present value, using the discount rate. Since it is not possible to project our after-tax cash flows beyond a limited number of years, the DCF method relies on determining a “terminal value” representing the aggregate value of the future after-tax cash flows after the end of the period for which annual projections are possible. The discount rate, known as the weighted cost of capital, or WACC, accounts for the time value of money and the appropriate degree of risk inherent in a business. The DCF method requires significant assumptions, in particular, regarding our projected cash flows and the discount rate applicable to our business.

 

    Under the OPM, ordinary and preferred shares are treated as call options, with the preferred shares having an exercise price based on the liquidation preference of the preferred shares. Ordinary shares will only have value if funds available for distribution to the shareholders exceed the value of the liquidation preference at the time of a liquidity event such as a merger, sale or initial public offering, assuming the enterprise has funds available to make a liquidation preference meaningful and collectible to the shareholders. The ordinary shares are modeled as call options with a meaningful enterprise at an exercise price equal to the remaining value immediately after the preferred shares are liquidated. The value of the call options is determined using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model. The OPM method requires significant assumptions, in particular, the time until investors on our company would experience an exit event and the volatility of our ordinary shares (which we determined based on the volatilities of public companies with business and financial risks comparable to our own).

 

    We also used the guideline company method, initially as a reasonableness test in order to evaluate whether the DCF / OPM method provided a reliable estimate of our enterprise value. Subsequently, as we started to contemplate an IPO, we considered the guideline company method as a standalone valuation methodology since it more closely reflected how we would be valued in connection with an IPO. Under the guideline company method, we identified public companies with business and financial risks comparable to our own. We considered the enterprise value to revenue multiple and enterprise value to EBITDA multiple of those comparable companies to derive a reasonable range for our company’s enterprise value. The most significant assumptions in the guideline company method are the selection of comparable companies and the selection of appropriate multiples. We used the same six comparable companies for the guideline company method as we used to determine volatility in connection with the OPM method (a seventh company was used in connection with the earlier valuations but was acquired and therefore ceased to be used in later valuations).

We applied a discount to the valuations due to the lack of marketability of or ordinary shares. We calculated this using a put option model based on the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model. The significant assumptions involved were the same as described above.

As indicated above, the guideline company method more closely reflected how we would be valued in connection with an IPO. Conversely, the DCF / OPM method more closely reflected our value as a private company. Accordingly, starting with the valuation of our ordinary shares in December 2013 when we were first seriously contemplating an IPO, we assigned a probability weighting to the likelihood of an IPO based on management’s discussions with our board of directors and our assessment of market conditions. This is referred to as the Probability Weighed Expected Return Method (PWERM).

 

65


Table of Contents

We have set out below the application of the above methodologies to the valuation of our ordinary shares on each of the grant dates:

 

    February 2013 Grant. We determined that the fair value of our ordinary shares as of February 5, 2013 was $1.78 per share. As part of this determination, along with market considerations, our management considered a third-party valuation dated November 30, 2012. Under the DCF method, we used a discount rate of 18.0%. The resulting enterprise value was allocated among the elements of our capital structure using the OPM method assuming a liquidity event within 2.5 years. This resulted in a value per ordinary share of $2.30. We found this estimate to be reasonable after calculating a reasonable enterprise value range under the guideline company method. The estimated value of ordinary shares was then discounted by 22.5% due to lack of marketability, to arrive at a fair value of $1.78 per share.

 

    May 2013 Grant. We determined that the fair value of our ordinary shares as of May 30, 2013 was $2.21 per share. As part of this determination, along with market considerations, our management considered a third-party valuation dated May 30, 2013. Under the DCF method, we used a discount rate of 17.0%. The resulting enterprise value was allocated among the elements of our capital structure using the OPM method assuming a liquidity event within two years. This resulted in a value per ordinary share of $2.76. We found this estimate to be reasonable after calculating a reasonable enterprise value range under the guideline company method. The estimated value of ordinary shares was then discounted by 20% due to lack of marketability, to arrive at a fair value of $2.21 per share. The primary driver of the increase in the fair value was us exceeding our 2012 financial projections, which reduced the risk that we would achieve our 2013 financial projections and resulted in a lower discount rate compared to the previous valuation.

 

    December 2013 Grant. We determined that the fair value of our ordinary shares as of November 30, 2013 was $6.47 per share. As part of this determination, and along with market considerations, our management considered a third-party valuation analysis dated January 8, 2014.

 

    First, under the DCF method, we used a discount rate of 16.0%. The resulting enterprise value was allocated among the elements of our capital structure using the OPM method assuming a liquidity event within two years. This resulted in a value per ordinary share of $6.20.

 

    Next, we applied the guideline company method by comparing our projected revenue and EBITDA multiples with that of comparable companies in order to calculate enterprise value. This resulted in an estimated value per ordinary share of $10.90.

We applied a 15.0% lack of marketability discount to each estimate of fair value per ordinary share, thus getting $5.27 and $9.26 under the DCF / OPM method and guideline company method, respectively. Using the PWERM, we gave the DCF / OPM method and the guideline company method a probability of 70% and 30%, respectively, thereby arriving at a final value of $6.47 per share.

The most significant driver of the increase in fair value was significant improvements in our projected revenues for 2014 and 2015 based on exceeding our originally projected revenues for 2013. Due to the fact that our cost base has fixed elements, this increase in revenues significantly improved our after-tax cash flows. The other significant driver of the increase in fair value was our decision to consider undertaking an IPO and the related use of the guideline company method with the attribution of a 30% probability of completing an IPO.

 

    January 2014 Grant. We determined that the fair value of our ordinary shares as of January 31, 2014 was $8.84 per share. As part of this determination, and along with market considerations, our management considered a third-party valuation analysis dated March 7, 2014.

 

   

First, under the DCF method, we used a discount rate of 16.0%. In the event of a sale or IPO at a value over $175 million, our preferred shares will automatically convert into ordinary shares. Given the amount of the resulting enterprise value, the increasing probability of having an IPO, and the shorter expected time to exit, it was deemed that there was a very high probability that an

 

66


Table of Contents
 

exit event would occur at a value over $175 million, and that our preferred shares would be converted to ordinary shares and therefore use of the OPM to allocate value was no longer appropriate. We therefore divided the enterprise value by the number of fully diluted shares for a value per ordinary share of $8.90.

 

    Next, we applied the guideline company method by comparing our projected revenue and EBITDA multiples with that of comparable companies in order to calculate enterprise value. This resulted in an estimated value per ordinary share of $13.97.

We then applied a 15% lack of marketability discount to each estimate of fair value per ordinary share, thus getting $7.56 and $11.87 under the DCF method and guideline company method, respectively. Using the PWERM, we allocated a 62% probability to the DCF method (reflecting a remaining private scenario), 35% to the guideline company method (reflecting an IPO scenario) and 3% to a liquidation scenario, thereby arriving at a final value of $8.84 per share.

Two factors contributed to the increase in fair value. First, the elimination of the liquidation preference of our preferred shares due to the increase in our overall enterprise value and the assumed conversion of the preferred shares in any scenario resulted in a greater allocation of enterprise value to our ordinary shares. Second, there had been a meaningful increase in the forward trading multiples of the comparable companies due to improved market conditions.

 

    April 2014 Grant. We determined that the fair value of our ordinary shares as of March 31, 2014 was $9.93 per share. As part of this determination, and along with market considerations, our management considered a third-party valuation analysis dated May 12, 2014.

 

    First, under the DCF method, we continued to use a discount rate of 16.0%. In the event of a sale or IPO at a value over $175 million, our preferred shares will automatically convert into ordinary shares. For the reason described above, we no longer considered it appropriate to use the OPM to allocate value. We therefore divided the enterprise value by the number of fully diluted shares for a value per ordinary share of $9.62.

 

    Next, we applied the guideline company method by comparing our projected revenue and EBITDA multiples with that of comparable companies in order to calculate enterprise value. This resulted in an estimated value per ordinary share of $14.10. The increase compared to January 2014 was not significant since the forward trading multiples of the comparable companies were substantially the same.

We then applied a 15% lack of marketability discount to each estimate of fair value per ordinary share, thus getting $8.18 and $11.99 under the DCF method and guideline company method, respectively. Using the PWERM, we allocated a 47% probability to the DCF method (reflecting a remaining private scenario), 50% to the guideline company method (reflecting an IPO scenario) and 3% to a liquidation scenario, thereby arriving at a final value of $9.93 per share.

Two factors contributed to the increase in fair value. First, the increased probability of an IPO and the higher weighting accordingly attributed to the guideline public company method resulted in the majority of the increase. Second, improvements in our projected results of operations in future years resulted in a higher valuation under the DCF method.

Warrants to Purchase Preferred Shares

We account for freestanding warrants to purchase our preferred shares as a liability on our balance sheet at fair value. The warrants to purchase preferred shares are recorded as a liability as the underlying preferred shares are contingently redeemable (upon a deemed liquidation event) and, therefore, may require us to transfer assets in the future. The warrants are subject to re-measurement to fair value at each balance sheet date and any change in fair value is recognized as a component of financial income (expense), net, on the consolidated statements of

 

67


Table of Contents

operations. We will continue to adjust the liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of the exercise or expiration of the warrants, the completion of a deemed liquidation event or the conversion of preferred shares into ordinary shares.

The warrant is recorded at its estimated fair value utilizing the OPM with changes in the fair value of the warrant liability reflected in financial income (expense), net. Upon the earlier of the exercise of the warrants or the completion of a liquidation event or the completion of an initial public offering in which the warrant expires, the preferred share warrant liability will be remeasured to fair value one final time, and any remaining liability will be reclassified to additional paid-in capital. Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, all of our preferred share warrants will be exercised and we will no longer record any liability in respect of them on our balance sheet.

During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, we recognized financial expenses in the amount of $0.2 million, $0.2 million and $1.4 million, respectively, from the remeasurement of the fair value of the warrants. For the three months ended March 31, 2014, we recognized financial expenses in the amount of $1.4 million from the remeasurement of the fair value of the warrants, while we did not incur any such expense during the three months ended March 31, 2013.

Income Taxes

As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements we are required to estimate our taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. We account for income taxes in accordance with ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes,” or ASC Topic 740. ASC Topic 740 prescribes the use of an asset and liability method whereby deferred tax asset and liability account balances are determined based on the difference between book value and tax bases of assets and liabilities and carryforward tax losses. Deferred taxes are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. We exercise judgment and provide a valuation allowance, if necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to their estimated realizable value if it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.

Deferred tax assets are classified as short or long-term based on the classification of the related asset or liability for financial reporting, or according to the expected reversal dates of the specific temporary differences, if not related to an asset or liability for financial reporting. We account for uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740 and recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position should be measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Accordingly, we report a liability for unrecognized tax benefits resulting from uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. We recognize interest and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits in tax expense.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not currently engage in off-balance sheet financing arrangements. In addition, we do not have any interest in entities referred to as variable interest entities, which includes special purposes entities and other structured finance entities.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

Foreign Currency Risk

Our results of operations and cash flows are affected by fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. In 2013, the majority of our revenues were denominated in U.S. dollars and the remainder in other currencies, primarily euros and British pounds sterling. In 2013, the majority of our cost of revenues and

 

68


Table of Contents

operating expenses were denominated in U.S. dollars and NIS and the remainder in other currencies, primarily euros and British pounds sterling. Our NIS-denominated expenses consist primarily of personnel, rent and other overhead costs. Since a significant portion of our expenses is incurred in NIS, any appreciation of the NIS relative to the U.S. dollar would adversely impact our net loss or net income, if any.

The following table presents information about the changes in the exchange rates of the NIS against the U.S. dollar:

 

Period

   Change in Average Exchange
Rate of the NIS against the
U.S. Dollar (%)
 

2011

     (4.1

2012

     7.8   

2013

     (6.4

2014 (through March 31, 2014)

     0.0   

The figures above represent the change in the average exchange rate in the given period compared to the average exchange rate in the immediately preceding period. Negative figures represent depreciation of the U.S. dollar compared to the NIS. A 10% increase or decrease in the value of the NIS against the U.S. dollar would have decreased or increased our net loss by approximately $1.6 million in 2013.

For purposes of our consolidated financial statements, local currency assets and liabilities are translated at the rate of exchange to the U.S. dollar on the balance sheet date and local currency revenues and expenses are translated at the exchange rate at the date of the transaction or the average exchange rate dollar during the reporting period to the United States.

To protect against the increase in value of forecasted foreign currency cash flow resulting from expenses paid in NIS during the year, we have instituted a foreign currency cash flow hedging program. We hedge portions of the anticipated payroll of our Israeli employees in NIS for a period of one to twelve months with forward contracts and other derivative instruments. We do not use derivative financial instruments for speculative or trading purposes.

Other Market Risks

We do not believe that we have material exposure to interest rate risk due to the fact that we have no long-term borrowings.

We do not believe that we have any material exposure to inflationary risks.

New and Revised Financial Accounting Standards

The JOBS Act permits emerging growth companies such as us to delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2013, the FASB issued a new accounting standard that will require the presentation of certain unrecognized tax benefits as reductions to deferred tax assets rather than as liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists. We will be required to adopt this new standard on a prospective basis in the first quarter of fiscal 2015; however, early adoption is permitted as is a retrospective application. We are currently evaluating the timing, transition method and impact of this new standard on our consolidated financial statements.

 

69


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a global leader and pioneer of a new layer of IT security solutions that protects organizations from cyber attacks that have made their way inside the network perimeter to strike at the heart of the enterprise. Our software solution is focused on protecting privileged accounts, which have become a critical target in the lifecycle of today’s cyber attacks. Privileged accounts are pervasive and act as the “keys to the IT kingdom,” providing complete access to, and control of, all parts of IT infrastructure, industrial control systems and critical business data. In the hands of an external attacker or malicious insider, privileged accounts allow attackers to take control of and disrupt an organization’s IT and industrial control infrastructures, steal confidential information and commit financial fraud. Our comprehensive solution proactively protects privileged accounts, monitors privileged activity and detects malicious privileged behavior. Our customers use our innovative solution to introduce this new security layer to protect against, detect and respond to cyber attacks before they strike vital systems and compromise sensitive data.

Organizations worldwide are experiencing an unprecedented increase in the sophistication, scale and frequency of cyber attacks. The challenge this presents is intensified by the growing adoption of new technologies, such as cloud computing, virtualization, software-defined networking, enterprise mobility and social networking, which has resulted in increasingly complex and distributed IT environments with significantly larger attack surfaces. Organizations have historically relied upon perimeter-based threat protection solutions such as network, web and endpoint security tools as the predominant defense against cyber attacks, yet these traditional solutions have a limited ability to stop today’s advanced threats. As a result, an estimated 90% of organizations have suffered a cybersecurity breach according to a 2011 survey of approximately 580 U.S. IT practitioners by the Ponemon Institute, a research center focused on privacy, data protection and information security policy. Organizations are just beginning to adapt their security strategies to address this new threat environment and are evolving their approaches based on the assumption that their network perimeter has been or will be breached. They are therefore increasingly implementing new layers of security inside the network to disrupt attacks before they result in the theft of confidential information or other serious damage. Regulators are also continuing to mandate rigorous new compliance standards and audit requirements in response to this evolving threat landscape.

We believe that the implementation of a privileged account security solution is one of the most critical layers of an effective security strategy. Privileged accounts represent one of the most vulnerable aspects of an organization’s IT infrastructure. Privileged accounts are used by system administrators, third-party and cloud service providers, applications and business users, and they exist in nearly every connected device, server, hypervisor, operating system, database, application and industrial control system. Due to the broad access and control they provide, exploiting privileged accounts has become a critical stage of the cyber attack lifecycle. The typical cyber attack involves an attacker effecting an initial breach, escalating privileges to access target systems, moving laterally through the IT infrastructure to identify valuable targets, and exfiltrating, or stealing, the desired information. According to Mandiant, credentials of authorized users were hijacked in 100% of the breaches that Mandiant investigated, and privileged accounts were targeted whenever possible.

We have architected our solution from the ground up to address the challenges of protecting privileged accounts and an organization’s sensitive information. Our solution provides proactive protection against cyber attacks from both external and internal sources and allows for real-time detection and neutralization of such threats. It can be deployed in traditional on-premise data centers, cloud environments and industrial control systems. Our innovative software solution is the result of over 10 years of research and expertise, combined with valuable knowledge we have gained from working with our diverse population of customers.

Our comprehensive, purpose-built Privileged Account Security Solution enables our customers to secure, manage and monitor privileged account access and activities. Our Privileged Account Security Solution consists of our Enterprise Password Vault, Privileged Session Manager, Application Identity Manager, On-Demand Privileges Manager and Privileged Threat Analytics. These products share a common technology platform that

 

70


Table of Contents

includes our Digital Vault, Master Policy Engine and Discovery Engine, and integrates out of the box with over 100 types of IT assets in the datacenter or the cloud. Our solution complements network, endpoint, web and other security tools and enhances the effectiveness of other security defenses by preventing the misuse of privileged accounts that are built into these products.

As of March 31, 2014, we had nearly 1,500 customers, including over 30% of the Fortune 100 and approximately 15% of the Global 2000. We define a customer to include a distinct entity, division or business unit of a company. Our customers include leading enterprises in a diverse set of industries, including energy and utilities, financial services, healthcare, manufacturing, retail, technology and telecommunications, as well as government agencies. We sell our solution through a high touch, channel fulfilled hybrid sales model that combines the leverage of channel sales with the account control of direct sales, and therefore provides us with significant opportunities to grow our current customer base. This approach allows us to maintain close relationships with our customers and benefit from the global reach of our channel partners. Additionally, we are enhancing our product offerings and go-to-market strategy by establishing technology alliances within the IT infrastructure and security vendor ecosystem.

Our business has rapidly grown in recent years. During 2011, 2012 and 2013, our revenues were $36.4 million, $47.2 million and $66.2 million, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 29.8% and 40.1% in 2012 and 2013, respectively. Our net income for 2011, 2012 and 2013 was $5.9 million, $7.9 million and $6.6 million, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, our revenues were $12.7 million and $17.4 million, respectively. Our net income for the three months ended March 31, 2013 was $0.1 million compared with a net loss of $1.2 million for the same period in 2014.

Industry Overview

The recent increase in sophisticated, targeted security threats by both external attackers and malicious insiders, along with an increase in the attack surface due to the growing complexity and distributed nature of IT environments, have made it extremely challenging for enterprises and governments around the world to protect their sensitive information. These challenges are driving the need for a new layer of security that complements traditional threat protection technologies by securing access to privileged accounts and preventing the exploitation of organizations’ critical systems and data.

Security threats are increasingly sophisticated and targeted

Organizations are experiencing an elevated level of increasingly sophisticated and targeted security threats. These advanced threats are frequently driven by organized groups such as: professional criminals attempting to gain access to valuable or sensitive information, state-sponsored groups that aim to further national agendas through industrial espionage or cyber warfare, and “hacktivists” pursuing a variety of socially-driven causes. These groups are highly motivated, technically advanced and are often well funded. They have become fundamental drivers of the heightened risk of cyber attacks.

Increasing complexity and openness of IT environments increases risk

To support business priorities and the evolving needs of their customers, enterprises are investing in new technologies and architectures that are rapidly increasing the complexity and openness of the IT infrastructure, including virtualization, cloud computing, mobility, software-defined networking, big data and social networking. A large enterprise’s IT infrastructure typically consists of tens of thousands of servers, databases, network devices and applications, and is often distributed across multiple geographic regions. Enterprises are increasingly adopting mobility and bring-your-own-device (BYOD) policies, allowing employees to access confidential company information and applications on mobile devices. Furthermore, many enterprises are outsourcing aspects of their infrastructure to cloud service providers and remote vendors, increasing their reliance on third parties to manage and protect their sensitive information. While these modern IT technologies offer organizations many benefits, they also increase the security risk by expanding the attack surface of the organization and increasing the complexity of security management.

 

71


Table of Contents

Privileged accounts are widespread and vulnerable to attack

Privileged accounts represent one of the most vulnerable aspects of an organization’s IT infrastructure. Privileged accounts are those accounts within an organization that give the user high levels of access, or “privileged” access, to IT systems, applications and data. Privileged accounts are used by systems administrators to deploy and maintain IT systems and they exist in nearly every connected device, server, database, application and industrial control system. Additionally, privileged accounts extend beyond an organization’s traditional IT infrastructure to include employee-managed corporate social media accounts, which can be misused to cause significant reputational damage and other harm to an enterprise. With the increasing complexity of IT infrastructures, the number of privileged accounts has grown exponentially. We believe that organizations typically have two to four times more privileged accounts than employees. As a result, hijacking privileged accounts gives attackers the ability to access and download an organization’s most sensitive data, disrupt business operations, create additional user and privileged accounts, distribute malware, bypass existing security controls, perform other sensitive operations, and erase audit trails to hide their activity. Hackers, malicious insiders or even careless users pose a significant threat to organizations when they gain access to privileged accounts. Some well-publicized examples of cyber attacks that have compromised privileged accounts, according to sources in the public domain, include:

 

    BlackPOS . At the end of 2013 and continuing into 2014, several large retail organizations were attacked using BlackPOS, a type of malware targeting point of sale systems. The malware was transferred into at least one of the organizations using privileged network credentials assigned to a remote third-party vendor. These attacks compromised the credit card information of tens of millions of customers and may cost the retailers over $1 billion in related expenses.

 

    U.S. Intelligence Agency . In 2013, a third-party systems administrator abused his insider status and authorized privileged credentials to download and make public hundreds of thousands of classified documents.

 

    South Korea . In 2013, South Korean TV stations and banks were attacked with data wiping malware. According to reports, the devastating attacks carried out on South Korea were precipitated by hackers obtaining a privileged administrator login to a security vendor’s patch management server via a targeted attack. The attackers then created malware that resembled a normal software update, tricking unsuspecting organizations into infecting their own systems with this malicious update.

 

    Flame . In 2012, an extremely sophisticated cyber weapon was discovered that was designed to collect and delete sensitive information. This cyber-espionage worm was estimated to have infected systems at 600 organizations in several countries in the Middle East and Africa. The worm compromised privileged accounts with domain administrative rights, allowing it to move laterally and spread the infection to more machines.

 

    RSA. In 2011, after initially penetrating the network through a spear phishing email, an attack harvested legitimate user credentials, including privileged credentials needed to infiltrate the core RSA SecurID token master key database, thereby compromising the security of thousands of other companies, including several major U.S. defense contractors.

 

    Night Dragon . Starting in 2009 and reported in 2011, an attack was carried out against a number of energy firms that targeted proprietary operations and project-financing information. Once the initial system was compromised, the attack targeted local privileged administrative accounts, providing the attacker with broad access to the energy firms’ systems and confidential intellectual property.

Exploiting privileged accounts is a critical stage of an attack lifecycle

Today’s advanced cyber attacks are typically designed to evade traditional threat prevention technologies that are focused on protecting the perimeter from outside breach. Once inside a network, many of these modern attacks follow a common lifecycle. Attackers typically attempt to advance from the initial breach, escalating their privileges and moving laterally through the system to identify and access valuable targets and confidential

 

72


Table of Contents

information so they can access their target systems and information. Once an attacker has hijacked the privileged credentials of an authorized user, its activities blend in with legitimate traffic and is therefore much more difficult to detect. Attackers can therefore operate undetected inside an organization for long periods of time. In fact, according to the 2013 Data Breach Investigations Report from Verizon, 66% of breaches take months or years to discover and approximately 70% of breaches were discovered by external parties who then notified the targeted company. According to Mandiant, the median length of time that attackers are on an organization’s network before being detected is approximately 240 days. The diagram below shows the typical lifecycle of a cyber attack.

 

LOGO

 

    Perimeter compromise . Attackers can gain entry into a corporate network through multiple attack vectors including email, web and endpoints. The most common technique used to penetrate an enterprise network and break through the network perimeter is a “phishing” attack through which an email is used to deliver malware to an employee of the target. Attackers have become highly sophisticated and are increasingly finding ways to evade traditional network perimeter threat detection technologies. In most cases, immediately after the initial compromise, attackers download malware tools and establish a connection to a command-and-control server to enable ongoing control.

 

    Escalate privileges . External attackers, after the initial compromise, target privileged accounts to facilitate the future stages of the attack. Through a variety of tactics, including keystroke logging malware, “pass the hash” attacks, dictionary attacks and other techniques, attackers attempt to gain possession of the credentials used to access privileged accounts. Malicious insiders typically already have some degree of privileged access but may need to escalate privileges to extend their access. Privilege escalation is a critical stage of the attack, because if privileged credentials are compromised, the attacker is able to move closer to sensitive data while remaining undetected.

 

    Reconnaissance and lateral movement . Once armed with privileged credentials, attackers may conduct stealth reconnaissance across the network to locate other vulnerable systems, and then spread laterally across the network in search of target data and systems. As the attacker identifies an additional interesting target, it may again need to escalate its privileges to gain access to the newly identified system and then continue its reconnaissance.

 

73


Table of Contents
    Data exfiltration . The final stage of an attack lifecycle is typically to exfiltrate the desired information from the target’s corporate network to a location that the attacker controls. Once the target information has been gathered in a staging area and is ready for exfiltration, the attacker can use its privileged access to bypass controls and monitoring technologies designed to prevent or detect exfiltration.

Malicious insiders continue to be a significant risk

Malicious insiders have historically been responsible for some of the most significant security breaches and continue to pose a significant risk to organizations. Insiders are generally trusted users such as employees, contractors and business partners. Insiders typically have trusted credentials and knowledge of the organization, and can therefore be extremely dangerous if they decide to exploit their position to steal confidential information, commit financial fraud, disrupt operations or cause other harm. Malicious insiders are often disgruntled employees or contractors driven by financial or personal motives and often seek valuable or sensitive information that can be used to harm the organization. These individuals and groups use their access to attempt to exploit privileged credentials in order to laterally move throughout the organization and gain access to valuable or sensitive information. In addition, accidental changes to system configuration settings or other system operating characteristics by well-intentioned insiders are also a significant risk, as they can cause expensive service disruptions and unknown security vulnerabilities.

Security-related regulatory and compliance requirements are challenging to manage

Governments and industry groups continue to enact new legislation and compliance standards regarding data protection and privacy and internal control. Furthermore, compliance requirements continue to become more stringent in response to the complex and evolving threat landscape. Regulations and compliance standards can overlap with one another, change very frequently, require costly and time consuming compliance measures and carry significant financial and reputational consequences for audit failure and non-compliance. Examples of such regulations include the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (PCI-DSS); the Federal Information Security Management Act (FISMA) and associated National Institute for Standards and Testing (NIST) Network Security Standards; the Sarbanes-Oxley Act; Title 21 of the U.S. Code of Federal Regulations, which governs food and drug industries; the North American Electric Reliability Corporation Critical Infrastructure Protection Plan (NERC-CIP); the German Federal Financial Supervisory Authority (BaFin) Minimum Requirements for Risk Management; and the requirements of Monetary Authority of Singapore’s Technology Risk Management Notices. The common theme of these regulations is generally a requirement that organizations implement control over privileged accounts, establish accountability to specific users and maintain a complete recording of privileged sessions.

Enterprises have historically relied on traditional security threat protection technologies

Organizations have invested heavily in security products to protect their IT infrastructure and valuable information. According to IDC, worldwide spending on IT security products is expected to grow from $32.0 billion in 2013 to $42.0 billion by 2017. Historically, the majority of this spending has been focused on perimeter threat protection products such as network, web and endpoint security. While prevention of the initial breach is an important layer of an enterprise security strategy, we do not believe that perimeter-based threat protection alone is sufficient to protect against today’s increasingly sophisticated and targeted external security threats or malicious insiders. Despite significant investments in perimeter-based threat protection solutions, most enterprises are still being breached. Therefore, we believe in the future a greater portion of the overall spend will be dedicated to solutions focused on the inside of the enterprise.

Challenges in Protecting Privileged Accounts

The increasing sophistication, scale and frequency of advanced cyber attacks challenge traditional cybersecurity methods and create a need for a comprehensive approach to securing privileged accounts from use by external or internal attackers to gain access to and exploit an organization’s confidential data and IT systems. Such an approach must address a range of challenges presented by privileged accounts.

 

74


Table of Contents
    Traditional security solutions’ limited ability to protect privileged credentials and critical assets from cyber attacks. Organizations worldwide continue to struggle to protect privileged credentials and critical assets despite significant investment in traditional perimeter, endpoint or identity-focused security solutions. Organizations’ attempts to solve this problem using a combination of disparate traditional security solutions do not address the unique requirements of securing privileged accounts. Without proactive, automated controls on privileged accounts, including privileged credential protection and real-time alerting on potential threats and malware isolation, attackers can bypass traditional security controls and exploit privileged accounts as a gateway to critical infrastructure, confidential data and other security solutions.

 

    Insufficient visibility and lack of automation in the management of privileged accounts . Traditional approaches to identifying and managing privileged accounts typically involve manual, time-consuming tasks performed on an infrequent or ad-hoc basis. These approaches do not ensure that organizations identify their complete inventory of privileged accounts or manage their privileged credentials securely. Manual approaches can result in common passwords used across multiple systems, unauthorized sharing of credentials, default passwords remaining in place and other behaviors that compromise security and leave IT systems susceptible to attack. These approaches do not provide a current, accurate and global picture of an organization’s security and compliance posture, decreasing security effectiveness and increasing IT operational costs.

 

    Inability to monitor and audit all privileged activity . Traditional information systems do not provide sufficient detail of privileged activities, or worse yet, allow privileged accounts to change security settings or delete system audit logs to hide wrongdoing. Without end-to-end monitoring and recording of all command-level privileged activities, organizations are unable to audit privileged activity. This leaves them at risk of failing compliance audits, being unable to hold privileged users accountable for their actions and lacking critical forensics information to help deconstruct and remediate an attack.

 

    Inadequate or delayed response time in detecting malicious and high risk behaviors . Many organizations often log high level privileged account activity as part of a broad, system-wide logging solution; however, this information is collected and stored amongst other vast data aggregations, and in many cases does not provide the right level of detail or context to understand what differentiates normal from anomalous behavior. Without regular and methodical review of these logs, identification of threats is often missed or delayed. Additionally, tampering with log files is one of the routine aspects of an advanced malware attack or internal hack, rendering such information or analysis inaccurate or incomplete. Organizations need a single platform that can collect and record complete, detailed records of privileged account activity, develop profiles of expected user behaviors and then alert in real-time on any deviations from expected behavior.

 

    Limited scalability of existing point solutions . Traditional solutions that attempt to address privileged account security are often delivered as tactical point tools rather than comprehensive solutions and lack enterprise-level scalability or support for globally distributed datacenters. In addition, an attempt to patch together such disparate point tools having different interfaces and architectures and typically provided by different vendors, leads to interoperability issues. Without a single, scalable solution, organizations must devote considerable time and resources to develop integration strategies for existing solutions with the rest of their IT security investments.

Our Solution

Our solution provides proactive protection against cyber attacks from both external and internal sources and allows for real-time detection and neutralization of such threats. Our Privileged Account Security Solution provides organizations with the following benefits:

 

   

Comprehensive platform for proactive protection of privileged credentials and target assets from cyber attacks. Our comprehensive solution for privileged account security enables our customers to proactively protect against and automatically detect and respond to in-progress cyber attacks before they strike vital

 

75


Table of Contents
 

systems and compromise sensitive data. Our unified solution to these previously disparate security needs enables our customers to preemptively remediate vulnerabilities and improve their security effectiveness from a central command and control point. We enhance the effectiveness of traditional security defenses by introducing a new security layer that prevents the misuse of privileged accounts which exist in virtually every piece of technology in the organization including security products.

 

    Automatic identification and understanding of the scope of privileged account risk. Our solution automatically detects privileged accounts across the enterprise and helps customers visualize the resulting compliance gaps and security vulnerabilities. This automated process reduces the time-consuming and error-prone task of manually tracking and updating privileged credentials, thereby decreasing IT operational costs. This enhanced visibility significantly improves the security posture of our customers and facilitates adherence to rigorous audit and compliance standards.

 

    Continuous monitoring, recording and secure storage of privileged account activity. Our solution monitors, collects and records individual privileged session activity down to every mouse click and keystroke. It also provides highly secure storage of privileged session recordings and robust search capabilities allowing organizations to meet their audit and compliance requirements. Session recordings also provide a full forensics record of privileged activity to facilitate a more rapid and precise response to malicious activity.

 

    Real-time detection, alerting and response to malicious privileged activity. Our Privileged Threat Analytics product builds on historical data collected by our comprehensive Privileged Account Security Solution and other network data sources to create and maintain a current profile of each privileged user’s behavior. It uses proprietary algorithms to profile and analyze individual privileged user behavior without impacting the privileged account session and creates prioritized alerts in real-time when abnormal activity is detected. These alerts allow our customers’ incident response teams to investigate and prioritize threatening activity and respond by terminating the active session.

 

    Purpose-built solution, architected for privileged account security. Our solution is architected across products to optimize security. Our Digital Vault, a secure repository for privileged credentials, offers multiple layers of security including robust segregation of duties, a secure proprietary communications protocol and military-grade encryption. Our Privileged Session Manager product establishes a single point of control for all privileged activity, effectively decreasing the attack surface by providing only proxy-based access to IT assets through our platform. This prevents infected administrator workstations from spreading malware or tampering with applications, databases and server configuration settings.

 

    Scalable and flexible platform that enables modular deployment. Our solution is scalable and flexible to enable deployments in large-scale distributed environments, and supports major operating systems, databases, applications, hypervisors, network devices and security appliances, for on-premise, cloud environments and industrial control systems. Every product in our Privileged Account Security Solution can be deployed and managed independently while still sharing resources and data from our shared technology platform. This design provides our customers the flexibility to deploy one or more of our products initially for a single use case and then expand over time to address more use cases or add additional solutions from our comprehensive platform.

Our Market Opportunity

We believe that the security market is in the midst of a significant transition as enterprises are investing in a new generation of security solutions to help protect them against today’s sophisticated and targeted cyber threats from both external attackers and malicious insiders. Gartner estimates that by 2020, 60% of enterprise information security budgets will be allocated to rapid detection and response approaches, up from less than 10% in 2014. Recognizing that traditional perimeter-based threat protection solutions are not sufficient to protect against today’s advanced cyber threats, enterprises are investing in security solutions within the datacenter to protect the inside of their networks. According to a 2012 report by IDC, worldwide spending on datacenter

 

76


Table of Contents

security solutions was $10.7 billion in 2011 and is expected to grow to $16.5 billion by 2016, representing a compound annual growth rate of 9.3%. According to the same report, worldwide spending for IT security solutions was $28.4 billion in 2011 and is expected to grow to $40.8 billion in 2016, representing a compound annual growth rate of 7.6%.

We believe that privileged account security is a new, critical layer of security that is benefitting from this transition. Privileged accounts represent one of the most vulnerable aspects of an organization’s IT infrastructure and exist in nearly every connected device, server, hypervisor, operating system, database, application and industrial control system throughout on-premise and cloud-based datacenters. As a result, we believe that an increasing portion of the IT security budget, and specifically the datacenter security spend, will be allocated for privileged account security solutions.

Our Competitive Strengths

Our mission is to protect the heart of the enterprise from advanced cyber attacks. We have established a leadership position in protecting high-value data and critical IT assets by securing privileged accounts, and have several key competitive strengths including:

 

    Trusted expert in privileged account security. We are a recognized brand name and a leader in privileged account security, protecting organizations worldwide against external threats that have already penetrated the perimeter, as well as threats that originate from within the perimeter by malicious or careless insiders. We have more than a decade of experience working with nearly 1,500 enterprises and government organizations, which we believe provides us with a competitive advantage in research, detection and remediation of privileged account security issues. This helps to ensure our products will continue to meet the continuously evolving business, security and operational requirements of the market.

 

    Technology leader driven by vision and focus on innovation. Our history of innovation is the cornerstone of our technology leadership. We pioneered Digital Vault technology, which is the foundation of our platform. In the following years, we introduced patented technology for application identity management, secure connectivity for remote vendors, integrated privileged activity monitoring, private and public cloud privileged account management and privileged threat analytics. We believe our commitment to continuous innovation through our culture and processes will continue to drive our market leadership over time.

 

    Global reach driven by direct and indirect sales organization. We have a broadly dispersed global hybrid sales channel as evidenced by our existing customer implementations in 65 countries. Our local presence in more than 20 countries and our broad network of over 200 channel and technology alliance partners worldwide underpins our product and brand success, and provides us with significant opportunities to grow our customer base while helping our current customers solve a greater portion of their security challenges.

 

    Strong management team with significant IT security expertise. We have a highly talented management team, combining both public and private company experience and a demonstrated ability to effectively scale businesses. Our strong research and development organization has significant IT security expertise from past experience in leading IT security companies and Israel’s military technology units. We believe that our management team and engineering talent position us to continue to provide thought leadership and drive product innovation. We conduct our research and development activities in Israel, which we believe will continue to provide us with access to high quality engineering talent.

 

    Corporate culture committed to our customers’ success. Our culture reflects our employees’ passion for our mission and focus on protecting our customers and which we believe is a key ingredient of our success. Our commitment to our customers’ success is ingrained in our business strategy and is brought to life through constant customer interactions, employee functions and our engaging annual customer conferences attended by hundreds of customers and channel partners.

 

77


Table of Contents

Our Growth Strategy

Our goal is to be the global leader in IT security solutions that protect organizations from cyber attacks that have made their way inside the network perimeter to strike at the heart of the enterprise. The key elements of our strategy to extend our global leadership include:

 

    Continue to innovate and enhance our solution. We intend to continue to innovate and develop new products and enhancements to existing products to strengthen our leadership position. For example, we introduced our Privileged Threat Analytics product in December 2013 to enable our customers to profile and analyze individual privileged user behavior and create prioritized alerts when abnormal activity is detected. We also plan to continue our investment in advanced threat research to prevent attacks through emerging threat vectors, such as in privileged accounts for cloud environments and industrial control systems. We will also continue to engage with our customers to identify needs and opportunities that will enhance our future product development.

 

    Grow our customer base. We operate in a large, growing market and there are substantial opportunities to grow our customer base. We plan to leverage our strong global footprint across industry verticals, such as in financial services, pharmaceuticals, energy and utilities, telecommunications, retail, manufacturing and government, among others, to further expand our market reach. To drive the acquisition of new customers, we plan to grow our direct sales team, expand our channel partnerships and enhance our marketing efforts. In the future, we also plan to increasingly market our solution to middle-market organizations.

 

    Further penetrate our existing customer base. Our existing base of nearly 1,500 global customers provides a significant opportunity to drive incremental sales. Our platform provides our customers flexibility to deploy one or more of our products initially for a single use case and then expand over time to address more use cases as customer requirements expand. We therefore have a significant opportunity to expand by helping existing customers identify and address gaps in their privileged account security strategy. This opportunity results in the potential for upsells of additional products to address more use cases or incremental licenses of existing products to deploy throughout a customer’s infrastructure. We plan to pursue this strategy by further expanding our customer success team that is dedicated to ensuring the satisfaction and increased deployment of our products.

 

    Continue to expand our global presence by leveraging systems integrators and distribution partnerships. We believe there is a substantial opportunity to continue expanding our business globally as awareness of the need for privileged account security increases. Our channel partners, including systems integrators, distributors and value-added resellers, are a critical part of this expansion opportunity, especially in key emerging markets, such as those throughout Latin America, Eastern Europe and the Asia Pacific region. In 2013, approximately 50% of our revenues were generated from sales through our channel partners. In addition to adding new channel partners, we intend to strengthen existing channel partner relationships to drive greater sales of our products.

 

    Selectively pursue strategic transactions. We may explore and pursue selective acquisitions to complement our product offerings, expand the functionality of our solution, acquire technology or talent, or bolster our leadership position by gaining access to new customers or markets.

 

78


Table of Contents

Our Products

Our products secure organizations’ high-value data and critical IT assets by providing proactive protection against external and internal cyber threats and enabling real-time detection and neutralization of attacks.

Privileged Account Security Solution

 

LOGO

Our comprehensive, purpose-built Privileged Account Security Solution provides our customers a set of products that enable them to secure, manage and monitor privileged account access and activities. Our Privileged Account Security Solution consists of our Enterprise Password Vault, Privileged Session Manager, Application Identity Manager, On-Demand Privileged Manager and Privileged Threat Analytics. These products share a common technology platform that includes our Digital Vault, Master Policy Engine and Discovery Engine, and integrates out of the box with over 100 types of IT assets in the datacenter or the cloud.

Enterprise Password Vault . Our Enterprise Password Vault provides customers with a powerful tool to manage and protect all privileged accounts across an entire organization, including physical, virtual or cloud-based assets. Customers can control how often to require scheduled password changes for different privileged accounts or grant passwords solely for one-time use based on operational needs and regulatory requirements. This automated process reduces the time-consuming and error-prone task of manually tracking and updating privileged credentials thereby enhancing system security and facilitating observance of audit and compliance standards.

Privileged Session Manager. Our Privileged Session Manager protects IT assets including servers, applications, databases and hypervisors from malware and provides command-level monitoring and recording of all privileged activity. Privileged Session Manager prevents malware on an infected workstation from capturing a privileged credential and spreading to additional assets. It also provides a single point of control, forcing all privileged access to pass through our server, ensuring that all privileged activity is monitored and recorded. The single point of control also allows for real-time viewing of privileged activities, enabling customers to terminate privileged sessions in real-time as a threat is detected. In addition, Privileged Session Manager records complete privileged sessions and stores the recordings in the Digital Vault to prevent tampering. Auditors, forensics team and others are able to view and quickly search through an entire session recording for specific activities. Privileged Session Manager does not impact the privileged account session and can operate entirely in the background, although customers can opt to deter privileged account users from prohibited conduct by alerting users that their sessions are being recorded. We offer customers the choice of licensing Privileged Session

 

79


Table of Contents

Manager based on the number of devices secured or the number of concurrent sessions it monitors. Our Privileged Session Manager and Enterprise Password Vault serve complementary functions and are part of a shared platform. As such, we frequently sell them together.

Application Identity Manager . Our Application Identity Manager addresses the challenges of hard-coded, embedded credentials and cryptographic keys being hijacked and exploited by malicious insiders or external cyber attackers. This is enabled by our proprietary Digital Vault application provider technology, which eliminates the need to store such credentials in applications, scripts or configuration files. Instead, Application Identity Manager allows for secure, programmatic retrieval of needed credentials only at run-time and based on master policy control and monitoring.

On - Demand Privileges Manager . Our On-Demand Privileges Manager allows customers to limit the breadth of access of Unix/Linux administrative accounts and granularly restrict them from performing certain commands and functions. We also offer this product to customers using Windows through software licensed from an outside vendor.

Privileged Threat Analytics. Our Privilege Threat Analytics product, launched in December 2013, uses proprietary algorithms to profile and analyze individual privileged user behavior and creates prioritized alerts when abnormal activity is detected. For example, our product can be used to detect privileged account access at unusual times or access to an abnormal quantity of privileged assets and terminate the session in real time. Privileged Threat Analytics uses historical data collected by our Privileged Account Security Solution and other network data sources to create and maintain a current profile of each privileged user’s behavior. It allows incident response teams to investigate the details that triggered the alert in order to prioritize and respond to the threat. We specialize in analyzing behavior related to privileged user behavior, thus providing vital intelligence on the most critical attack vector. This intelligence can be integrated into an organization’s existing systems and incident response processes enabling a faster response time.

Shared Technology Platform. Our shared technology platform is the foundation of our Privileged Account Security Solution and includes our Digital Vault, Master Policy Engine and Discovery Engine. Our Digital Vault is an encrypted server that only responds to preset vault protocols to ensure security throughout an organization’s network. Our Privileged Account Security Solution’s products use our Digital Vault to safely store, audit and manage passwords, privileged credentials, policy information and privileged account session data. Our Master Policy Engine provides a single, user-friendly interface for customers to set, manage and monitor privileged account security policies across an entire organization in a matter of minutes while allowing for granular level exceptions to meet the organization’s unique operational needs. Our Discovery Engine enables organizations to understand the scope of privileged account risk and helps to ensure that all privileged account activity is accounted for by automatically discovering new privileged accounts or changes to existing accounts. Our platform integrates out of the box with over 100 types of IT assets in the datacenter or the cloud, including leading operating systems, databases, network devices, security appliances, hypervisors, applications, industrial control systems and application servers. Our platform further leverages our proprietary vault protocol technology to enable distributed deployments across global networks for central management and auditing while providing enterprise-wide global coverage.

Sensitive Information Management Solution

Our Sensitive Information Management Solution provides a secure platform through which our customers’ employees can share sensitive files while enabling the customer to monitor who is sharing these files. This allows organizations to isolate, store, share and track sensitive files and documents, such as customer credit card information, human resource records, intellectual property documents and legal information in a secure, internal environment. It also allows organizations to exchange sensitive information securely and efficiently with their business partners, customers, suppliers and subcontractors. Our Sensitive Information Management Solution integrates with an organization’s existing applications and can be deployed on-premise or as a cloud service for faster audit readiness without the need for significant upfront cost.

 

80


Table of Contents

Our Services

Maintenance and Support

Our customers typically purchase one year or, to a lesser extent, three years, of software maintenance and support in conjunction with their initial purchase of our products. Thereafter, they can renew such maintenance and support for additional one or three-year periods. These two alternative maintenance and support periods are common in the software industry. Customers pay for each alternative in full at the beginning of their terms. The substantial majority of our contracts sold are for a one-year term. For example, for the years 2011 through 2013 more than 90% of the renewal contracts were for one year terms.

Our global customer support organization has expertise in our software and how it interacts with complex IT environments. When sales are made to customers directly, we typically also provide any necessary maintenance and support pursuant to a maintenance and support contract directly with the customer. When sales are made through indirect channels, the channel partner typically provides the first and second level support and we provide only the third level support if the issue cannot be resolved by the channel partner.

Our maintenance and support program provides customers the right to software bug repairs, the latest system enhancements and updates on an if and when available basis during the maintenance period, and access to our technical support services. Our technical support services are provided via our online support center, which enables customers to submit new support queries and monitor the status of open and past queries. Our online support system also provides customers with access to our CyberArk Knowledge Base, an online user-driven information repository that provides customers the ability to address their own queries. Additionally, we offer email and telephone support during business hours to customers that purchase a standard support package and 24/7 availability to customers that purchase a premium support package.

Professional Services

Our products are designed for customers to be able to download, install and deploy our software on their own. They are highly configurable and many customers will select either one of our many trained channel partners or our professional services team to provide services. Our professional services team can be contracted to help customers fully plan, install and configure their solution to the needs of each organization’s security and IT environment. Our professional services team provides ongoing consulting services regarding best practices and the proper implementation of our solution to meet the requirements of each customer. Additionally, they teach best practices associated with use of our software through CyberArk University, which offers in-person and WebEx courses globally.

Our Technology

Our comprehensive Privileged Account Security Solution relies on a set of proprietary technologies that provide a high level of security, scalability and reliability. The core technologies included in our solution are as follows:

Secure Digital Vault Technology. Our proprietary Digital Vault technology provides a highly secure, isolated environment, independent of other software, and is engineered with multiple layers of security. Our Digital Vault provides a data encryption mechanism that eliminates the need for encryption key management by the end user, while each object in our Digital Vault is encrypted with its own unique encryption key. To ensure security throughout the network, our Digital Vault communicates within an organization’s network and over the internet through a proprietary and highly protected Vault Protocol, enabling an organization to implement the centrally managed Privileged Account Security Solution with products located in multiple datacenters and geographic locations. Our Digital Vault provides an additional level of protection by preventing the vault administrator from accessing or discovering protected data stored within it. In addition, our Digital Vault database is embedded, isolated and self-managed as part of our Digital Vault software, thereby blocking database administrator access to our Digital Vault database to further eliminate threats. Our Privileged Account Security

 

81


Table of Contents

Solution’s additional products use the highly secured Digital Vault to safely store, audit and manage passwords, privileged credentials, policy information and privileged account session data.

Sophisticated Threat Analytics Algorithms . Our team of cyber experts and development engineers has developed proprietary algorithms that are at the core of our Privileged Threat Analytics product. These algorithms were developed using our deep understanding of cybersecurity and cyber attack techniques, together with over a decade of rich experience in analyzing privileged account activities. Our Privileged Threat Analytics product uses these proprietary algorithms to construct a behavioral profile for privileged users within an organization and continuously updates the profile based on normal changes in behavior. Once a behavioral profile is established, the threat analytics algorithms provide the ability to look for deviations from that profile in order to identify anomalies in user behavior. It then scores each individual anomaly and determines the level of threat based on the correlation of such anomalous events. Alerts with full details of the incident, including the probability of malicious intent, can be raised immediately, allowing an organization’s incident response team to review the potential threat and take action when necessary.

Strong Application Authentication and Credential Management. Our Application Identity Manager product’s architecture allows an organization to eliminate hard-coded application credentials, such as passwords and encryption keys, from applications and scripts. Our secure, proprietary product permits authentication of an application during run-time, based on any combination of the application’s signature, executable path, or IP address, and operating system user. Following application authentication, the authenticated application uses a secure application programming interface, or API, to request privileged account credentials during run-time and, based on the application permissions in our Privileged Account Security Solution, up-to-date credentials are provided to the application. To ensure business continuity, and high availability and performance even within complex and distributed network environments, our advanced product architecture provides a secure local credentials cache on the application server, eliminating the dependency on network availability and traffic during a run-time application credential request. Our proprietary architecture provides even higher value in application server environments, allowing an organization to eliminate application credentials without the need to perform any code changes and without impacting application availability.

Privileged Session Recording and Controls. Our innovative privileged session recording and control mechanisms provide the ability to isolate an organization’s IT systems from end-user desktops, while monitoring and recording the privileged session activities. Our proprietary architecture provides a highly secure, proxy-based solution that does not require agent installation on the target systems and provides a single-access control point to the target systems. The architecture blocks direct communication between an end-user’s desktop and a target system, thus preventing potential malware on the desktop from infiltrating the target system. This architecture further ensures that privileged credentials will remain protected and will not be exposed to the end-user or reach the desktop. Comprehensive recording capabilities provide the ability to record every keystroke and mouse click on the privileged session, and also provide DVR-like recordings with search, locate and alert capabilities.

Our Customers

Our customer base has grown from approximately 800 customers as of December 31, 2010 to nearly 1,500 customers as of March 31, 2014, including over 30% of the Fortune 100 and approximately 15% of the Global 2000. Our customers include leading organizations in a diverse set of industries, including energy and utilities, financial services, healthcare, manufacturing, retail, technology and telecommunications, as well as government agencies.

 

82


Table of Contents

Our business is not dependent on any particular customer. No customer or channel partner accounted for more than 10% of our revenues in any of the last three years. Our diverse global footprint is evidenced by the fact that in 2013, we generated 48% of our revenues from customers in the United States, 39% from the EMEA region and 13% from the rest of the world. Set forth below is a representative list of our customers. We selected these customers because they operate across a range of verticals, each of them spent a meaningful amount on products during the last two years and each is currently party to a maintenance and support contract with us.

 

Name

 

Industry

ANZ Banking Group Limited (Australia)   Financial services
American Electric Power   Energy and utilities
BT Group plc   Telecommunications
ConAgra Foods, Inc.   Retail
DBS Bank Ltd   Financial services
Exelon Corporation   Energy and utilities
ING North America Insurance Corporation   Insurance
Humana Inc.   Healthcare and pharmaceuticals
Manulife Financial Corporation   Financial services
Salesforce.com Inc.   Technology
Southwest Airlines Co.   Travel
Union Bank, N.A.   Financial services
Vodafone Group plc   Telecommunications

Case Studies

The following case studies are representative examples of how some of our customers in key verticals have selected, deployed and benefited from our solution.

Software Company

Challenge . A global software company needed to address a number of audit findings related to security controls of privileged accounts and strengthen its security after a serious security incident.

Solution and benefits . In 2010, this company selected us to address an initial audit finding in one of its departments. To do so, they licensed our Enterprise Password Vault to implement and manage proactive controls on privileged accounts. That deployment was expanded to other departments within the company to address similar audit issues over the next few years. In 2013, following a serious security incident in an area of its business previously unprotected by our solution, the company selected our solution. We understand from discussions with this customer that it made this decision based on our strong, existing relationship with this customer, our comprehensive Privileged Account Security Solution and their confidence in our experience with complex deployments. The company licensed Application Identity Manager, Privileged Session Manager and Privileged Threat Analytics.

Global Pharmaceutical Company

Challenge . A Europe-based global pharmaceutical company needed to improve the security of its core intellectual property, address concerns of third-party access to its data and meet the stringent privileged account audit demands of FDA regulations.

Solution and benefits . This company originally licensed our Sensitive Information Management Solution in 2003. After an evaluation of our solution, this company selected our Privileged Account Security Solution to meet new security and audit demands and to improve the security of their intellectual property. We believe we were selected because of our ability to quickly deploy our solution and our status as a trusted provider of information security solutions. By adopting our solution, this company improved its audit posture by enabling proactive

 

83


Table of Contents

protection of user and application privileged accounts, establishing accountability to specific individuals and vendors, monitoring privileged activity, and detecting suspicious privileged user behavior.

Energy Provider

Challenge . A North America-based provider of natural gas and crude oil needed to protect its industrial control systems from cyber threats. This company was particularly concerned about the added risk of using remote third parties to manage and maintain its natural gas and petroleum distribution systems worldwide.

Solution and benefits . In 2013, this company licensed our Enterprise Password Vault and Privileged Session Manager to provide a single, integrated solution that protects privileged user access to the management consoles of the customer’s industrial control systems and monitor and record the details of each privileged session. Our solution enables the company to closely control, monitor and audit the activity of third-party vendors and contractors.

Financial Services Company

Challenge . A North America-based financial services company initiated a comprehensive, high-value asset protection project in response to increasing threats to its IT infrastructure and customer data. In addition to other data protection and monitoring technologies, this company recognized that it was critical to secure privileged account access to its critical systems and data.

Solution and benefits . As part of a “defense in depth” strategy, this company licensed Enterprise Password Vault and Privileged Session Manager in 2012 to protect access to privileged accounts, isolate target assets from malware and monitor privileged activity. We believe this customer’s confidence in our ability to comprehensively address its privileged account security challenges, our architectural approach to session monitoring and isolation and our expertise with privileged account security deployments were key drivers of their decision.

Diversified Infrastructure and Financial Services Firm

Challenge . A diversified infrastructure and financial services firm required proactive controls on privileged user and application credentials to be compliant with Sarbanes-Oxley after an external auditor identified its lack of privileged account security controls as a corporate-wide IT security risk.

Solution and benefits . In 2011, this company licensed our Enterprise Password Vault and On-Demand Privileges Manager to implement controls and manage policies on privileged user credentials and limit the scope of access for privileged users. We believe this company selected our solution to address its compliance and risk concerns because of our unified offering, scalability and performance, global presence and ability to work across traditional and cloud-based assets. Since its initial deployment, this company has expanded its use of our solution and has licensed our Application Identity Manager to dynamically manage privileged application credentials.

Sales and Marketing

Sales

We believe that our hybrid sales model, which combines the leverage of high touch, channel sales with the account control of direct sales, has played an important role in the growth of our customer base to date. We maintain a highly trained sales force that is responsible for developing and closing new business the management of relationships with our channel partners and the support and expansion of relationships with existing customers. Our sales organization is organized by geographic regions, consisting of the United States, the EMEA region and the rest of the world. As of March 31, 2014, our global network of channel partners consisted of over 200 resellers and distributors. Our channel partners generally complement our sales efforts by helping to identify potential sales targets, maintaining relationships with certain customers and introducing new products to existing

 

84


Table of Contents

customers and offering post-sale professional services and technical support. In 2013, we generated approximately 50% of our revenues from direct sales from our field offices located throughout the world. The majority of our sales in the United States are direct while the substantial majority of our sales in the EMEA region and the rest of the world are through channel partners. We work with many global systems integration partners, such as Hewlett-Packard Company and Wipro Limited, and several leading regional security value added resellers, such as Accuvant, Inc., FishNet Security, Inc. and Conexsys Communications, Ltd. These companies were each among our top 15 channel partners in 2013 by revenues and we have derived a meaningful amount from sales to each of them during the last two years.

Our sales cycle varies by size of the customer, the number of products purchased and the complexity of the customer’s IT infrastructure, ranging from several weeks for incremental sales to existing customers to many months for sales to new customers or large deployments. To support our broadly dispersed global channel and customer base, as of March 31, 2014, we had sales personnel in 24 countries. We plan to invest in our sales organization to support both the growth of our channel partners and our direct sales organization.

Marketing

Our marketing strategy is focused on building our brand strength, communicating the benefits of our solution, developing leads and increasing sales to existing customers. We market our software as a solution to stop cyber threats before they have the chance to stop business. We execute our strategy by leveraging a combination of internal marketing professionals and a network of channel partners to communicate the value proposition and differentiation for our product, generating qualified leads for our sales force and channel partners. Our marketing efforts also include public relations in multiple regions and extensive content development available through our recently redesigned website. We are focused on an ongoing thought-leadership campaign to establish ourselves as a leader in the cybersecurity market. Our marketing team is expanding its efforts by investing in analytics-driven lead development, stronger global coordination, quick response to current events and proactive and consistent communication with market analysts.

Research and Development

Continued investment in research and development is critical to our business. Our research and development efforts are focused primarily on improving and enhancing our existing products and services, as well as developing new products, features and functionality. We believe the timely development of new products is essential to maintaining our competitive position. We regularly release new versions of our software which incorporate new features and enhancements to existing ones. We also maintain a dedicated team that researches reported advanced cyber attacks, the attackers’ techniques and methods that lead to new security development initiatives for our products and provide thought-leadership on targeted attack mitigation.

As of March 31, 2014, we had 105 employees focused on research and development. We conduct our research and development activities in Israel and we believe this provides us with access to world class engineering talent. Our research and development expenses were $6.3 million, $7.3 million and $10.4 million in 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, research and development expenses were $2.3 million and $3.2 million, respectively.

Intellectual Property

We rely on a combination of patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret laws, confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect our technology and the related intellectual property. As of April 30, 2014, we had two issued patents and ten provisional or pending patent applications in the United States. We also had one patent issued and seven applications pending for examination in non-U.S. jurisdictions, and two pending Patent Cooperation Treaty patent applications, all of which are counterparts of our U.S. patent applications. The claims for which we have sought patent protection relate to several elements in our technology, including the Discovery Engine within our Privileged Account Security Solution, Digital Vault, Privileged Session Manager, Application Identity Manager and Privileged Threat Analytics.

 

85


Table of Contents

We generally enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, service providers, resellers and customers and generally limit internal and external access to, and distribution of, our proprietary information and proprietary technology through certain procedural safeguards. These agreements may not effectively prevent unauthorized use or disclosure of our intellectual property or technology and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of our intellectual property or technology.

Our industry is characterized by the existence of a large number of relevant patents and frequent claims and related litigation regarding patent and other intellectual property rights. In particular, leading companies in the security industry have extensive patent portfolios. If we become more successful, we believe that competitors will be more likely to try to develop products that are similar to ours and that may infringe our proprietary rights. It may also be more likely that competitors or third parties will claim that our products infringe their proprietary rights. From time to time, third parties have asserted and may assert their patent, copyright, trademark and other intellectual property rights against us, our channel partners, users or customers, whom our standard license and other agreements obligate us to indemnify against such claims. Successful claims of infringement or misappropriation by a third party could prevent us from distributing certain products or performing certain services or could require us to pay substantial damages (including, for example, treble damages if we are found to have willfully infringed patents and increased statutory damages if we are found to have willfully infringed copyrights), royalties or other fees. Such claims also could require us to cease making, licensing or using solutions that are alleged to infringe or misappropriate the intellectual property of others, or to expend additional development resources to attempt to redesign our products or services or otherwise to develop non-infringing technology; enter into potentially unfavorable royalty or license agreements in order to obtain the right to use necessary technologies or intellectual property rights; and to indemnify our partners or other third parties. Even if third parties may offer a license to their technology, the terms of any offered license may not be acceptable, and the failure to obtain a license or the costs associated with any license could cause our business, results of operations or financial condition to be materially and adversely affected.

Competition

The IT security market in which we operate is characterized by intense competition, constant change and innovation. We believe that none of our competitors offer a fully comprehensive and integrated privileged account security solution; however, we do compete with companies that offer a broad array of IT security products. Our current and potential future competitors include CA, Inc., Dell Inc., International Business Machines Corporation and Oracle Corporation, in the access and identity management market, as well as providers of advanced threat protection solutions such as Hewlett-Packard Company, EMC Corporation, International Business Machines Corporation, FireEye, Inc., Splunk Inc. and Palo Alto Networks, Inc. and other smaller companies that offer products with a more limited range of functionality than our own offerings.

The principal competitive factors in our market include:

 

    the breadth and completeness of a security solution;

 

    reliability and effectiveness in protecting, detecting and responding to cyber attacks;

 

    analytics and accountability at an individual user level;

 

    ability of customers to achieve and maintain compliance with compliance standards and audit requirements;

 

    strength of sale and marketing efforts, including distribution and channel relationships;

 

    global reach and customer base;

 

    scalability and ease of integration with an organization’s existing IT infrastructure and security investments;

 

    brand awareness and reputation;

 

    innovation and thought leadership;

 

86


Table of Contents
    quality of customer support;

 

    speed at which a solution can be deployed; and

 

    price of a solution and cost of maintenance and professional services.

We believe we compete favorably with our competitors on the basis of these factors. However, some of our current and potential future competitors may enjoy potential competitive advantages, such as greater name recognition, longer operating history, larger market share, larger existing user base and greater financial, technical and other resources.

Properties

Our corporate headquarters are located in Petach Tikva, Israel in an office consisting of approximately 38,320 square feet. The lease for this office expires in December 2016. Our U.S. headquarters are located in Newton, Massachusetts in an office consisting of approximately 15,000 feet. The lease for this office expires in July 2021 with the option to extend for two successive five-year periods. We maintain additional sales offices in England, France, Germany and Singapore. We believe that our facilities are sufficient to meet our ongoing needs and that if we require additional space to accommodate our growth we will be able to obtain additional facilities on commercially reasonable terms.

Employees

As of March 31, 2014, we had 364 employees and subcontractors with 167 located in Israel, 114 in the United States, 26 in the United Kingdom and approximately 57 across 21 other countries. The following table shows the breakdown of our global workforce of employees and subcontractors by category of activity as of the dates indicated:

 

     As of December 31,      As of
March 31,

2014
 
     2011      2012      2013     

Sales and marketing

     67         100         135         163   

Research and development

     54         70         95         105   

Services and support

     34         47         60         68   

General and administrative

     15         22         27         28   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     170         239         317         364   

With respect to our Israeli employees, Israeli labor laws govern the length of the workday, minimum wages for employees, procedures for hiring and dismissing employees, determination of severance pay, annual leave, sick days, advance notice of termination of employment, equal opportunity and anti-discrimination laws and other conditions of employment. Subject to certain exceptions, Israeli law generally requires severance pay upon the retirement, death or dismissal of an employee, and requires us and our employees to make payments to the National Insurance Institute, which is similar to the U.S. Social Security Administration. Our employees have pension plans that comply with the applicable Israeli legal requirements and we make monthly contributions to severance pay funds for all employees, which cover potential severance pay obligations.

None of our employees work under any collective bargaining agreements. Extension orders issued by the Israeli Ministry of Economy (formerly the Israeli Ministry of Industry, Trade and Labor) apply to us and affect matters such as cost of living adjustments to salaries, length of working hours and week, recuperation pay, travel expenses, and pension rights. We have never experienced labor-related work stoppages or strikes and believe that our relations with our employees are satisfactory.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business. We are not currently a party to any material litigation. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

 

87


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth the name, age and position of each of our executive officers and directors as of the date of this prospectus:

 

Name

  

Age

    

Position

Executive Officers

     

Ehud (Udi) Mokady

     45       Chief Executive Officer, President, Founder and Director

Chen Bitan

     44       General Manager, EMEA & Asia Pacific

Joshua Siegel

     50       Chief Financial Officer

Adam Bosnian

     49       Executive Vice President, Americas Sales

Nick Baglin

     39       Vice President, EMEA Sales

Dan Dinnar

     44       Vice President, Asia Pacific Sales

Roy Adar

     43       Vice President, Product Management

John Worrall

     55       Chief Marketing Officer

Directors

     

Gadi Tirosh(3)(4)

     48       Chairman of the Board

David Campbell(1)(3)(4)

     51       Director

Raphael (Raffi) Kesten(4)

     60       Director

David Schaeffer(4)

     58       Director

Amnon Shoshani(2)(4)

     50       Director

Ron Gutler(1)(2)(3)(4)(5)

     56       Director Nominee

Kim Perdikou(1)(2)(4)(5)

     56       Director Nominee

 

(1) Member of our compensation committee.
(2) Member of our audit committee.
(3) Member of our nominating and governance committee.
(4) Independent director under the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market.
(5) Proposed to serve as an external director under the Israeli Companies Law subject to ratification of their election as external directors under the Israeli Companies Law by our shareholders within three months following this offering.

Executive Officers

Ehud (Udi) Mokady is one of our founders, has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer since 2005 and previously served as our Chief Operating Officer from 1999 to 2005. From 1997 to 1999, Mr. Mokady served as general counsel at Tadiran Spectralink Ltd., a producer of secure wireless communication systems. From 1986 to 1989, Mr. Mokady served in a military intelligence unit in the Israel Defense Forces. Mr. Mokady was honored by a panel of independent judges with the New England EY Entrepreneur Of The Year 2014 Award in the Technology Security category. Mr. Mokady holds a Bachelor of Laws (LL.B.) from Hebrew University in Jerusalem, Israel and a Master of Science Management (MSM) from Boston University in Massachusetts.

Chen Bitan has served as our General Manager of EMEA & Asia Pacific since 2005 and as Head of Research & Development since 1999. From March 1998 to April 1999, Mr. Bitan worked as Project Manager for Amdocs Software Ltd., leading the development of billing and customer care systems for telecommunications providers. From 1995 to 1998, he worked for Magic Software Ltd. as Research and Development Group Manager leading the development of their 4GL products for the Asia Pacific market. From 1988 to 1995, Mr. Bitan led the programming education department as Department Manager at the Israel Defense Forces (IDF) Computer Studies Academy (Mamram). Mr. Bitan holds a Bachelor of Science in computer science and political science from Bar-Ilan University in Ramat-Gan, Israel.

 

88


Table of Contents

Joshua Siegel has served as our Chief Financial Officer since May 2011. Prior to joining CyberArk, Mr. Siegel served as Chief Financial Officer for Voltaire Ltd., a provider of InfiniBand and Ethernet connectivity solutions, from December 2005 to February 2011, and as Director of Finance and then Vice President of Finance from April 2002 to December 2005. Voltaire completed an initial public offering and listing on NASDAQ in 2007 and was acquired by Mellanox Technologies, Ltd. in 2011. From 2000 to 2002, he was Vice President of Finance at KereniX Networks Ltd., a terabit routing and transport system company. From 1995 to 2000, Mr. Siegel served in various positions at Lucent Technologies Networks Ltd. (formerly Lannet Ltd.). From 1990 to 1995, he served in various positions at SLM Corporation (Sallie Mae—Student Loan Marketing Association). Mr. Siegel holds a Bachelor of Arts in economics and a Master of Business Administration (MBA) with a concentration in finance from the University of Michigan in Ann Arbor.

Adam Bosnian has served as our Executive Vice President of Americas Sales since 2010. Prior to assuming his present position, Mr. Bosnian served as our Vice President of Products, Strategy and Sales from June 2005 to 2010. From April 2004 to May 2005, Mr. Bosnian led Pulse Technology, an IT service company, where he was the company’s founder. From 2000 to 2003, he served as Co-General Manager and Vice President of Sales and Marketing at Elron Software Inc. Prior to that, Mr. Bosnian served in a range of sales and marketing executive roles at InterSense Incorporated from 1999 to 2000, Spacetec Corporation from 1993 to 1998 and New Media Graphics Corporation from 1988 to 1993. Mr. Bosnian holds a Bachelor of Science in electrical engineering from Worcester Polytechnic Institute in Massachusetts.

Nick Baglin has served as our Vice President of EMEA Sales since May 2012. Prior to joining CyberArk, Mr. Baglin worked for HP Enterprise Security Services, as EMEA General Manager and Global Sales Director from May 2011 to May 2012 and as Global Sales Director from December 2010 to May 2011. From January 2001 to December 2010, he worked for Vistorm Ltd., a provider of information assurance and managed security services, in various positions, including Director of Sales. Mr. Baglin holds a Bachelor of Science from the Manchester Metropolitan University in the United Kingdom.

Dan Dinnar has served as our Vice President of Asia Pacific Sales since August 2005 and was our Director of Sales in the Americas from 2002 to 2005. From 1999 to 2002, Mr. Dinnar served as Director of Sales at ProActivity, Inc., a business process re-engineering company. He holds a Bachelor of Arts in economics and business from the Technion—Israel Institute of Technology in Haifa, Israel.

Roy Adar has served as our Vice President of Product Management since January 2006. Prior to joining CyberArk, Mr. Adar held the position of Product Manager at NICE Systems Ltd., an Israeli software company, from 2002 through 2005. From 1997 to 2001, he worked at Integrity Systems, Inc., a technology support company, in several roles, including product development group manager and senior IT consultant. Mr. Adar holds an MBA from the Kellogg School of Management at Northwestern University in Illinois and a Bachelor of Arts in computer science from Open University in Tel Aviv, Israel.

John Worrall has served as our Chief Marketing Officer since December 2012. From May 2011 to December 2012, Mr. Worrall served as the Executive Vice President for CounterTack, Inc., a threat detection solutions company. From May 2010 to June 2011, Mr. Worrall was the Chief Marketing Officer for ActivIdentity, a cybersecurity group of HID Global Corporation, an enterprise security company. From January 2010 to April 2010, he carried out independent consulting projects. From November 1997 to August 2008, Mr. Worrall worked in various positions at RSA Security, Inc., including serving as Vice President and General Manager from January 2007 to August 2008, as Senior Vice President in Marketing from October 2005 to December 2006 and as Vice President of Global Marketing from January 2002 to September 2005. Mr. Worrall holds a Bachelor of Arts in economics from St. Lawrence University in New York.

Directors

Gadi Tirosh has served as a member of our board of directors since June 2011 and as chairman of the board since July 2013. Since 2005, Mr. Tirosh has served as General Partner at Jerusalem Venture Partners, an Israeli venture capital firm that focuses, among other things, on cyber-security companies and operates the JVP Cyber

 

89


Table of Contents

Labs incubator. From 1999 to 2005, he served as Corporate Vice President of Product Marketing and as a member of the executive committee for NDS Group Ltd. (later acquired by Cisco Systems, Inc.) a provider of end-to-end software solutions to the pay-television industry, including content protection and video security. Mr. Tirosh holds a Bachelor of Science in computer science and mathematics and an Executive MBA from the Hebrew University in Jerusalem, Israel.

David Campbell has served as a member of our board of directors since 2011. Mr. Campbell joined the Goldman Sachs’ Merchant Banking Division in 2004, where he currently serves as a Managing Director. Prior to this he held senior roles within Goldman Sachs’ Technology Group, including being elected to Technology Fellow in 2002. Additionally, Mr. Campbell serves on a number of technology company boards, including Applied Predictive Technologies Inc., Applause Inc., AppSense Inc., Ave Point, Inc., BackOffice Associates, LLC, MetricStream Inc., SilverSky Inc. and Spiceworks Inc. Mr. Campbell received a Bachelor of Engineering (Electrical) and a Bachelor of Arts from the University of Queensland in Australia.

Raphael (Raffi) Kesten has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2014. Since 2012, Mr. Kesten has worked as a Vice President of Service Provider Video Security, Software & Solutions Group at Cisco Systems, Inc. Since 2000, Mr. Kesten has served as a Venture Partner for Jerusalem Venture Partners. He served as Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer at NDS Group Holdings Ltd. (later acquired by Cisco Systems, Inc.) from 2006 to 2012. From 1996 to 2006, Mr. Kesten worked as Vice President and General Manager of NDS Technologies Israel Limited. From 1991 to 1995, he served as Vice President of Operations and Production of Imaging Products at Indigo N.V. (later acquired by Hewlett-Packard Company). Between the years 1982 to 1991, Mr. Kesten held several engineering and managerial positions with Intel, Inc. Mr. Kesten holds a Bachelor of Science in chemical engineering from Ben-Gurion University of the Negev in Beer-Sheva, Israel and he completed the certificate program in Senior Business Management at the Hebrew University in Jerusalem, Israel.

David Schaeffer has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2014. Mr. Schaeffer has served as the Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President of Cogent Communications, Inc. (NASDAQ: CCOI), an internet service provider based in the United States that is listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, since he founded the company in August 1999. Mr. Schaeffer was the founder of Pathnet, Inc., a broadband telecommunications provider, where he served as Chief Executive Officer from 1995 until 1997 and as Chairman from 1997 until 1999. Mr. Schaeffer holds a Bachelor of Science in Physics from the University of Maryland.

Amnon Shoshani has served as a member of our board of directors since November 2009. Since February 1995, Mr. Shoshani has served as the Founder and Managing Partner of Cabaret Holdings Ltd. and, since March 1999, he has also served as Managing Partner of Cabaret Security Ltd. and Cabaret Holdings Ltd. and ArbaOne Inc. ventures activities where he had a lead role in managing the groups’ portfolio companies. From 1994 to April 2005, Mr. Shoshani owned a Tel-Aviv boutique law firm engaged in entrepreneurship, traditional industries and high tech, which he founded. Mr. Shoshani holds an LL.B. from Tel Aviv University in Israel.

Ron Gutler is intended to serve as a member of our board of directors before the pricing of this offering and is intended to serve as an external director under the Companies Law subject to the ratification of his appointment at the general meeting to be held following the completion of our public offering. From May 2002 through February 2013, Mr. Gutler served as the Chairman of NICE Systems Ltd., a public company specializing in voice recording, data security, and surveillance. Between 2000 and 2011, Mr. Gutler served as the Chairman of G.J.E. 121 Promoting Investment Ltd., a real estate company. Between 2000 and 2002, Mr. Gutler managed the Blue Border Horizon Fund, a global macro fund. Mr. Gutler is a former Managing Director and a Partner of Bankers Trust Company, which is currently part of Deutsche Bank. He also established and headed the Israeli office of Bankers Trust. Mr. Gutler is currently a director of Wix.com Ltd. (NASDAQ: WIX). Mr. Gutler holds a Bachelor of Arts in economics and international relations and an MBA, both from the Hebrew University in Jerusalem.

Kim Perdikou is intended to serve as a member of our board of directors before the pricing of this offering and is intended to serve as an external director under the Companies Law subject to the ratification of her

 

90


Table of Contents

appointment at the general meeting to be held following the completion of our public offering. Since 2013, Ms. Perdikou has served as the Juniper Networks, Inc. board observer on two of Juniper’s portfolio companies. From 2010 to August 2013, Ms. Perdikou served as the Executive Vice President for the Office of the Chief Executive Officer at Juniper Networks, Inc. Before that she served as the Executive Vice President and General Manager of Infrastructure Products Group and as Chief Information Officer at Juniper Networks, Inc. from 2006 to 2010 and from August 2000 to January 2006, respectively. Ms. Perdikou served on the board of directors and audit committee of Lam Research Corporation, a major provider of wafer fabrication equipment and services, from May 2011 to November 2012. Ms. Perdikou served as Chief Information Officer at Women.com from June 1999 to August 2000, and held the position of Vice President, Global Networks, at Reader’s Digest from March 1992 to April 1998, as well as leadership positions at Knight Ridder from June 1999 to August 2000, and Dun & Bradstreet from August 1989 to March 1992. Ms. Perdikou holds a Bachelor of Science in Computing Science with Operational Research from Paisley University in Paisley, Scotland, a Post-Graduate degree in Education from Jordanhill College in Glasgow, Scotland and a Masters in Information Systems from Pace University in New York.

Corporate Governance Practices

Under the Israeli Companies Law, companies incorporated under the laws of the State of Israel whose shares are publicly traded, including companies with shares listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, are considered public companies under Israeli law and are required to comply with various corporate governance requirements under Israeli law relating to matters such as external directors, the audit committee, the compensation committee and an internal auditor. This is the case even if our shares are not listed on a stock exchange in Israel. These requirements are in addition to the corporate governance requirements imposed by the Listing Rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market and other applicable provisions of U.S. securities laws to which we will become subject (as a foreign private issuer) upon the closing of this offering and the listing of our ordinary shares on the NASDAQ Global Select Market. Under the Listing Rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market, a foreign private issuer, such as us, may generally follow its home country rules of corporate governance in lieu of the comparable requirements of the Listing Rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market, except for certain matters including (among others) the composition and responsibilities of the audit committee and the independence of its members within the meaning of the rules and regulations of the SEC.

We intend to comply with the rules generally applicable to U.S. domestic companies listed on the NASDAQ Stock Market, other than with respect to the requirement for shareholder meetings. As permitted under the Israeli Companies Law, our articles of association to be effective upon the closing of this offering will provide that the quorum for any meeting of shareholders shall be the presence of at least two shareholders present in person, by proxy or by a voting instrument, who hold at least 25% of the voting power of our shares instead of 33 1/3% of our issued share capital as required under NASDAQ corporate governance rules. We may in the future decide to use the foreign private issuer exemption with respect to additional NASDAQ corporate governance rules.

Board of Directors

Under the Israeli Companies Law, the management of our business is vested in our board of directors. Our board of directors may exercise all powers and may take all actions that are not specifically granted to our shareholders or to management. Our executive officers are responsible for our day-to-day management and have individual responsibilities established by our board of directors. Our Chief Executive Officer is appointed by, and serves at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to the employment agreement that we have entered into with him. All other executive officers are also appointed by our board of directors, and are subject to the terms of any applicable employment agreements that we may enter into with them.

We comply with the rule of the NASDAQ Stock Market that a majority of our directors be independent. Our board of directors has determined that all of our directors, other than our Chief Executive Officer, are independent under such rules. The definition of independent director under NASDAQ rules and external director under the Israeli Companies Law overlap to a significant degree such that we would generally expect the two

 

91


Table of Contents

directors serving as external directors to satisfy the requirements to be independent under NASDAQ rules. The definition of external director includes a set of statutory criteria that must be satisfied, including criteria whose aim is to ensure that there be no factor which would impair the ability of the external director to exercise independent judgment. The definition of independent director specifies similar, although less stringent, requirements in addition to the requirement that the board consider any factor which would impair the ability of the independent director to exercise independent judgment. In addition, both external directors and independent directors serve for a period of three years; external directors pursuant to the requirements of the Israeli Companies Law and independent directors pursuant to the staggered board provisions of our articles of association. However, external directors must be elected by a special majority of shareholders while independent directors may be elected by an ordinary majority. See “—External Directors” for a description of the requirements under the Israeli Companies Law for a director to serve as an external director.

Under our articles of association, which will be effective upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors must consist of at least four and not more than 11 directors, including at least two external directors required to be appointed under the Israeli Companies Law. At any time, the minimum number of directors may not fall below four. Our board of directors will consist of eight directors upon the closing of this offering, including two new directors who are our two external directors. The appointment of the external directors is subject to ratification at a meeting of our shareholders to be held no later than three months following the closing of this offering. Other than external directors, for whom special election requirements apply under the Israeli Companies Law, as detailed below, our directors are divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Each class of directors consists, as nearly as possible, of one-third of the total number of directors constituting the entire board of directors (other than the external directors). At each annual general meeting of our shareholders, the election or re-election of directors following the expiration of the term of office of the directors of that class of directors, will be for a term of office that expires on the third annual general meeting following such election or re-election, such that from 2015 and after, on each annual general meeting the term of office of only one class of directors will expire. Each director will hold office until the annual general meeting of our shareholders in which his or her term expires, unless they are removed by a vote of 65% of the total voting power of our shareholders at a general meeting of our shareholders or upon the occurrence of certain events, in accordance with the Israeli Companies Law and our articles of association.

Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

  (i) the Class I directors will be Ehud (Udi) Mokady and David Schaeffer, and their terms will expire at the annual general meeting of shareholders to be held in 2015 and when their successors are elected and qualified;

 

  (ii) the Class II directors, will be Raphael (Raffi) Kesten and Amnon Shoshani, and their terms will expire at the first annual general meeting following the annual general meeting referred to in clause (i) above and when their successors are elected and qualified; and

 

  (iii) the Class III directors will be Gadi Tirosh and David Campbell, and their terms will expire at the first annual general meeting following the annual general meeting referred to in clause (ii) above and when their successors are elected and qualified.

In addition, our articles of association allow our board of directors to appoint directors, create new directorships or fill vacancies on our board of directors up to the maximum number of directors permitted under our articles of association. In case of an appointment by our board of directors to fill a vacancy on our board of directors due to a director no longer serving, the term of office shall be equal to the remaining period of the term of office of the director(s) whose office(s) have been vacated, and in case of a new appointment where the number of directors serving is less than the maximum number stated in our article of association, our board of directors shall determine at the time of appointment the class to which the new director shall be assigned. External directors are elected for an initial term of three years and may be elected for up to two additional three-year terms under the circumstances described below. External directors may be removed from office only under the limited circumstances set forth in the Israeli Companies Law. See “—External Directors” below.

 

92


Table of Contents

Under the Israeli Companies Law and our articles of association, nominations for directors may be made by any shareholder(s) holding together at least one percent of our outstanding voting power. However, any such shareholder may make such a nomination only if a written notice of such shareholder’s intent to make such nomination has been timely and duly given to our Secretary (or, if we have no Secretary, our Chief Executive Officer), as set forth in our articles of association. Any such notice must include certain information regarding the proposing shareholder and the proposed director nominee, the consent of the proposed director nominee(s) to serve as our director(s) if elected and a declaration signed by the proposed director nominee(s) as required by under the Israeli Companies Law and that all of the information that is required to be provided to us in connection with such election under the Israeli Companies Law and under our articles of association has been provided.

Under the Israeli Companies Law, our board of directors must determine the minimum number of directors who are required to have accounting and financial expertise. See “—External Directors.” In determining the number of directors required to have such expertise, a board of directors must consider, among other things, the type and size of the company and the scope and complexity of its operations. Our board of directors has determined that the minimum number of directors of our Company who are required to have accounting and financial expertise is one.

External Directors

Under the Israeli Companies Law, our board is required to include at least two members who qualify as external directors. Ron Gutler and Kim Perdikou have agreed to serve as our external directors, subject to ratification at a meeting of our shareholders to be held no later than three months following the closing of this offering.

The provisions of the Israeli Companies Law set forth special approval requirements for the election of external directors. External directors must be elected by a majority vote of the shares present and voting at a shareholders meeting, provided that either:

 

    such majority includes at least a majority of the shares held by all shareholders who are non-controlling shareholders and do not have a personal interest in the election of the external director (other than a personal interest not deriving from a relationship with a controlling shareholder) that are voted at the meeting, excluding abstentions, to which we refer as a disinterested majority; or

 

    the total number of shares voted by non-controlling shareholders and by shareholders who do not have a personal interest in the election of the external director against the election of the external director does not exceed 2% of the aggregate voting rights in the company.

The term controlling shareholder is defined in the Israeli Companies Law as a shareholder with the ability to direct the activities of the company, other than by virtue of being an office holder. A shareholder is presumed to be a controlling shareholder if the shareholder holds 50% or more of the voting rights in a company or has the right to appoint the majority of the directors of the company or its general manager. With respect to certain matters, a controlling shareholder is deemed to include a shareholder that holds 25% or more of the voting rights in a public company if no other shareholder holds more than 50% of the voting rights in the company, but excludes a shareholder whose power derives solely from his or her position as a director of the company or from any other position with the company. We expect that following this offering, Jerusalem Venture Partners, which prior to this offering beneficially owns 46.8% of our shares, will be a controlling shareholder, although this status may change in the future.

The initial term of an external director is three years. Thereafter, an external director may be reelected by shareholders to serve in that capacity for up to two additional three-year terms, provided that either:

 

   

his or her service for each such additional term is recommended by one or more shareholders holding at least 1% of the company’s voting rights and is approved at a shareholders meeting by a disinterested

 

93


Table of Contents
 

majority, where the total number of shares held by non-controlling, disinterested shareholders voting for such reelection exceeds 2% of the aggregate voting rights in the company, provided that the external director recommended for reelection is not (i) the recommending shareholder himself or herself or (ii) a significant (5%) shareholder (a) that is himself, herself or itself, (b) that is its controlling shareholder or (c) that is under common control with an entity, that either carries out business with the company or is in competition with the company; or

 

    his or her service for each such additional term is recommended by the board of directors and is approved at a shareholders meeting by the same majority required for the initial election of an external director (as described above).

The term of office for external directors for Israeli companies traded on certain foreign stock exchanges, including the NASDAQ Global Select Market, may be extended indefinitely in increments of additional three-year terms, in each case provided that the audit committee and the board of directors of the company confirm that, in light of the external director’s expertise and special contribution to the work of the board of directors and its committees, the reelection for such additional period(s) is beneficial to the company, and provided that the external director is reelected subject to the same shareholder vote requirements as if elected for the first time (as described above). Prior to the approval of the reelection of the external director at a general shareholders meeting, the company’s shareholders must be informed of the term previously served by him or her and of the reasons why the board of directors and audit committee recommended the extension of his or her term.

External directors may be removed from office by a special general meeting of shareholders called by the board of directors, which approves such dismissal by the same shareholder vote percentage required for their election or by a court, in each case, only under limited circumstances, including ceasing to meet the statutory qualifications for appointment, or violating their duty of loyalty to the company. If an external directorship becomes vacant and there are fewer than two external directors on the board of directors at the time, then the board of directors is required under the Israeli Companies Law to call a shareholders’ meeting as soon as practicable to appoint a replacement external director.

Each committee of the board of directors that exercises the powers of the board of directors must include at least one external director, except that the audit committee and the compensation committee must include all external directors then serving on the board of directors and an external director must serve as the chair thereof. Under the Israeli Companies Law, external directors of a company are prohibited from receiving, directly or indirectly, any compensation from the company other than for their services as external directors pursuant to the Israeli Companies Law and the regulations promulgated thereunder. Compensation of an external director is determined prior to his or her appointment and may not be changed during his or her term subject to certain exceptions.

The Israeli Companies Law provides that a person is not qualified to serve as an external director if (i) the person is a relative of a controlling shareholder of the company, or (ii) if that person or his or her relative, partner, employer, another person to whom he or she was directly or indirectly subordinate, or any entity under the person’s control, has or had, during the two years preceding the date of appointment as an external director: (a) any affiliation or other disqualifying relationship with the company, with any person or entity controlling the company or a relative of such person, or with any entity controlled by or under common control with the company; or (b) in the case of a company with no shareholder holding 25% or more of its voting rights, had at the date of appointment as an external director, any affiliation or other disqualifying relationship with a person then serving as chairman of the board or chief executive officer, a holder of 5% or more of the issued share capital or voting power in the company or the most senior financial officer.

The term relative is defined as a spouse, sibling, parent, grandparent or descendant; spouse’s sibling, parent or descendant; and the spouse of each of the foregoing persons.

 

94


Table of Contents

The term affiliation and the similar types of disqualifying relationships include (subject to certain exceptions):

 

    an employment relationship;

 

    a business or professional relationship even if not maintained on a regular basis (excluding insignificant relationships);

 

    control; and

 

    service as an office holder, excluding service as a director in a private company prior to the initial public offering of its shares if such director was appointed as a director of the private company in order to serve as an external director following the initial public offering.

The term “office holder” is defined under the Israeli Companies Law as a general manager, chief business manager, deputy general manager, vice general manager, any other person assuming the responsibilities of any of these positions regardless of that person’s title, a director and any other manager directly subordinate to the general manager.

In addition, no person may serve as an external director if that person’s position or professional or other activities create, or may create, a conflict of interest with that person’s responsibilities as a director or otherwise interfere with that person’s ability to serve as an external director or if the person is an employee of the Israel Securities Authority or of an Israeli stock exchange. A person may furthermore not continue to serve as an external director if he or she received direct or indirect compensation from the company including amounts paid pursuant to indemnification and/or exculpation contracts or commitments and insurance coverage for his or her service as an external director, other than as permitted by the Israeli Companies Law and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

Following the termination of an external director’s service on a board of directors, such former external director and his or her spouse and children may not be provided a direct or indirect benefit by the company, its controlling shareholder or any entity under its controlling shareholder’s control. This includes engagement as an office holder or director of the company or a company controlled by its controlling shareholder or employment by, or provision of services to, any such company for consideration, either directly or indirectly, including through a corporation controlled by the former external director. This restriction extends for a period of two years with regard to the former external director and his or her spouse or child and for one year with respect to other relatives of the former external director.

If at the time at which an external director is appointed all members of the board of directors who are not controlling shareholders or relatives of controlling shareholders of the company are of the same gender, the external director to be appointed must be of the other gender. A director of one company may not be appointed as an external director of another company if a director of the other company is acting as an external director of the first company at such time.

According to regulations promulgated under the Israeli Companies Law, a person may be appointed as an external director only if he or she has professional qualifications or if he or she has accounting and financial expertise (each, as defined below). In addition, at least one of the external directors must be determined by our board of directors to have accounting and financial expertise. However, if at least one of our other directors (i) meets the independence requirements under the Exchange Act, (ii) meets the standards of the Listing Rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market for membership on the audit committee and (iii) has accounting and financial expertise as defined under Israeli Companies law, then neither of our external directors is required to possess accounting and financial expertise as long as each possesses the requisite professional qualifications.

A director with accounting and financial expertise is a director who, due to his or her education, experience and skills, possesses an expertise in, and an understanding of, financial and accounting matters and financial

 

95


Table of Contents

statements, such that he or she is able to understand the financial statements of the company and initiate a discussion about the presentation of financial data. A director is deemed to have professional qualifications if he or she has any of (i) an academic degree in economics, business management, accounting, law or public administration, (ii) an academic degree or has completed another form of higher education in the primary field of business of the company or in a field which is relevant to his/her position in the company, or (iii) at least five years of experience serving in one of the following capacities, or at least five years of cumulative experience serving in two or more of the following capacities: (a) a senior business management position in a company with a significant volume of business; (b) a senior position in the company’s primary field of business; or (c) a senior position in public administration or service. The board of directors is charged with determining whether a director possesses financial and accounting expertise or professional qualifications.

Our board of directors has determined that Ron Gutler and Kim Perdikou have accounting and financial expertise and possess professional qualifications as required under the Israeli Companies Law.

Audit Committee

Following the listing of our ordinary shares on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, our audit committee will consist of our two external director nominees, Ron Gutler (Chairperson) and Kim Perdikou, and Amnon Shoshani.

Israeli Companies Law Requirements

Under the Israeli Companies Law, we are required to appoint an audit committee. The audit committee must be comprised of at least three directors, including all of the external directors and one of whom must serve as chairman of the committee. The audit committee may not include the chairman of the board, a controlling shareholder of the company or a relative of a controlling shareholder, a director employed by or providing services on a regular basis to the company, to a controlling shareholder or to an entity controlled by a controlling shareholder or a director who derives most of his or her income from a controlling shareholder.

In addition, under the Israeli Companies Law, the audit committee of a publicly traded company must consist of a majority of unaffiliated directors. In general, an “unaffiliated director” under the Israeli Companies Law is defined as either an external director or as a director who meets the following criteria:

 

    he or she meets the qualifications for being appointed as an external director, except for (i) the requirement that the director be an Israeli resident (which does not apply to companies such as ours whose securities have been offered outside of Israel or are listed outside of Israel) and (ii) the requirement for accounting and financial expertise or professional qualifications; and

 

    he or she has not served as a director of the company for a period exceeding nine consecutive years. For this purpose, a break of less than two years in the service shall not be deemed to interrupt the continuation of the service.

Listing Requirements

Under NASDAQ corporate governance rules, we are required to maintain an audit committee consisting of at least three independent directors, each of whom is financially literate and one of whom has accounting or related financial management expertise.

All members of our audit committee meet the requirements for financial literacy under the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and NASDAQ corporate governance rules. Our board of directors has determined that Ron Gutler and Kim Perdikou are audit committee financial experts as defined by the Securities and Exchange Commission rules and have the requisite financial experience as defined by NASDAQ corporate governance rules.

 

96


Table of Contents

Each of the members of the audit committee is “independent” as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act of 1934, which is different from the general test for independence of board and committee members.

Audit Committee Role

Our board of directors has adopted an audit committee charter to be effective upon the listing of our shares on NASDAQ that will set forth the responsibilities of the audit committee consistent with the rules of the SEC and the listing requirements of the NASDAQ Stock Market, as well as the requirements for such committee under the Israeli Companies Law, including the following:

 

    oversight of our independent registered public accounting firm and recommending the engagement, compensation or termination of engagement of our independent registered public accounting firm to the board of directors in accordance with Israeli law;

 

    recommending the engagement or termination of the person filling the office of our internal auditor; and

 

    recommending the terms of audit and non-audit services provided by the independent registered public accounting firm for pre-approval by our board of directors.

Our audit committee provides assistance to our board of directors in fulfilling its legal and fiduciary obligations in matters involving our accounting, auditing, financial reporting, internal control and legal compliance functions by pre-approving the services performed by our independent accountants and reviewing their reports regarding our accounting practices and systems of internal control over financial reporting. Our audit committee also oversees the audit efforts of our independent accountants and takes those actions that it deems necessary to satisfy itself that the accountants are independent of management.

Under the Israeli Companies Law, our audit committee is responsible for:

 

    determining whether there are deficiencies in the business management practices of our company, including in consultation with our internal auditor or the independent auditor, and making recommendations to the board of directors to improve such practices;

 

    determining whether to approve certain related party transactions (including transactions in which an office holder has a personal interest and whether such transaction is extraordinary or material under Israeli Companies Law) (see “—Approval of Related Party Transactions under Israeli Law”);

 

    determining standards and policies for determining whether a transaction with a controlling shareholder or a transaction in which a controlling shareholder has a personal interest is deemed insignificant and the approval requirements for significant transactions (including, potentially, the approval of the audit committee);

 

    where the board of directors approves the working plan of the internal auditor, to examine such working plan before its submission to the board of directors and proposing amendments thereto;

 

    examining our internal controls and internal auditor’s performance, including whether the internal auditor has sufficient resources and tools to dispose of its responsibilities;

 

    examining the scope of our auditor’s work and compensation and submitting a recommendation with respect thereto to our board of directors or shareholders, depending on which of them is considering the appointment of our auditor; and

 

    establishing procedures for the handling of employees’ complaints as to the deficiencies in the management of our business and the protection to be provided to such employees.

Our audit committee may not approve any actions requiring its approval (see “—Approval of Related Party Transactions under Israeli Law”), unless at the time of the approval a majority of the committee’s members are present, which majority consists of unaffiliated directors including at least one external director.

 

97


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee

Following the listing of our ordinary shares on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, our compensation committee will consist of Kim Perdikou (Chairperson), David Campbell and Ron Gutler.

Israeli Companies Law Requirements

Under the Israeli Companies Law, the board of directors of a public company must appoint a compensation committee. The compensation committee must be comprised of at least three directors, including all of the external directors, who must constitute a majority of the members of, and include the chairman of, the compensation committee. However, subject to certain exceptions, Israeli companies whose securities are traded on stock exchanges such as NASDAQ, and who do not have a controlling shareholder, do not have to meet this majority requirement; provided, however, that the compensation committee meets other Israeli Companies Law composition requirements, as well as the requirements of the jurisdiction where the company’s securities are traded. We expect that following this offering, Jerusalem Venture Partners, which prior to this offering is a 46.8% beneficial owner of our shares, will be a controlling shareholder, although this status may change in the future. Each compensation committee member that is not an external director must be a director whose compensation does not exceed an amount that may be paid to an external director. The compensation committee is subject to the same Israeli Companies Law restrictions as the audit committee as to who may not be a member of the committee.

The duties of the compensation committee include the recommendation to the company’s board of directors of a policy regarding the terms of engagement of office holders, to which we refer as a compensation policy. That policy must be adopted by the company’s board of directors, after considering the recommendations of the compensation committee, and will need to be brought for approval by the company’s shareholders, which approval requires a Special Approval for Compensation (as defined below under “—Approval of Related Party Transactions under Israeli Law—Fiduciary Duties of Directors and Executive Officers”). We will be required to adopt a compensation policy within nine months following our listing on the NASDAQ Global Select Market.

The compensation policy must serve as the basis for decisions concerning the financial terms of employment or engagement of office holders, including exculpation, insurance, indemnification or any monetary payment, obligation of payment or other benefit in respect of employment or engagement. The compensation policy must relate to certain factors, including advancement of the company’s objectives, the company’s business plan and its long-term strategy, and creation of appropriate incentives for office holders. It must also consider, among other things, the company’s risk management, size and the nature of its operations. The compensation policy must include certain principles, such as: a link between variable compensation and long-term performance and measurable criteria; the relationship between variable and fixed compensation; and the minimum holding or vesting period for variable, equity-based compensation.

The compensation committee is responsible for (a) recommending the compensation policy to a company’s board of directors for its approval (and subsequent approval by our shareholders) and (b) duties related to the compensation policy and to the compensation of a company’s office holders as well as functions previously fulfilled by a company’s audit committee with respect to matters related to approval of the terms of engagement of office holders, including:

 

    recommending whether a compensation policy should continue in effect, if the then-current policy has a term of greater than three years (approval of either a new compensation policy or the continuation of an existing compensation policy must in any case occur every three years);

 

    recommending to the board of directors periodic updates to the compensation policy;

 

    assessing implementation of the compensation policy;

 

98


Table of Contents
    determining whether the compensation terms of the chief executive officer of the company need not be brought to approval of the shareholders;

 

    approving compensation terms of executive officers, directors and employees affiliated with controlling shareholders; and

 

    exempting certain compensation arrangements from the requirement to obtain shareholder approval under the Israeli Companies Law.

Listing Requirements

Under NASDAQ corporate governance rules, we are required to maintain a compensation committee consisting of at least two independent directors. Each of the members of the compensation committee is required to be independent under NASDAQ rules relating to compensation committee members, which are different from the general test for independence of board and committee members. Each of the members of our compensation committee satisfies those requirements.

Compensation Committee Role

Our board of directors has adopted a compensation committee charter setting forth the responsibilities of the committee, which include:

 

    the responsibilities set forth in the compensation policy;

 

    reviewing and approving the granting of options and other incentive awards to the extent such authority is delegated by our board of directors; and

 

    reviewing, evaluating and making recommendations regarding the compensation and benefits for our non-employee directors.

Nominating and Governance Committee

Following the listing of our ordinary shares on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, our nominating and governance committee will consist of Gadi Tirosh (Chairperson), David Campbell and Ron Gutler. Our board of directors has adopted a nominating and governance committee charter to be effective upon the listing of our shares on the NASDAQ Global Select Market that will set forth the responsibilities of the nominating and governance committee, which include:

 

    overseeing and assisting our board in reviewing and recommending nominees for election as directors;

 

    assessing the performance of the members of our board; and

 

    establishing and maintaining effective corporate governance policies and practices, including, but not limited to, developing and recommending to our board a set of corporate governance guidelines applicable to our company.

Disclosure of Compensation of Executive Officers

For so long as we qualify as a foreign private issuer, we are not required to comply with the proxy rules applicable to U.S. domestic companies, including the requirement applicable to emerging growth companies to disclose the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and other two most highly compensated executive officers on an individual, rather than an aggregate, basis. Nevertheless, a recent amendment to the Israeli Companies Law will require us, after we become a public company, to disclose the annual compensation of our five most highly compensated officers on an individual basis, rather than on an aggregate basis, as was previously permitted for Israeli public companies listed overseas. This disclosure will not be as extensive as that required of a U.S. domestic issuer. We intend to commence providing such disclosure, at the latest, in the annual proxy statement for our 2015 annual meeting of shareholders, which will be filed under cover of a Form 6-K and we may elect to provide such information at an earlier date.

 

99


Table of Contents

Compensation of Directors

Under the Israeli Companies Law, compensation of directors requires the approval of a company’s compensation committee, the subsequent approval of the board of directors and, unless exempted under the regulations promulgated under the Israeli Companies Law, the approval of the shareholders at a general meeting. Where the director is also a controlling shareholder, the requirements for approval of transactions with controlling shareholders apply, as described below under “Disclosure of Personal Interests of a Controlling Shareholder and Approval of Certain Transactions.”

The directors are also entitled to be paid reasonable travel, hotel and other expenses expended by them in attending board meetings and performing their functions as directors of the company, all of which is to be determined by the board of directors.

External directors are entitled to remuneration subject to the provisions and limitations set forth in the regulations promulgated under the Israeli Companies Law.

For additional information, see “—Compensation of Officers and Directors.”

Internal Auditor

Under the Israeli Companies Law, the board of directors of an Israeli public company must appoint an internal auditor recommended by the audit committee. An internal auditor may not be:

 

    a person (or a relative of a person) who holds more than 5% of the company’s outstanding shares or voting rights;

 

    a person (or a relative of a person) who has the power to appoint a director or the general manager of the company;

 

    an office holder (including a director) of the company (or a relative thereof); or

 

    a member of the company’s independent accounting firm, or anyone on his or her behalf.

The role of the internal auditor is to examine, among other things, our compliance with applicable law and orderly business procedures. The audit committee is required to oversee the activities and to assess the performance of the internal auditor as well as to review the internal auditor’s work plan. We intend to appoint an internal auditor following the closing of this offering.

Approval of Related Party Transactions Under Israeli Law

Fiduciary Duties of Directors and Executive Officers

The Israeli Companies Law codifies the fiduciary duties that office holders owe to a company. Each person listed in the table under “Management—Executive Officers and Directors” is an office holder under the Israeli Companies Law.

An office holder’s fiduciary duties consist of a duty of care and a duty of loyalty. The duty of care requires an office holder to act with the level of care with which a reasonable office holder in the same position would have acted under the same circumstances. The duty of loyalty requires that an office holder act in good faith and in the best interests of the company.

The duty of care includes a duty to use reasonable means to obtain:

 

    information on the advisability of a given action brought for his or her approval or performed by virtue of his or her position; and

 

    all other important information pertaining to any such action.

 

100


Table of Contents

The duty of loyalty includes a duty to:

 

    refrain from any conflict of interest between the performance of his or her duties to the company and his or her duties or personal affairs;

 

    refrain from exploiting any business opportunity of the company in order to receive a personal gain for himself or herself or others; and

 

    disclose to the company any information or documents relating to the company’s affairs which the office holder received as a result of his or her position as an office holder.

Disclosure of Personal Interests of an Office Holder and Approval of Certain Transactions

The Israeli Companies Law requires that an office holder promptly disclose to the board of directors any personal interest that he or she may be aware of and all related material information or documents concerning any existing or proposed transaction with the company. An interested office holder’s disclosure must be made promptly and in any event no later than the first meeting of the board of directors at which the transaction is considered. A personal interest includes an interest of any person in an act or transaction of a company, including a personal interest of such person’s relative or of a corporate body in which such person or a relative of such person is a 5% or greater shareholder, director or general manager or in which he or she has the right to appoint at least one director or the general manager, but excluding a personal interest stemming from one’s ownership of shares in the company. A personal interest furthermore includes the personal interest of a person for whom the office holder holds a voting proxy or the personal interest of the office holder with respect to his or her vote on behalf of a person for whom he or she holds a proxy even if such shareholder has no personal interest in the matter. An office holder is not, however, obliged to disclose a personal interest if it derives solely from the personal interest of his or her relative in a transaction that is not considered an extraordinary transaction. Under the Israeli Companies Law, an extraordinary transaction is defined as any of the following:

 

    a transaction other than in the ordinary course of business;

 

    a transaction that is not on market terms; or

 

    a transaction that may have a material impact on a company’s profitability, assets or liabilities.

If it is determined that an office holder has a personal interest in a transaction, approval by the board of directors is required for the transaction, unless the company’s articles of association provide for a different method of approval. Further, so long as an office holder has disclosed his or her personal interest in a transaction, the board of directors may approve an action by the office holder that would otherwise be deemed a breach of duty of loyalty. However, a company may not approve a transaction or action that is not in the best interests of the company or that is not performed by the office holder in good faith. An extraordinary transaction in which an office holder has a personal interest requires approval first by the company’s audit committee and subsequently by the board of directors. The compensation of, or an undertaking to indemnify or insure, an office holder who is not a director requires approval first by the company’s compensation committee, then by the company’s board of directors, and, if such compensation arrangement or an undertaking to indemnify or insure is inconsistent with the company’s stated compensation policy or if the office holder is the Chief Executive Officer (apart from a number of specific exceptions), then such arrangement is subject to the approval of a majority vote of the shares present and voting at a shareholders meeting, provided that either: (a) such majority includes at least a majority of the shares held by all shareholders who are not controlling shareholders and do not have a personal interest in such compensation arrangement; or (b) the total number of shares of non-controlling shareholders and shareholders who do not have a personal interest in the compensation arrangement and who vote against the arrangement does not exceed 2% of the company’s aggregate voting rights. We refer to this as the Special Approval for Compensation. Arrangements regarding the compensation, indemnification or insurance of a director require the approval of the compensation committee, board of directors and shareholders by ordinary majority, in that order, and under certain circumstances, a Special Approval for Compensation.

Generally, a person who has a personal interest in a matter which is considered at a meeting of the board of directors or the audit committee may not be present at such a meeting or vote on that matter unless the chairman

 

101


Table of Contents

of the relevant committee or board of directors (as applicable) determines that he or she should be present in order to present the transaction that is subject to approval. If a majority of the members of the audit committee or the board of directors (as applicable) has a personal interest in the approval of a transaction, then all directors may participate in discussions of the audit committee or the board of directors (as applicable) on such transaction and the voting on approval thereof, but shareholder approval is also required for such transaction.

Disclosure of Personal Interests of Controlling Shareholders and Approval of Certain Transactions

Pursuant to Israeli law, the disclosure requirements regarding personal interests that apply to directors and executive officers also apply to a controlling shareholder of a public company. In the context of a transaction involving a shareholder of the company, a controlling shareholder also includes a shareholder who holds 25% or more of the voting rights in the company if no other shareholder holds more than 50% of the voting rights in the company. For this purpose, the holdings of all shareholders who have a personal interest in the same transaction will be aggregated. The approval of the audit committee, the board of directors and the shareholders of the company, in that order is required for (a) extraordinary transactions with a controlling shareholder or in which a controlling shareholder has a personal interest, (b) the engagement with a controlling shareholder or his or her relative, directly or indirectly, for the provision of services to the company, (c) the terms of engagement and compensation of a controlling shareholder or his or her relative who is not an office holder or (d) the employment of a controlling shareholder or his or her relative by the company, other than as an office holder. In addition, the shareholder approval requires one of the following, which we refer to as a Special Majority:

 

    at least a majority of the shares held by all shareholders who do not have a personal interest in the transaction and who are present and voting at the meeting approves the transaction, excluding abstentions; or

 

    the shares voted against the transaction by shareholders who have no personal interest in the transaction and who are present and voting at the meeting do not exceed 2% of the voting rights in the company.

To the extent that any such transaction with a controlling shareholder is for a period extending beyond three years, approval is required once every three years, unless, with respect to certain transactions, the audit committee determines that the duration of the transaction is reasonable given the circumstances related thereto.

Arrangements regarding the compensation, indemnification or insurance of a controlling shareholder in his or her capacity as an office holder require the approval of the compensation committee, board of directors and shareholders, in that order, by a Special Majority and the terms thereof may not be inconsistent with the company’s stated compensation policy.

Pursuant to regulations promulgated under the Israeli Companies Law, certain transactions with a controlling shareholder or his or her relative, or with directors, that would otherwise require approval of a company’s shareholders may be exempt from shareholder approval upon certain determinations of the audit committee and board of directors. Under these regulations, a shareholder holding at least 1% of the issued share capital of the company may require, within 14 days of the publication of such determinations, that despite such determinations by the audit committee and the board of directors, such transaction will require shareholder approval under the same majority requirements that would otherwise apply to such transactions.

Shareholder Duties

Pursuant to the Israeli Companies Law, a shareholder has a duty to act in good faith and in a customary manner toward the company and other shareholders and to refrain from abusing his or her power in the company, including, among other things, in voting at a general meeting and at shareholder class meetings with respect to the following matters:

 

    an amendment to the company’s articles of association;

 

    an increase of the company’s authorized share capital;

 

    a merger; or

 

    the approval of related party transactions and acts of office holders that require shareholder approval.

 

102


Table of Contents

In addition, a shareholder also has a general duty to refrain from discriminating against other shareholders.

In addition, certain shareholders have a duty of fairness toward the company. These shareholders include any controlling shareholder, any shareholder who knows that he or she has the power to determine the outcome of a shareholder vote and any shareholder who has the power to appoint or to prevent the appointment of an office holder of the company or other power towards the company. The Israeli Companies Law does not define the substance of the duty of fairness, except to state that the remedies generally available upon a breach of contract will also apply in the event of a breach of the duty to act with fairness.

Exculpation, Insurance and Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Under the Israeli Companies Law, a company may not exculpate an office holder from liability for a breach of the duty of loyalty. An Israeli company may exculpate an office holder in advance from liability to the company, in whole or in part, for damages caused to the company as a result of a breach of duty of care but only if a provision authorizing such exculpation is included in its articles of association. Our articles of association to be effective upon the closing of this offering include such a provision. The company may not exculpate in advance a director from liability arising out of a prohibited dividend or distribution to shareholders.

Under the Israeli Companies Law, a company may indemnify an office holder in respect of the following liabilities and expenses incurred for acts performed by him or her as an office holder, either pursuant to an undertaking made in advance of an event or following an event, provided its articles of association include a provision authorizing such indemnification:

 

    financial liability imposed on him or her in favor of another person pursuant to a judgment, including a settlement or arbitrator’s award approved by a court. However, if an undertaking to indemnify an office holder with respect to such liability is provided in advance, then such an undertaking must be limited to events which, in the opinion of the board of directors, can be foreseen based on the company’s activities when the undertaking to indemnify is given, and to an amount or according to criteria determined by the board of directors as reasonable under the circumstances, and such undertaking shall detail the abovementioned foreseen events and amount or criteria;

 

    reasonable litigation expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by the office holder (1) as a result of an investigation or proceeding instituted against him or her by an authority authorized to conduct such investigation or proceeding, provided that (i) no indictment was filed against such office holder as a result of such investigation or proceeding; and (ii) no financial liability was imposed upon him or her as a substitute for the criminal proceeding as a result of such investigation or proceeding or, if such financial liability was imposed, it was imposed with respect to an offense that does not require proof of criminal intent; and (2) in connection with a monetary sanction; and

 

    reasonable litigation expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by the office holder or imposed by a court in proceedings instituted against him or her by the company, on its behalf, or by a third party, or in connection with criminal proceedings in which the office holder was acquitted, or as a result of a conviction for an offense that does not require proof of criminal intent.

Under the Israeli Companies Law, a company may insure an office holder against the following liabilities incurred for acts performed by him or her as an office holder if and to the extent provided in the company’s articles of association:

 

    a breach of the duty of loyalty to the company, provided that the office holder acted in good faith and had a reasonable basis to believe that the act would not harm the company;

 

    a breach of duty of care to the company or to a third party, to the extent such a breach arises out of the negligent conduct of the office holder; and

 

    a financial liability imposed on the office holder in favor of a third party.

 

103


Table of Contents

Under the Israeli Companies Law, a company may not indemnify, exculpate or insure an office holder against any of the following:

 

    a breach of the duty of loyalty, except for indemnification and insurance for a breach of the duty of loyalty to the company to the extent that the office holder acted in good faith and had a reasonable basis to believe that the act would not prejudice the company;

 

    a breach of duty of care committed intentionally or recklessly, excluding a breach arising out of the negligent conduct of the office holder;

 

    an act or omission committed with intent to derive illegal personal benefit; or

 

    a civil or criminal fine or forfeit levied against the office holder.

Under the Israeli Companies Law, exculpation, indemnification and insurance of office holders in a public company must be approved by the compensation committee and the board of directors and, with respect to certain office holders or under certain circumstances, also by the shareholders. See “—Approval of Related Party Transactions under Israeli law.”

We have entered into indemnification agreements with our office holders to exculpate, indemnify and insure our office holders to the fullest extent permitted or to be permitted by our articles of association and applicable law (including without limitation), the Israeli Companies Law, the Israeli Securities Law, 5728-1968 and the Israeli Restrictive Trade Practices Law, 5758-1988.

We have obtained directors and officers liability insurance for the benefit of our office holders and intend to continue to maintain such coverage and pay all premiums thereunder to the fullest extent permitted by the Israeli Companies Law.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We intend to adopt a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics applicable to all of our directors and employees, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, controller or principal accounting officer, or other persons performing similar functions, which is a “code of ethics” as defined in Item 16B of Form 20-F promulgated by the SEC. Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the full text of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics will be posted on our website at www.cyberark.com . Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website does not constitute a part of this prospectus and is not incorporated by reference herein. If we make any amendment to the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics or grant any waivers, including any implicit waiver, from a provision of the code of ethics, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on our website to the extent required by the rules and regulations of the SEC. Under Item 16B of the SEC’s Form 20-F, if a waiver or amendment of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller and relates to standards promoting any of the values described in Item 16B(b) of Form 20-F, we are required to disclose such waiver or amendment on our website in accordance with the requirements of Instruction 4 to such Item 16B.

Compensation of Officers and Directors

The aggregate compensation expensed and share-based compensation and other payments expensed by us and our subsidiaries to our directors and executive officers with respect to the year ended December 31, 2013 was $3.3 million. This amount includes approximately $0.3 million set aside or accrued to provide pension, severance, retirement or similar benefits or expenses, but does not include business travel, relocation, professional and business association dues and expenses reimbursed to office holders, and other benefits commonly reimbursed or paid by companies in our industry.

Employment Agreements With Executive Officers

We have entered into written employment agreements with all of our executive officers. Most of these agreements contain provisions regarding non-competition and all of these agreements contain provisions regarding confidentiality of information and ownership of inventions. The non-competition provision applies for

 

104


Table of Contents

a period that is generally 12 months following termination of employment. The enforceability of covenants not to compete in Israel and the United States is subject to limitations. In addition, we are required to provide one to six months’ notice prior to terminating the employment of our executive officers, other than in the case of a termination for cause.

Directors’ Service Contracts

Other than with respect to our directors that are also executive officers, there are no arrangements or understandings between us, on the one hand, and any of our directors, on the other hand, providing for benefits upon termination of their service as directors of our company, except that directors are permitted to exercise vested options for one year following the termination of their service.

Share Option Plans

2014 Share Incentive Plan

Effective Date and Shares Reserved. On June 10, 2014, our board of directors adopted the 2014 Share Incentive Plan, or the 2014 SIP, and the 2014 SIP became effective. Our shareholders approved the 2014 SIP on                 . The 2014 SIP generally allows for the grant of options, restricted shares, restricted share units and other share-based awards to our employees, directors, officers, consultants, advisors and any other person providing services to us or our affiliates. The 2014 SIP is intended to enable us to issue awards under varying tax regimes, including Section 102 and Section 3(9) awards pursuant to the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance and incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code. The maximum aggregate number of shares that may be issued pursuant to awards under this 2014 SIP is the sum of (a) 422,000 shares plus (b) on January 1 of each calendar year during the term of the 2014 SIP subsequent to its adoption a number of shares equal to the lesser of: (i) an amount determined by our board of directors, if so determined prior to the January 1 of the calendar year in which the increase will occur, (ii) 2% of the total number of shares outstanding on December 31 of the immediately preceding calendar year, and (iii) 2,000,000 shares. Any share underlying an award that is cancelled or terminated or forfeited for any reason without having been exercised will automatically be available for grant under the 2014 SIP. As of June 20, 2014, no options to purchase ordinary shares were outstanding under the 2014 SIP.

Plan Administration . Either our board or a committee established by our board administers the 2014 SIP, and such administrator will have full authority in its discretion to determine (i) eligible grantees, (ii) grants of awards and setting the terms and provisions of award agreements (which need not be identical) and any other agreements or instruments under which awards are made, including, but not limited to, the number of shares underlying each award and the class of shares underlying each award (if more than one class was designated by our board of directors), (iii) the time or times at which awards shall be granted, (iv) the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to each award (which need not be identical) and any shares acquired upon the exercise or (if applicable) vesting thereof, (v) to accelerate, continue, extend or defer the exercisability of any award or the vesting thereof, including with respect to the period following a grantee’s termination of employment or other service, (vi) the interpretation of the 2014 SIP and any award agreement and the meaning, interpretation and applicability of terms referred to in applicable laws, (vii) policies, guidelines, rules and regulations relating to and for carrying out the 2014 SIP, and any amendment, supplement or rescission thereof, as it may deem appropriate, (viii) to adopt supplements to, or alternative versions of, the 2014 SIP, including, without limitation, as it deems necessary or desirable to comply with the laws of, or to accommodate the tax regime or custom of, foreign jurisdictions whose citizens or residents may be granted awards, (ix) the fair market value of the shares or other property, (x) the tax track (capital gains, ordinary income track or any other track available under the Section 102 of the Ordinance) for the purpose of Section 102 to the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance, (xi) the authorization and approval of conversion, substitution, cancellation or suspension under and in accordance with the 2014 SIP of any or all awards or shares, (xii) the amendment, modification, waiver or supplement of the terms of each outstanding award (with the consent of the applicable grantee, if such amendments refers to the increase of the exercise price of awards or reduction of the number of shared underlying an award (but, in each case, other than as a result of an adjustment or exercise of rights in

 

105


Table of Contents

accordance with the provisions of the 2014 SIP described under “Adjustment Provisions” below)) unless otherwise provided under the terms of the 2014 SIP, (xiii) without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and subject to the provisions of applicable law, to grant to a grantee who is the holder of an outstanding award, in exchange for the cancellation of such award, a new award having an exercise price lower than that provided in the award so canceled and containing such other terms and conditions as the committee may prescribe in accordance with the provisions of the 2014 SIP or to set a new exercise price for the same award lower than that previously provided in the award, (xiv) to correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the 2014 SIP or any award agreement and all other determinations and take such other actions with respect to the 2014 SIP or any award as it may deem advisable to the extent not inconsistent with the provisions of the 2014 SIP or applicable law, (xv) to designate any of our officers or other persons to manage the day to day administration of the awards granted under the 2014 SIP or authorize any of them to act on behalf of the committee with respect to any matter, right, obligation, determination or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the committee herein, (xvi) to determine that awards, shares issuable upon the exercise or (if applicable) vesting of awards and/or any securities issued or distributed with respect thereto, shall be allocated or issued to, or held by, the representative in trust for the benefit of the grantees; and (xvii) any other matter which is necessary or desirable for, or incidental to, the administration of the 2014 SIP and any award thereunder. The board and the committee need not take the same action or determination with respect to all awards, with respect to certain types of awards, with respect to all service providers or any certain type of service providers and actions and determinations may differ as among the grantees, and as between the grantees and any other holders of our securities. The board may, at any time, suspend, terminate, modify, or amend the 2014 SIP, whether retroactively or prospectively.

Types and Terms and Conditions of Awards . The committee may grant awards intended to qualify as an incentive stock option, non-qualified stock option, Section 102 award, Section 3(9) award, or other designations under other regimes. The 2014 SIP generally requires that incentive stock options have an exercise price that is not less than 100% of the fair market value of a share underlying such options or 110% in case of an employee who at the time of the grant owns shares possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our shares or of any parent or subsidiary of the company on the date of grant of such options or such other price as may be determined pursuant to the Code. The exercise price of any other awards granted will be determined by the committee. Unless otherwise stated in the applicable award agreement, awards under the 2014 SIP will vest and become exercisable as follows: 25% of the shares covered by the awards will vest on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date, and 6.25% of the shares covered by the award will vest at the end of each subsequent three-month period over the course of the following three years; provided that the grantee remains continuously as our or our affiliates service provider throughout such vesting dates. The exercise period of an award will be ten years from the date of grant of the award unless otherwise determined by the committee, but subject to the vesting and the early termination provisions, provided that the period of an incentive stock option granted to an employee who at the time of the grant owns shares possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our shares or of any parent or subsidiary of the company, shall not exceed five years from the date of grant. Except as described below, an award generally may not be exercised unless the grantee is then in our employ or service and unless the grantee has remained continuously so employed since the date of grant of the award and throughout the vesting dates. In the event that the employment or service of a grantee terminates (other than by reason of death, disability or retirement), all awards of such grantee that are unvested at the time of such termination shall terminate on the date of such termination, and all awards of such grantee that are vested and exercisable at the time of such termination may, unless earlier terminated in accordance with their terms, be exercised within up to three months after the date of such termination (or such different period as the committee will prescribe), but in any event no later than the date of expiration of the award’s term as set forth in the award agreement or pursuant to this 2014 SIP. In the event of a grantee’s death during employment or service or within three months following such grantee’s termination, or in the event of a grantee’s termination due to disability, all of the grantee’s vested awards may be exercised at any time within one year after such death or disability. In the event of a grantee’s retirement, all of the grantee’s vested awards, unless earlier terminated in accordance with their terms, may be exercised at any time within the three month period following such retirement.

 

106


Table of Contents

If we (or our affiliate, when applicable) terminate the grantee’s employment or service for cause (as defined in the 2014 SIP), or if at any time during the exercise period (whether prior to and after termination of employment or service, and whether or not the grantee’s employment or service is terminated by either party as a result thereof), facts or circumstances arise or are discovered with respect to the grantee that would have constituted cause, all awards theretofore granted to such grantee (whether vested or not) shall, to the extent not theretofore exercised, terminate on the date of such termination (or on such subsequent date on which such facts or circumstances arise or are discovered, as the case may be) unless otherwise determined by the committee.

Section 102 of the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance allows employees, directors and officers of an Israeli company, who are not controlling shareholders, to receive favorable tax treatment for compensation in the form of shares or other awards. Section 102 of the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance includes two alternatives for tax treatment involving the issuance of awards to a trustee for the benefit of the grantees and also includes an additional alternative for the issuance of awards directly to the grantee. Section 102(b)(2) of the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance, the most favorable tax treatment for grantees, permits the issuance to a trustee under the “capital gain track.” In order to comply with the terms of the capital gain track, all awards granted under a specific plan and subject to the provisions of Section 102 of the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance, as well as the shares issued upon exercise of such awards and any rights granted thereunder, including bonus shares, must be registered in the name of a trustee selected by the board and held in trust for the benefit of the relevant grantee for the requisite period prescribed by the Ordinance or such longer period as set by the committee. The trustee may release these awards or shares to the holders thereof after the expiration of the required statutory holding period, provided that the trustee has received an acknowledgment from the Israeli Income Tax Authority that the grantee paid all applicable taxes, or the trustee and/or us and/or our affiliate withholds all applicable taxes and compulsory payments due. Our non-employee service providers and controlling shareholders may only be granted options under Section 3(9) of the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance, which does not provide for similar tax benefits.

The committee may grant restricted shares under the 2014 SIP. The award agreement for any restricted shares granted will provide the vesting schedule and purchase price, if any, for the restricted shares. If a grantee’s employment or services to the company or any affiliate thereof shall terminates for any reason prior to the vesting of such grantee’s restricted shares, any shares that remain subject to vesting will be forfeited by such grantee.

The committee may grant restricted share units, or RSUs, under the 2014 SIP, which is an award covering a number of shares that is settled, if vested, by issuance of those shares. No payment of exercise price (subject to applicable law and the terms of the award agreement) will be required as consideration for RSUs.

The committee may grant other awards under the 2014 SIP, including shares (which may, but need not, be restricted shares), cash, a combination of cash and shares, awards denominated in share units, share appreciation rights, and/or the opportunity to purchase our shares in connection with any public offerings of our securities.

Adjustment Provisions . In the event of a division or subdivision of our outstanding share capital, any distribution of bonus shares (stock split), consolidation or combination of our share capital (reverse stock split), reclassification with respect to our shares or any similar recapitalization events, a merger (including, a reverse merger and a reverse triangular merger), consolidation, amalgamation or like transaction of us with or into another corporation, reorganization (which may include a combination or exchange of shares, spin-off or other corporate divestiture or division, or other similar occurrences, the committee shall have the authority to make, without the need for a consent of any holder of an award, such adjustments as determined by the committee to be appropriate, in its discretion, in order to adjust (i) the number and class of shares reserved and available for grants of awards, (ii) the number and class of shares covered by outstanding awards, (iii) the exercise price per share covered by any award, (iv) the terms and conditions concerning vesting and exercisability and the term and duration of the outstanding awards, and (v) any other terms of the award that in the opinion of the committee should be adjusted.

 

107


Table of Contents

In the event of (i) a sale of all or substantially all of our assets, or a sale (including an exchange) of all or substantially all of our shares, to any person, or a purchase by any of our shareholders or by an affiliate of such shareholder, of all or substantially all of our shares held by all or substantially all other shareholders or by other shareholders who are not affiliated with such acquiring party; (ii) a merger (including, a reverse merger and a reverse triangular merger), consolidation, amalgamation or like transaction of us with or into another corporation; (iii) a scheme of arrangement for the purpose of effecting such sale, merger, consolidation, amalgamation or other transaction; (iv) Change in Board Event, which means any time at which individuals who, as of the effective date of the 2014 SIP, constitute the board (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the effective date of the 2014 SIP whose election, or nomination for election by our shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a person other than the board; (v) approval by our shareholders of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the company, or (vi) such other transaction or set of circumstances that is determined by the board (being the Incumbent Board in case of a Change in Board Event), in its discretion, to be a transaction subject to these provisions of the 2014 SIP; excluding any of the above transactions in clauses (i) through (v) if the board (being the Incumbent Board in case of a Change in Board Event) determines that such transaction should be excluded from the definition hereof and the applicability of this provision of the 2014 SIP (any of such transactions, a “Change in Control”), any award then outstanding will be assumed or will be substituted by us or by the successor corporation in such Change in Control or by any affiliate thereof, as determined by the committee in its discretion, under terms as determined by the committee or the terms of the 2014 SIP applied by the successor corporation to such assumed or substituted award, unless otherwise determined by the sole and absolute discretion of the Committee. Regardless of whether or not awards are assumed or substituted the committee may (but will not be obligated to), in its sole discretion: (1) provide for grantees to have the right to exercise their awards or otherwise for the acceleration of vesting of award in respect of all or part of the shares covered by the awards which would not otherwise be exercisable or vested, under such terms and conditions as the committee will determine, including the cancellation of all unexercised awards (whether vested or unvested) upon or immediately prior to the closing of the Change in Control; and/or (2) provide for the cancellation of each outstanding and unexercised award at or immediately prior to the closing of the Change in Control, and payment to the grantees of an amount in cash, our shares, the acquirer or of a corporation or other business entity which is a party to the Change in Control or other property, as determined by the committee to be fair in the circumstances, and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of Change in Control, the committee may determine, in its sole discretion, that upon completion of such Change in Control, the terms of any award be otherwise amended, modified or terminated, as the committee deems in good faith to be appropriate.

Miscellaneous Provisions . Awards under the 2014 SIP are not transferable other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or to a grantee’s designated beneficiary, unless, in the case of awards other than incentive stock options, otherwise determined by our committee or under the 2014 SIP, and generally expire ten years following the grant date. Awards may be granted pursuant to the 2014 SIP from time to time within a period of ten years from the effective date of the 2014 SIP, which period may be extended from time to time by our board.

2011 Share Incentive Plan

Effective Date and Shares Reserved. On July 14, 2011, our board of directors adopted, and on December 20, 2011 our shareholders approved, the 2011 Share Incentive Plan, or the 2011 SIP. The 2011 SIP generally allows for the grant of options, restricted shares and other share-based awards to our employees, directors, officers, consultants, advisors and any other person whose services are considered valuable to us or our affiliates. The 2011 SIP is intended to enable us to issue awards under varying tax regimes, including Section 102 and

 

108


Table of Contents

Section 3(i) awards pursuant to the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance and incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code. The 2011 SIP provides that the number of shares reserved for the grant of awards under the 2011 SIP will be such number as may be reserved for such purposes by the board from time to time. Any share underlying an award that is cancelled or terminated or forfeited for any reason without having been exercised will automatically be available for grant under the 2011 SIP. As of March 31, 2014, a total of 2,466,440 options to purchase ordinary shares remain outstanding under the 2011 Plan.

Plan Administration. Either our board or a committee established by our board administers the 2011 SIP, and such administrator will determine (i) eligible grantees, (ii) the grant of awards and the terms and provisions of any award agreements, including the number of shares underlying each award, (iii) the time or times at which awards will be granted, (iv) the schedule and conditions on which awards may be exercised, (v) the exercise price of options granted under the 2011 SIP, (vi) the interpretation of the 2011 SIP, (vii) how or whether to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to and for carrying out the 2011 SIP, (viii) the fair market value of our shares, (ix) the tax track (capital gains, ordinary income track or any other track available for the purpose of Section 102 awards), and (x) any other matter which is necessary or desirable for, or incidental to, the administration of the 2011 SIP or any award thereunder. The board may, at any time, suspend, terminate, modify, or amend the 2011 SIP, whether retroactively or prospectively, however an amendment which requires shareholder approval in order for the 2011 SIP to continue to comply with any applicable law will not be effective unless approved by the requisite vote of shareholders, and no suspension, termination, modification or amendment of the 2011 SIP may adversely affect any award previously granted, without the written consent of the grantees holding a majority of the awards so affected.

Types and Terms and Conditions of Awards . The committee may grant options to purchase our ordinary shares under the 2011 SIP. Each option will be designated in the applicable award agreement as an incentive stock option, non-qualified stock option, Section 102 award (with such designation to include the relevant tax track), Section 3(i) award, or other designations under other regimes. The 2011 SIP generally requires that incentive stock options have an exercise price that is not less than 100% of the fair market value of the shares underlying such options on the grant date. The exercise price of any other options granted will be determined by the committee, though in no event will the exercise price be less than the par value of the shares underlying an option. Unless otherwise stated in the applicable award agreement, options under the 2011 SIP will vest and become exercisable as follows: 25% of the shares covered by an option will vest on the first anniversary of the date on which such option was granted, provided that the grantee remains continuously employed by or in the service of us or any subsidiary or affiliate of ours for that one year, and 6.25% of the shares covered by the option will vest at the end of each subsequent quarter over the course of the following three years, subject to continued employment by or service to us or any subsidiary or affiliate of ours. The exercise period of an option will be 10 years from the date of grant of the option unless otherwise determined by the committee, provided that the period of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a party who at the time of the grant owns shares possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our shares or of any parent or subsidiary of the company, shall not exceed 5 years from the date of grant. An option generally may not be exercised unless the grantee is then in our employ or service. In the event that the employment or service of a grantee terminates (other than by reason of death, disability or retirement), all options of such grantee that are vested and exercisable at the time of such termination may, unless earlier terminated in accordance with their terms, be exercised within up to 90 days after the date of such termination (or such different period as the committee will prescribe); however if we terminate the grantee’s employment or service for cause (as defined in the 2011 SIP), all options granted to such grantee (whether vested or not) will terminate on the date of such termination unless otherwise determined by the committee. In the event of a grantee’s death during employment or service or within three months following such grantee’s termination, or in the event of a grantee’s termination due to disability, all of the grantee’s vested options may be exercised at any time within one year after such death or disability. In the event of a grantee’s retirement, all of the grantee’s vested options may be exercised at any time within the three month period following such retirement.

 

109


Table of Contents

Section 102 of the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance allows employees, directors and officers of an Israeli company, who are not controlling shareholders, to receive favorable tax treatment for compensation in the form of shares or options. Section 102 of the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance includes two alternatives for tax treatment involving the issuance of options or shares to a trustee for the benefit of the grantees and also includes an additional alternative for the issuance of options or shares directly to the grantee. Section 102(b)(2) of the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance, the most favorable tax treatment for grantees, permits the issuance to a trustee under the “capital gain track.” In order to comply with the terms of the capital gain track, all options granted under a specific plan and subject to the provisions of Section 102 of the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance, as well as the shares issued upon exercise of such options and other shares received subsequently following any realization of rights with respect to such options, such as share dividends and share splits, must be registered in the name of a trustee selected by the board of directors and held in trust for the benefit of the relevant grantee. The trustee may not release these options or shares to the holders thereof before the second anniversary of the issuance and deposit of the options with the trustee. However, under such track, we are not allowed to deduct an expense with respect to the issuance of the options or shares.

The 2011 SIP provides that options granted to employees, directors and officers of our Israeli companies who are not controlling shareholders are intended to qualify for special tax treatment under the “capital gain track” provisions of Section 102(b)(2) of the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance. Our non-employee service providers and controlling shareholders may only be granted options under Section 3(i) of the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance, which does not provide for similar tax benefits.

The committee may grant restricted shares under the 2011 SIP. The award agreement for any restricted shares granted will provide the vesting schedule and purchase price, if any, for the restricted shares. If a grantee’s employment terminates for any reason prior to the vesting of such grantee’s restricted shares, any shares that remain subject to vesting will be forfeited by such grantee.

The committee may grant restricted share units, or RSUs, under the 2011 SIP, which are an award covering a number of shares that is settled by issuance of those shares. No payment of cash (other than par value of the shares) will be required as consideration for RSUs, and the RSUS may or may not be subject to vesting.

The committee may grant other awards under the 2011 SIP including shares (which may, but need not, be restricted shares), cash, a combination of cash and shares, awards denominated in share units, share appreciation rights, and/or the opportunity to purchase our shares in connection with any public offerings of our securities.

Adjustment Provisions . In the event of a subdivision of our outstanding share capital, any payment of a share dividend (distribution of bonus shares), a recapitalization, a reorganization (which may include a combination or exchange of shares), a consolidation, a share split, a reverse share split, a spin-off or other corporate divestiture or division, a reclassification or other similar occurrence, the committee will make such adjustments as it deems appropriate in order to adjust (i) the number of shares available for grants of awards, (ii) the number of shares covered by outstanding awards, and (iii) the exercise price per share covered by any award.

In the event of (i) a sale of all or substantially all of our assets; or (ii) a sale (including an exchange) of all or substantially all of our shares, or an acquisition by our shareholder (or our shareholder’s affiliate) of all of our shares held by other shareholders or by other shareholders who are not affiliated with such acquiring party; (iii) a merger, consolidation, amalgamation or like transaction of us with or into another corporation; (iv) a scheme of arrangement for the purpose of effecting such sale, merger or amalgamation; or (v) such other transaction or set of circumstances that is determined by the committee, in its discretion, to be a transaction having a similar effect then, unless otherwise determined by the committee in its sole discretion, any award then outstanding will be assumed or an equivalent award will be substituted by such successor corporation under substantially the same terms as such award. In the event that the awards are not assumed or substituted by an equivalent award, then the committee may (but will not be obligated to), (x) provide for grantees to have the right to exercise their awards or otherwise for the acceleration of vesting of such awards, as to all or part of the shares, including shares covered

 

110


Table of Contents

by the awards which would not otherwise be exercisable or vested, under such terms and conditions as the committee will determine, including the cancellation of all unexercised awards upon closing of the transaction; and/or (y) provide for the cancellation of each outstanding award at the closing of such transaction, and payment to the grantees of an amount in cash as determined by the committee to be fair in the circumstances, and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of such transaction, the committee may determine, in its sole discretion, that upon completion of such transaction, the terms of any award be otherwise amended, modified or terminated, as the committee deems in good faith to be appropriate, and if an option, that the option will confer the right to purchase or receive any other security or asset, or any combination thereof, or that its terms be otherwise amended, modified or terminated.

Miscellaneous Provisions. Awards under the 2011 SIP are not transferable other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, unless otherwise determined by the board or under the 2011 SIP, and generally expire ten years following the grant date. The 2011 SIP will terminate on the tenth anniversary of the effective date, other than with respect to those awards outstanding under the 2011 SIP at the time of such termination.

2001 Stock Option Plan

Effective Date and Shares Reserved. On March 27, 2001, our board of directors adopted, and on March 22, 2002 our shareholders approved, the 2001 Stock Option Plan, or the 2001 SOP. The 2001 SOP generally allows for the grant of options to our employees, officers, directors, consultants and advisors of us or our affiliates. The 2001 SOP reserves 5,386,960 shares for issuance under the 2001 SOP and the 2001 Section 102 SOP (as defined below). If an option granted under the 2001 SOP expires or terminates for any reason without having been exercised in full, the unpurchased shares subject to such option will be available for subsequent grants under the 2011 SIP. As of March 31, 2014, a total of 1,980,230 shares remain outstanding under the 2001 SOP and the 2001 Section 102 SOP.

Plan Administration. The 2001 SOP is administered by a committee appointed by the board. The committee will have full and maximum authority in its discretion to grant, or recommend to the board, as applicable, the employees to whom options will be granted, to determine or recommend the number of shares to be covered by each option, the time at which each option shall be granted, the terms and conditions of option agreements, the purchase price of each option, the term during which each option may be exercised, and to authorize the share allotment pursuant to the exercise of each option. The board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the 2001 SOP in any respect, except that if at any time the approval of our shareholders of the Company is required under the federal tax code, the board may not effect such modification or amendment without such approval. The termination or any modification or amendment of the 2001 SOP will not, without the consent of a grantee, affect his or her rights under an option previously granted to him or her. With the consent of the affected grantee, the board or the committee may amend outstanding option agreements in a manner not inconsistent with the 2001 SOP.

Types and Terms and Conditions of Awards. The 2001 SOP provides for the grant of incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options. The terms of such options (including vesting provisions and the treatment of such options upon a grantee’s termination of employment or service or death or disability) are generally set forth in the applicable award agreement, however an incentive stock option may be exercised for at least three months following the cessation of a grantee’s employment (or for one year following a cessation due to the grantee’s death or disability). The 2001 SOP generally requires that incentive stock options have an exercise price that is not less than 100% of the fair market value of the shares underling such option on the grant date. The exercise period of an option is set forth in the applicable option agreement, but will not be more than ten years from the date of grant of the option, in the case of an incentive stock option.

Adjustment Provisions. If, through or as a result of any merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of our assets, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, share dividend, share split, reverse share split or other similar transaction, (i) the number of outstanding shares are increased, decreased or exchanged for a

 

111


Table of Contents

different number or kind of shares or other of our securities, or (ii) additional shares or new or different shares or other of our securities or other non-cash assets are distributed with respect to shares or other securities, an appropriate and proportionate adjustment shall be made in (x) the maximum number and kind of shares reserved for issuance under the 2001 SOP, (y) the number and kind of shares or other securities subject to any then outstanding options under the 2001 SOP, and (z) the exercise price for each share subject to any then outstanding options under the 2001 SOP, without changing the aggregate purchase price as to which such options remain exercisable.

Upon the occurrence of an acquisition event (i.e., (a) any merger or consolidation which results in our voting securities immediately prior thereto representing immediately thereafter less than 50% of the combined voting power of our voting securities or such surviving or acquiring entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, (b) any sale of all or substantially all of our assets, or (c) our complete liquidation), the board will take any one or more of the following actions with respect of the then outstanding options: (i) provide that such options shall be assumed, or equivalent options shall be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof), (ii) upon written notice to the grantees, provide that all the then unexercised options will become exercisable in full as of a specified time prior to the acquisition event and will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such acquisition event, (iii) in the event of a merger under the terms of which holders of outstanding our shares will receive upon consummation thereof a cash payment for each share surrendered in the merger, make or provide for a cash payment to the grantees equal to the difference between (A) the merger price times the number of shares of shares subject to such outstanding options and (B) the aggregate exercise price of all such outstanding options in exchange for the termination of such options, or (iv) upon written notice to the grantees, provide that all the then vested and unvested outstanding options will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such acquisition event, and to the extent the vested options will have not been exercised prior to the acquisition event, all such options will become null and void at the consummation of such acquisition event.

Miscellaneous Provisions. Awards under the 2001 SOP are generally not transferable other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, unless otherwise determined by the board. The 2001 SOP terminated on March 27, 2011, other than with respect to those awards outstanding under the 2001 SOP at the time of such termination.

2001 Section 102 Stock Option Plan

Effective Date and Shares Reserved. On March 27, 2001, our board of directors adopted, and on March 22, 2002 our shareholders approved, the 2001 Section 102 Stock Option Plan, as amended March 5, 2003, or the 2001 Section 102 SOP. The 2001 Section 102 SOP generally allows for the grant of restricted stock options to our employees. The 2001 SOP reserves 5,386,960 shares for issuance under the 2001 SOP and the 2001 Section 102 SOP. In the event an employee’s rights do not vest in any options, such options may be reissued under the 2011 SOP. As of March 31, 2014, a total of 1,980,230 shares remain outstanding under the 2001 SOP and the 2001 Section 102 SOP.

Plan Administration. The 2001 Section 102 SOP is administered by a committee appointed by the board, which has full and maximum authority in its discretion to grant, or recommend to the board, as applicable, the employees to whom options will be granted, to determine or recommend the number of shares to be covered by each option, the time at which each option shall be granted, the terms and conditions of the option agreements, the purchase price of each share subject to an option, the term during which each option may be exercised, and to authorize the share allotment pursuant to the exercise of each option. The board may, at any time, amend, alter, suspend or terminate the 2001 Section 102 SOP, provided, however, that any such action will not adversely affect any options granted under the 2001 Section 102 SOP.

Types and Terms and Conditions of Awards. The committee may grant options only to employees, officers and directors. Each option agreement states the tax track (capitals gains, income tax track with a trustee or

 

112


Table of Contents

income tax track without a trustee) as elected by us. The exercise price of any option and the times at which options may be exercised in whole or in part is determined by the board or committee and is set forth in the applicable option agreement. No exercise of options by a single grantee, however, will be made for an aggregate exercise price of less than $1,000, unless the exercise is of all of such grantee’s options that are vested as of the date of exercise. Generally, the term of any option may not be for more than ten years from the date of grant of the option. Pursuant to a May 30, 2013 board resolution, however, it was resolved to extend the respective term of the options that were granted by us to certain employees of us and our U.K. subsidiary from ten years to 15 years, subject to obtaining a ruling or tax determination from the Israeli Tax Authorities with respect to such options granted under Section 102 of the Income Tax Ordinance. As a result, the term of the applicable non-Section 102 options were extended, while the terms of the applicable Section 102 options were extended subject to the ruling, which has since been obtained. Each option agreement specifies the extent to which an option may be exercised if we terminate the grantee’s employment or other relationship with us or our parent or any subsidiary, or in the event of the death or disability of the grantee. If a grantee dies while employed by us, his or her estate, personal representative or beneficiary has the right to exercise the total number of shares in the option to which the grantee would have been entitled to exercise at the date of his death as set forth in the applicable option agreement.

Adjustment Provisions. If, through or as a result of any merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of our assets, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, share dividend, share split, reverse share split or other similar transaction, (i) the number of our outstanding shares are increased, decreased or exchanged for a different number or kind of our shares or other securities, or (ii) additional shares or new or different shares or other securities of ours or other non-cash assets are distributed with respect to such shares or other securities, an appropriate and proportionate adjustment will be made in (x) the maximum number and kind of shares reserved for issuance under the 2001 Section 102 SOP, (y) the number and kind of shares or other securities subject to any then outstanding options under the 2001 Section 102 SOP, and (z) the exercise price for each share subject to any then outstanding options under the 2001 Section 102 SOP, without changing the aggregate purchase price as to which such options remain exercisable.

In the event of an acquisition event (i.e., (a) any merger or consolidation which results in our voting securities immediately prior thereto representing immediately thereafter less than 50% of the combined voting power of our voting securities or such surviving or acquiring entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, (b) any sale of all or substantially all of our assets, or (c) our complete liquidation), the board will take any one or more of the following actions with respect to the then outstanding options: (i) provide that such options will be assumed, or equivalent options shall be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof), (ii) upon written notice to the grantees, provide that all the then unexercised options will become exercisable in full as of a specified time prior to the acquisition event and will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such acquisition event, (iii) in the event of a merger under the terms of which holders of our outstanding ordinary shares will receive upon consummation thereof a cash payment for each share surrendered in the merger, make or provide for a cash payment to the grantees equal to the difference between (A) the merger price times the number of ordinary shares subject to such outstanding options and (B) the aggregate exercise price of all such outstanding options in exchange for the termination of such options, or (iv) upon written notice to the grantees, provide that all the then vested and unvested outstanding options will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such acquisition event, and to the extent the vested options will have not been exercised prior to the acquisition event, all such options will become null and void at the consummation of such acquisition event.

Miscellaneous Provisions. Options under the 2001 Section 102 SOP are not assignable or transferrable, except by will or the law of descent and distribution. Only the grantee may exercise the option during his or her lifetime.

The 2001 Section 102 SOP terminated on the tenth anniversary of its effective date, other than with respect to those awards outstanding under the 2001 Section 102 SOP at the time of such termination.

 

113


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our shares as of the date of this prospectus and after this offering by:

 

    each person or entity known by us to own beneficially 5% or more of our outstanding shares;

 

    each of our directors and executive officers individually; and

 

    all of our executive officers and directors as a group.

The beneficial ownership of ordinary shares is determined in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and generally includes any ordinary shares over which a person exercises sole or shared voting or investment power, or the right to receive the economic benefit of ownership. For purposes of the table below, we deem shares subject to options or warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2014, to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding the options or warrants for the purposes of computing the percentage ownership of that person but we do not treat them as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. The percentage of shares beneficially owned prior to the offering is based on 23,700,351 ordinary shares outstanding as of March 31, 2014, assuming the conversion of all outstanding preferred shares as of that date. We have also set forth below information known to us regarding any significant change in the percentage ownership of our ordinary shares by any major shareholders during the past three years.

As of March 31, 2014, we had 24 holders of record of our ordinary shares in the United States. These shareholders held in the aggregate 58.1% of our outstanding ordinary shares.

All of our shareholders, including the shareholders listed below, have the same voting rights attached to their ordinary shares. See “Description of Share Capital—Voting.” Following the closing of this offering, neither our principal shareholders nor our directors and executive officers have different or special voting rights with respect to their ordinary shares. Unless otherwise noted below, each shareholder’s address is Cyber-Ark Software Ltd. 94 Em-Ha’moshavot Road, Park Azorim, P.O. Box 3143, Petach Tikva 4970602, Israel.

A description of any material relationship that our principal shareholders have had with us or any of our predecessors or affiliates within the past three years is included under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

 

     Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior to

Offering
     Shares
Beneficially
Owned After
Offering

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Number      %      Number    %

Principal Shareholders

           

Entities affiliated with Jerusalem Venture Partners(1)

     11,182,562         46.6%         

Entities affiliated with The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.(2)

     5,726,317         24.2%         

Entities affiliated with Vertex Venture Capital(3)

     2,772,863         11.6%         

Cabaret Security Ltd.(4)

     1,832,009         7.7%         

Executive Officers and Directors

           

Ehud (Udi) Mokady

     942,071         3.9%         

Chen Bitan

     *         *            

Joshua Siegel

     *         *            

Adam Bosnian

     *         *            

Nick Baglin

     *         *            

Dan Dinnar

     *         *            

Roy Adar

     *         *            

John Worrall

     *         *            

 

114


Table of Contents
     Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior to

Offering
     Shares
Beneficially
Owned After
Offering

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Number      %      Number    %

Gadi Tirosh(5)

     11,182,562         46.6%         

David Campbell(6)

     5,726,317         24.2%         

Raphael (Raffi) Kesten

    
*
  
     *            

David Schaeffer

     —           —             

Amnon Shoshani(7)

     1,832,009         7.7%         

Ron Gutler

     —           —             

Kim Perdikou

     —           —             

All executive officers and directors as a group (13 persons)

     23,130,771         90.7%         

 

* Less than 1%.

 

(1) Shares beneficially owned prior to this offering by venture capital funds associated with Jerusalem Venture Partners, a firm founded by Erel Margalit, consist of 6,859,536 shares and warrants to purchase 271,740 shares held by Jerusalem Venture Partners IV, L.P., 3,015,811 shares held by JVP Opportunity VI, L.P., 588,073 shares held by JVP Opportunity VI-A, L.P., 165,029 shares and warrants to purchase 6,540 shares held by Jerusalem Venture Partners IV (Israel), L.P., 151,318 shares held by JVP Opportunity VI Entrepreneur Fund, L.P., 61,434 shares and warrants to purchase 2,430 shares held by Jerusalem Venture Partners Entrepreneurs Fund IV, L.P., and 58,361 shares and warrants to purchase 2,290 shares held by Jerusalem Venture Partners IV-A, L.P. Jerusalem Partners IV, L.P., the general partner of Jerusalem Venture Partners IV, L.P., Jerusalem Venture Partners IV-A, L.P. and Jerusalem Venture Partners Entrepreneurs Fund IV, L.P. (collectively, the “JVP IV Funds”), and JVP Corp IV, the general partner of Jerusalem Partners IV, L.P. may be deemed to beneficially own the shares and warrants held directly by the JVP IV Funds. Jerusalem Partners-Venture Capital, L.P,. the general partner of Jerusalem Venture Partners IV (Israel), L.P., and JVP Corp IV, the general partner of Jerusalem Partners-Venture Capital, L.P., may be deemed to beneficially own the shares and warrants held by Jerusalem Venture Partners IV (Israel), L.P. JP Opportunity VI, L.P., the general partner of JVP Opportunity VI, L.P. JVP Opportunity VI Entrepreneur Fund, L.P. and JVP Opportunity VI-A, L.P. (collectively, the “JVP VI Funds”), and JVP Corp IV, the general partner of JP Opportunity VI, L.P., may be deemed to beneficially own the shares and warrants held by the JVP VI Funds. Control over voting and disposition of the shares and warrants held by the JVP IV and JVP VI Funds is shared among a group of individuals appointed by the trust of Erel Margalit consisting of Gadi Tirosh, Kobi Rozengarten, Raffi Kesten and Haim Kopans. The address of the foregoing entities and individuals is c/o Jerusalem Venture Partners, 41 Madison Avenue, 31st Floor, New York, NY 10010.

 

(2) Shares beneficially owned prior to this offering consists of 4,581,050 shares held by The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., 557,151 shares held by Bridge Street 2011, L.P., 343,586 shares held by MBD 2011 Holdings, L.P. and 244,530 shares held by Bridge Street 2011 Offshore, L.P. (collectively, the “GS Entities”). Goldman, Sachs & Co. (“GS”) is a direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. (“GSG”). The GS Entities, of which affiliates of GSG are the general partner, managing general partner or investment manager, share voting and investment power with certain of their respective affiliates. David Campbell is a Managing Director of GS and may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of the shares held by the GS Entities. The address of GSG, GS and Mr. Campbell is 200 West Street, New York, NY 10282.

 

(3) Shares beneficially owned prior to this offering consists of 1,978,273 shares and warrants to purchase 78,360 shares held by Vertex Israel II (C.I.) Fund, L.P., 356,899 shares and warrants to purchase 14,140 shares held by Vertex Israel II (A) Fund, L.P., 54,705 shares and warrants to purchase 2,170 shares held by Vertex Israel II (B) Fund, L.P., 252,559 shares and warrants to purchase 10,010 shares held by Vertex Israel II Discount Fund, L.P. and 24,767 shares and warrants to purchase 980 shares held by Vertex Israel II (C.I.) Executive Fund, L.P. The general partner of these entities is Vertex Israel II Management Ltd. Voting and investment power over the shares resides with the members of the investment committee of Vertex Israel II Management Ltd. who are Yoram Oron and Chua Kee Lock. The mailing address of the individuals and entities related to Vertex Israel II Management Ltd. is 10 Ha’amal St., Park Afek, Rosh Ha’ayin 48092, Israel.

 

115


Table of Contents
(4) Shares beneficially owned prior to the offering consists of 1,762,209 shares and warrants to purchase 69,800 shares held by Cabaret Security Ltd. Voting and investment power over the shares held by Cabaret Security Ltd. resides with its board of directors the sole member of which is Amnon Shoshani. The address of Cabaret Security Ltd. is 7 Chalamish Street, Caesarea 30889, Israel.
(5) Shares beneficially owned prior to this offering consists of 10,899,562 shares and warrants to purchase 283,000 shares beneficially owned by entities affiliated with Jerusalem Venture Partners over which Mr. Tirosh may be deemed to share voting and investment power. See footnote (1).

 

(6) Shares beneficially owned prior to this offering consists of 5,726,317 shares beneficially owned by entities affiliated with The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. over which Mr. Campbell may be deemed to share voting and investment power. See footnote (2).

 

(7) Shares beneficially owned prior to this offering consists of 1,762,209 shares and warrants to purchase 69,800 shares beneficially owned by Cabaret Security Ltd. over which Mr. Shoshani holds voting and investment power. See footnote (4).

 

116


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Our policy is to enter into transactions with related parties on terms that, on the whole, are no more favorable, or no less favorable, than those available from unaffiliated third parties. Based on our experience in the business sectors in which we operate and the terms of our transactions with unaffiliated third parties, we believe that all of the transactions described below met this policy standard at the time they occurred. The following is a description of material transactions, or series of related material transactions, since January 1, 2011, to which we were or will be a party and in which the other parties included or will include our directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of our voting securities or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons.

Financing Transactions

Series B2 Financing . In 2011, we sold Series B2 preferred shares convertible into 1,237,340 ordinary shares at a price per underlying preferred share of $4.693247 for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $5.8 million. Each Series B2 preferred share will convert into one ordinary share upon the closing of this offering. The following table sets forth the number of ordinary shares resulting from conversion upon the closing of this offering of the Series B2 preferred shares purchased by entities which, as of the date of this prospectus, beneficially own more than 5% of our ordinary shares assuming the conversion of all of outstanding preferred shares:

 

     Aggregate
Purchase
Price
     Number of Ordinary
Shares Resulting
from the Conversion of
Series B2 Preferred
Shares
 
     (in thousands)         

Goldman Sachs Entities

   $ 4,245         904,570   

JVP Entities

   $ 1,562         332,770   

Rights of Appointment

Our current board of directors consists of five directors. Pursuant to our articles of association in effect prior to this offering, certain of our shareholders had rights to appoint members of our board of directors. See “Management—Board of Directors.”

All rights to appoint directors and observers will terminate upon the closing of this offering.

We are not a party to, and are not aware of, any voting agreements among our shareholders.

Registration Rights

Our shareholders’ agreement entitles our shareholders to certain registration rights following the closing of this offering. In accordance with this agreement, and subject to conditions listed below, the following entities that each beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding shares are among those entitled to registration rights under the agreement: entities affiliated with each of Jerusalem Venture Partners, The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., Vertex Venture Capital and Cabaret Security Ltd.

Form F-1 Demand Rights . Upon the written request of the holders of at least 20% of the shares held by our former preferred shareholders during the time period commencing immediately following our initial public offering and ending five years thereafter, we are required to file a registration statement in respect of the ordinary shares held by our former preferred shareholders. Following a request to effect such a registration, we are required to give notice of the request to the other holders of registrable securities and offer them an opportunity to include their shares in the registration statement. We are not required to effect more than two registrations on Form F-1 and we are only required to do so if the aggregate proceeds from any such registration are estimated in good faith to be in excess of $5.0 million.

 

117


Table of Contents

Form F-3 Demand Rights. After six months following our initial public offering, we are required to file a registration statement on Form F-3 in respect of the ordinary shares held by our former preferred shareholders, original ordinary shareholders and ordinary shareholders, upon the request of (i) the holders of more than 50% of our former Series B2 and B3 preferred shares, (ii) the holders of more than 50% of our former Series B1 preferred shares, (iii) the holders of more than 50% of our former Series B preferred shares, (iv) the holders of more than 50% of our former Series A and A1 preferred shares, (v) JVP, (vi) entities affiliated with The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., (vii) Vertex, (viii) the holders of more than 50% of our former original ordinary shareholders then outstanding or (ix) the holders of more than 50% of our former ordinary shareholders than outstanding. Following a request to effect such a registration, we are required to give notice of the request to the other holders of registrable securities and offer them an opportunity to include their shares in the registration statement. We are not required to effect a registration on Form F-3 more than twice in any 12-month period and are only required to do so if the aggregate proceeds from any such registration are estimated in good faith to be in excess of $1.0 million.

Piggyback registration rights . Following this offering, shareholders holding registrable securities will also have the right to request that we include their registrable securities in any registration statement filed by us in the future for the purposes of a public offering for cash, subject to specified exceptions. Holders of registrable securities continue to have the right to include any registrable securities in subsequent piggyback registration statements regardless of whether the holder has opted out of such past registration statements.

Cutback . In the event that the managing underwriter advises the registering shareholders that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares that can be included in a registered offering, the shares will be included in the registration statement in an agreed order of preference among the holders of registration rights. The same preference also applies in the case of a piggyback registration, but we have first preference and the number of shares of series B preferred shareholders that are included may not be reduced below 10% of the total number of shares included in the offering.

Termination . Form F-1 registration rights granted to holders of registrable securities terminate on the fifth anniversary of the closing of this offering. With respect to any of our holders of registrable securities that hold less than 1% of our outstanding shares, registration rights terminate when the shares held by such shareholder can be sold within a 90 day period under 144. All other registration rights do not have a set termination date.

Expenses . We will pay all expenses in carrying out the foregoing registrations other than any underwriting discounts and commissions.

Agreements with Directors and Officers

Employment Agreements . We have entered into written employment agreements with each of our executive officers. These agreements provide for notice periods of varying duration for termination of the agreement by us or by the relevant executive officer, during which time the executive officer will continue to receive base salary and benefits. These agreements also contain customary provisions regarding confidentiality of information and ownership of inventions.

Options . Since our inception we have granted options to purchase our ordinary shares to our officers and certain of our directors. Such option agreements may contain acceleration provisions upon certain merger, acquisition, or change of control transactions. We describe our option plans under “Management—Share Option Plans.” If the relationship between us and a executive officer or a director is terminated, except for cause (as defined in the various option plan agreements), all options that are vested will remain exercisable for ninety days after such termination, or one year in the case of our directors.

 

118


Table of Contents

Exculpation, Indemnification and Insurance. Our articles of association permit us to exculpate, indemnify and insure certain of our office holders to the fullest extent permitted by Israeli law. We have entered into agreements with our office holders, exculpating them from a breach of their duty of care to us to the fullest extent permitted by law and undertaking to indemnify them to the fullest extent permitted by law, subject to certain exceptions, including with respect to liabilities resulting from this offering to the extent that these liabilities are not covered by insurance. See “Management—Exculpation, Insurance and Indemnification of Directors and Officers.”

 

119


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

The following descriptions of share capital and provisions of our articles of association are summaries and are qualified by reference to the articles of association to be effective upon the closing of this offering. Copies of these documents will be filed with the SEC as exhibits to our registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part. The description of the ordinary shares reflects changes to our capital structure that will occur upon the closing of this offering.

Share Capital

Upon the closing of this offering, our authorized share capital will consist solely of              ordinary shares, par value NIS 0.01 per share, of which              shares will be issued and outstanding (assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional ordinary shares).

All of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. Our ordinary shares are not redeemable and do not have any preemptive rights.

Registration Number and Purposes of the Company

Our registration number with the Israeli Registrar of Companies is 51-229164-2. Our purpose as set forth in our articles of association is to engage in any lawful activity.

Voting Rights and Conversion

All ordinary shares will have identical voting and other rights in all respects.

Transfer of Shares

Our fully paid ordinary shares are issued in registered form and may be freely transferred under our articles of association, unless the transfer is restricted or prohibited by another instrument, applicable law or the rules of a stock exchange on which the shares are listed for trade. The ownership or voting of our ordinary shares by non-residents of Israel is not restricted in any way by our articles of association or the laws of the State of Israel, except for ownership by nationals of some countries that are, or have been, in a state of war with Israel.

Election of Directors

Our ordinary shares do not have cumulative voting rights for the election of directors. As a result, the holders of a majority of the voting power represented at a shareholders meeting have the power to elect all of our directors, subject to the special approval requirements for external directors described under “Management—External directors.”

Under our articles of association, our board of directors must consist of not less than four but no more than 11 directors, including two external directors as required by the Israeli Companies Law. Pursuant to our articles of association, other than the external directors, for whom special election requirements apply under the Israeli Companies Law, the vote required to appoint a director is a simple majority vote of holders of our voting shares, participating and voting at the relevant meeting. In addition, our directors, other than the external directors, are divided into three classes that are each elected at the third annual general meeting of our shareholders, in a staggered fashion (such that one class is elected each annual general meeting), and serve on our board of directors until they are removed by a vote of 65% of the total voting power of our shareholders at a general meeting of our shareholders or upon the occurrence of certain events, in accordance with the Israeli Companies Law and our articles of association. In addition, our articles of association allow our board of directors to fill vacancies on the board of directors or to appoint new directors up to the maximum number of directors permitted under our articles of association. Such directors serve for a term of office equal to the remaining period of the

 

120


Table of Contents

term of office of the directors(s) whose office(s) have been vacated or in the case of new directors, for a term of office according to the class to which such director was assigned upon appointment. External directors are elected for an initial term of three years, may be elected for additional terms of three years each under certain circumstances, and may be removed from office pursuant to the terms of the Israeli Companies Law. See “Management—Board practices—External directors.”

Dividend and Liquidation Rights

We may declare a dividend to be paid to the holders of our ordinary shares in proportion to their respective shareholdings. Under the Israeli Companies Law, dividend distributions are determined by the board of directors and do not require the approval of the shareholders of a company unless the company’s articles of association provide otherwise. Our articles of association do not require shareholder approval of a dividend distribution and provide that dividend distributions may be determined by our board of directors.

Pursuant to the Israeli Companies Law, the distribution amount is limited to the greater of retained earnings or earnings generated over the previous two years, according to our then last reviewed or audited financial statements, provided that the date of the financial statements is not more than six months prior to the date of the distribution, or we may distribute dividends that do not meet such criteria only with court approval. In each case, we are only permitted to distribute a dividend if our board of directors and the court, if applicable, determines that there is no reasonable concern that payment of the dividend will prevent us from satisfying our existing and foreseeable obligations as they become due.

In the event of our liquidation, after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors, our assets will be distributed to the holders of our ordinary shares in proportion to their shareholdings. This right, as well as the right to receive dividends, may be affected by the grant of preferential dividend or distribution rights to the holders of a class of shares with preferential rights that may be authorized in the future.

Exchange Controls

There are currently no Israeli currency control restrictions on remittances of dividends on our ordinary shares, proceeds from the sale of the shares or interest or other payments to non-residents of Israel, except for shareholders who are subjects of countries that are, or have been, in a state of war with Israel.

Shareholder Meetings

Under Israeli law, we are required to hold an annual general meeting of our shareholders once every calendar year that must be held no later than 15 months after the date of the previous annual general meeting. All meetings other than the annual general meeting of shareholders are referred to in our articles of association as special general meetings. Our board of directors may call special general meetings whenever it sees fit, at such time and place, within or outside of Israel, as it may determine. In addition, the Israeli Companies Law provides that our board of directors is required to convene a special general meeting upon the written request of (i) any two of our directors or one-quarter of the members of our board of directors or (ii) one or more shareholders holding, in the aggregate, either (a) five percent or more of our outstanding issued shares and one percent of our outstanding voting power or (b) five percent or more of our outstanding voting power.

Subject to the provisions of the Israeli Companies Law and the regulations promulgated thereunder, shareholders entitled to participate and vote at general meetings are the shareholders of record on a date to be decided by the board of directors, which may be between four and 40 days prior to the date of the meeting. Furthermore, the Israeli Companies Law requires that resolutions regarding the following matters must be passed at a general meeting of our shareholders:

 

    amendments to our articles of association;

 

    appointment or termination of our auditors;

 

121


Table of Contents
    appointment of external directors;

 

    approval of certain related party transactions;

 

    increases or reductions of our authorized share capital;

 

    a merger; and

 

    the exercise of our board of director’s powers by a general meeting, if our board of directors is unable to exercise its powers and the exercise of any of its powers is required for our proper management.

The Israeli Companies Law requires that notice of any annual general meeting or special general meeting be provided to shareholders at least 21 days prior to the meeting and if the agenda of the meeting includes the appointment or removal of directors, the approval of transactions with office holders or interested or related parties, or an approval of a merger, notice must be provided at least 35 days prior to the meeting.

Under the Israeli Companies Law, shareholders are not permitted to take action via written consent in lieu of a meeting.

Voting Rights

Quorum requirements

Pursuant to our articles of association, holders of our ordinary shares have one vote for each ordinary share held on all matters submitted to a vote before the shareholders at a general meeting. As a foreign private issuer, the quorum required for our general meetings of shareholders consists of at least two shareholders present in person, by proxy or written ballot who hold or represent between them at least 25% of the total outstanding voting rights. A meeting adjourned for lack of a quorum is generally adjourned to the same day in the following week at the same time and place, to such time and date if so specified in the notice of the meeting, or to such time and date as the chairman of the general meeting shall determine (which may be earlier or later than the forgoing dates). At the reconvened meeting, any two or more shareholders present in person or by proxy shall constitute a lawful quorum.

Vote Requirements

Our articles of association provide that all resolutions of our shareholders require a simple majority vote, unless otherwise required by the Israeli Companies Law or by our articles of association. Under the Israeli Companies Law, each of (i) the approval of an extraordinary transaction with a controlling shareholder and (ii) the terms of employment or other engagement of the controlling shareholder of the company or such controlling shareholder’s relative (even if not extraordinary) requires, the approval described above under “Management—Approval of related party transactions under Israeli law—Disclosure of personal interests of controlling shareholders and approval of certain transactions.” Under our articles of association, the alteration of the rights, privileges, preferences or obligations of any class of our shares requires the ordinary majority vote of all classes of shares voting together as a single class at a shareholder meeting. Our articles of association also require that the removal of any director from office (other than our external directors) or the amendment of the provisions of our amended articles relating to our staggered board requires the vote of 65% of the total voting power of our shareholders. Another exception to the simple majority vote requirement is a resolution for the voluntary winding up, or an approval of a scheme of arrangement or reorganization, of the company pursuant to Section 350 of the Israeli Companies Law, which requires the approval of holders of 75% of the voting rights represented at the meeting, in person, by proxy or by voting deed and voting on the resolution.

Access to Corporate Records

Under the Israeli Companies Law, shareholders are provided access to: minutes of our general meetings; our shareholders register and principal shareholders register, articles of association and annual financial statements;

 

122


Table of Contents

and any document that we are required by law to file publicly with the Israeli Companies Registrar or the Israel Securities Authority. In addition, shareholders may request to be provided with any document related to an action or transaction requiring shareholder approval under the related party transaction provisions of the Israeli Companies Law. We may deny this request if we believe it has not been made in good faith or if such denial is necessary to protect our interest or protect a trade secret or patent.

Registration Rights

For a discussion of registration rights we have granted to our existing shareholders prior to this offering, please see “Certain relationships and related party transactions—Registration rights agreement.”

Acquisitions under Israeli Law

Full Tender Offer. A person wishing to acquire shares of an Israeli public company and who would as a result hold over 90% of the target company’s issued and outstanding share capital is required by the Israeli Companies Law to make a tender offer to all of the company’s shareholders for the purchase of all of the issued and outstanding shares of the company. A person wishing to acquire shares of a public Israeli company and who would as a result hold over 90% of the issued and outstanding share capital of a certain class of shares is required to make a tender offer to all of the shareholders who hold shares of the relevant class for the purchase of all of the issued and outstanding shares of that class. If the shareholders who do not accept the offer hold less than 5% of the issued and outstanding share capital of the company or of the applicable class, and more than half of the shareholders who do not have a personal interest in the offer accept the offer, all of the shares that the acquirer offered to purchase will be transferred to the acquirer by operation of law. However, a tender offer will also be accepted if the shareholders who do not accept the offer hold less than two percent of the issued and outstanding share capital of the company or of the applicable class of shares.

Upon a successful completion of such a full tender offer, any shareholder that was an offeree in such tender offer, whether such shareholder accepted the tender offer or not, may, within six months from the date of acceptance of the tender offer, petition an Israeli court to determine whether the tender offer was for less than fair value and that the fair value should be paid as determined by the court. However, under certain conditions, the offeror may include in the terms of the tender offer that an offeree who accepted the offer will not be entitled to petition the Israeli court as described above.

If (a) the shareholders who did not respond or accept the tender offer hold at least five percent of the issued and outstanding share capital of the company or of the applicable class or the shareholders who accept the offer constitute less than a majority of the offerees that do not have a personal interest in the acceptance of the tender offer, or (b) the shareholders who did not accept the tender offer hold two percent or more of the issued and outstanding share capital of the company (or of the applicable class), the acquirer may not acquire shares of the company that will increase its holdings to more than 90% of the company’s issued and outstanding share capital or of the applicable class from shareholders who accepted the tender offer.

Special Tender Offer . The Israeli Companies Law provides that an acquisition of shares of an Israeli public company must be made by means of a special tender offer if as a result of the acquisition the purchaser would become a holder of 25% or more of the voting rights in the company. This requirement does not apply if there is already another holder of at least 25% of the voting rights in the company. Similarly, the Israeli Companies Law provides that an acquisition of shares in a public company must be made by means of a special tender offer if as a result of the acquisition the purchaser would become a holder of more than 45% of the voting rights in the company, if there is no other shareholder of the company who holds more than 45% of the voting rights in the company, subject to certain exceptions.

A special tender offer must be extended to all shareholders of a company but the offeror is not required to purchase shares representing more than 5% of the voting power attached to the company’s outstanding shares,

 

123


Table of Contents

regardless of how many shares are tendered by shareholders. A special tender offer may be consummated only if (i) at least 5% of the voting power attached to the company’s outstanding shares will be acquired by the offeror and (ii) the number of shares tendered in the offer exceeds the number of shares whose holders objected to the offer (excluding the purchaser, controlling shareholders, holders of 25% or more of the voting rights in the company or any person having a personal interest in the acceptance of the tender offer). If a special tender offer is accepted, then the purchaser or any person or entity controlling it or under common control with the purchaser or such controlling person or entity may not make a subsequent tender offer for the purchase of shares of the target company and may not enter into a merger with the target company for a period of one year from the date of the offer, unless the purchaser or such person or entity undertook to effect such an offer or merger in the initial special tender offer.

Merger . The Israeli Companies Law permits merger transactions if approved by each party’s board of directors and, unless certain requirements described under the Israeli Companies Law are met, by a majority vote of each party’s shares, and, in the case of the target company, a majority vote of each class of its shares, voted on the proposed merger at a shareholders meeting.

For purposes of the shareholder vote, unless a court rules otherwise, the merger will not be deemed approved if a majority of the votes of shares represented at the shareholders meeting that are held by parties other than the other party to the merger, or by any person (or group of persons acting in concert) who holds (or hold, as the case may be) 25% or more of the voting rights or the right to appoint 25% or more of the directors of the other party, vote against the merger. If, however, the merger involves a merger with a company’s own controlling shareholder or if the controlling shareholder has a personal interest in the merger, then the merger is instead subject to the same Special Majority approval that governs all extraordinary transactions with controlling shareholders (as described under “Management—Approval of related party transactions under Israeli law—Disclosure of personal interests of controlling shareholders and approval of certain transactions”).

If the transaction would have been approved by the shareholders of a merging company but for the separate approval of each class or the exclusion of the votes of certain shareholders as provided above, a court may still approve the merger upon the request of holders of at least 25% of the voting rights of a company, if the court holds that the merger is fair and reasonable, taking into account the value of the parties to the merger and the consideration offered to the shareholders of the company.

Upon the request of a creditor of either party to the proposed merger, the court may delay or prevent the merger if it concludes that there exists a reasonable concern that, as a result of the merger, the surviving company will be unable to satisfy the obligations of the merging entities, and may further give instructions to secure the rights of creditors.

In addition, a merger may not be consummated unless at least 50 days have passed from the date on which a proposal for approval of the merger was filed by each party with the Israeli Registrar of Companies and at least 30 days have passed from the date on which the merger was approved by the shareholders of each party.

Anti-takeover Measures under Israeli Law

The Israeli Companies Law allow us to create and issue shares having rights different from those attached to our ordinary shares, including shares providing certain preferred rights with respect to voting, distributions or other matters and shares having preemptive rights. As of the closing of this offering, no preferred shares will be authorized under our articles of association. In the future, if we do authorize, create and issue a specific class of preferred shares, such class of shares, depending on the specific rights that may be attached to it, may have the ability to frustrate or prevent a takeover or otherwise prevent our shareholders from realizing a potential premium over the market value of their ordinary shares. The authorization and designation of a class of preferred shares will require an amendment to our articles of association, which requires the prior approval of the holders of a majority of the voting power attaching to our issued and outstanding shares at a general meeting. The convening

 

124


Table of Contents

of the meeting, the shareholders entitled to participate and the majority vote required to be obtained at such a meeting will be subject to the requirements set forth in the Israeli Companies Law as described above in “—Voting Rights.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our ordinary shares is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC. Its address is 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11219, and its telephone number is (800) 937-5449.

Listing

We have applied to have our ordinary shares listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “CYBR.”

 

125


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares. Future sales of substantial amounts of ordinary shares, including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options, in the public market after this offering, or the possibility of these sales occurring, could adversely affect the prevailing market price for our ordinary shares or impair our ability to raise equity capital.

Upon completion of this offering, we will have an aggregate of              ordinary shares outstanding. Of these shares, the              shares sold in this offering by us will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless purchased by “affiliates” as that term is defined under Rule 144 of the Securities Act, who may sell only the volume of shares described below and whose sales would be subject to additional restrictions described below. The remaining              shares, representing              of our outstanding shares will be held by our existing shareholders. These shares will be “restricted securities” as that phrase is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Subject to certain contractual restrictions, including the lock-up agreements described below, holders of restricted shares will be entitled to sell those shares in the public market pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144.

As a result of lock-up agreements described below, and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, the restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

Date

   Number
of Shares
Eligible
for Sale

At the date of this prospectus

  

Up to 180 days after the date of this prospectus

  

180 days after the date of this prospectus

  

Sales of these shares in the public market after the restrictions under the lock-up agreements lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could cause the prevailing market price to decrease or to be lower than it might be in the absence of those sales or perceptions.

Lock-up Agreements

We, our executive officers and directors, and the holders of substantially all of our outstanding ordinary shares, have agreed not to offer, sell, agree to sell, directly or indirectly, or otherwise dispose of any ordinary shares or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for ordinary shares except for the ordinary shares offered in this offering without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

Eligibility of Restricted Shares for Sale in the Public Market

The              ordinary shares that are not being sold in this offering, but which will be outstanding at the time this offering is complete, will be eligible for sale into the public market, under the provisions of Rule 144 commencing after the expiration of the restrictions under the lock-up agreements, subject to volume restrictions discussed below under “—Rule 144.”

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months (including any

 

126


Table of Contents

period of consecutive ownership of preceding non-affiliated holders) would be entitled to sell those shares, subject only to the availability of current public information about us. A non-affiliated person who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least one year would be entitled to sell those shares without regard to the provisions of Rule 144.

A person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is deemed to be an affiliate of ours and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of one percent of the then outstanding shares of our ordinary shares or the average weekly trading volume of our ordinary shares on the during the four calendar weeks preceding such sale. Such sales are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.

Options

Following the completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register              ordinary shares reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans. The registration statement on Form S-8 will become effective automatically upon filing.

Ordinary shares issued upon exercise of a share option and registered under the Form S-8 registration statement will, subject to vesting provisions, lock-up agreements with the underwriters and Rule 144 volume limitations applicable to our affiliates, be available for sale in the open market immediately after the 180-day lock-up agreements expire.

Registration Rights

Following the completion of this offering, the holders of up to              ordinary shares are entitled to request that we register their ordinary shares under the Securities Act, subject to cutback for marketing reasons and certain other conditions. These shareholders are also entitled to “piggyback” registration rights, which are also subject to cutback for marketing reasons and certain other conditions. Registration of such shares under the Securities Act would result in such shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for shares purchased by affiliates, immediately upon the effectiveness of such registration. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights.” Any sales of securities by these shareholders could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our ordinary shares.

 

127


Table of Contents

TAXATION AND ISRAELI GOVERNMENT PROGRAMS APPLICABLE TO OUR COMPANY

The following is a brief summary of the material Israeli tax laws applicable to us, and certain Israeli Government programs that benefit us.

General Corporate Tax Structure in Israel

Israeli companies are generally subject to corporate tax, currently at the rate of 25% of a company’s taxable income. In August 2013, the Israeli Knesset approved an increase in the corporate tax rate to 26.5% for 2014 and thereafter. However, the effective tax rate payable by a company that derives income from an Approved Enterprise, a Benefited Enterprise or a Preferred Enterprise (as discussed below) may be considerably less. Capital gains derived by an Israeli company are subject to tax at the prevailing corporate tax rate.

Law for the Encouragement of Industry (Taxes), 5729-1969

The Law for the Encouragement of Industry (Taxes), 5729-1969, generally referred to as the Industry Encouragement Law, provides several tax benefits for “Industrial Companies.” We currently qualify as an Industrial Company within the meaning of the Industry Encouragement Law.

The Industry Encouragement Law defines an “Industrial Company” as a company resident in Israel, of which 90% or more of its income in any tax year, other than income from defense loans, is derived from an “Industrial Enterprise” owned by it. An “Industrial Enterprise” is defined as an enterprise whose principal activity in a given tax year is industrial production.

The following corporate tax benefits, among others, are available to Industrial Companies:

 

    amortization over an eight-year period of the cost of purchased know-how and patents and rights to use a patent and know-how which are used for the development or advancement of the Industrial Enterprise;

 

    under limited conditions, an election to file consolidated tax returns with related Israeli Industrial Companies; and

 

    expenses related to a public offering are deductible in equal amounts over three years.

Eligibility for benefits under the Industry Encouragement Law is not contingent upon the approval of any governmental authority. The Israeli tax authorities may determine that we do not qualify as an Industrial Company, which could entail our loss of the benefits that relate to this status. There can be no assurance that we will continue to qualify as an Industrial Company or that the benefits described above will be available in the future.

Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 5719-1959

The Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 5719-1959, generally referred to as the Investment Law, provides certain incentives for capital investments in production facilities (or other eligible assets) by “Industrial Enterprises” (as defined under the Investment Law).

The Investment Law was significantly amended effective April 1, 2005, or the 2005 Amendment, and further amended as of January 1, 2011, or the 2011 Amendment. Pursuant to the 2005 Amendment, tax benefits granted in accordance with the provisions of the Investment Law prior to its revision by the 2005 Amendment remain in force but any benefits granted subsequently are subject to the provisions of the 2005 Amendment. Similarly, the 2011 Amendment introduced new benefits to replace those granted in accordance with the provisions of the Investment Law in effect prior to the 2011 Amendment. However, companies entitled to benefits under the Investment Law as in effect prior to January 1, 2011 were entitled to choose to continue to enjoy such benefits, provided that certain conditions are met, or elect instead, irrevocably, to forego such benefits and have the benefits of the 2011 Amendment apply.

 

128


Table of Contents

Tax Benefits Prior to the 2005 Amendment

An investment program that is implemented in accordance with the provisions of the Investment Law prior to the 2005 Amendment, referred to as an “Approved Enterprise,” is entitled to certain benefits. A company that wished to receive benefits as an Approved Enterprise must have received approval from the Investment Center of the Israeli Ministry of the Economy (formerly the Ministry of Industry, Trade and Labor), or the Investment Center. Each certificate of approval for an Approved Enterprise relates to a specific investment program in the Approved Enterprise, delineated both by the financial scope of the investment and by the physical characteristics of the facility or the asset.

In general, an Approved Enterprise is entitled to receive a grant from the Government of Israel or an alternative package of tax benefits, known as the alternative benefits track. The tax benefits from any certificate of approval relate only to taxable income attributable to the specific Approved Enterprise. Income derived from activity that is not integral to the activity of the Approved Enterprise does not enjoy tax benefits.

The tax benefits include a tax exemption for at least the first two years of the benefit period (depending on the geographic location of the Approved Enterprise facility within Israel) and the taxation of income generated from an Approved Enterprise at a reduced corporate tax rate of up to 25% for the remainder of the benefit period. The benefit period is ordinarily seven years commencing with the year in which the Approved Enterprise first generates taxable income. The benefit period is limited to 12 years from the operational year as determined by the Investment Center or 14 years from the start of the tax year in which approval of the Approved Enterprise is obtained, whichever is earlier.

In addition, a company that has an Approved Enterprise program is eligible for further tax benefits if it qualifies as a Foreign Investors’ Company, or FIC, which is a company with a level of foreign investment, as defined in the Investment Law, of more than 25%. The level of foreign investment is measured as the percentage of rights in the company (in terms of shares, rights to profits, voting and appointment of directors), and of combined share and loan capital, that are owned, directly or indirectly, by persons who are not residents of Israel. The determination as to whether a company qualifies as an FIC is made on an annual basis. A company that qualifies as a FIC and has an Approved Enterprise program is eligible for an extended ten-year benefit period. As specified above, depending on the geographic location of the Approved Enterprise within Israel, income derived from the Approved Enterprise program may be exempt from tax on its undistributed income for a period of between two to 10 years, and will be subject to a reduced tax rate for the remainder of the benefit period. The tax rate for the remainder of the benefits period will be 25%, unless the level of foreign investment exceeds 49%, in which case the tax rate will be 20% if the foreign investment is more than 49% and less than 74%; 15% if more than 74% and less than 90%; and 10% if 90% or more.

If a company elects the alternative benefits track and distributes a dividend out of income derived by its Approved Enterprise during the tax exemption period it will be subject to corporate tax in respect of the amount of the dividend (grossed-up to reflect the pre-tax income that it would have had to earn in order to distribute the dividend) at the corporate tax rate which would have been applicable without the benefits under the alternative benefits track. In addition, dividends paid out of income attributed to an Approved Enterprise are generally subject to withholding tax at source at the rate of 15% or such lower rate as may be provided in an applicable tax treaty.

The Investment Law also provides that an Approved Enterprise is entitled to accelerated depreciation on its property and equipment that are included in an Approved Enterprise program during the first five years in which the equipment is used.

Until 2013 tax year, we had Approved Enterprise programs under the Investment Law, which, we believe, entitled us to certain tax benefits.

 

129


Table of Contents

Tax Benefits Subsequent to the 2005 Amendment

The 2005 Amendment applies to new investment programs commencing after 2004, but does not apply to investment programs approved prior to April 1, 2005. The 2005 Amendment provides that terms and benefits included in any certificate of approval that was granted before the 2005 Amendment became effective (April 1, 2005) will remain subject to the provisions of the Investment Law as in effect on the date of such approval. Pursuant to the 2005 Amendment, the Investment Center will continue to grant Approved Enterprise status to qualifying investments. The 2005 Amendment, however, limits the scope of enterprises that may be approved by the Investment Center by setting criteria for the approval of a facility as an Approved Enterprise, such as provisions generally requiring that at least 25% of the Approved Enterprise’s income be derived from exports.

The 2005 Amendment provides that a certificate of approval from the Investment Center will only be necessary for receiving cash grants. As a result, it was no longer necessary for a company to obtain an Approved Enterprise certificate of approval in order to receive the tax benefits previously available under the alternative benefits track. Rather, a company may claim the tax benefits offered by the Investment Law directly in its tax returns, provided that its facilities meet the criteria for tax benefits set forth in the amendment. In order to receive the tax benefits, the 2005 Amendment states that a company must make an investment which meets all of the conditions, including exceeding a minimum investment amount specified in the Investment Law. Such investment allows a company to receive “Benefited Enterprise” status, and may be made over a period of no more than three years from the end of the year in which the company chose to have the tax benefits apply to its Benefited Enterprise.

The extent of the tax benefits available under the 2005 Amendment to qualifying income of a Benefited Enterprise depends on, among other things, the geographic location in Israel of the Benefited Enterprise. The location will also determine the period for which tax benefits are available. Such tax benefits include an exemption from corporate tax on undistributed income generated by the Benefited Enterprise for a period of between two to 10 years, depending on the geographic location of the Benefited Enterprise in Israel, and a reduced corporate tax rate of between 10% to 25% for the remainder of the benefits period, depending on the level of foreign investment in the company in each year. The benefits period is limited to 12 or 14 years from the year the company first chose to have the tax benefits apply, depending on the location of the company. A company qualifying for tax benefits under the 2005 Amendment which pays a dividend out of income derived by its Benefited Enterprise during the tax exemption period will be subject to corporate tax in respect of the amount of the dividend (grossed-up to reflect the pre-tax income that it would have had to earn in order to distribute the dividend) at the corporate tax rate which would have otherwise been applicable. Dividends paid out of income attributed to a Benefited Enterprise are generally subject to withholding tax at source at the rate of 15% or such lower rate as may be provided in an applicable tax treaty.

The benefits available to a Benefited Enterprise are subject to the fulfillment of conditions stipulated in the Investment Law and its regulations. If a company does not meet these conditions, it may be required to refund the amount of tax benefits, as adjusted by the Israeli consumer price index, and interest, or other monetary penalties.

Until 2013 tax year, we had Approved Enterprise programs under the Investment Law, which, we believe, entitled us to certain tax benefits.

Tax Benefits Under the 2011 Amendment

The 2011 Amendment canceled the availability of the benefits granted to companies under the Investment Law prior to 2011 and, instead, introduced new benefits for income generated by a “Preferred Company” through its “Preferred Enterprise” (as such terms are defined in the Investment Law) as of January 1, 2011. The definition of a Preferred Company includes a company incorporated in Israel that is not wholly-owned by a governmental entity, and that has, among other things, Preferred Enterprise status and is controlled and managed from Israel. Pursuant to the 2011 Amendment, a Preferred Company is entitled to a reduced corporate tax rate of 15% with

 

130


Table of Contents

respect to its income derived by its Preferred Enterprise in 2011 and 2012, unless the Preferred Enterprise is located in a specified development zone, in which case the rate will be 10%. Under the 2011 Amendment, such corporate tax rate was reduced from 15% and 10%, respectively, to 12.5% and 7%, respectively, in 2013 and 2014 and to 12% and 6% in 2015 and thereafter, respectively. However, in August 2013, the Israeli Knesset approved an amendment to the Investment Law, pursuant to which such scheduled gradual reduction was repealed beginning in 2014 and the rates would revert to 16% and 9% (as applicable) in 2014 and thereafter. Our facilities are located in a specified development zone.

Dividends paid out of income attributed to a Preferred Enterprise are generally subject to withholding tax at source at the rate of 15% or such lower rate as may be provided in an applicable tax treaty. However, if such dividends are paid to an Israeli company, no tax is required to be withheld (although, if such dividends are subsequently distributed to individuals or a non-Israeli company, withholding tax at a rate of 15% or such lower rate as may be provided in an applicable tax treaty will apply). Under the recent amendment, announced in August 2013, beginning in 2014, dividends paid out of income attributed to a Preferred Enterprise will be subject to a withholding tax rate of 20% (instead of 15%).

The 2011 Amendment also provided transitional provisions to address companies already enjoying existing tax benefits under the Investment Law. These transitional provisions provide, among other things, that unless an irrevocable request is made to apply the provisions of the Investment Law as amended in 2011 with respect to income to be derived as of January 1, 2011: (i) the terms and benefits included in any certificate of approval that was granted to an Approved Enterprise which chose to receive grants before the 2011 Amendment became effective will remain subject to the provisions of the Investment Law as in effect on the date of such approval, and subject to certain other conditions; (ii) terms and benefits included in any certificate of approval that was granted to an Approved Enterprise which had participated in an alternative benefits track before the 2011 Amendment became effective will remain subject to the provisions of the Investment Law as in effect on the date of such approval, provided that certain conditions are met; and (iii) a Benefited Enterprise can elect to continue to benefit from the benefits provided to it before the 2011 Amendment came into effect, provided that certain conditions are met.

From time to time, the Israeli Government has discussed reducing the benefits available to companies under the Investment Law. The termination or substantial reduction of any of the benefits available under the Investment Law could materially increase our tax liabilities.

We have examined the possible effect, if any, of the provisions of the 2011 Amendment on our financial statements and have decided to apply the new benefits under the 2011 Amendment instead of the benefits provided to our Approved Enterprise and Benefited Enterprise as of 2013 tax year.

 

131


Table of Contents

U.S. AND ISRAELI TAX CONSEQUENCES FOR OUR SHAREHOLDERS

The following description is not intended to constitute a complete analysis of all tax consequences relating to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares. You should consult your own tax advisor concerning the tax consequences of your particular situation, as well as any tax consequences that may arise under the laws of any state, local, foreign or other taxing jurisdiction.

Certain Israeli Tax Consequences

This summary does not discuss all the aspects of Israeli tax law that may be relevant to a particular investor in light of his or her personal investment circumstances or to some types of investors subject to special treatment under Israeli law. Examples of such investors include residents of Israel or traders in securities who are subject to special tax regimes not covered in this discussion. Because parts of this discussion are based on new tax legislation that has not yet been subject to judicial or administrative interpretation, we cannot assure you that the appropriate tax authorities or the courts will accept the views expressed in this discussion. The discussion below is subject to change, including due to amendments under Israeli law or changes to the applicable judicial or administrative interpretations of Israeli law, which change could affect the tax consequences described below.

Capital Gains Taxes Applicable to Non-Israeli Resident Shareholders. A non-Israeli resident who derives capital gains from the sale of shares in an Israeli resident company that were purchased after the company was listed for trading on a stock exchange outside of Israel will be exempt from Israeli tax so long as the shares were not held through a permanent establishment that the non-resident maintains in Israel. However, non-Israeli corporations will not be entitled to the foregoing exemption if Israeli residents: (i) have a controlling interest of 25% or more in such non-Israeli corporation or (ii) are the beneficiaries of, or are entitled to, 25% or more of the revenues or profits of such non-Israeli corporation, whether directly or indirectly. Such exemption is not applicable to a person whose gains from selling or otherwise disposing of the shares are deemed to be a business income.

Additionally, a sale of securities by a non-Israeli resident may be exempt from Israeli capital gains tax under the provisions of an applicable tax treaty. For example, under the United States-Israel Tax Treaty, the disposition of shares by a shareholder who (i) is a U.S. resident (for purposes of the treaty), (ii) holds the shares as a capital asset, and (iii) is entitled to claim the benefits afforded to such person by the treaty, is generally exempt from Israeli capital gains tax. Such exemption will not apply if: (i) the capital gain arising from the disposition can be attributed to a permanent establishment in Israel; (ii) the shareholder holds, directly or indirectly, shares representing 10% or more of the voting capital during any part of the 12-month period preceding the disposition, subject to certain conditions; or (iii) such U.S. resident is an individual and was present in Israel for 183 days or more during the relevant taxable year. In such case, the sale, exchange or disposition of our ordinary shares would be subject to Israeli tax, to the extent applicable; however, under the United States-Israel Tax Treaty, the taxpayer would be permitted to claim a credit for such taxes against the U.S. federal income tax imposed with respect to such sale, exchange or disposition, subject to the limitations under U.S. law applicable to foreign tax credits. The United States-Israel Tax Treaty does not relate to U.S. state or local taxes.

In some instances where our shareholders may be liable for Israeli tax on the sale of their ordinary shares, the payment of the consideration may be subject to the withholding of Israeli tax at source. Shareholders may be required to demonstrate that they are exempt from tax on their capital gains in order to avoid withholding at source at the time of sale. Specifically, in transactions involving a sale of all of the shares of an Israeli resident company, in the form of a merger or otherwise, the Israel Tax Authority may require from shareholders who are not liable for Israeli tax to sign declarations in forms specified by this authority or obtain a specific exemption from the Israel Tax Authority to confirm their status as non-Israeli resident, and, in the absence of such declarations or exemptions, may require the purchaser of the shares to withhold taxes at source.

Taxation of Non-Israeli Shareholders on Receipt of Dividends. Non-Israeli residents are generally subject to Israeli income tax on the receipt of dividends paid on our ordinary shares at the rate of 25%, unless relief is

 

132


Table of Contents

provided in a treaty between Israel and the shareholder’s country of residence. With respect to a person who is a “substantial shareholder” at the time of receiving the dividend or on any time during the preceding twelve months, the applicable tax rate is 30%. A “substantial shareholder” is generally a person who alone or together with such person’s relative or another person who collaborates with such person on a permanent basis, holds, directly or indirectly, at least 10% of any of the “means of control” of the corporation. “Means of control” generally include the right to vote, receive profits, nominate a director or an executive officer, receive assets upon liquidation, or order someone who holds any of the aforesaid rights how to act, regardless of the source of such right. Dividends paid on publicly traded shares, like our ordinary shares, to non-Israeli residents are generally subject to Israeli withholding tax at a rate of 25%, unless a different rate is provided under an applicable tax treaty, provided that a certificate from the Israeli Tax Authority allowing for a reduced withholding tax rate is obtained in advance. Under the United States-Israel Tax Treaty, the maximum rate of tax withheld at source in Israel on dividends paid to a holder of our ordinary shares who is a U.S. resident (for purposes of the United States-Israel Tax Treaty) is 25%. A distribution of dividends to non-Israeli residents is subject to withholding tax at source at a rate of 15% if the dividend is distributed from income attributed to an Approved Enterprise or a Benefited Enterprise and 20% if the dividend is distributed from income attributed to a Preferred Enterprise, unless a reduced tax rate is provided under an applicable tax treaty. We cannot assure you that in the event we declare a dividend we will designate the income out of which the dividend is paid in a manner that will reduce shareholders’ tax liability.

If the dividend is attributable partly to income derived from an Approved Enterprise, Benefited Enterprise or Preferred Enterprise, and partly to other sources of income, the withholding rate will be a blended rate reflecting the relative portions of the two types of income. U.S. residents who are subject to Israeli withholding tax on a dividend may be entitled to a credit or deduction for United States federal income tax purposes in the amount of the taxes withheld, subject to detailed rules contained in U.S. tax legislation.

Estate and Gift Tax . Israeli law presently does not impose estate or gift taxes.

Certain United States Federal Income Tax Consequences

The following is a description of certain United States federal income tax consequences relating to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares by a U.S. Holder (as defined below). This description addresses only the United States federal income tax consequences to U.S. Holders that are initial purchasers of our ordinary shares pursuant to the offering and that will hold such ordinary shares as capital assets. This description does not address tax considerations applicable to U.S. Holders that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:

 

    banks, financial institutions or insurance companies;

 

    real estate investment trusts, regulated investment companies or grantor trusts;

 

    brokers, dealers or traders in securities, commodities or currencies;

 

    tax-exempt entities or organizations, including an “individual retirement account” or “Roth IRA” as defined in Section 408 or 408A of the Code, respectively;

 

    certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

    persons that received our shares as compensation for the performance of services;

 

    persons that will hold our shares as part of a “hedging,” “integrated” or “conversion” transaction or as a position in a “straddle” for United States federal income tax purposes;

 

    partnerships (including entities classified as partnerships for United States federal income tax purposes) or other pass-through entities, or holders that will hold our shares through such an entity;

 

    S corporations;

 

    holders that acquire ordinary shares as a result of holding or owning our preferred shares;

 

133


Table of Contents
    holders whose “functional currency” is not the U.S. Dollar; or

 

    holders that own directly, indirectly or through attribution 10.0% or more of the voting power or value of our shares.

Moreover, this description does not address the United States federal estate, gift or alternative minimum tax consequences, or any state, local or foreign tax consequences, of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares.

This description is based on the Code, existing, proposed and temporary United States Treasury Regulations and judicial and administrative interpretations thereof, in each case as in effect and available on the date hereof. All of the foregoing is subject to change, which change could apply retroactively and could affect the tax consequences described below. There can be no assurances that the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, will not take a different position concerning the tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares or that such a position would not be sustained. Holders should consult their own tax advisors concerning the U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of purchasing, owning and disposing of our ordinary shares in their particular circumstances.

For purposes of this description, a “U.S. Holder” is a beneficial owner of our ordinary shares that, for United States federal income tax purposes, is:

 

    a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

    a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any state thereof, including the District of Columbia;

 

    an estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

    a trust if such trust has validly elected to be treated as a United States person for United States federal income tax purposes or if (1) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over its administration and (2) one or more United States persons have the authority to control all of the substantial decisions of such trust.

If a partnership (or any other entity treated as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes) holds our ordinary shares, the tax treatment of a partner in such partnership will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Such a partner or partnership should consult its tax advisor as to the particular United States federal income tax consequences of acquiring, owning and disposing of our ordinary shares in its particular circumstance.

You should consult your tax advisor with respect to the United States federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of acquiring, owning and disposing of our ordinary shares.

Distributions

Subject to the discussion below under “Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations,” if you are a U.S. Holder, the gross amount of any distribution made to you with respect to our ordinary shares before reduction for any Israeli taxes withheld therefrom, other than certain distributions, if any, of our ordinary shares distributed pro rata to all our shareholders, generally will be includible in your income as dividend income to the extent such distribution is paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined under United States federal income tax principles. We do not expect to maintain calculations of our earnings and profits under United States federal income tax principles. Therefore, if you are a U.S. Holder you should expect that the entire amount of any distribution generally will be reported as dividend income to you. Subject to applicable limitations, dividends paid to certain non-corporate U.S. Holders may qualify for the preferential rates of taxation

 

134


Table of Contents

with respect to dividends on ordinary shares if certain requirements, including stock holding period requirements, are satisfied by the recipient and the company is eligible for the benefits of the United States-Israel Tax Treaty. However, such dividends will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction generally allowed to corporate U.S. Holders. To the extent that the amount of any distribution by us exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits as determined under United States federal income tax principles, it will be treated first as a return of your adjusted tax basis in our ordinary shares and thereafter as either long-term or short-term capital gain depending upon whether the U.S. Holder has held our ordinary shares for more than one year as of the time such distribution is received.

Subject to certain conditions and limitations, Israeli tax withheld on dividends may be deducted from your taxable income or credited against your United States federal income tax liability. If you are a U.S. Holder, dividends paid to you with respect to our ordinary shares will generally be treated as foreign source income, which may be relevant in calculating your foreign tax credit limitation. However, for periods in which we are a “United Stated-owned foreign corporation,” a portion of dividends paid by us may be treated as U.S. source solely for purposes of the foreign tax credit. We would be treated as a United States-owned foreign corporation if 50% or more of the total value or total voting power of our stock is owned, directly, indirectly or by attribution, by United States persons. To the extent any portion of our dividends is treated as U.S. source income pursuant to this rule, the ability of a U.S. Holder to claim a foreign tax credit for any Israeli withholding taxes payable in respect of our dividends may be limited. A U.S. Holder entitled to benefits under the United States-Israel Tax Treaty may, however, elect to treat any dividends as foreign source income for foreign tax credit purposes if the dividend income is separated from other income items for purposes of calculating the U.S. Holder’s foreign tax credit. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors about the impact of, and any exception available to, the special sourcing rule described in this paragraph, and the desirability of making, and the method of making, such an election.

The limitation on foreign taxes eligible for credit is calculated separately with respect to specific classes of income. For this purpose, dividends that we distribute generally should constitute “passive category income,” or, in the case of certain U.S. Holders, “general category income.” A foreign tax credit for foreign taxes imposed on distributions may be denied if you do not satisfy certain minimum holding period requirements. The rules relating to the determination of the foreign tax credit are complex, and you should consult your tax advisor to determine whether and to what extent you will be entitled to this credit.

Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Ordinary Shares

Subject to the discussion below under “Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations,” if you are a U.S. Holder, you generally will recognize gain or loss on the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our ordinary shares equal to the difference between the amount realized on such sale, exchange or other taxable disposition and your adjusted tax basis in our ordinary shares, and such gain or loss will be capital gain or loss. The adjusted tax basis in an ordinary share generally will be equal to the cost of such ordinary share. Except as discussed below with respect to foreign currency gain or loss, if you are a non-corporate U.S. Holder, capital gain from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of ordinary shares is generally eligible for a preferential rate of taxation applicable to capital gains, if your holding period for such ordinary shares exceeds one year (i.e., such gain is long-term capital gain). The deductibility of capital losses for United States federal income tax purposes is subject to limitations under the Code. Any such gain or loss that a U.S. Holder recognizes generally will be treated as U.S. source income or loss for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

A U.S. Holder’s initial tax basis in the ordinary shares will generally be the U.S. dollar value of the purchase price of our ordinary shares on the date of purchase. If our ordinary shares are treated as traded on an ‘‘established securities market,’’ a cash basis U.S. Holder or, if it elects, an accrual basis U.S. Holder, will determine the U.S. dollar value of the cost of such ordinary shares by translating the amount paid at the spot rate of exchange on the settlement date of the purchase. Such an election by an accrual basis U.S. Holder must be applied consistently from year to year and cannot be revoked without the consent of the IRS. The amount realized generally will be the U.S. dollar value of the payment received determined on the date of disposition. If

 

135


Table of Contents

our ordinary shares are treated as traded on an established securities market, a cash basis taxpayer, or, if it elects, an accrual basis taxpayer, will determine the U.S. dollar value of the amount realized by translating the amount realized (as determined on the trade date) at the spot rate of exchange on the settlement date of the sale.

On the settlement date, the U.S. Holder will recognize U.S. source foreign currency gain or loss (taxable as ordinary income or loss) equal to the difference (if any) between the U.S. dollar value of the amount received based on the exchange rates in effect on the date of sale or other disposition and the settlement date. However, in the case of ordinary shares traded on an established securities market that are sold by a cash basis U.S. Holder (or an accrual basis U.S. Holder that so elects), the amount realized will be based on the exchange rate in effect on the settlement date for the sale, and no exchange gain or loss will be recognized at that time.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations

If we were to be classified as a “passive foreign investment company,” or PFIC, in any taxable year, a U.S. Holder would be subject to special rules generally intended to reduce or eliminate any benefits from the deferral of U.S. federal income tax that a U.S. Holder could derive from investing in a non-U.S. company that does not distribute all of its earnings on a current basis.

A non-U.S. corporation will be classified as a PFIC for federal income tax purposes in any taxable year in which, after applying certain look-through rules with respect to the income and assets of subsidiaries, either:

 

    at least 75% of its gross income is “passive income”; or

 

    at least 50% of the average quarterly value of its total gross assets (which, assuming we were a non-publicly traded CFC for the year being tested may be measured by the adjusted tax basis of our assets or, if we were a publicly traded CFC or not a CFC, the total value of our assets may be measured in part by the market value of our ordinary shares, which is subject to change) is attributable to assets that produce “passive income” or are held for the production of passive income.

Passive income for this purpose generally includes dividends, interest, royalties, rents, gains from commodities and securities transactions, the excess of gains over losses from the disposition of assets which produce passive income, and includes amounts derived by reason of the temporary investment of funds raised in offerings of our ordinary shares. If a non-U.S. corporation owns directly or indirectly at least 25% by value of the stock of another corporation, the non-U.S. corporation is treated for purposes of the PFIC tests as owning its proportionate share of the assets of the other corporation and as receiving directly its proportionate share of the other corporation’s income. If we are classified as a PFIC in any year with respect to which a U.S. Holder owns our ordinary shares, we will continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to such U.S. Holder in all succeeding years during which the U.S. Holder owns our ordinary shares, regardless of whether we continue to meet the tests described above.

Based on our belief that we were a CFC prior to this offering in the current taxable year and certain estimates of our gross income and gross assets, our intended use of the proceeds of this offering, and the nature of our business, our company expects to be classified, and you should assume the company will be classified, as a PFIC for the taxable year ending December 31, 2014. Because the total value of our assets may be measured in part by the market value of our ordinary shares in 2015, we expect that the company should not be classified as a PFIC for the taxable year ending December 31, 2015. However, because PFIC status is based on our income, assets and activities for the entire taxable year, it is not possible to determine whether we will be characterized as a PFIC for the 2014 or 2015 taxable year or any subsequent year until after the close of the year. Additionally, our status as a PFIC may depend on how quickly we utilize the cash proceeds from this offering in our business. There can be no assurance that we will not be considered a PFIC for any taxable year.

Under certain attribution rules, if we are a PFIC, U.S. Holders will be deemed to own their proportionate share of our PFIC subsidiaries, such subsidiaries referred to as “lower-tier PFICs,” and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in the manner discussed below on (1) a distribution to us on the shares of a “lower-tier PFIC” and (2) a disposition by us of shares of a “lower-tier PFIC,” both as if the holder directly held the shares of such “lower-tier PFIC.”

 

136


Table of Contents

If an entity is treated as a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder holds (or, as discussed in the previous paragraph, is deemed to hold) its ordinary shares, such holder will be subject to adverse U.S. federal income tax rules. In general, if a U.S. Holder disposes of shares of a PFIC (including an indirect disposition or a constructive disposition of shares of a “lower-tier PFIC”), gain recognized or deemed recognized by such holder would be allocated ratably over such holder’s holding period for the shares. The amounts allocated to the taxable year of disposition and to years before the entity became a PFIC, if any, would be treated as ordinary income. The amount allocated to each other taxable year would be subject to tax at the highest rate in effect for such taxable year for individuals or corporations, as appropriate, and an interest charge would be imposed on the tax attributable to such allocated amounts. Further, any distribution in respect of shares of a PFIC (or a distribution by a lower-tier PFIC to its shareholders that is deemed to be received by a U.S. Holder) in excess of 125% of the average of the annual distributions on such shares received or deemed to be received during the preceding three years or the U.S. Holder’s holding period, whichever is shorter, would be subject to taxation in the manner described above. In addition, dividend distributions made to you will not qualify for the preferential rates of taxation applicable to long-term capital gains discussed above under “Distributions.”

Where a company that is a PFIC meets certain reporting requirements, a U.S. Holder can avoid certain adverse PFIC consequences described above by making a “qualified electing fund” (“QEF”) election to be taxed currently on its proportionate share of the PFIC’s ordinary income and net capital gains. However, we do not intend to comply with the necessary accounting and record keeping requirements that would allow a U.S. Holder to make a QEF election with respect to us.

If we are a PFIC and our ordinary shares are “regularly traded” on a “qualified exchange,” a U.S. Holder may make a mark-to-market election with respect to our ordinary shares (but not the shares of any lower-tier PFICs), which may help to mitigate the adverse tax consequences resulting from our PFIC status (but not that of any lower-tier PFICs). Our ordinary shares will be treated as “regularly traded” in any calendar year in which more than a de minimis quantity of the ordinary shares are traded on a qualified exchange on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter (subject to the rule that trades that have as one of their principal purposes the meeting of the trading requirement are disregarded). The NASDAQ Global Select Market is a qualified exchange for this purpose and, consequently, if the ordinary shares are regularly traded, the mark-to-market election will be available to a U.S. Holder; however, there can be no assurance that trading volumes will be sufficient to permit a mark-to-market election. In addition, because a mark-to-market election with respect to us does not apply to any equity interests in “lower-tier PFICs” that we own, a U.S. Holder generally will continue to be subject to the PFIC rules with respect to its indirect interest in any investments held by us that are treated as equity interests in a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

If a U.S. Holder makes the mark-to-market election, for each year in which we are a PFIC, the holder will generally include as ordinary income the excess, if any, of the fair market value of ordinary shares at the end of the taxable year over their adjusted tax basis, and will be permitted an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of the adjusted tax basis of our ordinary shares over their fair market value at the end of the taxable year (but only to the extent of the net amount of previously included income as a result of the mark-to-market election). A U.S. Holder that makes a valid mark-to-market election will not include mark-to-market gain or loss in income for any taxable year that we are not classified as a PFIC (although cessation of our status as a PFIC will not terminate the mark-to-market election). Thus, if we are classified as a PFIC in a taxable year after a year in which we are not classified as a PFIC, the U.S. Holder’s original election (unless revoked or terminated) continues to apply and the U.S. Holder must include any mark-to-market gain or loss in such year. If a U.S. Holder makes the election, the holder’s tax basis in our ordinary shares will be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amounts. Any gain recognized on a sale or other disposition of our ordinary shares will be treated as ordinary income. Any losses recognized on a sale or other disposition of our ordinary shares will be treated as ordinary loss to the extent of any net mark-to-market gains for prior years. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the availability and consequences of making a mark-to-market election in their particular circumstances. In particular, U.S. Holders should consider carefully the impact of a mark-to-market election with respect to our ordinary shares if we have “lower-tier PFICs” for which such election is not available. Once made,

 

137


Table of Contents

the mark-to-market election cannot be revoked without the consent of the IRS unless our ordinary shares cease to be “regularly traded.”

If a U.S. Holder owns ordinary shares during any year in which we are a PFIC, the U.S. Holder generally will be required to file an IRS Form 8621 (Information Return by a Shareholder of a Passive Foreign Investment Company or Qualified Electing Fund) with respect to the company, generally with the U.S. Holder’s federal income tax return for that year. If our company were a PFIC for a given taxable year, then you should consult your tax advisor concerning your annual filing requirements.

U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding whether we are a PFIC and the potential application of the PFIC rules.

Medicare Tax

Certain U.S. Holders that are individuals, estates or trusts are subject to a 3.8% tax on all or a portion of their “net investment income,” which may include all or a portion of their dividend income and net gains from the disposition of ordinary shares. Each U.S. Holder that is an individual, estate or trust is urged to consult its tax advisors regarding the applicability of the Medicare tax to its income and gains in respect of its investment in our ordinary shares.

Backup Withholding Tax and Information Reporting Requirements

United States backup withholding tax and information reporting requirements may apply to certain payments to certain holders of stock. Information reporting generally will apply to payments of dividends on, and to proceeds from the sale or redemption of, our ordinary shares made within the United States, or by a United States payor or United States middleman, to a holder of our ordinary shares, other than an exempt recipient (including a payee that is not a United States person that provides an appropriate certification and certain other persons). A payor will be required to withhold backup withholding tax from any payments of dividends on, or the proceeds from the sale or redemption of, ordinary shares within the United States, or by a United States payor or United States middleman, to a holder, other than an exempt recipient, if such holder fails to furnish its correct taxpayer identification number or otherwise fails to comply with, or establish an exemption from, such backup withholding tax requirements. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a credit against the beneficial owner’s United States federal income tax liability, if any, and any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be refunded, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Foreign Asset Reporting

Certain U.S. Holders who are individuals are required to report information relating to an interest in our ordinary shares, subject to certain exceptions (including an exception for shares held in accounts maintained by U.S. financial institutions) by filing IRS Form 8938 (Statement of Specified Foreign Financial Assets) with their federal income tax return. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding their information reporting obligations, if any, with respect to their ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares.

The above description is not intended to constitute a complete analysis of all tax consequences relating to acquisition, ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares. You should consult your tax advisor concerning the tax consequences of your particular situation.

 

138


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We are offering the ordinary shares described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Barclays Capital Inc. are acting as joint book-running managers of the offering, and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. are acting as representatives of the underwriters. We expect to enter into an underwriting agreement with the representatives on behalf of the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we will agree to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter will severally agree to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of ordinary shares listed next to its name in the following table:

 

Name

   Number of
Shares

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  

Barclays Capital Inc.

  

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

  

Nomura Securities International, Inc.

  

Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

The underwriters will be committed to purchase all the ordinary shares offered by us if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement will also provide that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the offering may be terminated.

The underwriters propose to offer the ordinary shares directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $         per share. After the initial public offering of the shares, the offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the underwriters. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters. The representatives have advised us that the underwriters do not intend to confirm discretionary sales in excess of 5% of the ordinary shares offered in this offering.

The underwriters will have an option to buy up to              additional ordinary shares from us to cover sales of shares by the underwriters which exceed the number of shares specified in the table above. The underwriters will have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option. If any shares are purchased with this option, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional ordinary shares are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.

The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per ordinary share less the amount paid by the underwriters to us per ordinary share. The underwriting fee is $         per share. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

     Without
exercise of option
to purchase
additional shares
     With full
exercise of option
to purchase
additional shares
 

Per Share

   $                    $                

Total

   $         $     

 

139


Table of Contents

We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $        , which includes no more than $         that we have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain FINRA related expenses incurred by them in connection with this offering.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

We will agree that we will not, subject to limited exceptions, (i) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any of our ordinary shares or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our ordinary shares, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of our ordinary shares or any such other securities (regardless of whether any of these transactions are to be settled by the delivery of our ordinary shares or such other securities, in cash or otherwise), in each case without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, other than the ordinary shares to be sold hereunder and any ordinary shares issued upon the exercise of options granted under our existing stock option plans.

Our directors and executive officers, and holders of substantially all of our ordinary shares and securities convertible into or exchangeable for our ordinary shares have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, with limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, may not, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., (1) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any ordinary shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for any of our ordinary shares (including, without limitation, ordinary shares or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such directors, executive officers, managers and members in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant) or (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our ordinary shares or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of our ordinary shares or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of our ordinary shares or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our ordinary shares.

We will agree to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

We will apply to have our ordinary shares approved for listing on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “CYBR.”

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling our ordinary shares in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our ordinary shares while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of the ordinary shares, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of ordinary shares than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing ordinary shares on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered” shorts,

 

140


Table of Contents

which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ over-allotment option referred to above, or may be “naked” shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their over-allotment option, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the ordinary shares in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.

The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the ordinary shares, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase ordinary shares in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.

These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the ordinary shares or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the ordinary shares, and, as a result, the price of the ordinary shares may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the NASDAQ Stock Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. In determining the initial public offering price, we and the representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors including:

 

    the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives;

 

    our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

 

    an assessment of our management;

 

    our prospects for future earnings;

 

    the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;

 

    the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and

 

    other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our ordinary shares, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

 

141


Table of Contents

Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided in the past to us and our affiliates and may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future.

United Kingdom

This document is only being distributed to and is only directed at (i) persons who are outside the United Kingdom or (ii) to investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the “Order”) or (iii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling with Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). The securities are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire such securities will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a ‘‘Relevant Member State’’), from and including the date on which the European Union Prospectus Directive (the ‘‘EU Prospectus Directive’’) was implemented in that Relevant Member State (the ‘‘Relevant Implementation Date’’) an offer of securities described in this prospectus may not be made to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the EU Prospectus Directive, except that, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, an offer of securities described in this prospectus may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

 

    to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the EU Prospectus Directive;

 

    to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the EU Prospectus Directive); or

 

    in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the EU Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of securities described in this prospectus shall result in a requirement for the publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the EU Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an ‘‘offer of securities to the public’’ in relation to any securities in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the securities, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the EU Prospectus Directive in that Member State. The expression “EU Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and any amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571,

 

142


Table of Contents

Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

Switzerland

This document, as well as any other material relating to our ordinary shares, which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus, does not constitute an issue prospectus pursuant to Article 652a of the Swiss Code of Obligations. The shares will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange and, therefore, the documents relating to the shares, including, but not limited to, this document, do not claim to comply with the disclosure standards of the listing rules of SIX Swiss Exchange and corresponding prospectus schemes annexed to the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange.

The shares are being offered in Switzerland by way of a private placement, i.e., to a small number of selected investors only, without any public offer and only to investors who do not purchase the shares with the intention to distribute them to the public. The investors will be individually approached by us from time to time.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus supplement relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This prospectus supplement is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus supplement nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus supplement. The shares to which this prospectus supplement relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus supplement you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

 

143


Table of Contents

Notice to Prospective Investors in Israel

This document does not constitute a prospectus under the Israeli Securities Law, 5728-1968, and has not been filed with or approved by the Israel Securities Authority. In Israel, this prospectus is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, investors listed in the first addendum, or the Addendum, to the Israeli Securities Law, consisting primarily of joint investment in trust funds, provident funds, insurance companies, banks, portfolio managers, investment advisors, members of the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange, underwriters purchasing for their own account, venture capital funds, entities with equity in excess of NIS 50 million and “qualified individuals,” each as defined in the Addendum (as it may be amended from time to time), collectively referred to as qualified investors. Qualified investors may be required to submit written confirmation that they fall within the scope of the Addendum.

 

144


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the ordinary shares being offered by this prospectus and other legal matters concerning this offering relating to Israeli law will be passed upon for us by Meitar Liquornik Geva Leshem Tal, Ramat Gan, Israel. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering relating to U.S. law will be passed upon for us by White & Case LLP, New York, New York. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Naschitz, Brandes, Amir & Co., Tel Aviv, Israel, with respect to Israeli law, and by Goodwin Procter LLP, Boston, Massachusetts, with respect to U.S. law.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013 included in this Prospectus have been so included in reliance on the reports of Kost, Forer, Gabbay and Kasierer, a member of Ernst & Young Global, independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting. The offices of Kost, Forer, Gabbay and Kasierer are located at 3 Aminadav St., Tel Aviv, 6706703 Israel.

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

We are incorporated under the laws of the State of Israel. Service of process upon us and upon our directors and officers and any Israeli experts named in this registration statement, most of whom reside outside of the United States, may be difficult to obtain within the United States. Furthermore, because a majority of our assets and most of our directors and officers are located outside of the United States, any judgment obtained in the United States against us or certain of our directors and officers may be difficult to collect within the United States.

We have been informed by our legal counsel in Israel, Meitar Liquornik Geva Leshem Tal, Ramat Gan, that it may be difficult to assert U.S. securities laws claims in original actions instituted in Israel. Israeli courts may refuse to hear a claim based on a violation of U.S. securities laws because Israel is not the most appropriate forum in which to bring such a claim. In addition, even if an Israeli court agrees to hear a claim, it may determine that Israeli law and not U.S. law is applicable to the claim. If U.S. law is found to be applicable, the content of applicable U.S. law must be proven as a fact which can be a time-consuming and costly process. Matters of procedure will also be governed by Israeli law.

We have irrevocably appointed Cyber-Ark Software, Inc. as our agent to receive service of process in any action against us in any United States federal or state court arising out of this offering or any purchase or sale of securities in connection with this offering. Subject to specified time limitations and legal procedures, Israeli courts may enforce a United States judgment in a civil matter which is non-appealable, including a judgment based upon the civil liability provisions of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act and including a monetary or compensatory judgment in a non-civil matter, provided that, among other things:

 

    the judgment is obtained after due process before a court of competent jurisdiction, according to the laws of the state in which the judgment is given and the rules of private international law prevailing in Israel;

 

    the prevailing law of the foreign state in which the judgment is rendered allows for the enforcement of judgments of Israeli courts;

 

    adequate service of process has been effected and the defendant has had a reasonable opportunity to be heard and to present his or her evidence;

 

    the judgment is not contrary to public policy of Israel, and the enforcement of the civil liabilities set forth in the judgment is not likely to impair the security or sovereignty of Israel;

 

145


Table of Contents
    the judgment was not obtained by fraud and does not conflict with any other valid judgment in the same matter between the same parties;

 

    an action between the same parties in the same matter was not pending in any Israeli court at the time at which the lawsuit was instituted in the foreign court; and

 

    the judgment is enforceable according to the laws of Israel and according to the law of the foreign state in which the relief was granted.

If a foreign judgment is enforced by an Israeli court, it generally will be payable in Israeli currency, which can then be converted into non-Israeli currency and transferred out of Israel. The usual practice in an action before an Israeli court to recover an amount in a non-Israeli currency is for the Israeli court to issue a judgment for the equivalent amount in Israeli currency at the rate of exchange in force on the date of the judgment, but the judgment debtor may make payment in foreign currency. Pending collection, the amount of the judgment of an Israeli court stated in Israeli currency ordinarily will be linked to the Israeli consumer price index plus interest at the annual statutory rate set by Israeli regulations prevailing at the time. Judgment creditors must bear the risk of unfavorable exchange rates.

 

146


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement on Form F-1 under the Securities Act relating to this offering of our ordinary shares. This prospectus does not contain all of the information contained in the registration statement. The rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission allow us to omit certain information from this prospectus that is included in the registration statement. Statements made in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract, agreement or other document are summaries of all material information about the documents summarized, but are not complete descriptions of all terms of these documents. If we filed any of these documents as an exhibit to the registration statement, you may read the document itself for a complete description of its terms.

You may read and copy the registration statement, including the related exhibits and schedules, and any document we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission without charge at the Commission’s public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain copies of the documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the Securities and Exchange Commission at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, DC 20549. Please call the Securities and Exchange Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference room. The Securities and Exchange Commission also maintains an Internet website that contains reports and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the Commission. Our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission are also available to the public through the Commission’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

We are not currently subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act that are applicable to foreign private issuers, and under those requirements will file reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Those other reports or other information may be inspected without charge at the locations described above. As a foreign private issuer, we will be exempt from the rules under the Exchange Act related to the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our officers, directors and principal shareholders will be exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we will not be required under the Exchange Act to file annual, quarterly and current reports and financial statements with the Securities and Exchange Commission as frequently or as promptly as United States companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. However, we will file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, within four months after the end of each fiscal year, or such applicable time as required by the Commission, an annual report on Form 20-F containing financial statements audited by an independent registered public accounting firm, and will submit to the Commission, on Form 6-K, unaudited quarterly financial information for the first three quarters of each fiscal year within 60 days after the end of each such quarter, or such applicable time as required by the Commission.

 

147


Table of Contents

CYBER-ARK SOFTWARE LTD.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

CYBER-ARK SOFTWARE LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

  

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 (audited) and March  31,
2014 (unaudited)

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December  31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 (audited) and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 (unaudited)

     F-5   

Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended December  31, 2011, 2012
and 2013 (audited) and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 (unaudited)

     F-6   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013  (audited) and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 (unaudited)

     F-7   

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-8   


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of

CYBER-ARK SOFTWARE LTD.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Cyber-Ark Software Ltd. (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall consolidated financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2013, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

   /s/ Kost Forer Gabbay & Kasierer
Tel Aviv, Israel    KOST FORER GABBAY & KASIERER
March 20, 2014    A Member of Ernst & Young Global

 

F-2


Table of Contents

CYBER-ARK SOFTWARE LTD.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

U.S. dollars in thousands

 

     December 31,      March 31,
2014
 
     2012      2013     

ASSETS

           Unaudited   

CURRENT ASSETS:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 42,887       $ 62,379       $ 71,729   

Short-term bank deposits

     3,108         3,182         1,892   

Trade receivables

     9,471         12,728         7,976   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     883         2,119         1,865   

Short-term deferred tax asset

     2,540         2,676         2,375   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     58,889         83,084         85,837   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

LONG-TERM ASSETS:

        

Property and equipment, net

     937         1,272         1,783   

Severance pay fund

     2,464         3,071         3,142   

Prepaid expenses and other long-term assets

     951         819         795   

Long-term deferred tax asset

     1,138         1,478         1,671   

Deferred issuance costs

     —           —           1,239   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-term assets

     5,490         6,640         8,630   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 64,379       $ 89,724       $ 94,467   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

CYBER-ARK SOFTWARE LTD.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

 

     December 31,      March 31,
2014
     Pro forma
Liabilities and
Shareholders’
equity as of
March 31,
2014
 
     2012      2013      Unaudited  
                             

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

           

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

           

Trade payables

   $ 1,057       $ 1,766       $ 705       $     

Employees and payroll accruals

     4,170         6,821         4,789      

Deferred revenues

     10,552         18,175         24,839      

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     1,662         4,582         4,138      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     17,441         31,344         34,471      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

LONG-TERM LIABILITIES:

           

Deferred revenues

     4,516         6,303         7,556      

Long-term deferred tax liabilities

     20         27         27      

Accrued severance pay

     3,220         4,070         4,152      

Warrants to purchase preferred shares

     688         2,134         3,530         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-term liabilities

     8,444         12,534         15,265         11,735   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

     25,885         43,878         49,736         46,206   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

           

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY:

           

Ordinary shares of NIS 0.01 par value—Authorized: 31,785,000 shares at December 31, 2012 and 2013 and March 31, 2014 (unaudited); Issued and outstanding: 6,707,680 shares, 7,019,352 shares and 7,131,273 shares at December 31, 2012 and 2013 and March 31, 2014 (unaudited), respectively; 24,193,711 shares issued and outstanding pro forma (unaudited) at March 31, 2014

     16         17         17         59   

Preferred shares of NIS 0.01 par value—Authorized: 18,215,000 shares at December 31, 2012 and 2013 and March 31, 2014 (unaudited); Issued and outstanding: 15,958,290 shares at December 31, 2012 and 2013 and March 31, 2014 (unaudited). Aggregate liquidation preference of $34,935 and $36,197 at December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014 (unaudited), respectively; 0 shares issued and outstanding pro forma (unaudited)

     41         41         41         —     

Additional paid-in capital

     34,250         34,811         35,017         38,546   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     —           155         82         82   

Retained earnings

     4,187         10,822         9,574         9,574   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     38,494         45,846         44,731         48,261   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

   $ 64,379       $ 89,724       $ 94,467       $ 94,467   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

CYBER-ARK SOFTWARE LTD.

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive income

U.S. dollars in thousands (except per share data)

 

     Year ended December 31,     Three months ended
March 31,
 
     2011     2012     2013     2013     2014  

Revenues:

           Unaudited   

License

   $ 21,125      $ 27,029      $ 38,907      $ 6,702      $ 9,120   

Maintenance and professional services

     15,240        20,179        27,250        6,029        8,275   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     36,365        47,208        66,157        12,731        17,395   

Cost of revenues:

          

License

     899        1,002        1,216        269        628   

Maintenance and professional services

     4,517        5,922        7,860        1,865        2,426   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     5,416        6,924        9,076        2,134        3,054   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     30,949        40,284        57,081        10,597        14,341   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

          

Research and development

     6,272        7,273        10,404        2,269        3,237   

Sales and marketing

     15,929        22,081        32,840        6,817        9,433   

General and administrative

     3,077        3,297        4,758        965        1,481   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     25,278        32,651        48,002        10,051        14,151   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     5,671        7,633        9,079        546        190   

Financial income (expenses), net

     (190     4        (1,124     (240     (1,355
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before taxes on income

     5,481        7,637        7,955        306        (1,165

Taxes on income (tax benefit)

     (392     (225     1,320        178        83   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 5,873      $ 7,862      $ 6,635      $ 128      $ (1,248
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic net income (loss) per ordinary share

   $ 0.43      $ 0.51      $ 0.25      $ (0.15   $ (0.35
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted net income (loss) per ordinary share

   $ 0.26      $ 0.31      $ 0.14      $ (0.15   $ (0.35
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic pro forma income per ordinary share (unaudited)

       $ 0.34        $ 0.01   
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted pro forma income per ordinary share (unaudited)

       $ 0.28        $ 0.01   
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

          

Unrealized gain on foreign currency cash flow hedges

     —          —          155        —          (73
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) for the period

     —          —          155        —          (73
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss)

   $ 5,873      $ 7,862      $ 6,790      $ 128      $ (1,321
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

CYBER-ARK SOFTWARE LTD.

Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share data)

 

   

 

Preferred shares

   

 

Ordinary shares

    Additional
paid-in
capital
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income
    Retained
earnings
(Accumulated
deficit)
    Total
shareholders’
equity
 
    Number     Amount     Number     Amount          

Balance as of January 1, 2011

    14,312,880      $ 37        4,799,730      $ 12      $ 25,512      $           —        $ (9,548   $ 16,013   

Classification of warrants from liability into shareholders’ equity in their fair value

    —          —          —          —          424        —          —          424   

Issuance of preferred shares, net

    1,237,340        3        —          —          5,228        —          —          5,231   

Share-based compensation expenses related to option granted to employees

    —          —          —          —          1,676        —          —          1,676   

Exercise of options granted to employees

    —          —          1,751,050        4        441        —          —          445   

Exercise of warrants for preferred shares

    408,070        1        —          —          627        —          —          628   

Net income

    —          —          —          —          —          —          5,873        5,873   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

    15,958,290        41        6,550,780        16        33,908        —          (3,675     30,290   

Share-based compensation expenses related to option granted to employees

    —          —          —          —          284        —          —          284   

Exercise of options granted to employees

    —          —          156,900        (*)—          58        —          —          58   

Net income

    —          —          —          —          —          —          7,862        7,862   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2012

    15,958,290        41        6,707,680        16        34,250        —          4,187        38,494   

Exercise of options granted to employees

    —          —          311,672        1        158        —          —          159   

Other comprehensive income

    —          —          —          —          —          155        —          155   

Share-based compensation expenses related to options granted to employees and non-employees

    —          —          —          —          403        —          —          403   

Net income

    —          —          —          —          —          —          6,635        6,635   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2013

    15,958,290      $ 41        7,019,352      $ 17      $ 34,811      $ 155      $ 10,822      $ 45,846   

Exercise of options granted to employees

    —          —          111,921        (*)—          50        —          —          50   

Other comprehensive loss

    —          —          —          —          —          (73     —          (73

Share-based compensation expenses related to options granted to employees

    —          —          —          —          156        —          —          156   

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          —          —          (1,248     (1,248
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of March 31, 2014 (unaudited)

    15,958,290      $ 41        7,131,273      $ 17      $ 35,017      $ 82      $ 9,574      $ 44,731   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
(*) Represent an amount lower than $ 1

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

CYBER-ARK SOFTWARE LTD.

Consolidated statements of cash flows

U.S. dollars in thousands

 

     Year ended
December 31,
    Three months ended
March 31,
 
     2011     2012     2013     2013     2014  
                       Unaudited  

Cash flows from operating activities:

          

Net income (loss)

   $ 5,873      $ 7,862      $ 6,635      $ 128      $ (1,248

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided in operating activities:

          

Depreciation

     210        329        475        103        227   

Share based compensation expenses

     1,676        284        403        81        156   

Deferred income taxes, net

     (512     (458     (769     325        95   

Decrease (increase) in trade receivables

     (870     (3,074     (3,257     2,441        4,752   

Decrease (increase) in prepaid expenses and other current and long-term assets

     (1,338     97        (920     25        58   

Increase (decrease) in trade payables

     (431     583        651        (234     (1,058

Changes in fair value of warrants to purchase preferred shares

     179        176        1,446        —          1,396   

Increase in short term and long term deferred revenues

     2,802        5,766        9,410        2,242        7,917   

Increase (decrease) in employees and payroll accruals

     902        1,358        2,651        (868     (2,032

Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     752        652        3,191        (625     (1,523

Increase in accrued severance pay, net

     133        82        243        81        11   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     9,376        13,657        20,159        3,699        8,751   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

          

Proceeds from short term deposit

     800        4,555        8,735        —          1,290   

Investment in short term deposit

     —          (7,102     (8,809     (304     —     

Purchase of property and equipment

     (431     (686     (752     (131     (741
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     369        (3,233     (826     (435     549   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

          

Proceeds from issuance of preferred shares, net

     5,618        (387     —          —          —     

Exercise of warrants to preferred shares

     628        —          —          —          —     

Proceeds from exercise of options

     445        58        159        106        50   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     6,691        (329     159        106        50   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase in cash and cash equivalents

     16,436        10,095        19,492        3,370        9,350   

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period

     16,356        32,792        42,887        42,887        62,379   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period

   $ 32,792      $ 42,887      $ 62,379      $ 46,257      $ 71,729   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-cash activities :

          

Purchase of property and equipment in credit

   $ 23      $ 32      $ 90      $ 60      $ 87   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accrued issuance expenses

   $ 387      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 1,092   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow activities:

          

Cash paid during the year for taxes

   $ 114      $ 76      $ 287      $ 121      $ 518   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

CYBER-ARK SOFTWARE LTD.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 1:    GENERAL

 

a. Cyber-Ark Software Ltd. (the “Company”) is an Israeli company that develops, markets and sells software based security solutions for the enterprise. The Company’s platform enables organizations to safeguard and monitor their privileged accounts, which are those accounts within an organization that have access to the organization’s high-value assets and are located across its IT infrastructure. The Company’s software provides customers with the ability to protect, detect, monitor and control access to privileged accounts in order to break the lifecycle of a targeted cyber attack before it can cause damage to an enterprise.

 

b. In February 2000, the Company established Cyber-Ark Software, Inc., a wholly-owned Subsidiary in the United States (the “U.S. Subsidiary”). The U.S. Subsidiary is engaged in marketing and selling the Company’s products in the U.S. In 2008, the Company established Cyber-Ark Software UK (the “U.K. Subsidiary”). The U.K. Subsidiary was engaged primarily in marketing the Company’s products in the U.K. and parts of Europe and from the middle of 2013 is also engaged in selling the Company’s products. In 2013, the Company established Cyber-Ark Software GmbH (the “Germany Subsidiary”), which is engaged primarily in marketing the Company’s products in Germany, Austria and Switzerland.

NOTE 2:    SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”).

 

a. Use of estimates:

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. The Company evaluates on an ongoing basis its assumptions, including those related to contingencies, income taxes, deferred taxes and liabilities, share-based compensation cost, as well as in estimates used in applying the revenue recognition policy. The Company’s management believes that the estimates, judgment and assumptions used are reasonable based upon information available at the time they are made. These estimates, judgments and assumptions can affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

b. Principles of consolidation:

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. Intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated upon consolidation.

 

c. Unaudited interim financial information:

The accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2014, the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 and the shareholders’ equity for the three months ended March 31, 2014 are unaudited. The unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual consolidated statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the Company’s financial position and results of operations and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014. The financial data and the other information disclosed in these notes to the consolidated financial statements related to the three month periods are unaudited. The results of the three months ended March 31, 2014 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2014 or for any other interim period or for any other future year.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

CYBER-ARK SOFTWARE LTD.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 2:    SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.)

 

d. Unaudited pro forma shareholders’ equity:

The Company’s board of directors has authorized the filing of a Registration Statement with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission to register the Company’s ordinary shares for sale to the public. Upon the closing of the Company’s proposed Initial Public Offering (the “IPO”) as described in note 7.b.2, subject to satisfying the requirement of Qualified IPO, an IPO in which the per share public offering price would yield a Company pre-money valuation of at least $175,000 with aggregate gross proceeds to the Company in excess of $30,000 (net of underwriters’ discounts, concessions, commissions and expenses), all of the authorized, issued, and outstanding preferred shares will be automatically converted into ordinary shares and the warrants to Series B3 preferred shares will be either exercised or forfeited. Unaudited pro forma liabilities and shareholders’ equity as of March 31, 2014, as adjusted for the assumed conversion of such shares and warrants, is disclosed in the balance sheet.

 

 

e. Financial statements in U.S. dollars:

A majority of the Company’s revenues are generated in U.S. dollars. In addition, the equity investments were in U.S. dollars and substantial portion of the Company costs are incurred in U.S dollars. The Company’s management believes that the U.S. dollar is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the Company operates. Thus, the functional and reporting currency of the Company is the U.S dollar.

Accordingly, monetary accounts maintained in currencies other than the U.S. dollar are remeasured into U.S. dollars in accordance with Statement of the Accounting Standard Codification (“ACS”) No. 830 “Foreign Currency Matters” (“ASC No. 830”). All transaction gains and losses of the remeasured monetary balance sheet items are reflected in the statement of comprehensive income (loss) as financial income or expenses, as appropriate.

The functional currency of the U.S. Subsidiary is the U.S. dollar.

The functional currency of the U.K. Subsidiary and Germany Subsidiary is the U.S. dollar as these subsidiaries’ revenues, intercompany transactions, budgets and financing are denominated in U.S. dollars.

 

f. Cash and cash equivalents:

Cash equivalents are short-term highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to cash with original maturities of three months or less, at the date acquired.

 

g. Short-term bank deposits:

Short-term bank deposits are deposits with maturities of up to one year. As of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and March 31, 2014 (unaudited) the Company’s bank deposits were in U.S. dollars, Euros and New Israel Shekels (“NIS”) and bore interest at weighted average interest rates of 0.6%, 0.5% and 0.6% (unaudited), respectively. Short-term bank deposits are presented at their cost, including accrued interest. A portion of these deposits is used as security for the rental of premises and as a security for the Company’s hedging activities.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

CYBER-ARK SOFTWARE LTD.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 2:    SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.)

 

h. Property and equipment:

Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets at the following annual rates:

 

   

%

Computers and related equipment

  25 - 33

Office furniture and equipment

  7 - 20

Trade show equipment

  33

Leasehold improvements

  Over the shorter of the related lease period or the life of the asset

 

i. Long-lived assets:

The long-lived assets of the Company and its subsidiaries are reviewed for impairment in accordance with ASC No. 360, “Property, Plant and Equipment” (“ASC No. 360”), whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. The recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to the future undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the assets. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. During the years ended 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014 (unaudited), no impairment losses have been identified.

 

j. Derivatives instruments:

ASC No. 815, “Derivative and Hedging”, requires companies to recognize all of their derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities in the statement of financial position at fair value.

For those derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as hedging instruments, a company must designate the hedging instrument, based upon the exposure being hedged, as a fair value hedge, cash flow hedge or a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation.

For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as a cash flow hedge (i.e., hedging the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows that is attributable to a particular risk), the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument is reported as a component of other comprehensive income and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. The remaining gain or loss on the derivative instrument in excess of the cumulative change in the present value of future cash flows of the hedged item, if any, is recognized in current earnings during the period of change.

To hedge against the risk of overall changes in cash flows resulting from foreign currency salary payments during the year, the Company has instituted a foreign currency cash flow hedging program. The Company hedges portions of its forecasted expenses denominated in NIS. These forward and option contracts are designated as cash flow hedges, as defined by ASC 815, and are all effective, as their critical terms match underlying transactions being hedged.

As of December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014 (unaudited), the amount recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income from the Company’s currency forward and option transactions was $155 and $82 (unaudited), respectively, and presented also as part of prepaid expenses and other current assets. Such amount will be recorded in the Company’s earnings during 2014. At December 31, 2013 and March 31,

 

F-10


Table of Contents

CYBER-ARK SOFTWARE LTD.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 2:    SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.)

 

2014 (unaudited), the notional amounts of foreign exchange forward and options contracts into which the Company entered were $5,975, $6,975 (unaudited), respectively. The foreign exchange forward and options contracts will expire by the end of January 2015.

 

k. Severance pay:

The Israeli Severance Pay Law, 1963 (“Severance Pay Law”), specifies that employees are entitled to severance payment, following the termination of their employment. Under the Severance Pay Law, the severance payment is calculated as one month salary for each year of employment, or a portion thereof.

Part of the Company’s liability for severance pay is covered by the provisions of Section 14 of the Severance Pay Law (“Section 14”). Under Section 14 employees are entitled to monthly deposits, at a rate of 8.33% of their monthly salary, continued on their behalf to their insurance funds. Payments in accordance with Section 14 release the Company from any future severance payments in respect of those employees. As a result, the Company does not recognize any liability for severance pay due to these employees and the deposits under Section 14 are not recorded as an asset in the Company’s balance sheet.

For the Company’s employees in Israel who are not subject to Section 14, the Company calculated the liability for severance pay pursuant to the Severance Pay Law based on the most recent salary of these employees multiplied by the number of years of employment as of the balance sheet date. The Company’s liability for these employees is fully provided for via monthly deposits with severance pay funds, insurance policies and an accrual. The value of these deposits is recorded as an asset on the Company’s balance sheet.

Severance expense for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2013 (unaudited) and 2014 (unaudited), amounted to $638, $683, $1,124, $271 (unaudited) and $292 (unaudited), respectively.

 

l.   U.S. employees defined contribution plan:

The U.S. Subsidiary has a 401(K) defined contribution plan covering certain full time employees in the U.S. All eligible employees may elect to contribute up to an annual maximum, of lesser of 60% of their annual compensation to the plan through salary deferrals, subject to Internal Revenue Service limits but not greater than $17.5 per year (for certain employees over 50 years of age the maximum contribution is $ 23 per year).

The U.S. Subsidiary matches amount equal to 100% of the first 3% of the employees Compensation that they contribute to the Plan and 50% of the next 2% of their Compensation that they contribute to the Plan with a limit of $9.8 a year. During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 the U.S. Subsidiary recorded expenses for matching contributions in amounts of $204, $237 and $372, respectively.

 

m. Revenue recognition:

The Company generates revenues from licensing the rights to use their software products and from maintenance and professional services. The Company sells its products through its direct sales force and indirectly through resellers.

The Company accounts for its software licensing sales in accordance with ASC 985-605, “Software Revenue Recognition”. ASC 985-605 generally requires revenue earned on software arrangements involving multiple elements to be allocated to each element based on the relative fair value of the elements when Vendor Specific Objective Evidence (“VSOE”) of fair value exists for all elements and to be allocated to the different elements in the arrangement under the “residual method” when VSOE of fair value exists for all undelivered elements and no VSOE exists for the delivered elements.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

CYBER-ARK SOFTWARE LTD.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 2:    SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.)

 

Maintenance and professional services are sold separately and therefore the selling price is based on VSOE.

Under the residual method, at the outset of the arrangement with the customer, the Company defers revenue for the fair value of its undelivered elements and recognizes revenue for the remainder of the arrangement fee attributable to the elements initially delivered in the arrangement (software element) when all other criteria in ASC 985-605 have been met. Any discount in the arrangement is allocated to the delivered element.

Software license revenues are recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the software license has been delivered, there are no uncertainties surrounding product acceptance, there are no significant future performance obligations, the license fees are fixed or determinable and collection of the license fee is considered probable. Fees for arrangements with payment terms extending beyond customary payment terms are considered not to be fixed or determinable, in which case revenue is deferred and recognized when payments become due from the customer provided that all other revenue recognition criteria have been met.

Revenues from maintenance and support contracts are recognized ratably on a straight-line basis over the term of the related contract and revenues from professional services consist mostly of time and material services and, accordingly, are recognized as the services are performed.

Professional service is not considered to be essential to the functionality of the software.

The Company generally does not grant a right of return to its customers.

The Company’s software license, maintenance and professional services sold through distributors are non-exchangeable, non-refundable, non-returnable and without any rights of price protection. Accordingly, the Company considers distributors as end-users.

In transactions where a customer’s contractual terms include a provision for customer acceptance, revenues are recognized when such acceptance has been obtained or when the acceptance provision has lapsed.

Deferred revenue includes unearned amounts received under maintenance and support contracts, professional services and amounts received from customers for licenses but not recognized as revenues due to the fact that these transactions did not meet the revenue recognition criteria, as of the balance sheet date.

 

n. Research and development costs:

Research and development costs are charged to the statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) as incurred. ASC 985-20, “Software- Costs of Software to Be Sold, Leased, or Marketed”, requires capitalization of certain software development costs subsequent to the establishment of technological feasibility.

Based on the Company’s product development process, technological feasibility is established upon completion of a working model. Costs incurred by the Company between completion of the working models and the point at which the products are ready for general release, have been insignificant. Therefore, all research and development costs are expensed as incurred.

 

o. Marketing expenses:

Marketing expenses consist primarily of marketing campaigns and tradeshows. Marketing expenses are charged to the statement of operations and comprehensive income (loss), as incurred. Marketing expenses for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2013 (unaudited) and 2014 (unaudited), amounted to $2,848, $3,723, $5,155, $1,039 (unaudited) and $1,258 (unaudited), respectively.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

CYBER-ARK SOFTWARE LTD.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 2:    SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.)

 

p. Share-based compensation:

The Company accounts for share-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718, “Compensation—Stock Compensation” (“ASC No. 718”). ASC No. 718 requires companies to estimate the fair value of equity-based payment awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as an expense over the requisite service periods in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss).

The Company recognizes compensation expenses for the value of its awards granted based on the straight-line method over the requisite service period of each of the awards, net of estimated forfeitures. ASC No. 718 requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

The Company has selected the Black-Scholes option-pricing model as the most appropriate fair value method for its option awards. The option-pricing model requires a number of assumptions, of which the most significant are the expected share price, volatility and the expected option term.

The fair value of ordinary share underlying the options has historically been determined by management and approved by the Company’s board of directors. Because there has been no public market for the Company’s ordinary shares, management has determined fair value of an ordinary share at the time of grant of the option by considering a number of objective and subjective factors including financing investment rounds, operating and financial performance, the lack of liquidity of share capital and general and industry specific economic outlook, amongst other factors. The fair value of the underlying ordinary shares will be determined by the management until such time as the Company’s ordinary shares are listed on an established stock exchange. Company management determined the fair value of ordinary shares based on valuations performed using the Option Pricing Method (“OPM”) for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013.

 

q. Income taxes:

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC No. 740, “Income Taxes”. This codification prescribes the use of the asset and liability method whereby deferred tax asset and liability account balances are determined based on differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and for carry-forward tax losses. Deferred taxes are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. The Company provides a valuation allowance, if necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to their estimated realizable value if it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.

Deferred tax liabilities and assets are classified as current or non-current based on the classification of the related asset or liability for financial reporting, or according to the expected reversal dates of the specific temporary differences, if not related to an asset or liability for financial reporting.

The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions in accordance with the provisions of ASC 740, “Income Taxes”. Accounting guidance addresses the determination of whether tax benefits claimed or expected to be claimed on a tax return should be recorded in the consolidated financial statements, under which a company may recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position.

The tax benefits recognized in the consolidated financial statements from such a position should be measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Accordingly, the Company reports a liability for unrecognized tax benefits resulting from

 

F-13


Table of Contents

CYBER-ARK SOFTWARE LTD.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 2:    SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.)

 

uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The Company recognizes interest and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits in tax expense.

 

r. Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share:

The Company applies the two class method as required by ASC No. 260-10, “Earnings Per Share” (“ASC No. 260-10”). ASC 260-10 requires the income per share for each class of shares (ordinary and preferred shares) to be calculated assuming 100% of the Company’s earnings are distributed as dividends to each class of shares based on their contractual rights. No dividends were declared or paid during the reported periods.

Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share is computed based on the weighted-average number of shares of ordinary shares outstanding during each year. Diluted income (loss) per share is computed based on the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period, plus dilutive potential shares considered outstanding during the period, in accordance with ASC 260-10. The total weighted average number of shares related to outstanding options, warrants and preferred shares that have been excluded from the calculations of diluted net earnings per share was 1,515,130, 2,016,995, 17,062,890, 21,452,377 (unaudited) and 21,542,985 (unaudited) for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2013 (unaudited) and 2014 (unaudited), respectively.

Basic and diluted pro forma net income (loss) per share (unaudited), as presented in the statements of operations and comprehensive income, has been calculated as described above and also gives effect to the automatic conversion of all series of preferred shares that will occur upon closing of the IPO.

 

s. Comprehensive income (loss):

The Company accounts for comprehensive income in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification No. 220, “Comprehensive Income” (“ASC No. 220”). This statement establishes standards for the reporting and display of comprehensive income (loss) and its components in a full set of general purpose financial statements. Comprehensive income (loss) generally represents all changes in shareholders’ equity during the period except those resulting from investments by, or distributions to shareholders.

 

t. Concentration of credit risks:

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, short-term bank deposits and trade receivables.

The majority of the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ cash and cash equivalents and short-term bank deposits are invested with major bank in Israel and the United States. Such investments in the United States may be in excess of insured limits and are not insured in other jurisdictions. Generally, these investments may be redeemed upon demand and, therefore, bear minimal risk.

The trade receivables of the Company and its subsidiaries are mainly derived from sales to customers located primarily in the United States, Europe and Asia. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and to date has not experienced any significant losses.

 

u. Fair value of financial instruments:

The estimated fair value of financial instruments has been determined by the Company using available market information and valuation methodologies. Considerable judgment is required in estimating fair values. Accordingly, the estimates may not be indicative of the amounts the Company could realize in a current market exchange.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

CYBER-ARK SOFTWARE LTD.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 2:    SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.)

 

The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating the fair value of their financial instruments:

The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, short-term bank deposits, trade receivables, prepaid expenses and other current assets, trade payables, employees and payroll accruals and accrued expenses and other current liabilities approximate fair values due to the short-term maturities of these instruments.

The Company applies ASC No. 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” (“ASC No. 820”), with respect to fair value measurements of all financial assets and liabilities.

The fair value of foreign currency contracts (used for hedging purposes) is estimated by obtaining current quotes from banks and third party valuations.

Fair value is an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or a liability. A three-tier fair value hierarchy is established as a basis for considering such assumptions and for inputs used in the valuation methodologies in measuring fair value:

 

Level 1—

  Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

Level 2—

  Include other inputs that are directly or indirectly observable in the marketplace.

Level 3—

  Unobservable inputs which are supported by little or no market activity. The fair value hierarchy also requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value.

The fair value hierarchy also requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value.

In accordance with ASC 820, the Company measures its foreign currency derivative contracts, at fair value using the market approach valuation technique. Foreign currency derivative contracts as detailed in note 2.i are classified within Level 2 value hierarchy, as the valuation inputs are based on quoted prices and market observable data of similar instruments. Warrants to purchase preferred shares as detailed in note 2.v are classified within Level 3 value hierarchy. The fair value of warrants to purchase preferred shares has historically been determined by management and approved by the Company’s board of directors.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

CYBER-ARK SOFTWARE LTD.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 2:    SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.)

 

v. Warrants to purchase preferred shares:

The Company accounts for freestanding warrants to purchase shares of its preferred shares as a liability on its balance sheet at fair value. The warrants to purchase preferred shares are recorded as a liability as the underlying preferred shares are contingently redeemable (upon a deemed liquidation event) and, therefore, may obligate the Company to transfer assets in the future. The warrants are subject to re-measurement to fair value at each balance sheet date and any change in fair value is recognized as a component of financial income (expense), net, on the consolidated statements of operations. The Company will continue to adjust the liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of the exercise or expiration of the warrants, the completion of a deemed liquidation event or the conversion of preferred shares into ordinary shares. (See Note 7.b.2).

 

     Year ended December 31,      Three months ended
March 31,
 
     2011     2012      2013      2013      2014  
                         Unaudited  

Balance at the beginning of the period

   $ 757      $  512       $ 688       $  688       $ 2,134   

Exercise of warrants

     (424     —           —           —           —     

Changes in fair value recorded as financial expenses

     179        176         1,446         —           1,396   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the period

   $ 512      $ 688       $ 2,134       $ 688       $ 3,530   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following assumptions were used to estimate the value of the Series B3 preferred shares warrants:

 

     Year ended December 31,     Three months ended
March 31,
 
       2011         2012         2013       2013     2014  
                       Unaudited  

Expected volatility

     42     45     45     45     45

Expected dividends

     0        0        0        0        0   

Expected term (in years)

     2        2.5        2        2.5        0.75   

Risk free rate

     0.25     0.32     0.31     0.32     0.1

 

     The impact of recently issued accounting standards still not effective for the Company as of December 31, 2013 is as follows:

In July 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued a new accounting standard that will require the presentation of certain unrecognized tax benefits as reductions to deferred tax assets rather than as liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists. The Company will be required to adopt this new standard on a prospective basis in the first quarter of fiscal 2015; however, early adoption is permitted as is a retrospective application. The Company is currently evaluating the timing, transition method and impact of this new standard on its consolidated financial statements.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

CYBER-ARK SOFTWARE LTD.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

 

NOTE 3:    PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

 

     December 31,      March 31,
2014
 
     2012      2013     
                   Unaudited  

Government authorities

   $ 44       $ 70       $ 79   

Hedging transaction assets

     —           225         125   

Prepaid expenses

     549         1,466         1,347   

Other current assets

     290         358         314   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 883       $ 2,119       $ 1,865   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 4:    PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

The composition of property and equipment is as follows:

 

     December 31,      March 31,
2014
 
     2012      2013     
                   Unaudited  

Cost:

        

Computers and related equipment

   $ 1,431       $ 2,040       $ 2,251   

Leasehold improvements

     454         575         545   

Office furniture and equipment

     326         406         677   

Trade show equipment

     60         60         60   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2,271         3,081         3,533   

Less accumulated depreciation

     1,334         1,809         1,750   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciated cost

   $ 937       $ 1,272       $ 1,783   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation expense amounted to $210, $329, $475, $103 (unaudited) and $227 (unaudited), for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2013 (unaudited) and 2014 (unaudited), respectively .

NOTE 5:    ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

     December 31,      March 31,
2014 
 
     2012      2013     
                   Unaudited  

Government authorities

   $ 1,279       $ 3,639       $ 2,162   

Accrued expenses

     286         642         1,680   

Uncertain tax position

     97         272         280   

Deferred tax liability

     —           29         16   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,662       $ 4,582       $ 4,138   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-17


Table of Contents

CYBER-ARK SOFTWARE LTD.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

 

NOTE 6:    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

 

a. Lease commitments:

The Company and its Subsidiaries rent their facilities under various operating lease agreements, which expire through 2021. In addition, the Company leases certain motor vehicles under certain car operating lease agreement which expire through 2016. The minimum rental payments under operating leases as of December 31, 2013, are as follows:

 

     Rental of
premises
     Lease of
motor vehicles
 

2014

   $ 1,836       $ 210   

2015

     1,526         157   

2016

     1,502         66   

2017

     419         —     

2018 and thereafter

     1,525         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 6,808       $ 433   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total rent expenses for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 were approximately $676, $897 and $1,303, respectively.

Total motor vehicle lease expenses for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 were approximately $347, $305 and $386, respectively.

 

b. Pledges and Bank guarantees:

The Company pledged a bank deposit in the amount of $837 in respect of an office lease agreement and hedging transactions, this amount is presented as part of short-term bank deposits.

The Company obtained a bank guarantee in the amount of $193, in connection with an office lease agreement.

 

c. Legal contingencies:

The Company is not currently a party, as plaintiff or defendant, to any legal proceedings that individually or in the aggregate are expected by the Company to have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements. The Company reviews the status of each matter and assesses its potential financial exposure. If the potential loss from any claim or legal proceeding is considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated, the Company accrues a liability for the estimated loss. These accruals are reviewed at least quarterly and adjusted to reflect the impact of negotiations, settlements, rulings, advice of legal counsel and other information and events pertaining to a particular matter .

 

F-18


Table of Contents

CYBER-ARK SOFTWARE LTD.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

 

NOTE 7:    SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

a. Composition of share capital of the Company:

 

     December 31, 2012      December 31, 2013      March 31, 2014  
     Authorized      Issued and
outstanding
     Authorized      Issued and
outstanding
     Authorized      Issued and
outstanding
 
                                 Unaudited  
     Number of shares  

Ordinary shares of NIS 0.01 par value each

     31,785,000         6,707,680         31,785,000         7,019,352         31,785,000         7,131,273   

Series A preferred shares

     378,000         378,000         378,000         378,000         378,000         378,000   

Series A1 preferred shares

     1,637,000         1,185,190         1,637,000         1,185,190         1,637,000         1,185,190   

Series B preferred shares

     9,000,000         8,515,390         9,000,000         8,515,390         9,000,000         8,515,390   

Series B1 preferred shares

     2,600,000         2,575,650         2,600,000         2,575,650         2,600,000         2,575,650   

Series B2 preferred shares

     4,000,000         3,206,620         4,000,000         3,206,620         4,000,000         3,206,620   

Series B3 preferred shares

     600,000         97,440         600,000         97,440         600,000         97,440   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     50,000,000         22,665,970         50,000,000         22,977,642         50,000,000         23,089,563   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

b. 1.     Ordinary shares:

The ordinary shares of the Company confer upon the holders the right to receive notices of and to participate and vote in general meetings of the Company, rights to receive dividends and rights to participate in distribution of assets upon liquidation after all the preferred shares received their preference amount in full as detailed below.

 

  2. Preferred shares:

The Series A, Series A1, Series B, Series B1, Series B2 and Series B3 preferred shares of the Company (collectively, the “Preferred Shares”) confer all of the rights of ordinary shares, as well as the certain rights of conversion into ordinary shares and other preferences as described in the Company’s Articles of Association.

The preferred shares possess liquidation features which may trigger the distribution of the assets and funds of the Company legally available for distribution thereupon liquidation or a deemed liquidation event that is not solely within the Company’s control. Pursuant to the Company’s Articles of Association, a deemed liquidation event would occur, inter alia, upon the closing of the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of a share purchase resulting in the sale or exchange of outstanding shares of the Company such that the shareholders of the Company prior to such transaction or series of related transactions own less than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the Company or the surviving entity.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

CYBER-ARK SOFTWARE LTD.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 7:    SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (Cont.)

 

Liquidation Preference and Dividends

Dividend Preference —As of December 31, 2013, in the event of any distribution of dividends declared by the board of directors, the holders of each class of Preferred Shares are entitled to receive out of the distributable amount, a cumulative amount per share equal to 8% of the original issue price of such shares, per annum, compounded annually from the date of issuance until such date of distribution, in the following order of preference and prior to any other securities of the Company: (i) first, the holders of Series B2 preferred shares and Series B3 preferred shares ($1.5234 per share); (ii) second, the holders of the Series B1 preferred shares ($1.54524 per share); (iii) third, the holders of the Series B preferred shares ($1.409 per share); and (iv) fourth, the holders of Series A preferred shares and Series A1 preferred shares ($1.984 per Series A preferred share and $4.43 per Series A1 preferred share). In each case, the amount distributed in preference in each calendar year shall not exceed 8% of the respective original issue price of each class of Preferred Shares. After full payment of the said dividend preference amounts to the holders of the Preferred Shares, the remaining assets of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed equally among the holders of the Ordinary Shares and Preferred Shares of the Company (on an as-converted basis).

Liquidation Preference —As of December 31, 2013, in the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up (including a deemed-liquidation event) of the Company, the holders of each class of Preferred Shares are entitled to receive an amount per share equal to the original issue price of such shares, plus any accrued but unpaid dividends, less any amount previously received, in the following order of preference, and prior to any other securities of the Company: (i) first, the holders of Series B3 preferred shares ($1.5234 per share); (ii) second, the holders of Series B2 preferred shares ($1.5234 per share); (iii) third, the holders of the Series B1 preferred shares ($1.54524 per share); (iv) fourth, the holders of the Series B preferred shares ($1.409 per share); (v) fifth, the holders of the Series A1 preferred shares ($4.43 per share); and (vi) sixth, the holders of the Series A preferred shares (i.e., $1.984 per share). After full payment of the said liquidation preference amounts to the holders of the Preferred Shares, the remaining assets of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed equally among the holders of the Ordinary Shares and Preferred Shares of the Company (on an as-converted basis), with the amounts distributed to each series of Preferred Shares capped at twice their liquidation preference amount (unless previously converted into Ordinary Shares).

Voting —Subject to the restrictive provisions set forth in the Articles, each of the Preferred Shares shall be voted together with the other shares of the Company, and not as a separate class, in all general meetings of the Company’s shareholders with each Preferred Share having votes in such number as if then converted into Ordinary Shares of the Company.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

CYBER-ARK SOFTWARE LTD.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 7:    SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (Cont.)

 

Conversion— Each Preferred Share is convertible into ordinary shares at the election of its holder. In addition, all Preferred Shares are mandatorily convertible: (i) at the election of the majority of the holders of Preferred Shares voting as a single class and on an as-converted basis; (ii) upon consummation of a Qualified IPO; or (iii) upon consummation of an acquisition at a Company valuation of no less than $175,000. The conversion of the Preferred Shares shall be into ordinary shares which are fully paid and non-assessable under a conversion ratio detailed in the Company’s Articles of Association, which is initially as follows :

 

     Original Issue
Price (US$)
     Conversion
Price (US$)
     Conversion
Ratio
 

Series A preferred shares

     1.984         1.814         1.093715546   

Series A1 preferred shares

     4.43         2.983         1.485082132   

Series B preferred shares

     1.409         1.409         1   

Series B1 preferred shares (*)

     1.54524         1.54524         1   

Series B2 preferred shares

     1.5234         1.5234         1   

Series B3 preferred shares

     1.5234         1.5234         1   

 

  (*) with respect only to the Series B1 preferred shares, serial numbers 226,503 to 257,565 (inclusive), the Conversion Price currently in effect is 1.543, which results in a Conversion Ratio of 1.001451717.

 

  3. In June 2012, the Company effected a ten-for-one share split by means of a share dividend of nine shares of each share then outstanding. For accounting purposes, this transaction was recorded as a share split and accordingly, all shares, options, warrants and earnings per share amounts have been adjusted retroactively for all periods presented in these consolidated financial statements.

 

c. Issuance of preferred shares:

In December 2011, the Company entered into an investment agreement with existing and new investors. Pursuant to this agreement, the Company issued 1,237,340 Series B2 preferred shares, in consideration of an investment of $5,808. In respect of this agreement, the Company recorded issuance expenses of $577.

 

d. Share based compensation:

Under the Company’s 2001, as amended March 5, 2003, 2011 and 2014 equity incentive plans (the “Plans”), options may be granted to employees, officers, non-employees consultants and directors of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

Under the Plans, as of December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014 (unaudited), an aggregate of 165,942 and 149,817 (unaudited) shares, respectively, were still available for future grant. Each option granted under the Plans expires no later than 10 years from the date of grant. The vesting period of the options is generally four years, unless the board of directors or the board’s Compensation Committee determines otherwise. Any option which is forfeited or cancelled before expiration becomes available for future grants.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

CYBER-ARK SOFTWARE LTD.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 7:    SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (Cont.)

 

The total share-based compensation expense related to all of the Company’s equity-based awards, recognized for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2013 (unaudited) and 2014 (unaudited), was comprised as follows:

 

     Year ended
December 31,
     Three months ended
March 31,
 
     2011      2012      2013      2013      2014  
                          Unaudited  

Cost of revenues

   $ 70       $ 32       $ 39       $ 7       $ 20   

Research and development

     481         58         73         13         30   

Sales and marketing

     432         81         126         44         42   

General and administrative

     693         113         165         17         64   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total share-based compensation expense

   $ 1,676       $ 284       $ 403       $ 81       $ 156   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The total unrecognized compensation cost amounted to $1,700 and $1,765 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014 (unaudited), respectively, and is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.29 years and 3.12 years (unaudited), respectively.

In parallel to the Series B2 preferred financing round of the Company (see note 7.c), the investors purchased ordinary shares of the Company, at a price per share equal to $3.52, from existing shareholders of the Company who are also officers and/or service providers and/or employees of the Company. Following such transaction, the Company recorded share-based compensation expense in the amount of $1,299 for the year ended December 31, 2011.

In August 2013, the Company donated 15,000 warrants for ordinary shares with an exercise price of $2.21 to “Tmura”, a non-profit organization. The Company recorded compensation expenses related to these warrants in the amount of $19.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

CYBER-ARK SOFTWARE LTD.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 7:    SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (Cont.)

 

e. Options granted to employees:

A summary of the activity in options granted to employees for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014 (unaudited) is as follows:

 

     Amount
of options
    Weighted
average
exercise
price
     Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
term

(in years)
     Aggregate
intrinsic
value
 

Balance as of January 1, 2011

     4,844,600      $ 0.40         5.06       $ 3,212   

Granted

     504,910      $ 0.79         

Exercised

     (1,751,050   $ 0.25         

Forfeited

     (448,040   $ 0.68         
  

 

 

         

Balance as of December 31, 2011

     3,150,420      $ 0.51         6.44       $ 2,612   

Granted

     1,528,840      $ 1.52         

Exercised

     (156,900   $ 0.37         

Forfeited

     (137,215   $ 1.04         
  

 

 

         

Balance as of December 31, 2012

     4,385,145      $ 0.85         6.84       $ 4,094   

Granted

     680,070      $ 4.59         

Exercised

     (311,672   $ 0.51         

Forfeited

     (211,077   $ 1.21         
  

 

 

         

Balance as of December 31, 2013

     4,542,466      $ 1.41         6.67       $ 22,970   

Granted

     50,000      $ 8.84         

Exercised

     (111,921   $ 0.45         

Forfeited

     (33,875   $ 2.53         
  

 

 

         

Balance as of March 31, 2014 (unaudited)

     4,446,670      $ 1.51         6.39       $ 37,430   
  

 

 

         

Exercisable as of December 31, 2013

     2,979,933      $ 0.68         5.49       $ 17,259   
  

 

 

         

Vested and expected to vest as of December 31, 2013

     4,493,601      $ 1.40         6.65       $ 22,799   
  

 

 

         

Exercisable as of March 31, 2014 (unaudited)

     3,018,441      $ 0.74         5.26       $ 27,733   
  

 

 

         

Vested and expected to vest as of March 31, 2014 (unaudited)

     4,402,740      $ 1.50         6.36       $ 37,135   
  

 

 

         

The computation of expected volatility is based on actual historical share price volatility of comparable companies. The expected option term represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. For stock-option awards which were at the money when granted (plain vanilla stock-options), it is determined based on the simplified method in accordance with SAB No. 110, as adequate historical experience is not available to provide a reasonable estimate. The simplified method will continue to apply until enough historical experience is available to provide a reasonable estimate of the expected term. For stock-option awards which were in the money when granted, a binomial model was used to determine the expected term as an input to the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model. The Company has historically

 

F-23


Table of Contents

CYBER-ARK SOFTWARE LTD.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 7:    SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (Cont.)

 

not paid dividends and has no foreseeable plans to pay dividends and, therefore, uses an expected dividend yield of zero in the option pricing model. The risk-free interest rate is based on the yield of U.S. treasury bonds with equivalent terms.

The following table set forth the parameters used in computation of the options compensation to employees for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2013 (unaudited) and 2014 (unaudited):

 

     Year ended
December 31,
  Three months ended
March 31,
     2011   2012   2013   2013    2014

Expected volatility

   42%-52.7%   40%-45%   45%   45%    45%

Expected dividends

   0   0   0   0    0

Expected term (in years)

   6.11   5.28-6.11   6.11   6.11    6.06

Risk free rate

   1.52%   0.61%-2.64%   1.15%-2.64%   2.04%    1.81%

A summary of options data for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2013 (unaudited) and 2014 (unaudited), is as follows:

 

     Year ended
December 31,
     Three months ended
March 31,
 
     2011      2012      2013      2013      2014  
                          Unaudited  

Weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted

   $ 0.91       $   0.61       $ 2.03       $   1.29       $ 4.00   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total intrinsic value of the options exercised

   $   1,890       $ 221       $   1,858      $ 261       $   1,061   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fair value of options vested

   $ 400       $ 219       $ 340       $ 55       $ 135   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The aggregate intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the per-share exercise price and the deemed fair value of an ordinary share for each share subject to an option multiplied by the number of shares subject to options at the date of exercise. The Company’s management deemed the fair value of the Company’s ordinary shares to be $6.47 and $9.93 per share as of December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014, respectively.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

CYBER-ARK SOFTWARE LTD.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 7:    SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (Cont.)

 

The following tables summarize information about the Company’s outstanding and exercisable options granted to employees as of December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014 (unaudited):

 

Exercise price

   Options
outstanding
as of

December 31,
2013
     Weighted
average
remaining

contractual
term
     Options
exercisable
as of
December 31,

2013
     Weighted
average
remaining

contractual
term
 
            (years)             (years)  

$0.20

     387,920         5.50         387,920         5.50   

$0.41

     1,655,830         4.03         1,655,830         4.03   

$1.06

     436,700         7.36         332,578         7.32   

$1.46

     1,167,029         8.39         522,353         8.38   

$1.78

     359,387         9.00         78,252         8.97   

$2.21

     143,600         9.41         3,000         9.41   

$6.47

     392,000         9.96         —           —     
  

 

 

       

 

 

    
     4,542,466         6.67         2,979,933         5.49   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Exercise price

   Options
outstanding
as of

March 31,
2014
     Weighted
average
remaining

contractual
term
     Options
exercisable
as of
March 31,

2014
     Weighted
average
remaining

contractual
term
 
            (years)             (years)  

$0.20

     324,750         4.00         324,750         4.00   

$0.41

     1,628,360         3.79         1,628,360         3.79   

$1.06

     411,700         7.14         333,577         7.10   

$1.46

     1,151,810         8.14         585,943         8.14   

$1.78

     357,200         8.75         114,411         8.75   

$2.21

     138,250         9.16         28,025         9.16   

$6.47

     384,600         9.72         250         9.72   

$8.84

     50,000         9.84         3,125         9.84   
  

 

 

       

 

 

    
     4,446,670         6.39         3,018,441         5.26   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 8:    INCOME TAXES

The Company’s subsidiaries are separately taxed under the domestic tax laws of the jurisdiction of incorporation of each entity.

 

a. Corporate tax in Israel:

In July 2009, the Israeli Parliament, known as the Knesset, passed the Law for Economic Efficiency (Amended Legislation for Implementing the Economic Plan for 2009 and 2010), 2009, which prescribed, among others, a gradual reduction in the rates of the Israeli corporate tax and real capital gains tax starting 2011. The tax rate in effect for 2010 and 2011 was 25% and 24%, respectively.

Recently, the Law for Change in the Tax Burden (Legislative Amendments) (Taxes), 5772-2011, (the “Tax Burden Law 2011”), was published by the Government of Israel. The Tax Burden Law 2011 cancelled the scheduled progressive reduction of the corporate tax rate that was approved in 2009 and instead set the corporate tax rate at 25% from 2012 and thereafter.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

CYBER-ARK SOFTWARE LTD.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 8:    INCOME TAXES (Cont.)

 

On July 30, 2013, the Knesset approved the second and third readings of the Economic Plan for 2013-2014 (“Amended Budget Law”) which consists, among others, of fiscal changes whose main aim is to enhance long-term collection of taxes.

These changes include, among others, raising the Israeli corporate tax rate from 25% to 26.5%, cancelling the lowering of the tax rates applicable to preferred enterprises (9% in development area A and 16% in other areas), taxing revaluation gains and increasing the tax rates on dividends within the scope of the Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments to 20% effective from January 1, 2014.

The change in tax rates did not affect the deferred tax balances as of June 30, 2013.

 

b. Income before taxes on income is comprised as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2011      2012      2013  

Domestic

   $ 4,296       $ 6,267       $ 6,304   

Foreign

     1,185         1,370         1,651   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 5,481       $ 7,637       $ 7,955   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

c. Deferred income taxes:

Deferred taxes reflect the net tax effect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts recorded for tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

 

     Year ended
December 31,
 
     2012      2013  

Deferred tax assets:

     

Net operating loss carry-forwards

   $ 1,883       $ 697   

Capital losses carry-forwards

     51         55   

Research and development expenses

     866         1,498   

Deferred revenues

     468         1,558   

Other

     601         541   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets before valuation allowance

     3,869         4,349   

Valuation allowance

     191         195   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax asset

   $ 3,678       $ 4,154   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

     

Derivative instruments and other

   $ 20       $ 56   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities

   $ 20       $ 56   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company has provided valuation allowances in respect of certain deferred tax assets resulting from tax loss carry-forwards and other reserves and allowances due to uncertainty concerning realization of these deferred tax assets. In addition, a deferred tax liability has been established to reflect the Company’s depreciation of assets for tax purposes which differs from depreciation recorded in the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

CYBER-ARK SOFTWARE LTD.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 8:    INCOME TAXES (Cont.)

 

d. Income taxes are comprised as follows:

 

     Year ended
December 31,
 
     2011     2012     2013  

Current

   $ 120      $ 233      $ 2,089   

Deferred

     (512     (458     (769
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ (392   $ (225   $ 1,320   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Year ended
December 31,
 
     2011     2012     2013  

Domestic

   $ (170   $ (729   $ 1,096   

Foreign

     (222     504        224   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ (392   $ (225   $ 1,320   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

e. A reconciliation of the Company’s theoretical income tax expense to actual income tax expense as follows:

 

     Year ended
December 31,
 
     2011     2012     2013  

Income before income taxes

   $ 5,481      $ 7,637      $ 7,955   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Statutory tax rate

     24     25     25
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Theoretical income tax expense

     1,315        1,909        1,989   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Utilization of tax losses and deferred taxes for which valuation allowance was provided, net

     136        2        4   

Deferred taxes on losses for which valuation allowance was provided, net

     (875     (457     (91

Non-deductible expenses

     10        23        251   

Increase in other uncertain tax positions—net

     97        —          175   

Tax adjustment in respect of different tax rate of foreign subsidiary

     (1,036     (1,737     (979

Other

     (39     35        (29
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

   $ (392   $ (225   $ 1,320   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

f. Net operating loss carry-forwards

As of December 31, 2013, the Company had carry-forward operating and capital tax losses totaling approximately $2,050 and $220, respectively, out of which approximately $0 and $220 of losses, respectively were attributed to Israel and can be carried forward indefinitely and $2,050 were attributed to the U.S. Subsidiary and can be carried forward for up to 18 years.

Utilization of U.S. net operating losses in the amount of $1,500 are subject to annual limitation due to the “change in ownership” provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and similar state provisions. The annual limitation may result in the expiration of net operating losses before utilization.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

CYBER-ARK SOFTWARE LTD.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 8:    INCOME TAXES (Cont.)

 

g. Tax benefits under the Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 1959:

The Company has been granted “Approved Enterprise” Status, under the above Law. The Company has elected the alternative benefits program, waiver of grants in return for tax exemptions. Pursuant thereto, the income of the Company derived from the “Approved Enterprise” program is tax-exempt for two years and will enjoy a reduced tax rate of 10%-25% for up to a total of eight years (subject to an adjustment based upon the foreign investors’ ownership of the Company).

The period of tax benefits detailed above is subject to limits of 12 years from the year of commencement of production, or 14 years from granting of approval, whichever is earlier.

The tax-exempt income attributable to the “Approved Enterprise” can be distributed to shareholders, without subjecting the Company to taxes, only upon the complete liquidation of the Company. If these retained tax-exempt profits are distributed, they would be taxed at the corporate tax rate applicable to such profits as if the Company had not elected the alternative tax benefits program (currently between 10% to 25% for an “Approved Enterprise”).

Entitlement to the above benefits is conditional upon the Company fulfilling the conditions stipulated by the above law, regulations published thereunder and the letters of approval for the specific investments in “approved enterprises”. In the event of failure to comply with these conditions, the benefits may be canceled and the Company may be required to refund the amount of the benefits, in whole or in part, including interest and CPI linkage.

Income not eligible for “approved enterprise” benefits mentioned above is taxed at the regular rate.

On April 1, 2005, an amendment to the Investment Law came into effect (“the Amendment”) and has significantly changed the provisions of the Investment Law. The Amendment limits the scope of enterprises which may be approved by the Investment Center by setting criteria for the approval of a facility as an Approved Enterprise, such as provisions generally requiring that at least 25% of the Approved Enterprise’s income will be derived from export. Additionally, the Amendment enacted major changes in the manner in which tax benefits are awarded under the Investment Law so that companies no longer require Investment Center approval in order to qualify for tax benefits.

However, the Investment Law provides that terms and benefits included in any letter of approval already granted will remain subject to the provisions of the law as they were on the date of such approval. Therefore, the Company’s existing Approved Enterprise will generally not be subject to the provisions of the Amendment.

Such an enterprise is a “Beneficiary Enterprise”, rather than the previous terminology of Approved Enterprise. The period of tax benefits for a new Beneficiary Enterprise commences in the “Year of Commencement”. This year is the later of: (1) the year in which taxable income is first generated by the company, or (2) the Year of Election.

The Company has elected the status of a Beneficiary Enterprise for the year ended in 2006 and 2008.

As of December 31, 2013, approximately $14,650 was derived from tax exempt profits earned by the Company’s “Approved Enterprises” and “Beneficiary Enterprise”. The Company has determined that such tax-exempt income will not be distributed as dividends and intends to reinvest the amount of its tax exempt income earned by the Company. Accordingly, no provision for deferred income taxes has been provided on income attributable to the Company’s “Approved Enterprises” and “Beneficiary Enterprise” as such income is essentially permanently reinvested.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

CYBER-ARK SOFTWARE LTD.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 8:    INCOME TAXES (Cont.)

 

If the Company’s retained tax-exempt income is distributed, the income would be taxed at the applicable corporate tax rate as if it had not elected the alternative tax benefits under the Investment Law and an income tax liability of approximately $ 3,600 would have been incurred as of December 31, 2013.

On December 29, 2010, the Knesset approved an additional amendment to the Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 1959. According to the amendment, a reduced uniform corporate tax rate for exporting industrial enterprises (over 25%) was established. The reduced tax rate will not be program dependent and will apply to the industrial enterprise’s entire income. The tax rates for industrial enterprises have been reduced gradually over a period of five years as follows:—In 2011-2012, the reduced tax rate for development area A will be 10% and for the rest of the country—15%. In 2013—2014, the reduced tax rate for development area A will be 7% and for the rest of the country—12.5%. Starting 2015 and thereafter, the reduced tax rate for development area A will be 6% and for the rest of the country—12%. See also note 8.a to additional amendment to the Law related to tax rate.

On March 2013, the Company notified the Israeli Tax Authorities that it had transferred from Beneficiary Enterprise status to Preferred Enterprise status.

On November 5, 2012, the Knesset approved a final bill regarding repatriations of trapped earnings out of Approved/Privileged Enterprises. The temporary provisions have come into effect as of its official publication (December 2012). The Israeli government agreed to grant relief of 30% to 60% on the amount of tax which should have been paid on distributable earnings in order to encourage companies to pay the reduced taxes during the next 12 months (the “temporary order”). The temporary order provides partial relief from Israeli corporate income tax for companies which opt to enjoy the privilege, on a linear basis: greater release of “trapped” retained earnings will result in a higher relief from corporate income tax. According to the new linear statutory formula, the corporate income tax to be paid, would vary from 6% to 17.5% effective tax rate (depending on the Company’s corporate tax rate in the year in which the income was derived and the amount of “trapped” retained earnings elected to be relieved), without taking into account the 15% dividend withholding tax (which should be levied only upon actual distribution, if any). The reduced corporate tax is payable within 30 days of making the election. The new temporary order does not require the actual distribution of the retained earnings, nor does it provide any relief from the 15% dividend withholding tax.

The partial corporate income tax relief is available to companies that elect to implement the temporary reduced tax relief by November 12, 2013 in respect of exempt retained earnings accrued up until December 31, 2011, provided that up to 30% (the exact rate is calculated by a new statutory formula) of the “released” earnings are re-invested in Israel in at least one of the following: Industrial activities, Research and development activities, Assets used by the company, Salaries of newly recruited employees, for a period of up to 5 years. The Company elected not to implement the provision of the above.

 

h. Tax benefits under the Law for the Encouragement of Industry (Taxation), 1969:

Management believes that the Company currently qualifies as an “industrial company” under the above law and as such, is entitled to certain tax benefits including accelerated depreciation, deduction of public offering expenses in three equal annual installments and amortization of other intangible property rights for tax purposes.

 

i. Tax assessments:

The U.S. Subsidiary and the German Subsidiary’s tax years since inception are subject to examination as none of the tax years are subject to statutes of limitation as of December 31, 2013. The U.K. Subsidiary’s tax years until December 31, 2011 are subject to statutes of limitation as of December 31, 2013. The Company is currently under examination of the Israeli Tax Authorities for the years 2009-2011.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

CYBER-ARK SOFTWARE LTD.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 8:    INCOME TAXES (Cont.)

 

j. Uncertain tax positions:

A reconciliation of the opening and closing amounts of total unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 

     Year ended
December 31,
 
     2012      2013  

Opening balance

   $ 97       $ 97   

Increases related to prior year tax positions

     —           10   

Increases related to current year tax positions

     —           165   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Closing balance

   $ 97       $ 272   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The balance of total unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2013 is $272 that, if potentially recognized, would affect the effective tax rate in the Company’s statement of operations. The Company did not record interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits due to immateriality.

NOTE 9:    FINANCIAL INCOME (EXPENSES), NET

 

     Year ended
December 31,
    Three months ended
March 31,
 
     2011     2012     2013     2013     2014  
                       Unaudited  

Bank charges

   $ (37   $ (47   $ (62   $ (10   $ (12

Changes in fair value of warrants to purchase preferred shares

     (179     (176     (1,446     0        (1,396

Exchange rate gain (loss), net

     (53     121        307        (243     38   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income (expenses)

     (269     (102     (1,201     (253     (1,370
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest income

     79        106        77        13        15   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total financial income (expenses), net

   $ (190   $ 4      $ (1,124   $ (240   $ (1,355
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 10:    BASIC AND DILUTED NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE

 

     Year ended
December 31,
    Three months ended
March 31,
 
     2011     2012     2013     2013     2014  
                       Unaudited  

Numerator:

          

Net income (loss)

   $ 5,873      $ 7,862      $ 6,635      $ 128      $ (1,248

Dividends accumulated for the period

     (3,743     (4,530     (4,879     (1,168     (1,262
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) available to shareholders of ordinary shares

   $ 2,130      $ 3,332      $ 1,756      $ (1,040   $ (2,510
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

          

Shares used in computing net income (loss) per ordinary shares, basic

     4,969,489        6,592,997        6,900,433        6,791,633        7,073,239   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shares used in computing pro forma net income per ordinary shares, basic (unaudited)

         23,963,322          24,135,679   
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

F-30


Table of Contents

CYBER-ARK SOFTWARE LTD.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 10:    BASIC AND DILUTED NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE (Cont.)

 

     Year ended
December 31,
    Three months ended
March 31,
 
     2011      2012      2013     2013     2014  
                         Unaudited  

Numerator:

            

Net income (loss)

   $ 5,873       $ 7,862       $ 6,635      $ 128      $ (1,248

Dividends accumulated for the period

     —           —           (4,879     (1,168     (1,262
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) available to shareholders of ordinary shares

   $ 5,873       $ 7,862       $ 1,756      $ (1,040   $ (2,510
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

            

Shares used in computing net income (loss) per ordinary shares, diluted

     22,791,354         25,245,790         10,765,914        6,791,633        7,073,239   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shares used in computing pro forma net income per ordinary shares, diluted (unaudited)

           27,828,804          27,783,565   
        

 

 

     

 

 

 

NOTE 11:    SEGMENTS, CUSTOMERS AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

 

a. The Company applies ASC topic 820, “Segment Reporting” (“ASC No. 820”). The Company operates in one reportable segment. Total revenues are attributed to geographic areas based on the location of the end customer.

 

b. The following tables present total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 and long-lived assets as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and as of March 31, 2014:

Revenues:

 

     Year ended
December 31,
     Three months ended
March 31,
 
     2011      2012      2013      2013      2014  
                          Unaudited  

United States

   $ 17,772       $ 26,178       $ 32,041       $ 6,280       $ 10,300   

Israel

     2,792         2,999         3,383         886         881   

United Kingdom

     3,189         2,627         6,862         1,460         713   

EMEA (*)

     8,187         8,522         15,551         2,595         3,445   

Other

     4,425         6,882         8,320         1,510         2,056   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 36,365       $ 47,208       $ 66,157       $ 12,731       $ 17,395   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (*) Europe, the Middle East and Africa excluding United Kingdom and Israel

 

F-31


Table of Contents

CYBER-ARK SOFTWARE LTD.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

NOTE 11:    SEGMENTS, CUSTOMERS AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION (Cont.)

 

Long-lived assets:

 

     As of
December 31,
     March 31,
2014
 
     2012      2013     
                   Unaudited  

United States

   $ 193       $ 184       $ 630   

Israel

     567         939         1,020   

United Kingdom

     177         144         122   

EMEA (*)

     —           5         11   

Other

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 937       $ 1,272       $ 1,783   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (*) Europe, the Middle East and Africa excluding United Kingdom and Israel

NOTE 12:    SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

a. The Company evaluates events or transactions that occur after the balance sheet date but prior to the issuance of consolidated financial statements to identify matters that require additional disclosure. For its consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2013 and for the year then ended, the Company evaluated subsequent events through March 20, 2014, the date that the consolidated financial statements were issued. For the interim consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 2014 (unaudited) and for the three months then ended (unaudited), the Company evaluated subsequent events through June 24, 2014, the date that the interim consolidated financial statements were issued. Except as described below, the Company has concluded that no subsequent event has occurred that requires disclosure.

 

b. After March 31, 2014, the Company granted options to purchase 74,400 ordinary shares to its employees with an exercise price of $9.93.

 

c. In June 2014, the Company’s board approved an increase in the number of shares available under its 2014 Share Incentive Plan (“2014 SIP”) to the sum of (a) 422,000 shares plus (b) on January 1 of each calendar year during the term of the 2014 SIP subsequent to its adoption a number of shares equal to the lesser of: (i) an amount determined by our Board of Directors, if so determined prior to the January 1 of the calendar year in which the increase will occur, (ii) 2% of the total number of shares outstanding on December 31 of the immediately preceding calendar year, and (iii) 2,000,000 shares.

- - - - - - - - -

 

F-32


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

 

 

                 Shares

 

LOGO

Ordinary Shares

 

 

 

J.P. Morgan   Deutsche Bank Securities   Barclays
William Blair   Nomura   Oppenheimer & Co.

 

 

                    , 2014

Until                     , 2014 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade our ordinary shares, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

Part II

Information not required in prospectus

 

Item 6. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Under the Israeli Companies Law, a company may not exculpate an office holder from liability for a breach of the duty of loyalty. An Israeli company may exculpate an office holder in advance from liability to the company, in whole or in part, for damages caused to the company as a result of a breach of duty of care but only if a provision authorizing such exculpation is included in its articles of association. Our articles of association to be effective upon the closing of this offering include such a provision. The company may not exculpate in advance a director from liability arising out of a prohibited dividend or distribution to shareholders.

Under the Israeli Companies Law, a company may indemnify an office holder in respect of the following liabilities and expenses incurred for acts performed by him or her as an office holder, either pursuant to an undertaking made in advance of an event or following an event, provided its articles of association include a provision authorizing such indemnification:

 

    financial liability imposed on him or her in favor of another person pursuant to a judgment, including a settlement or arbitrator’s award approved by a court. However, if an undertaking to indemnify an office holder with respect to such liability is provided in advance, then such an undertaking must be limited to events which, in the opinion of the board of directors, can be foreseen based on the company’s activities when the undertaking to indemnify is given, and to an amount or according to criteria determined by the board of directors as reasonable under the circumstances, and such undertaking shall detail the abovementioned foreseen events and amount or criteria;

 

    reasonable litigation expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by the office holder (1) as a result of an investigation or proceeding instituted against him or her by an authority authorized to conduct such investigation or proceeding, provided that (i) no indictment was filed against such office holder as a result of such investigation or proceeding; and (ii) no financial liability was imposed upon him or her as a substitute for the criminal proceeding as a result of such investigation or proceeding or, if such financial liability was imposed, it was imposed with respect to an offense that does not require proof of criminal intent; and (2) in connection with a monetary sanction; and

 

    reasonable litigation expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by the office holder or imposed by a court in proceedings instituted against him or her by the company, on its behalf, or by a third party, or in connection with criminal proceedings in which the office holder was acquitted, or as a result of a conviction for an offense that does not require proof of criminal intent.

Under the Israeli Companies Law, a company may insure an office holder against the following liabilities incurred for acts performed by him or her as an office holder if and to the extent provided in the company’s articles of association:

 

    a breach of the duty of loyalty to the company, provided that the office holder acted in good faith and had a reasonable basis to believe that the act would not harm the company;

 

    a breach of duty of care to the company or to a third party, to the extent such a breach arises out of the negligent conduct of the office holder; and

 

    a financial liability imposed on the office holder in favor of a third party.

Under the Israeli Companies Law, a company may not indemnify, exculpate or insure an office holder against any of the following:

 

    a breach of the duty of loyalty, except for indemnification and insurance for a breach of the duty of loyalty to the company to the extent that the office holder acted in good faith and had a reasonable basis to believe that the act would not prejudice the company;

 

II-1


Table of Contents
    a breach of duty of care committed intentionally or recklessly, excluding a breach arising out of the negligent conduct of the office holder;

 

    an act or omission committed with intent to derive illegal personal benefit; or

 

    a fine or forfeit levied against the office holder.

Under the Israeli Companies Law, exculpation, indemnification and insurance of office holders in a public company must be approved by the compensation committee and the board of directors and, with respect to certain office holders or under certain circumstances, also by the shareholders. See “Management—Approval of Related Party Transactions under Israeli Law.”

We have entered into indemnification agreements with our office holders to exculpate, indemnify and insure our office holders to the fullest extent permitted or to be permitted by our articles of association that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering, the Israeli Companies Law, the Israeli Securities Law, 5728-1968 and the Israeli Restrictive Trade Practices Law, 5758-1988.

We have obtained directors’ and officers’ liability insurance for the benefit of our office holders and intend to continue to maintain such coverage and pay all premiums thereunder to the fullest extent permitted by the Israeli Companies Law.

 

Item 7. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

During the past three years, we issued securities which were not registered under the Securities Act as set forth below. We believe that each of such issuances was exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, Rule 701 and/or Regulation S under the Securities Act.

The following is a summary of transactions during the preceding three fiscal years involving sales of our securities that were not registered under the Securities Act:

 

    In December 2011, we issued 1,237,340 Series B2 preferred shares for a price per share of $4.69. The price per underlying ordinary share was $3.52 and per underlying preferred share was $4.69, for an aggregate purchase price of $32.2 million.

 

    In August 2013, we issued a warrant to purchase 15,000 ordinary shares for a price per share of $2.21 to Tmura. These warrants were granted in connection with a charitable donation by the company and will survive this offering.

 

    Since January 1, 2011 and until April 30, 2014, we granted share options to employees, directors and consultants under our stock option plans covering an aggregate of 2,838,220 shares, with exercise prices ranging from $0.20 to $9.93 per share. As of the date of this registration statement, 77,623 of these options have been exercised, while 219,757 of these options have been forfeited and cancelled without being exercised.

No underwriter or underwriting discount or commission was involved in any of the transactions set forth in Item 7.

 

Item 8. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) The Exhibit Index is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

All schedules have been omitted because they are not required, are not applicable or the information is otherwise set forth in the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes thereto.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
Item 9. Undertakings.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the provisions described in Item 6 hereof, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

 

  1. To provide the underwriters specified in the Underwriting Agreement, at the closing, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

  2. That for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4), or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  3. That for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and this offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Petach Tikva, Israel on this 24 th day of June, 2014.

 

CYBER-ARK SOFTWARE LTD.

By:

 

/s/ Ehud Mokady

  Name:   Ehud Mokady
  Title:  

Chief Executive Officer, President.

Founder and Director

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Ehud Mokady or Joshua Siegel, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power to act separately and full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement and all additional registration statements pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto each said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or either of them or his or her or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons on June 24, 2014 in the capacities indicated:

 

Signatures

  

Title

/s/ Ehud Mokady    

Ehud Mokady

  

Chief Executive Officer, President, Founder and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Joshua Siegel     

Joshua Siegel

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/ Gadi Tirosh     

Gadi Tirosh

  

Chairman of the Board

 

/s/ David Campbell     

David Campbell

  

Director

 

/s/ Raphael Kesten     

Raphael Kesten

   Director

/s/ David Schaeffer     

David Schaeffer

  

Director

 

/s/ Amnon Shoshani     

Amnon Shoshani

  

Director

 


Table of Contents
CYBER-ARK SOFTWARE, INC.    Authorized Representative in the United States
By:  

/s/ Ehud Mokady

 

Name:

Title:

 

Ehud Mokady

Chief Executive Officer,

President, Founder and Director


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
No.

  

Description

  1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement*
  3.1    Memorandum of Association of the Registrant
  3.2    Articles of Association of the Registrant
  3.3    Extract showing changes to Articles of Association, approved by the shareholders on July     , 2014*
  3.4    Form of Articles of Association of the Registrant to become effective upon closing of this offering*
  4.1    Specimen share certificate
  5.1    Opinion of Meitar Liquornik Geva Leshem Tal, Attorneys at Law, Israeli counsel to the Registrant, as to the validity of the ordinary shares (including consent)*
10.1    Fourth Amended Investor Rights Agreement, dated July     , 2014, by and among the Registrant and the other parties thereto*
10.2    Form of Indemnification Agreement*
10.3    Office Lease Agreement and amendments thereto, dated September 5, 2004, between the Registrant and Azorei Melal Industries Ltd. ¥
10.4    Office Lease Agreement, dated October 28, 2013, between Cyber-Ark Software, Inc. and Wells 60 Realty LLC
10.5    2001 Stock Option Plan
10.6    Section 102 2001 Stock Option Plan
10.7    First Amendment to Section 102 2001 Stock Option Plan
10.8    2011 Share Incentive Plan
10.9    Cyber-Ark Software Ltd. 2014 Share Incentive Plan*
21.1    List of subsidiaries of the Registrant
23.1    Consent of Kost, Forer, Gabbay and Kasierer, a member of Ernst & Young Global
23.2    Consent of Meitar Liquornik Geva Leshem Tal, Attorneys at Law (included in Exhibit 5.1)*
24.1    Power of Attorney (included in signature page to Registration Statement)
99.1    Consent of Ron Gutler to be named as director nominee
99.2    Consent of Kim Perdikou to be named as director nominee

 

* To be filed by amendment.
¥ English summary of original Hebrew document.

Exhibit 3.1

Convenience translation of the Memorandum of association of Cyber-Ark Software Ltd., as amended; only the Hebrew version is binding.

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

 

1. Company Name: Cyber-Ark Software Ltd.

Company Name in English: Cyber-Ark Software Ltd.

 

2. The objectives for which the Company was incorporated:

 

  2.1. To engage in development, trade and services of computer software.

 

  2.2. To engage in development, trade and services of advanced technologies.

 

  2.3. To engage in any lawful business and activities.

 

3. The liability of the shareholders is limited.

 

4. The Company’s share capital shall be as set forth in the Company’s Articles of Association, as amended from time to time.

Exhibit 3.2

Articles of Association

CYBER - ARK SOFTWARE LTD.

A Limited Liability Company

The Companies Law, 1999

 

1. PRIVATE COMPANY

The Company is a private company as defined under the Law (as defined below). The following restrictions will apply:

(a) the right to transfer the shares of the Company shall be restricted in the manner provided herein.

(b) the number of shareholders of the Company (excluding persons who are in the employment of the Company, and persons who, having been formerly in the employment of the Company were while in that employment and have continued after the termination of that employment to be shareholders in the Company) shall be limited to fifty (50), provided that, for the purposes of this provision, where two or more persons jointly hold one or more shares in the Company, they shall be treated as a single shareholder.

(c) no invitation shall be issued to the public to subscribe for any shares or debentures or debenture stocks of the Company.

Any reference herein to an offering to the public of the Company’s securities shall not derogate from the provisions of this Article 1, and no such offering shall be effected prior to adopting such amendments to these Articles as are legally required therefor.

 

2. INTERPRETATION

(a) Unless the subject or the context otherwise requires, words and expressions defined in the Israeli Companies Law, 1999 in force on the date when these Articles or any amendment thereto, as the case may be, first became effective shall have the same meanings herein; words and expressions importing the singular shall include the plural and vice versa; words and expressions importing the masculine gender shall include the feminine gender; and words and expressions importing persons shall include bodies corporate.

(b) The captions in these Articles are for convenience only and shall not be deemed a part hereof or affect the construction of any provision hereof.

(c) In these Articles, unless the context requires otherwise:

Acquisition ” - shall mean the closing of either (i) the Company’s sale of all or substantially all of its assets or (ii) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of a share purchase, merger or consolidation resulting in the sale or exchange of outstanding shares of the Company such that the shareholders of the Company prior to such transaction or series of related transactions own less than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the Company or the surviving entity.

Affiliate ” or “ affiliate ” - (i) with respect to any entity, any entity or individual which ,via one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, such entity; (ii) with respect to an entity which is a limited partnership, any of its limited partners, and any affiliated limited partnership


managed by the same management company or managing general partner of such entity or any entity or individual which, via one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such management company or managing general partner, or (iii) with respect to any limited liability company, the members of any limited liability company and/or affiliated limited liability companies managed by the same management company or managing member of such limited liability company or by any entity or individual which, via one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such management company or managing member. The term “ control ” as used in these Articles shall mean the holding of the majority of the shares of such party, or the power to appoint the majority of the directors of such party or the power to direct the management and policies of such party, through contractual means or otherwise.

Article 14 Affiliate ” - shall mean, in connection with a Major Shareholder, any of its Affiliates, the Affiliates of such Major Shareholder’s controlling shareholder, partner or member (as the case may be),its Permitted Transferees or a Director appointed by such Major Shareholder, but in all cases excluding (a) with respect to a limited partnership, any of its limited partners, unless a limited partner would be considered affiliated to the Major Shareholder, for reasons other than the mere fact that such limited partner is a limited partner of the Major Shareholder, or (b) in respect of any limited partnership, investment company or holding company, any portfolio company thereof in which such Major Shareholder does not maintain effective management and control.

Articles ” - shall mean the Articles of Association of the Company as shall be in force and amended from time to time.

Board ” - shall mean the board of directors of the Company.

Change in Control ” means any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity, other corporate reorganization or other transaction or series of related transactions as a result of which the holders of a majority of the shares or voting rights in the Company prior to such transaction or series of related transaction do not represent a majority of the shares or voting rights in the Company following such transaction or series of related transactions.

Company ” - shall mean Cyber-Ark Software Ltd.

Conversion Price ” - shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Article 11(a)(1).

Director(s) ” - shall mean the members, from time to time, of the Board as appointed in accordance with these Articles.

Dividend Preference Amount ” - shall mean 8% of the applicable Original Issue Price in respect of such share.

Equity Securities ” - shall mean any securities evidencing an ownership interest in the Company, or any securities convertible into or exercisable for any of the foregoing securities, or any agreement or commitment to issue any of the foregoing.

Goldman Entities ” - shall mean The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., Bridge Street 2011, L.P., Bridge Street 2011 Offshore L.P. and MBD 2011 Holdings, L.P., and any Affiliates of any of the foregoing that holds Equity Securities.

Goldman Sachs ” - shall mean the holders of a majority of the Equity Securities held by the Goldman Entities.

IPO ” - shall mean the closing of an initial firmly underwritten public offering of the Company’s Ordinary Shares, under the US Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Israeli Securities Law, 1968, or similar securities laws of another jurisdiction, and listing on a recognized national securities exchange or The Nasdaq Stock Market.

 

-2-


JVP ” - shall mean the holders of a majority of the Equity Securities held by the JVP Entities.

JVP Entities ” - shall mean JVP Opportunity VI Fund L.P., Jerusalem Venture Partners IV L.P., Jerusalem Venture Partners IV, Jerusalem Venture Partners Entrepreneurs Fund IV, L.P. and Jerusalem Venture Partners IV (Israel), L.P.

Law ” - shall mean the Companies Law as shall be in effect from time to time and any other law that shall be in effect from time to time with respect to companies and that shall apply to the Company.

Major Shareholder ” - shall mean a Shareholder who holds at least three and one third percent (3.33%) of the Company’s issued and outstanding share capital, calculated on an as converted basis to Ordinary Shares.

NIS ” - shall mean New Israeli Shekels.

Office ” - shall mean the registered office of the Company, as it shall be from time to time.

Ordinary Share(s) ” - shall mean the Ordinary Share(s) of the Company, NIS 0.01 nominal value each.

Original Investors ” - shall mean Cabaret Security Ltd., a company incorporated in Israel, and ArbaOne Inc., a company incorporated in the State of California, USA.

Original Issue Price ” - shall mean (as appropriately adjusted for any subdivision, combination or similar event with respect to the applicable Preferred Shares):

with respect to Series A Preferred Shares, a price of $19.84 per share, or, following the issuance of 1:10 bonus shares pro rata to all of the shareholders of the Company on June 5 (the “ 2012 Bonus Shares Issuance ”), a price of $1.984;

with respect to Series A1 Preferred Shares, a price of $44.30 per share, or, following the 2012 Bonus Shares Issuance, a price of $4.43;

with respect to Series B Preferred Shares, a price of $14.09 per share, or, following the 2012 Bonus Shares Issuance, a price of $1.409;

with respect to Series B1 Preferred Shares, a price of $15.4524 per share, or, following the 2012 Bonus Shares Issuance, a price of $1.54524; and

with respect to Series B2 Preferred Shares and the Series B3 Preferred Shares, a price of $15.234 per share, or, following the 2012 Bonus Shares Issuance, a price of $1.5234.

Permitted Major Shareholder Transaction ” shall mean either (i) the exercise by a Major Shareholder of its rights under any of Articles 16, 17, 19 and 35 below, or (ii) an investment by a Major Shareholder in the Company at a Company pre-money valuation of no less than the greater of (A) $120 million; and (B) three times the annual revenues of the Company, provided however that such investment was approved by a majority of the Shareholders who do not have a “ personal interest ” (within the meaning of the Law) in approving such transaction.

Permitted Transferees ” - shall mean (i) with respect to an individual, any parent, spouse or lineal descendant of such individual or a company or other entity fully owned by such individual, or a trust for the benefit of such individual or for the benefit of such individual’s Permitted Transferees; (ii) with respect to any Original Investor, any other Original Investor and/or their Permitted Transferees as set forth herein; or (iii) with respect to any entity, any Affiliate of such entity; or (iv) with respect to a Shareholder who is a trustee, any beneficiary of such trust (and/or the beneficiary’s Permitted Transferees) or an alternate trustee; provided, in each case, that such Permitted Transferee undertake in writing and in advance to be bound by any confidentially and lock-up provisions towards the Company, similar to those applying (if at all applying) on the transferor.

 

-3-


Preferred Majority ” - shall mean holder(s) of a majority of the issued and outstanding Preferred Shares (voting as one class on an as-converted basis to Ordinary Shares).

Preferred Share(s) ” - shall mean each of the Series A Preferred Share(s), Series A1 Preferred Share(s), Series B Preferred Share(s), Series B1 Preferred Share(s), Series B2 Preferred Share(s) and the Series B3 Preferred Share(s), or all of the foregoing collectively, as the case may be.

Preferred Shareholder(s) ” - shall mean the holder(s) of Preferred Shares.

Preferred Super Majority ” - shall mean holder(s) of seventy-six (76) per cent of the issued and outstanding Preferred Shares (voting as one class on an as-converted basis to Ordinary Shares).

Qualified IPO ” - shall mean the Company’s IPO in which the per share public offering price would yield a Company pre-money valuation of at least US$175,000,000 (One Hundred and Seventy Five Million US Dollars)with aggregate gross proceeds to the Company in excess of US$30,000,000 (Thirty Million US Dollars) (net of underwriters’ discounts, concessions, commissions and expenses).

SCP ” - shall mean any of (i) Seed Capital Partners LLC, a Softbank affiliate fund, (ii) Seed Capital Partners Advisors Fund LLC, (iii) Chase-Seed Investments LLC and (iv) Seed Capital Partners II LLC.

Series A Preferred Share(s)” - shall mean the Series A Preferred Share(s) of the Company, NIS 0.01 nominal value each.

Series A1 Preferred Share(s) ” - shall mean the Series A1 Preferred Share(s) of the Company, NIS 0.01 nominal value each.

Series B Preferred Share(s) ” - shall mean the Series B Preferred Share(s) of the Company, NIS 0.01 nominal value each.

Series B1 Preferred Share(s) ” - shall mean the Series B1 Preferred Share(s) of the Company, NIS 0.01 nominal value each.

Series B2 Preferred Share(s) ” - shall mean the Series B2 Preferred Share(s) of the Company, NIS 0.01 nominal value each.

Series B3 Preferred Share(s) ” - shall mean the Series B3 Preferred Share(s) of the Company, NIS 0.01 nominal value each.

Series A Preferred Shareholder(s) ” - shall mean the holder(s) of Series A Preferred Shares.

Series A1 Preferred Shareholder(s)” - shall mean the holder(s) of Series A1 Preferred Shares.

Series B Preferred Shareholder(s) ” - shall mean the holder(s) of Series B Preferred Shares.

Series B1 Preferred Shareholder(s) ” - shall mean the holder(s) of Series B1 Preferred Shares.

Series B2 Preferred Shareholder(s) ” - shall mean the holder(s) of Series B2 Preferred Shares.

Series B3 Preferred Shareholder(s) ” - shall mean the holder(s) of Series B3 Preferred Shares.

Shareholder(s) ” - shall mean the holders of shares of any class of the Company registered in the Company’s Shareholders Register.

 

-4-


Threshold Amount ” - shall mean three and one third percent (3.33%) of the issued and outstanding share capital of the Company on an as-converted basis.

Vertex ”- shall mean Vertex Israel II (C.I.) Fund, L.P., Vertex Israel II (A) Fund L.P., Vertex Israel II (B) Fund L.P., Vertex Israel II Discount Fund L.P. and Vertex Israel II (C.I.) Executive Fund L.P.

(d) Words and expressions defined in the Memorandum of Association of the Company shall have the meanings defined therein.

(e) Aggregation of Shareholdings . All Shares of the Company held or acquired by affiliated entities or persons shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under these Articles, including, without limitation, for the definitions of “ Major Shareholder ” and “ Threshold Amount ” herein, and for the calculation of any such entity’s or persons pro rata share. For avoidance of doubt, it is hereby clarified that for all means and purposes, including for the determination of the availability of any rights and for the calculation of any such entity’s pro rata shares,(i) all Shares of the Company held or acquired by any of the JVP Entities shall be aggregated together, without regard to the specific series of shares held by each affiliated entity, (ii) all Shares of the Company held or acquired by Vertex shall be aggregated together, without regard to the specific series of shares held by each affiliated entity, (iii) all Shares of the Company held or acquired by SCP shall be aggregated together, without regard to the specific series of shares held by each affiliated entity,(iv) all Shares of the Company held or acquired by any of the Goldman Entities and their Affiliates shall be aggregated together, without regards to the specific series of shares held by each affiliated entity,, and (v) all Shares of the Company held or acquired by the Original Investors and their Affiliates shall be aggregated together, without regards to the specific series of shares held by each Original Investor, and/or any affiliated entity. For purposes of this Section, Shares of the Company held by another Shareholder for which a Shareholder holds the power to vote shall be deemed as being held by the latter for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement, including, without limitation, for the definition of “ Major Shareholder ” and “ Threshold Amount ” and for the calculation of a Shareholder’s pro rata share.

 

3. PURPOSE OF THE COMPANY

(a) The Company shall engage in any objective as set forth in the Company’s memorandum of association and/or in any legal occupation and/or business.

(b) The Company may donate a reasonable amount (in cash or in kind, including the Company’s securities) to unaffiliated third-party charitable institutions for any lawful purpose that the Board finds appropriate; provided, however that cash and other in-kind donations (other than in Company’s securities) shall not exceed $50,000 annually and donations in Company’s securities shall not, in the aggregate, exceed 0.1% of the total outstanding securities of the Company on a fully diluted basis, even if the donation is not within the business objectives set forth in subsection (a) above.

 

4. LIMITED LIABILITY

The shareholders liability for the Company’s obligations is limited to the payment of the nominal value of the Company’s shares.

 

5. OFFICE

The Office shall be at such place as the Board shall from time to time resolve.

 

6. SHARE CAPITAL

The share capital of the Company is NIS 500,000, divided into 31,785,000 Ordinary Shares of NIS 0. 01 nominal value each, 378,000 Series A Preferred Shares of NIS 0.01 nominal value each, 1,637,000 Series

 

-5-


A1 Preferred Shares of NIS 0.01 nominal value each, 9,000,000 Series B Preferred Shares of NIS 0.01 nominal value each, 2,600,000 Series B1 Preferred Shares of NIS 0.01 nominal value each, 4,000,000 Series B2 Preferred Shares of NIS 0.01 nominal value each and 600,000 Series B3 Preferred Shares of NIS 0.01 nominal value each.

 

7. ORDINARY SHARES

The rights attached to the Ordinary Shares shall be all the rights in the Company (except for the special rights attached to the Preferred Shares in these Articles) including, without limitation, the right to receive notices of shareholders meetings, to attend and vote at shareholders’ meetings, to participate in distribution of dividends and to participate in distribution of surplus assets and funds in liquidation of the Company, but excluding and subject to the rights which are expressly attached in these Articles to the Preferred Shares.

 

8. RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND RESTRICTIONS OF PREFERRED SHARES

The Preferred Shares confer on their holders all rights attached to the Ordinary Shares in the Company, and in addition bear the rights and restrictions set forth below.

 

9. DIVIDEND PROVISIONS

(a) In the event that dividends are declared and distributed, the holders of the Series B2 Preferred Shares and the Series B3 Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive, in preference over all other classes and/or series of securities of the Company a cumulative dividend for each Series B2 Preferred Share and Series B3 Preferred Share, pro-rata and pari passu among the Series B2 Preferred Shares and the Series B3 Preferred Shares, equal to an amount at the rate of 8% of the applicable Original Issue Price of each Series B2 Preferred Share and Series B3 Preferred Share then issued and outstanding, per annum, compounded annually, from February 28, 2007 (in case of the Series B2 Preferred Share) or the date of issuance of such Series B3 Preferred Share (in case of the Series B3 Preferred Shares), in each case, to the date of distribution of dividends (“ Series B2 and B3 Preference ”), provided that in any calendar year, the Series B2and B3 Preference shall not exceed the Dividend Preference Amount in reference to such Shares.

(b) In the event that dividends are declared and distributed and subject to and following the full payment of the Series B2and B3 Preference, the holders of Series B1 Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive for each Series B1 Preferred Share, prior to the Series B Preferred Shareholders, the Series A Preferred Shareholders, the Series A1 Preferred Shareholders and the holders of Ordinary Shares, a cumulative dividend, pro-rata and pari passu among the Series B1 Preferred Shares equal to an amount at the rate of 8% of the applicable Original Issue Price of such Series B1 Preferred Share, per annum, compounded annually, from the date of issuance of such Series B1 Preferred Share, to the date of distribution of dividends (“ Series B1 Preference ”); provided that in any calendar year, the Series B1 Preference shall not exceed the Dividend Preference Amount in reference to such Shares.

(c) In the event that dividends are declared and distributed and subject to and following the full payment of the Series B2and B3 Preference and the Series B1 Preference, the holders of Series B Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive for each Series B Preferred Share, prior to the Series A Preferred Shareholders, the Series A1 Preferred Shareholders and the holders of Ordinary Shares, a cumulative dividend, pro-rata and pari passu among the Series B Preferred Shares, equal to an amount to be accrued at the rate of 8% of the applicable Original Issue Price for such Series B Preferred Share, per annum, compounded annually, from the date of issuance of such Series B Preferred Share, to the date of distribution of dividends (“ Series B Preference ”), provided that in any calendar year, the Series B Preference shall not exceed the Dividend Preference Amount in reference to such Shares.

 

-6-


(d) In the event that dividends are declared and distributed and subject to and following the full payment of the Series B2 and B3 Preference, the Series B1 Preference and the Series B Preference, the Series A Preferred Shareholders and Series A1 Preferred Shareholders shall be entitled to receive, for each Series A Preferred and/or Series A1 Preferred Shares, prior to the holders of Ordinary Shares, a cumulative dividend, pro-rata and pari passu among the Series A Preferred Shares and the Series A1 Preferred Shares equal to an amount to be accrued at the rate of eight percent (8%) of the applicable Original Issue Price of such Series A Preferred Share and Series A1 Preferred Share, per annum, compounded annually, from the applicable date of issuance of such Series A Preferred Share and Series A1 Preferred Share, to the date of distribution of dividends, (“ Series A/A-1 Preference ”); provided that in any calendar year, the Series A/A-1 Preference shall not exceed the Dividend Preference Amount in reference to such Shares.

(e) In the event that dividends are declared and distributed and following the receipt of preference dividends pursuant to sub-articles 9(a), 9(b), 9(c) and 9(d) above (including, for the avoidance of doubt, in respect of dividends in any year in excess of the Dividend Preference Amount), the holders of the Ordinary and Preferred Shares (on an as-converted basis) shall be entitled to receive dividends pro-rata and pari passu among them, out of any assets legally available therefor.

 

10. LIQUIDATION PREFERENCE

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary (“ Liquidation Event ”), the distribution of the assets and funds of the Company legally available for distribution thereupon (“ Available Assets ”) shall be made according to the following provisions:

(a) The Series B3 Preferred Shareholders shall be entitled to receive, on a pro-rata basis between them, with respect to each Series B3 Preferred Share issued and outstanding, prior and in preference to the holders of Ordinary Shares, Series A Preferred Shares, Series A1 Preferred Shares, Series B Preferred Shares, Series B1 Preferred Shares and Series B2 Preferred Shares, an amount out of the Available Assets equal to the total of the following (such total referred to as the “ Series B3 Liquidation Preference Amount ”):

 

  (i) an amount per share equal to the applicable Original Issue Price for each such Series B3 Preferred Share, plus

 

  (ii) any accrued but unpaid dividends, accumulated prior to such Liquidation Event in accordance with Article 9 above, for each such Series B3 Preferred Share, less

 

  (iii) the amount of any Series B2 and B3 Preference received prior to the Liquidation Event on such Series B3 Preferred Share.

(b) The Series B2 Preferred Shareholders shall be entitled to receive, on a pro-rata basis between them, with respect to each Series B2 Preferred Share issued and outstanding, prior and in preference to the holders of Ordinary Shares, Series A Preferred Shares, Series A1 Preferred Shares, Series B Preferred Shares and Series B1 Preferred Shares, an amount out of the Available Assets equal to the total of the following (such total referred to as the “ Series B2 Liquidation Preference Amount ”):

 

  (i) an amount per share equal to the applicable Original Issue Price for each such Series B2 Preferred Share, plus

 

  (ii) any accrued but unpaid dividends, accumulated prior to such Liquidation Event in accordance with Article 9 above, for each such Series B2 Preferred Share, less

 

  (iii) the amount of any Series B2 and B3 Preference received prior to the Liquidation Event on such Series B2 Preferred Share.

 

-7-


(c) Following the full payment of the Series B3 Liquidation Preference Amount and Series B2 Liquidation Preference Amount, the Series B1 Preferred Shareholders shall be entitled to receive, on a pro-rata basis between them, with respect to each Series B1 Preferred Share issued and outstanding, prior and in preference to the holders of Ordinary Shares, Series A Preferred Shares, Series A1 Preferred Shares and Series B Preferred Shares, an amount out of the Available Assets equal to the total of the following (such total referred to as the “ Series B1 Liquidation Preference Amount ”):

 

  (i) an amount per share equal to the applicable Original Issue Price for each such Series B1 Preferred Share, plus

 

  (ii) any accrued but unpaid dividends, accumulated prior to such liquidation in accordance with Article 9 above, for each such Series B1 Preferred Share, less

 

  (iii) the amount of any Series B1 Preference received prior to the Liquidation Event on such Series B1 Preferred Share.

(d) Following the full payment of the Series B3 Liquidation Preference Amount, Series B2 Liquidation Preference Amount and the Series B1 Liquidation Preference Amount, the Series B Preferred Shareholders shall be entitled to receive, on a pro-rata basis between them, with respect to each Series B Preferred Share issued and outstanding, prior and in preference to the holders of Ordinary Shares, Series A Preferred Shares and Series A1 Preferred Shares, an amount out of the Available Assets equal to the total of the following (such total referred to as the “ Series B Liquidation Preference Amount ”):

 

  (i) an amount per share equal to the applicable Original Issue Price for each such Series B Preferred Share, plus

 

  (ii) any accrued but unpaid dividends, accumulated prior to such liquidation in accordance with Article 9 above, for each such Series B Preferred Share, less

 

  (iii) the amount of any Series B Preference received prior to the Liquidation Event on such Series B Preferred Share.

(e) Following the full payment of the Series B3 Liquidation Preference Amount, Series B2 Liquidation Preference Amount, the Series B1 Liquidation Preference Amount and the Series B Liquidation Preference Amount, the Series A1 Preferred Shareholders shall be entitled to receive, on a pro-rata basis between them, with respect to each Series A1 Preferred Share issued and outstanding, prior and in preference to the holders of Ordinary Shares and Preferred A Shares, an amount out of the Available Assets equal to the total of the following (such total referred to as the “ Series A1 Liquidation Preference Amount ”):

 

  (i) an amount per share equal to the applicable Original Issue Price for each such Series A1 Preferred Share, plus

 

  (ii) any accrued but unpaid dividends, accumulated prior to such liquidation in accordance with Article 9 above, for each such Series A1 Preferred Share, less

 

  (iii) the amount of any Series A/A-1 Preference received prior to the Liquidation Event on such Series A1 Preferred Share.

(f) Following the full payment of the Series B3 Liquidation Preference Amount, Series B2 Liquidation Preference Amount, the Series B1 Liquidation Preference Amount, the Series B Liquidation

 

-8-


Preference Amount, and the Series A1 Liquidation Preference Amount, the Series A Preferred Shareholders shall be entitled to receive, on a pro-rata basis between them, with respect to each Series A Preferred Share issued and outstanding, prior and in preference to the holders of Ordinary Shares, an amount out of the Available Assets equal to the total of the following (such total referred to as the “ Series A Liquidation Preference Amount ”):

 

  (i) an amount per share equal to the applicable Original Issue Price for each such Series A Preferred Share, plus

 

  (ii) any accrued but unpaid dividends, accumulated prior to such liquidation in accordance with Article 9 above, for each such Series A Preferred Share, less

 

  (iii) the amount of any Series A/A-1 Preference received prior to the Liquidation Event on such Series A Preferred Share.

(g) Upon completion of the distribution required by subsections (a), (b), (c), (d) (e) and (f) of this Article 10, any additional assets of the Company which remain to be distributed out of the Available Assets, shall be divided pro-rata and pari-passu among the holders of the Ordinary Shares and the holders of Preferred Shares, calculated on an as-converted basis (the “ Pro Rata Distribution ”) until, with respect to each series of Preferred Shares, the holders of such series of Preferred Shares have received in the aggregate, 2 (two) times their Liquidation Preference Amounts set forth in subsections (a) to (f) above (including the Liquidation Preference Amounts set forth in subsections (a) to (f) above). When all holders of Preferred Shares shall no longer be entitled to any further distribution as set forth above, the remaining Available Assets will be continued to be distributed only to holders of Ordinary Shares on a pro rata basis.

(h) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Liquidation Event, the holders of Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive, with respect to each Preferred Share, an amount equal to the greater of (i) the liquidation amounts in accordance with Article 10(a) through this Article 10(g) above, as applicable; and (ii) the payment that would be paid in connection with such Liquidation Event in respect of the number of Ordinary Shares into which such Preferred Shares could be converted as of the effective date of such Liquidation Event, and in case of a distribution made pursuant to sub-section (ii) above, then (x) such holder of Preferred Shares shall not be further entitled to the applicable Liquidation Preference Amounts with respect to such Preferred Shares and (y) the holders of such Preferred Shares shall receive the amounts to which they are entitled on a pro rata basis with the holders of Ordinary Shares.

(i) For the purpose of this Article 10, unless otherwise agreed by the holders of the Preferred Majority, an Acquisition shall be treated by the Company as a Liquidation Event (a “ Deemed Liquidation ”), entitling all of the Shareholders of the Company to receive at the closing of such Deemed Liquidation, in either cash, securities or other property, the liquidation amounts in accordance with Article 10(a) through Article 10(g) above, provided, that any amounts to be received directly by the Shareholders in any such Deemed Liquidation shall be included in calculations of the Available Assets and provided further that in the event that the majority in interest of the Preferred Shares do not elect to treat such event or transaction as a Deemed Liquidation, then any distribution of Available Assets from such event shall be made pursuant to either (i) the provisions of Article 9, or (ii) to all Shareholders pro rata to their outstanding shareholdings in the Company, calculated on an as converted basis.

 

-9-


(j) Whenever the distribution provided for in Article 10(a) through Article 10(i) shall be payable in securities or property other than cash, such distribution shall be in kind and the value of such distribution shall be the fair market value of such securities or other property. The fair market value of any property (other than securities) shall be as determined in good faith by the Board. The fair market value of any such securities shall be determined as follows:

 

  (I) Securities not subject to investment letter or other similar restrictions on free marketability covered by (II) below:

 

  (1) If traded on a securities exchange or through The Nasdaq Stock Market, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange or system over the thirty (30) days period ending three (3) days prior to the closing;

 

  (2) If actively traded over -the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid or sale prices (whichever is applicable) over the thirty (30) day period ending three (3) days prior to the closing, and

 

  (3) If there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

  (II) The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a Shareholder’s status as an affiliate or former affiliate) shall be to make an appropriate discount from the market value determined as in (I), (1), (2) or (3) to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.

(k) The Company shall give each holder of record of Preferred Shares written notice of such impending Liquidation Event or Deemed Liquidation no later than twenty (20) days prior to the Shareholders’ meeting called to approve such transaction, or twenty (20) days prior to the closing of such transaction, whichever is earlier, and shall also notify such holders in writing of the final approval of such transaction. The first of such notices shall describe the material terms and conditions of the impending transaction and the provisions of this Article 10, and the Company shall thereafter give such holders prompt notice of any material changes. The transaction shall in no event take place sooner than twenty (20) days after the Company has given the first notice provided for herein or sooner than twenty (20) days after the Company has given notice of any material changes provided for herein, whichever is later; provided, however, that such periods may be shortened upon the written consent of the Preferred Majority.

 

11. CONVERSION

The holders of the Preferred Shares shall have the following conversion rights (the “ Conversion Rights ”):

(a) Right to Convert; Automatic Conversion .

(i) Each Preferred Share shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for the Preferred Shares, into such number of fully paid and non-assessable Ordinary Shares as is determined by dividing the applicable Original Issue Price of such share by the Conversion Price at the time in effect for such share (as may be adjusted in accordance with the provisions of this Article 11, the “ Conversion Price ”) (the quotient of such a division is hereinafter referred to as the “ Conversion Ratio ”).The initial Conversion Price per share of the Series B3 Preferred Shares shall be the Series B3 Original Issue Price, the initial Conversion Price per share of the Series B2 Preferred Shares shall be the Series B2 Original Issue Price, the initial Conversion Price per share of the Series B1 Preferred Shares shall be the Series B1 Original Issue Price (except for Series B1 Shares numbered in the Company’s Shareholders Register from numbers (pre 2012 Bonus Shares Issuance) 226,503 to 257,565 (inclusive) for which the initial

 

-10-


Conversion Price per share as of the date of the 2012 Bonus Shares Issuance shall be $1.543), the initial Conversion Price per share of the Series B Preferred Shares shall be the Series B Original Issue Price, the Conversion Price per share of the Series A1 Preferred Shares as of the date of the 2012 Bonus Shares Issuance shall be $2.983, and the Conversion Price per share of the Series A Preferred Shares as of the date of the 2012 Bonus Shares Issuance shall be $1.814.Each Conversion Price will be further subject to adjustment as set forth in Articles 11(c) and 11(d), provided however that no conversion price adjustments shall be made with respect to the Series A1 Preferred Shares and the Series A Preferred Shares, in the event that the issuance of the Additional Shares, as described in Section 11(c) herein, shall be made at a price per share reflecting: (i) a Company valuation of at least USD Thirty Million ($30,000,000) on a fully diluted and as converted basis immediately prior to such issuance with respect to the Series A1 Preferred Shares, and (ii) a Company valuation of at least USD Ten Million and Seven Hundred Thousands ($10,700,000) on a fully diluted and as converted basis immediately prior to such issuance, with respect to the Series A Preferred Shares.

(ii) In addition, all the Preferred Shares shall automatically convert into Ordinary Shares, in accordance with their Conversion Ratio, as applicable (a) upon written notice to the Company signed by the Preferred Majority, (b) upon the consummation of a Qualified IPO, or (c) upon the consummation of an Acquisition at a Company valuation (on a consolidated basis) of not less than $175 million.

(b) Mechanics of Conversion .

(i) A conversion of Preferred Shares pursuant to the election of the holder thereof (in accordance with Article 11(a)(i) above), shall be made by surrendering the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the Office or of any transfer agent for the Preferred Shares, and giving written notice by mail, postage prepaid, or by hand to the Company at its Office, of the election to convert the same and shall state therein the name or names of any nominee for such holder in which the certificate or certificates for shares of Ordinary Shares are to be issued. The Company shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Preferred Shares, or to the nominee or nominees of such holder, a certificate or certificates for the number of Ordinary Shares to which such holder shall be entitled as aforesaid. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the Preferred Shares to be converted, and the person or persons entitled to receive the Ordinary Shares issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such Ordinary Shares as of such date.

(ii) A conversion of Preferred Shares in accordance with Article 11 (a)(ii) above shall be deemed to have taken place automatically regardless of whether the certificates representing such shares have been tendered to the Company, but, from and after such conversion, any such certificates not tendered to the Company shall be deemed to evidence solely the Ordinary Shares received upon such conversion and the right to receive a certificate for such Ordinary Shares. Upon a Qualified IPO or an Acquisition, the conversion may, at the option of any holder tendering Preferred Shares for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing with the underwriter of the sale of securities pursuant to such offering, in the case of a Qualified IPO, or the consummation of the Acquisition, in the case of an Acquisition, in which event the person(s) entitled to receive the Ordinary Shares issuable upon such conversion of the Preferred Shares shall not be deemed to have converted such Preferred Shares until immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction.

(c) Conversion Price Adjustments of Preferred Shares .

The Conversion Price of the Preferred Shares shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:

(i) (A) Upon each issuance by the Company of any Additional Shares (as defined below), after the date upon which any shares of the Preferred Shares were first issued (the “ Purchase

 

-11-


Date ”), without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price for the Preferred Shares in effect immediately prior to the issuance of such Additional Shares, the Conversion Price for the Preferred Shares in effect immediately prior to each such issuance shall forthwith (except as otherwise provided in this clause (i)) be reduced to a price, equal to a fraction (A) the numerator of which is the sum of (xx) the total number of Ordinary Shares outstanding prior to the issuance of such Additional Shares (on a fully-diluted basis after giving effect to all Equity Securities and assuming the conversion into Ordinary Shares of all convertible securities) multiplied by the applicable Conversion Price in effect prior to the issuance of such Additional Shares plus (yy) the total amount of the consideration received by the Company for such Additional Shares; and (B) the denominator of which is the sum of the total number of Ordinary Shares outstanding immediately prior to the issuance of such Additional Shares (on a fully-diluted basis after giving effect to all Equity Securities and assuming the conversion into Ordinary Shares of all convertible securities) plus the number of such Additional Shares issued.

(B) No adjustments of the Conversion Price for the Preferred Shares shall be made in an amount less than one cent ($0.01) per share, provided that any adjustments that are not required to be made by reason of this sentence shall be carried forward and shall be either taken into account in any subsequent adjustment made prior to three (3) years from the date of the event giving rise to the adjustment being carried forward, or shall be made at the end of the three (3) years from the date of the event giving rise to the adjustment being carried forward.

(C) In the case of the issuance of Ordinary Shares for cash, the consideration shall be deemed to be the amount of cash received therefor after giving effect to any discounts, commissions or other expenses, paid or incurred by the Company for any underwriting or otherwise in connection with the issuance and sale thereof.

(D) In the case of the issuance of Ordinary Shares for a consideration in whole or in part other than cash, the consideration other than cash shall be deemed to be the fair value thereof as determined by the Board.

(E) In the case of the issuance of options to purchase or rights to subscribe for Ordinary Shares, or securities by their terms convertible into or exchangeable for Ordinary Shares or options to purchase or rights to subscribe for such convertible or exchangeable securities, the aggregate maximum number of Ordinary Shares deliverable upon exercise (assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, including without limitation, the passage of time, but without taking into account potential anti-dilution adjustments) of such options to purchase or rights to subscribe for Ordinary Shares or upon conversion or an exchange of such convertible or exchangeable security shall be deemed to have been issued at the time such options or rights were issued and for a consideration (determined in the manner provided in Articles 11(c)(i)(C) and (c) (i)(D)), if any, received by the Company upon the issuance of such options or rights or securities plus any additional consideration payable to the Company pursuant to the term of such options or rights or securities (without taking into account potential anti-dilution adjustments) for the Ordinary Shares covered thereby; provided, however, that if any options as to which an adjustment to the Conversion Price has been made pursuant to this sub-article (E) expire without having been exercised, then the Conversion Price shall be readjusted as if such options had not been issued (without any effect, however, on adjustments to the Conversion Price as a result of other events described in this Article).

(F) For purpose of Article 11(c)(i) hereof, the consideration for any Additional Shares shall be taken into account at the representative rate of exchange for the U.S. dollar equivalent published on the day such Additional Shares are issued or deemed to be issued pursuant to sub-article 11(c)(i)(E).

 

-12-


(ii) “ Additional Shares ” shall mean any Ordinary Shares issued (or deemed to have been issued pursuant to sub-article 11(c)(i)(E)) by the Company after the Purchase Date other than:

(A) Shares issued pursuant to a transaction described in sub-article 11(c)(iii) and 11(c)(iv) hereof,

(B) Ordinary Shares, or options, warrants or rights to purchase or subscribe for Ordinary Shares issued (including securities to be issued upon exercise or conversion thereof) to (i) employees, consultants or Directors of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company pursuant to Option Plans and/or Purchase Plans approved by the Company’s Board of Directors, (ii) pursuant to Article 3(b) hereof, or (iii) banks as part as banking credit facility agreements or to broker or investment bankers engagement as part of the engagement with them, provided such agreements or engagement was approved by the Company’s Board of Directors,

(C) Series B2 Preferred Shares issued pursuant to that certain Share Purchase Agreement dated February 28, 2007, and the warrants and Series B3 Preferred Shares issued following the exercise of those certain warrants issued by the Company to certain Series B2 Preferred Shareholders, on February 28,2007 (the “ Warrants ”), and

(D) Ordinary Shares issued upon conversion of the Preferred Shares.

(iii) If the Company shall subdivide (including by issuing bonus shares) or combine its Ordinary Shares or its share capital, the Conversion Price shall be proportionately reduced, in case of subdivision of shares, as at the effective date of such subdivision, or if the Company shall fix a record date for the purpose of so subdividing, as at such record date, whichever is earlier, or shall be proportionately increased, in the case of combination of shares, as at the effective date of such combination, or, if the Company shall fix a record date for the purpose of so combining, as at such record date, whichever is earlier.

(iv) If the Company at any time shall pay a dividend payable in additional Ordinary Shares or other securities or rights convertible into, or entitling the holder thereof to receive directly or indirectly, additional shares of Ordinary Shares (hereinafter referred to as “ Ordinary Shares Equivalents ”), then the Conversion Price shall be adjusted as at the date the Company shall fix as the record date for the purpose of receiving such dividend (or if no such record date is fixed, as at the date of such payment), to that price determined by multiplying the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such record date (or if no such record date is fixed then immediately prior to such payment) by a fraction (a) the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Ordinary Shares outstanding and those issuable with respect to such Ordinary Shares Equivalents (the number of shares issuable with respect to Ordinary Shares Equivalents being determined from time to time in the manner provided for deemed issuances in sub-article 11(c)(i)(E)) immediately prior to such dividend, and (b) the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Ordinary Shares outstanding and those issuable with respect to such Ordinary Shares Equivalents (determined as aforesaid) immediately after such dividend (plus, in the event that the Company paid cash for fractional shares, the number of additional shares which would have been outstanding had the Company issued fractional shares in connection with such dividend).

(d) Other Distributions . In the event the Company shall declare a distribution payable in securities of other persons, evidences of indebtedness issued by the Company or other persons, assets (excluding cash dividends) or options or rights not referred to in Article 11(c)(iv), then, in each such case for the purpose of this Article 11(d), the holders of the Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive such distribution, in respect of their holdings, in accordance with and subject to Article 9 or 10.

 

-13-


(e) Recapitalizations . If at any time or from time to time there shall be a recapitalization of the Ordinary Shares (other than a subdivision, combination or merger or sale of assets transaction provided for elsewhere in Article 10 or this Article 11) provision shall be made so that the holders of the Preferred Shares shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon conversion of the Preferred Shares the number of shares of Ordinary Shares or other securities or property of the Company or otherwise, to which a holder of Ordinary Shares deliverable upon conversion would have been entitled immediately prior to such recapitalization.

(f) No Impairment . The Company will not, by amendment of these Articles or through any reorganization, recapitalization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Company, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Article 11 and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the Conversion Rights of the holders of the Preferred Shares against impairment or dilution.

(g) No fractional Shares and Certificate as to Adjustments

(i) No fractional shares shall be issued upon conversion of the Preferred Shares, and the number of shares of Ordinary Shares to be issued shall be rounded to the nearest whole share.

(ii) Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price of Preferred Shares pursuant to this Article 11, the Company, at its expense, shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and prepare and furnish to each holder of Preferred Shares a certificate setting forth each adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Company shall furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (A) such adjustment and readjustment, (B) the Conversion Price at the time in effect, and (C) the number of shares of Ordinary Shares and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of a share of Preferred Shares.

(h) Notices of Record Date . In the event of any taking by the Company of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend (including a cash dividend) or other distribution, any right to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of any class or any other securities or property, or to receive any other right, the Company shall mail to each holder of Preferred Shares, at least 20 days prior to the date specified therein, a notice specifying the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right.

(i) Reservation of Shares Issuable Upon Conversion . The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Ordinary Shares solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Preferred Shares such number of its shares of Ordinary Shares as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Preferred Shares. If at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Ordinary Shares shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Shares, in addition to such other remedies as shall be available to the holder of such Preferred Shares, the Company shall immediately take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Ordinary Shares to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes.

(j) Notices . Any notice required by the provisions of this Article 11 to be given to the holders of Preferred Shares shall be deemed given 7 business days after being deposited in the Israeli mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to each holder of record at his address appearing on the books of the

 

-14-


Company, or on the date actually received, if earlier; provided that, in the case of shareholders located outside of Israel, such notice shall be sent by airmail or facsimile or other rapid form of written communication, confirmation of such notice shall be sent by airmail.

 

12. VOTING RIGHTS

The holder of each Preferred Share shall have the right to one vote for each share of Ordinary Shares into which such Preferred Share could then be converted (with any fractional share determined on an aggregate conversion basis being rounded to the nearest whole share), and with respect to such vote, such holder shall have full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of Ordinary Shares, and shall be entitled, notwithstanding any provision hereof, to notice of any shareholders’ meeting in accordance with these Articles, and without derogating from the provisions of Article 14 shall be entitled to vote, together with holders of Ordinary Shares, with respect to any question upon which holders of Ordinary Shares have the right to vote.

[ARTICLE 13 IS RESERVED]

 

14. RESTRICTIVE PROVISIONS

(a) Until the consummation of a Qualified IPO, the Company shall not and shall ensure that no subsidiary of the Company shall, without the consent of the Preferred Majority, do any of the following or cause any subsidiary to carry out any of such actions:(i) amend any provision of these Articles, (ii) increase or decrease the authorized number of Preferred Shares, (iii) create any new class or series of shares having rights, preferences or privileges senior to or on a parity with the Series B2 Preferred Shares (other than Series B3 Preferred Shares issued upon the exercise of the Series B3 Preferred Shares Warrants), (iv) authorize a liquidation, dissolution, winding up, recapitalization, restructuring, merger, reorganization, sale of shares of the Company that results in a Change in Control or an Acquisition, (v) authorize the declaration or distribution of dividends to the holders of any class or series of shares, (vi) any action which constitutes a redemption, acquisition or other repurchase by the Company of any Preferred Shares or Ordinary Shares, other than pursuant to share repurchase agreements entered into with employees in the ordinary course of business, (vii) any action which constitutes a sale or other issuance by a subsidiary of its securities to a third party, or (viii) an initial public offering of securities of the Company or a subsidiary that is not a Qualified IPO.

(b) Until the earlier of (i) the consummation of a Qualified IPO, or (ii) the date the Original Investors hold less than three and one third percent (3.33%) of the Company’s share capital (calculated on a fully diluted and as converted basis), the Company shall not, directly or indirectly, and shall ensure that no subsidiary of the Company shall, directly or indirectly, without the consent of (A) the holders of at least a majority of shares held by the Original Investors, on an as converted basis, if such matter is required to be brought before the Shareholders of the Company, or (B) the Director appointed by the Original Investors, in the event the matter is brought before the Board: (i) enter into a transaction or transactions (including any issuance of Equity Securities of the Company) with a Major Shareholder or any of its Article 14 Affiliates, or in which the Major Shareholder has a “personal interest” (within the definition of the Law), other than a Permitted Major Shareholder Transaction, (ii) cause the liquidation, dissolution, winding up, recapitalization, restructuring, merger or reorganization of the Company or a material subsidiary of the Company, or the sale of shares of the Company or a material subsidiary of the Company that results in a Change in Control or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (or such subsidiary), in either case on the basis of a pre-money valuation (of the Company (or such subsidiary) or its (such subsidiary’s) assets, as applicable), of less than $110 million, (iii) effect an IPO of the Company or any material subsidiary of the Company which would reflect a pre-money valuation for the Company(or such subsidiary) of less than $110 million, or (iv) amend the provisions of these Articles (A) to change rights specifically granted to the Original Investors, which rights, as of the

 

-15-


date of the adoption of these Articles, are the rights under Article 2(e), Article 14(b), Article 16(d), Article 19, Article 58, Article 71 or Article 80; or (B) to change the following Articles: Article 2(c) with regard to the following definitions: “Affiliate”, “Dividend Preference Amount”, “Major Shareholder”, “Original Investors”, “Permitted Major Shareholder Transaction”, “Permitted Transferee” “Qualified IPO”, “Threshold Amount” , Article 9 (with regard to the Dividend Preference Amount cap), Article 10(h), Article 10(i) and Article 11(a)(ii).

In the event of a transfer of Equity Securities by the Original Investors (jointly or severally), the Original Investors may elect whether or not to transfer to such proposed transferee (provided such transferee meets the Threshold Amount) their entitlements pursuant to this Article 14(b), provided that the transfer of such entitlement shall revoke such entitlement of the Original Investors as of the said transfer. Other than with regard to Permitted Transferees, the Original Investors Equity Securities shall not be aggregated together with the Equity Securities of their transferees for purposes herein.

(c) Until the consummation of a Qualified IPO, the Company covenants that from the date hereof, the Company shall not, and shall ensure that no subsidiary of the Company shall, without the written consent of the Preferred Super Majority, (i) take any action which adversely affects any of the rights, preferences or privileges of any class of Preferred Shares or the Ordinary Shares (where the authorization and issuance of a class or classes of preferred shares having rights, preferences and privileges senior to the rights, preferences and privileges of any class of Preferred Shares shall not be deemed to adversely affect the Preferred Shares), (ii) authorize a liquidation, dissolution, winding up, recapitalization, restructuring, merger or reorganization of the Company(or any of its material subsidiaries) or sale of shares of the Company (or any of its material subsidiaries) that results in a Change in Control or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (or such subsidiary), in either case in which the pre-money valuation of the Company (or such subsidiary) or its (or such subsidiary’s) assets is less than $120 million, (iii) effect an IPO of the Company or any material subsidiary of the Company which would reflect a pre-money valuation for the Company (or such subsidiary) of less than $120 million, (iv) enter into a transaction (including, without limitation, issuance of Equity Securities of the Company) with any Major Shareholder or its Article 14 Affiliates, or in which the Major Shareholder has a “ personal interest ” (within the definition of the Law) (other than a transaction that falls within the definition of Permitted Major Shareholder Transactions),if such transaction is not unanimously approved by the Board, or (v) amends this Article 14(c).

(d) Unless specifically stated otherwise in these Articles, in the event of conflict, the provisions of this Article 14 shall prevail over all other provisions of these Articles.

 

15. ALLOTMENT OF SHARES

Subject to the provisions of Article 14 above and Article 16 below, the unissued shares shall be under the control of the Board, who shall have the power to allot shares or otherwise dispose of them to such persons, on such terms and conditions (including inter-alia terms relating to calls as set forth in Article 37 hereof), and either at par or at a premium, or, subject to the provisions of the Law, at a discount, and at such times, as the Board may think fit, and the power to give any person the option to acquire from the Company any shares, either at par or at premium, or, subject as aforesaid, at a discount, during such time and for such consideration as the Board may think fit.

 

16. PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS

(a) Prior to a IPO, if the Company proposes to issue or sell any New Equity Securities (as defined hereunder), the Company shall, before such issuance, offer to each Major Shareholder the right to purchase up to its pro-rata share of the New Equity Securities (as defined below). A Major Shareholder’s pro-rata share, for purposes of this Article 16, is the ratio of the number of shares owned by such Major Shareholder immediately prior to the issuance of New Equity Securities (treating all Preferred Shares as if

 

-16-


fully converted), to (i) the total number of shares issued and outstanding immediately prior to the issuance of New Equity Securities, (treating all of the Preferred Shares as if fully converted), or (ii) the total number of shares owned by all Major Shareholders immediately prior to the issuance of New Equity Securities, (treating all of the Preferred Shares as if fully converted) in the event the New Equity Securities are offered only to Major Shareholders of the Company. Each Major Shareholder shall also have a right of over-allotment such that if any other Major Shareholder fails to exercise its right hereunder to purchase its full pro-rata share of New Equity Securities, the Major Shareholders who exercised all their preemptive rights hereunder (the “ Exercising Holders ”) may purchase the non-purchasing Major Shareholder’s portion according to the pro-rata shareholding between the Exercising Holders electing to exercise their right of over-allotment, or as shall otherwise be agreed between the Exercising Holders.

(b) This pre-emptive right shall be subject to the following provisions:

(i) “ New Equity Securities ” shall mean any Equity Securities excluding (i) securities issued upon the conversion of the Preferred Shares, (ii) securities (including securities to be issued upon exercise or conversion thereof) issued to employees, consultants or Directors of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company according to an employee share option or other incentive plan of the Company approved by the Board, or pursuant to Article 3(b), (iii) any securities issued pursuant to payment of any dividend or distribution with respect to the Company’s issued and outstanding share capital, (iv) any Warrants and Series B3 Preferred Shares issued upon the exercise of the Warrants, or (v) any Series B2 Preferred Shares issued pursuant to that certain Share Purchase Agreement date February 28, 2007; or (vi) any securities issued upon the conversion or exercise of Equity Securities outstanding as of the date these Articles are adopted.

(ii) In the event the Company proposes to undertake an issuance of New Equity Securities (the “ Offered Securities ”), it shall give each Major Shareholder written notice (referred to in this Article 16 as the “ Offer ”) stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer the Offered Securities, (ii) describing the number and type of Offered Securities, their price and the general terms upon which the Company proposes to issue same. Each Major Shareholder shall have fourteen (14) days after such Offer is delivered to it, to agree to purchase up to its pro rata share of such Offered Securities and the pro rata share of any Major Shareholders failing or not electing to exercise their full share, on the terms specified in the Offer, by giving written notice to the Company (the “ Exercise Notice ”) setting forth the maximum number of Offered Securities to be purchased by it. Such Exercise Notice shall constitute a binding obligation of the Major Shareholder to purchase such number of Offered Shares specified in the Exercise Notice as part of the issuance of all the Offered Securities. A failure by a Major Shareholder to notify the Company as to its intent to exercise its pre-emptive right under this Article shall be deemed as a waiver of such right. Immediately following the lapse of the 14 day period, the Company shall notify all Major Shareholders as to which Major Shareholders exercised their rights hereunder, and the extent of such exercise.

(c) The Company shall have one hundred twenty (120) days after the expiration of the fourteen (14) days period set forth in Article 16(b)(ii) to sell or enter into an agreement to sell the Offered Securities with respect of which the Major Shareholders’ pre-emptive right set forth in this Article 16 is not exercised (the “ Non Exercised Offered Shares ”), on terms no more favorable to the purchasers thereof than specified in the Offer. In the event the Company has not sold or entered into an agreement to sell the Non Exercised Offered Shares in accordance with the foregoing within one hundred twenty (120) days, the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any New Securities, without first offering such securities to the Major Shareholders again in the manner provided in this Article 16.

(d) Notwithstanding the definition of Permitted Transferees, (i) SCP may assign its rights under this Article 16 at any time to Softbank, Inc. and/or Chase Capital Partners, (ii) each of Vertex and each of the Original Investors may assign their rights to each other, or any of them, and (iii) each Major Shareholder shall be entitled to apportion the New Equity Securities to be purchased among its Permitted Transferees, provided that such Major Shareholder notifies the Company of such allocation.

 

-17-


17. BRING-ALONG RIGHT

(a) Subject to Article 14 above, in the event that any unrelated (to the Company or the Major Shareholders) third party person or entity makes an offer to purchase all of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company, and shareholders holding more than eighty percent (80%) of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company (calculated on an as converted basis) indicate their acceptance of such offer (hereinafter: the “ Accepting Shareholders ”), and such offer is, in addition to the approvals required under Article 14 above, approved by a majority of the Directors, and such sale is conditioned upon the sale of all remaining shares and/or other Equity Securities of the Company (collectively, for purposes of this Article 17, the “ Shares ”) to such party, then at the closing of such offer to purchase of all the issued and outstanding Shares of the Company, all of the holders of Shares in the Company (including the holders of remaining Shares who have not indicated their acceptance of the offer (hereinafter: the “ Remaining Shareholders ”) will transfer such Shares to such person or entity (hereinafter: a “ Bring Along Sale ”); provided, however, that the consideration for all of the Company’s Shares shall in any event be allocated among the Shareholders in accordance with Article 10 herein (i.e. in accordance with the liquidation preference rights).The provisions set forth in this Article 17 are an independent arrangement, separate from that set forth in Section 341 of the Law, and the conditions or requirements set forth in Section 341 of the Law shall not apply to this arrangement. Without limitation of the foregoing, in the event of a Bring Along Sale, the provisions of Section 341 of the Law may also be implemented, without derogating from this Article 17. The requisite majority for purposes of Section 341 of the Law shall be of Shareholders holding at least 80% of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares on an as-converted basis.

(b) In the event that not all of the Shareholders have transferred their Shares to the offeror in accordance with the foregoing Bring Along Sale, then the Bring Along Sale shall be conducted in the manner prescribed in Article 17(f) below, including any requirement for notices to be provided to the Shareholders by the offeror and the notice periods provided thereby, deposit of funds with the Company for payment to any Remaining Shareholders, and the Company’s obligation to register the Shares of the Remaining Shareholders in the name of the offeror. Each seller of Shares in such Bring Along Sale (a) shall be subject to the same terms and conditions of sale and any related terms and conditions and (b) shall execute such documents and take such actions as may be reasonably required by the majority of the Accepting Shareholders and the Company (except for(i) any non-competition or similar agreements or covenants that would bind such seller or its Affiliates, (ii) any representations and warranties, other than as expressly set forth in Section 17(e) below, and (iii) any agreement or covenant that shall result in such seller being required to incur or pay any expenses in connection with such transaction).

(c) The provisions of this Article 17 shall apply regardless of the form of consideration received in the Bring Along Sale, and (i) upon the consummation of the Bring Along Sale, each holder of any class or series of securities of the Company shall receive the same form of consideration and the same amount of consideration per security as every other holder of such class or series; (ii) if any holders of any class or series of securities of the Company are given an option as to the form and amount of consideration to be received, each other holder of such class or series shall be given the same option; and (iii) any non-cash consideration received by a class or series of securities pursuant to the terms of the Bring Along Sale shall be allocated among the transferors of such class or series of securities pro rata based upon each transferor’s percentage ownership of such class or series of securities sold in the Bring Along Sale. The proceeds received from any Bring Along Sale shall be distributed among the Shareholders in accordance with Article 10.

 

-18-


(d) At least five (5) days prior to the date of consummation of a Bring Along Sale (which date, place and time of such consummation shall be designated by the Accepting Shareholders and notified to each Remaining Shareholder in the notice provided to the Remaining Shareholders at least twenty (20) day prior to the date of consummation of a Bring Along Sale, requiring them to transfer their shares to the offeror in the manner prescribed by Law (hereinafter: the “ Bring-Along Notice ”)), each Remaining Shareholder shall deliver for transfer to the Company, to be held in escrow for the benefit of such Remaining Shareholder until and subject to the consummation of the Bring Along Sale, duly executed securities transfer deeds in form satisfactory to the Company, and such certificates which represent all of the Shares of the Company held by such Remaining Shareholder or, if applicable, an executed affidavit of lost certificates in the form to be determined by the Company’s Board and provided to such Remaining Shareholders The certificate(s) delivered by each Remaining Shareholder shall be transferred to the offeror identified in the Bring-Along Notice as part of the consummation of the Bring Along Sale. Upon receipt by the Remaining Shareholders of such portion of the proceeds of the Bring Along Sale, to which such Remaining Shareholder is entitled by reason of such Remaining Shareholder’s participation in such sale, the executed documents held in escrow by the Company as set forth above shall be released to the offeror.

(e) In connection with a Bring Along Sale, each participating Shareholder may be required to make reasonable and customary representations and warranties regarding solely to (i) its authority and capacity to enter into the Bring Along Sale; (ii) such Shareholder’s ownership of and authority to transfer the Shares of the Company that such Shareholder transfers in such sale and (iii) the absence of any liens or other encumbrances on such securities; p rovided, however , that no Shareholder shall be required to make any representations or warranties in any agreement relating to a Bring Along Sale other than the above mentioned representations and warranties relating to such Shareholder, and all such representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities and agreements shall be made by each Shareholder severally and not jointly and that, the aggregate amount of the liability of each Shareholder shall not exceed the lesser of (i) such Shareholder’s pro rata portion of any such liability, to be determined (other than with respect to individual representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities and other agreements of each Shareholder as to the unencumbered title to its securities and the authorization and execution and delivery of the applicable agreements and other than with respect to fraud) in accordance with such Shareholder’s portion of the total proceeds paid in such Bring Along Sale or (ii) the proceeds actually received by such Shareholder in connection with such Bring Along Sale.

(f) To the extent permitted by Law, and in the event the Remaining Shareholders shall fail to comply with the provisions of this Article 17, if the Company shall receive (i) a notice from the offeror, accompanied with the Bring Along Notice duly received by the Remaining Shareholders and (ii) the consideration to be paid to the applicable Remaining Shareholders(in the same form of consideration and the same amount of consideration per Share as such Remaining Shareholder shall be entitled to receive in accordance with the provisions of these Articles), the Company shall, immediately upon the lapse of 30 days period commencing on the date on which Bring Along Notice has been received by the applicable Remaining Shareholders, register the Shares underlying the Bring Along Notice in the name of the offeror, provided that the offeror has deposited the consideration for such Shares into an escrow account established by the Company for the benefit of such Remaining Shareholders, to which a trustee shall be appointed to administrate such account.

 

18. REGISTERED HOLDER

(a) If two or more persons are registered as joint holders of a share they shall be jointly and severally liable for any calls or any other liability with respect to such share. However with respect to voting, power of attorney and furnishing notices, the one registered first in the Company’s Shareholders Register, insofar as all the registered joint holders shall not notify the Company in writing to relate to another one of them as the sole owner of the share, as aforesaid, shall be deemed to be the sole owner of the share.

 

-19-


(b) In the case that two or more persons are registered together as holders of a share, each one of them shall be permitted to give receipts binding all the joint holders for dividends or other monies in connection with the share and the Company shall be permitted to pay all the dividends or other monies due with respect to the share to one or more of the joint holders, as it shall choose.

 

19. CO-SALE RIGHT

(a) Subject to Articles 14 and 35 herein, in the event of any proposed transfer (directly or indirectly) of Equity Securities by a Shareholder or Shareholders (the “ Selling Shareholder ”) which would result (in one transaction or in a series of related transactions) in a Change of Control, then each of the Original Investors and Vertex (to the extent such has not exercised its right of first refusal regarding an Offer (as defined in and) pursuant to Article 35 herein - the “ Participating Shareholder ”) shall have the right within twenty one (21) days after receipt of such Offer to obligate the Selling Shareholder to offer to the proposed transferee to purchase from such Participating Shareholder, on the same terms and conditions specified in the Offer, all (or, at the discretion of such Participating Shareholder - any part) of such Participating Shareholder’s Equity Securities (the “ Co- Sale Shares ”).

(b) In the event that the proposed transferee is not willing to (i) purchase the full amount of Co-Sale Shares from the Participating Shareholders; or (ii) purchase such Co-Sale Shares on the same terms and conditions as specified in the Offer, then (i) the Selling Shareholder shall not be permitted to sell any Equity Securities to the proposed transferee pursuant to the Offer; and (ii) the Board shall not approve any such transfer and shall not register the proposed transferee(s) as a Shareholder(s) in the Company.

(c) Any transfer of Equity Securities in contravention of the provisions of this Article 19 shall be null and void ab initio .

(d) In the event a Participating Shareholder elects to transfer all or part of its Equity Securities in accordance with the terms of this Article 19, such transfer shall be exempt from the other Major Shareholders’ Right of First Refusal.

(e) In the event of a transfer of Equity Securities by the Original Investors (jointly or severally) or Vertex, each such transferred Equity Security shall be entitled to the Co Sale right hereunder, with respect to such transferred Equity Security.

 

20. SHARE CERTIFICATE

(a) A Shareholder shall be entitled to receive from the Company without payment, one certificate that shall contain that number of shares registered in the name of such Shareholder, their class and serial numbering. However, in the event of joint holders holding a share, the Company shall not be obligated to issue more than one certificate to all of the joint holders, and the delivery of such a certificate to one of the joint holders shall be deemed to be a delivery to all of the joint holders.

(b) Each certificate shall carry the signature or signatures of those persons appointed by the Board for this purpose and the rubber stamp or the seal of the Company.

(c) If a share certificate is defaced, lost or destroyed, it may be replaced upon payment of such fee, if any, and on such terms, if any, as to evidence and indemnity as the Board may think fit.

 

-20-


[ARTICLE 21 IS RESERVED]

 

22. MODIFICATIONS OF SHARE RIGHTS

Subject to Article 14 above, the Company may change, convert, broaden, add or vary in any other manner the rights, advantages, restrictions and provisions attached at that time to one or more of the classes, after receipt of the consent in writing of the holders of the majority of the issued shares of that class, or with the sanction of a resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of the shares of the class as referred to in Article 54 herein. To every such separate general meeting, the provisions of these Articles relating to general meetings shall mutatis mutandis apply. Any holder of shares of that class present, either personally or by proxy, may request a secret ballot. For avoidance of doubt, subject to Article 14 above, the authorization or issuance of additional securities which grant to the holders of such securities preferences and/or rights superior to those of any specific class of shares, shall not require the aforementioned consent of the majority of the issued shares of that class.

PLEDGE

23. The Company shall have a lien and first pledge on all the shares, not fully paid, registered in the name of any Shareholder (whether registered in his name only or together with another or others) for any amount still outstanding with respect to that share, whether presently payable or not. Such a pledge shall exist whether the dates of payment or fulfillment or execution of the obligations, debts or commitments have become due or not, and shall apply to all dividends that shall be decided upon from time to time in connection with these shares. No benefit shall be created with respect to this share based upon the rules of equity which shall frustrate this pledge, however the Directors may declare at any time with respect to any share, that it is released, wholly or in part, temporarily or permanently, from the provisions of this Article.

24. The Company may sell, in such manner and at such time as the Directors think fit, any of the pledged shares, but no sale shall be made unless the date of payment of the monies or a part thereof has arrived, or the date of fulfillment and performance of the obligations and commitments in consideration of which the pledge exists has arrived, and after a written request has been furnished to the Shareholder or person who has acquired a right in the shares, which sets out the amount or obligation or commitment due from him and which demands their payment, fulfillment or execution, and which informs the person of the Directors’ desire to sell the shares in the event of non- fulfillment of the notice, and the person has not fulfilled his obligation pursuant to the notice within seven days after the notice had been sent to him.

25. The net proceeds of such sale shall be applied in payment of such sum due to the Company or to the fulfillment of the obligation or commitment, and the remainder (if there shall be any) shall be paid to the Shareholder or to the person who has acquired a right in the share sold pursuant to the above.

26. After execution of a sale as aforesaid, the Directors shall be permitted to sign or to appoint someone to sign a deed of transfer of the sold shares and to register the buyer’s name in the Company’s Shareholders Register as the owner of the sold shares and it shall not be the obligation of the buyer to supervise the application of monies nor will his right in the shares be affected by a defect or illegality in the sale proceedings after his name has been registered in the Company’s Shareholders Register with respect to those shares. The sole remedy of any person aggrieved by the sale shall be in damages only and against the Company exclusively.

TRANSFER OF SHARES AND THE MANAGEMENT THEREOF

27. The Board shall not approve the registration of any transfer of shares in case of noncompliance with the provisions of these Articles in respect thereof. If the Board shall make use of its powers in accordance with this Article and refuse to register a transfer of shares, the Board must inform the

 

-21-


transferee of its refusal, within 60 days of the day the deed of transfer had been furnished to the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, the Board shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to any transfer of shares in compliance with the terms of these Articles.

28. Each transfer of shares shall be made in writing in the form appearing herein below, or in a similar form, or in any form as to be determined upon by the Board from time to time, such form shall be delivered to the Office together with the transferred share certificates and any other proof the Directors shall require, if they shall so require, in order to prove the title of the transferor.

Deed of Transfer of Shares

I,                     of                    in consideration of the sum of NIS             (New Israeli Shekels) paid to me by                     , of                     (hereinafter called “ the said transferee ”) do hereby transfer to the said transferee share (or shares) having nominal value of NIS        each one numbered        until        inclusive in                    , to hold onto the said transferee, his executors, administrators, and assigns, subject to the several conditions on which I held the same at the time of the execution hereof; and I, the said transferee, do hereby agree to take the said share (or shares) subject to the conditions aforesaid.

As witness we have hereunto set our hands the    day of                20    .

 

 

   

 

Transferee     Transferor

 

   

 

Address & Profession     Address & Profession

 

   

 

Witness to the Transferee’s Signature     Witness to the Transferee’s Signature

 

   

 

Address of Witness     Address of Witness

29. The deed of share transfer shall be executed both by the transferor and transferee, and the transferor shall be deemed to remain a holder of the share until the name of the transferee is entered into the Company’s Shareholders Register in respect thereof.

30. It shall be permitted to demand a fee for registration of transfer, in a reasonable rate as to be determined by the Directors from time to time.

31. The Company’s Shareholders Register may be closed at such dates and for such other periods as determined by the Board from time to time, upon the condition that the Company’s Shareholders Register shall not be closed for more than 30 days every year.

32. Upon the death of a Shareholder the remaining holders (in the event that the deceased was a joint holder in a share) or the administrators or executors or heirs of the deceased (in the event the deceased was the sole holder of the share or was the only one of the joint holders of the share to remain alive) shall be recognized by the Company as the sole holders of any title to the shares of the deceased. However, nothing aforesaid shall release the estate of a joint holder of a share from any obligation with respect to the share that he held jointly with any other holder.

33. Any person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy or liquidation of a Shareholder shall, upon such evidence being produced as may from time to time be required by the Directors, have the right, either to be registered as a Shareholder in respect of the share upon the consent of the Directors (who have the right to refuse pursuant to article 27 above) or, instead of being registered himself, to transfer such share to another person, subject to the provisions contained in these articles with respect to transfers.

 

-22-


34. A person becoming entitled to a share because of the death of a Shareholder shall be entitled to receive, and to give receipts for, dividends or other payments paid with respect to the share, but he shall not be entitled to receive notices with respect to Company meetings or to participate or vote therein with respect to that share, or aside from the aforesaid, to use any right of a Shareholder, until he has been accepted as a Shareholder with respect to that share.

 

35. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

(a) Any Shareholder proposing to transfer all or any of his Equity Securities other than to a Permitted Transferee (the “ Offeror ”) shall first request that the Company, by written notice (the “ Offer ”) (which shall contain (i) the identity of the Offeror and of the proposed transferee(s) (including the beneficial owner of such proposed transferee), (ii) the number of Equity Securities and description of such Equity Securities to be transferred (the “ Offered Shares ”) and (iii) the amount of and form of consideration and the proposed terms of sale of the Offered Shares), offer such Offered Shares, on the terms of the proposed transfer, to all Major Shareholders. The Offer shall (i) certify that the Offer or has received a firm offer from the prospective transferee(s) and believes a binding agreement for the transfer is obtainable on the terms set forth in the Offer,(ii) include a copy of any written proposal, term sheet or letter of intent or other agreement relating to the proposed transfer, and(iii) state that the proposed transferee has been informed of the Right of First Refusal granted hereunder. The Company shall comply with such request by sending a copy of the Offer, within two (2) business days, to all Major Shareholders, who did not waive their right to receive such notice in advance. Any Major Shareholder may accept such offer in respect of all or any of the Offered Shares by giving the Company written notice to that effect within twenty one (21) days after being served with the Offer (an “ Acceptance Notice ”).

(b) If the Acceptance Notices, in the aggregate, are in respect of all of, or more than all of the Offered Shares, then the accepting Major Shareholders shall acquire the Offered Shares, on the terms specified in the Offer, in proportion to their respective pro rata holdings in the Company held by the Major Shareholders, provided that no Major Shareholder shall be required to acquire under the provisions of this Article 35(b) more than the number of Offered Shares initially accepted by such Major Shareholder. Any Offered Shares remaining after the computation of such respective entitlements shall be re-allocated among the accepting Major Shareholders, in the same manner, until one hundred percent (100%) of the Offered Shares have been allocated as aforesaid.

(c) If the Acceptance Notices, in the aggregate, are in respect of less than the number of Offered Shares, then the accepting Major Shareholders shall not be entitled to acquire the Offered Shares and the Offeror, at the expiration of the aforementioned twenty one (21) day period, shall be entitled, to transfer all (but not less than all) of the Offered Shares to the proposed transferee(s) identified in the Offer; provided, however, that in no event shall the Offeror transfer any of the Offered Shares to any transferee other than such accepting Major Shareholders or such proposed transferee(s) or transfer the Offered Shares on terms more favorable to the proposed transferee(s) than those stated in the Offer; and provided further that if the Offered Shares are not transferred within sixty (60) days after the expiration of such twenty one (21) day period, the Offered Shares shall again be subject to the provisions of Article 35 (a).

(d) For the purposes of any Offer under this Article 35, each Major Shareholder shall be entitled to apportion Offered Shares to be purchased among its Permitted Transferees, provided that such Major Shareholder notifies the Offeror of such allocation.

(e) The Right of First Refusal provided in this Article 35 shall terminate upon the earlier of Company’s IPO or Acquisition.

 

-23-


(f) As a condition precedent to any transfer to the proposed transferee(s) identified in the Offer, such transferee(s) shall undertake in writing and in advance to be bound by confidentially and lock-up provisions towards the Company, similar to those applying on the transferor (if at all applying).

(g) This Article 35 shall not apply to the transfer of shares pursuant to Article 17, or to any Participating Shareholder selling its Co-Sale Shares to the proposed transferee(s) pursuant to Article 19.

CALLS

36. A Shareholder shall not be entitled to receive dividends nor to use any right a Shareholder has, unless he has paid all the calls that shall be made from time to time with respect of money unpaid on his shares, whether he is the sole holder or holds the shares together with another person, in addition to interest and expenses if there shall be any.

37. The Directors may, subject to the provisions of these Articles, make calls upon the Shareholders from time to time in respect of any moneys unpaid on their shares, as they shall determine proper, upon the condition that there shall be given prior notice of fourteen business days on every call and each Shareholder shall be obligated to pay the total amount requested from him, or the installment on account of the call (if there shall so be) at the times and places to be determined by the Directors.

38. The calls for payment shall be deemed to have been requested from the date the Board has decided upon the calls for payment.

39. The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay the calls for payment in full and the installment on account, in connection with such calls.

40. If a sum called in respect of a share is not paid the holders of the share or the person to whom it has been issued shall be liable to pay interest and linkage differentials (hereinafter “ interest ”) upon the amount of the call or the payments on account, as determined by the Board commencing from the day appointed for the payment thereof to the time of actual payment, but the Board shall be at liberty to waive payment of that interest, wholly or in part.

41. Any amount that according to the condition of issuance of a share must be paid at the time of issuance or at a fixed date, whether on account of the sum of the share or premium, shall be deemed for the purposes of these Articles to be a call of payment that was made duly and the date of payment shall be the date appointed for payment. In the event of non-payment of this amount all of the Articles herein dealing with payment of interest, expenses, forfeiture, pledge and the like and all the other articles connected therewith, shall apply, as if this sum had been duly requested and notice had been given, as aforesaid.

42. The Board may make arrangements at the time of issue of shares for a difference between the holders with respect to the amount of calls to be paid and the times of payment, and the rate of interest.

43. The Board may, if it thinks fit, receive from any Shareholder willing to pay in advance all of the monies or a part thereof that shall be due on account of his shares, in addition to any amounts that the payment in fact has been requested and they shall be permitted to pay him interest at the rate the Board and Shareholder shall agree upon, for the amounts paid in advance as aforesaid, or upon the part thereof which is in excess of the amounts whose payment was at the time requested on account of his shares in connection with which the payments have been made in advance, in addition to paying dividends that will be paid for that part of the share which has been paid in advance.

 

-24-


FORFEITURE OF SHARES

44. If a Shareholder fails to pay any call or installment of a call on the day appointed for payment thereof, the Board may, at any time thereafter during such time as any part of such call or installment remains unpaid, serve a notice on him requiring payment of so much of the call or installment as is unpaid, together with any interest which may have accrued and any expenses that were incurred as a result of such non-payment.

45. The notice shall name a further day, not earlier than the expiration of seven days from the date of the notice, on or before which the amount of the call or installment or a part thereof is to be made together with interest and any expenses incurred as a result of such non-payment. The notice shall also state the place the payment is to be made and that in the event of non-payment, at or before the time appointed, the shares in respect of which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited.

46. If the requirements of any such notice as aforesaid are not complied with, any share in respect of which the notice has been given may at any time thereafter, before the payment required by the notice has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the Board to that effect. The forfeiture shall include those dividends that were declared but not yet distributed, with respect to the forfeited shares.

47. A share so forfeited shall be deemed to be the property of the Company and can be sold or otherwise disposed of, on such terms and in such manner as the Board think fit. At any time before a sale or disposition the forfeiture may be canceled on such terms as the Board think fit.

48. A person whose shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a Shareholder in respect of the forfeited shares, but shall notwithstanding remain liable to pay to the Company all monies which, at the date of forfeiture, were presently payable by him to the Company in respect of the shares, but his liability shall cease if and when the Company receives payment in full of the nominal amount of the shares.

49. The forfeiture of a share shall cause, at the time of forfeiture, the cancellation of all rights in the Company or any claim or demand against it with respect to that share and the other rights and obligations between the share owner and the Company accompanying the share, except for those rights and obligations not included in such a cancellation according to these Articles or that the Law imposes upon former Shareholders.

50. The provisions of these Articles as to forfeiture shall apply in the case of non-payment of any sum which, by the terms of issue of a share, becomes payable at a fixed time, whether on account of the nominal value amount of the share, or by way of premium, as if the same had been payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

 

51. MODIFICATION OF CAPITAL

Subject to the provisions of Article 14 and to the Law and any other applicable law, the Company may, from time to time, by a resolution of its Shareholders:

(a) consolidate and divide all or any of its issued or unissued share capital into shares of larger nominal value than its existing shares;

(b) cancel any shares which have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person;

(c) by subdivision of its existing shares, or any of them, divide the whole, or any part, of its share capital into shares of smaller amounts than is fixed in Article 6 above;

(d) reduce its share capital and any fund reserved for capital redemption in the manner that it shall deem to be correct under the Law.

(e) issue redeemable shares and redeem the same.

 

-25-


INCREASE OF SHARE CAPITAL

52. Subject to the provisions of Article 14, the Company may decide, from time to time, by a Shareholder’s resolution, to increase its share capital - whether or not all its shares have been issued, or whether the shares issued have been paid in full - by creation of new shares. This new capital shall be in such an amount, divided into shares in such amounts and have such preferable or deferred or other special rights (subject always to the special rights conferred upon an existing class of share), subject to any condition and restrictions with respect to dividends, return of capital, voting or otherwise, all as shall be directed by the general meeting in its resolution sanctioning the increase of the share capital.

53. Subject to any decision to the contrary in the resolution sanctioning the increase in share capital, pursuant to these Articles, the new share capital shall be deemed to be part of the original share capital of the Company and shall be subject to the same provisions with reference to payment of calls, liens, title, forfeiture, transfer and otherwise as apply to the original share capital.

SHAREHOLDERS MEETINGS

GENERAL MEETINGS

54. The Board, whenever it thinks fit, may convene a special general meeting of the Company’s Shareholders. Such a meeting may also be called by any single Director or by any Shareholder or Shareholders holding together more than 10% of the outstanding share capital of the Company or more than 10% of the voting power in the Company. In the event the meeting is called by a Director or Shareholder(s), the request shall be made to the Board, in a written notice which shall be sent to the Office, specifying the matters to be discussed at such a meeting, and the Board shall convene the meeting as provided for in Section 63 of the Law. If the Board does not convene a meeting within 21 days from the date of the submission of the request as aforesaid, the callers may convene the meeting by themselves, in accordance with the provisions of section 64 of the Law.

55. An Annual General Meeting shall be held once as prescribed by the Law and at such place either within or without the State of Israel as may be determined by the Board. An annual meeting or a special meeting of the Shareholders shall be referred to as “ General Meeting ” or “ Meeting ”. A meeting of holders of a class of shares shall be referred to as a “ Class ” Meeting.

56. In addition to any other requirements under these Articles (including without limiting those set forth in Article 14) or under the Law or under any other applicable law, the following issues shall only be resolved by a General Meeting:

(a) any change to these Articles, as specified in Section 20 of the Law;

(b) exercise of the powers of the Board in accordance with the provisions of Section 52(a) of the Law;

(c) appointment of the Company’s Auditor, the terms of his employment and termination of his employment in accordance with the provisions of Sections 154 to 167 of the Law;

(d) approval of acts and transactions that require approval by the General meeting under the provisions of Sections 255 and 268 to 275 of the Law;

(e) increase and decrease of the registered share capital, in accordance with the provisions of Sections 286 and 287 of the Law;

(f) a merger, as described in Section 320(a) of the Law.

 

-26-


57. NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS

(a) A prior notice of at least 14 days but no more than 45 days, shall be given with respect to the place, date and hour of the meeting, the agenda of the meeting and the general nature of each item on the agenda. The notice shall be given to the Shareholders entitled to receive notices to General Meeting pursuant to these Articles. In the event that any shares are subject to a voting proxy, only such proxy holder shall be entitled to receive the notice of any General Meeting (and all other communications in such regard).If, by chance, a notice as aforesaid was not given or not received by a Shareholder, this by itself shall disqualify the resolution passed or disqualify the proceedings held at that meeting.

(b) With the consent of all the Shareholders who are entitled, at that time, to receive notices, the Company may convene all meetings to resolve all types of resolutions, upon a shorter advance notice or without any notice and in such manner, generally, as to be approved by the Shareholders.

(c) If one of the issues on the agenda of a General Meeting is a transaction between the Company and a controlling Shareholder as described in Section 273 of the Law, then each Shareholder shall notify the Company prior to that meeting, whether or not he has a personal interest in the approval of such transaction. Votes of Shareholders who did not notify the Company whether they have or not such personal interest shall not be counted in the count of votes.

QUORUM

58. No deliberation shall commence with respect to any matter on the agenda at the General Meeting unless a quorum is present at the time the General Meeting proceeds to act. At a General Meeting a quorum shall be formed at the presence, personally or by proxy, of at least two or more Shareholders holding in the aggregate at least 50% of the voting power of the Company, provided that at least one of the Original Investors is present in person or by proxy.

In the event of a transfer of Equity Securities by the Original Investors (jointly or severally), the Original Investors may elect whether or not to transfer to such proposed transferee (provided such transferee meets the Threshold Amount) their entitlements pursuant to this Article 58, provided that the transfer of such entitlement shall revoke such entitlement of the Original Investors as of the said transfer. Other than with regard to Permitted Transferees, the Original Investors Equity Securities shall not be aggregated together with the Equity Securities of their transferees for purposes herein.

59. If within half an hour from the time appointed for the Meeting a quorum is not present, the

meeting shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week at the same time and place, or any other day and/or any other hour and/or any other place as the Board shall notify the Shareholders, and, if at the second meeting a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting any two Shareholders, present personally or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum, and shall be entitled to deliberate and resolve in all matters which were on the agenda of the meeting which was originally called. However, if the meeting was convened upon a request under Section 63 or 64 of the Law, then the adjourned meeting shall only be held if at least Shareholders in the number required for the convening of a meeting as specified in Section 63 of the Law are present. No resolutions or decisions may be taken at any adjourned meeting except those which might lawfully have been taken at a meeting as originally called.

 

60. CHAIRMAN

The chairman of the Board (the “ Chairman ”) shall preside as chairman at all General Meetings. If there is no Chairman or he is not present within 15 minutes from the time appointed for the Meeting or if he shall refuse to preside at the Meeting, the Shareholders present shall elect one of the Directors to act as Chairman, and if only one Director is present he shall act as Chairman. If no Directors are present or if they all refuse to preside at the meeting the Shareholders present shall elect one of the Shareholders present to preside at the meeting. The Chairman shall have no special rights or privileges, as such, other than provided by Law.

 

-27-


61. POWER TO ADJOURN

The Chairman may, with the consent of any Meeting at which a quorum is present, and shall do so if so directed by the Meeting, adjourn the Meeting from time to time and from place to place, as the Meeting shall decide. If the Meeting shall be adjourned for ten days or more a notice shall be given of the adjourned meeting as in the case of an original Meeting. Except as aforesaid no Shareholder shall be entitled to receive any notice of an adjournment or of the business to be transacted at the adjourned Meeting. No resolutions or decisions may be taken at any adjourned meeting except those which might lawfully have been taken at a meeting as originally called.

ADOPTION OF RESOLUTIONS

62. Except as otherwise expressly set forth in Article 14 (Restrictive Provisions), elsewhere in these Articles or as required by the Law, a resolution shall be deemed to be passed at any Shareholders meeting if it received an ordinary majority of the votes of the Shareholders present, in person or by proxy, and entitled to vote at the meeting. At every Meeting a resolution put to the vote of the Meeting shall be decided upon by a show of hands, unless before or upon the declaration of the result of the show of hands a secret ballot in writing be demanded by the chairman (if he is entitled to vote) or by any Shareholder present, in person or by proxy, and entitled to vote at the meeting. Except if a secret vote is demanded as aforesaid, the declaration of the chairman that the resolution has been carried or carried unanimously or by a particular majority, or lost, or not carried by a particular majority, shall be final, and an entry to that effect in the minute book of the Company, shall be conclusive evidence of the fact without the necessity of proving the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favor or against such a resolution.

63. If a secret ballot is duly demanded, it shall be taken in such manner as the Chairman directs, whether immediately or after an adjournment or in a postponed manner or otherwise, and the results of the ballot shall be deemed to be a resolution of the meeting wherein the secret ballot was demanded. Those requesting a secret ballot can withdraw their request at any time before the secret ballot is held. A secret ballot demanded on the election of the Chairman, or on a question of adjournment shall be taken forthwith. A secret ballot demanded on any other question shall be taken at such time as the Chairman of the Meeting directs. A demand for a secret ballot shall not prevent the continuation of the Meeting with respect to the transaction of any other business, except for the matter with respect to which the secret ballot was demanded. All demands or notices hereunder may be submitted by facsimile.

64. Subject to and without derogating from the right or preference rights or restrictions existing at that time with respect to a certain class of shares forming part of the capital of the Company, each Shareholder present at a meeting, personally or by proxy, shall be entitled, whether at a vote by show of hands or by secret ballot, to one vote for each share held by him, provided that no Shareholder shall be permitted to vote at a general meeting or appoint a proxy to vote therein except if he has paid all calls for payment and all monies due to the Company from him with respect to his shares.

65. In the case of joint holders the vote of the senior who tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders; and for the purpose of this article seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the Company’s Shareholders Register. Joint holders of a share of which one of them is present at a meeting shall not vote by proxy. The appointment of a proxy to vote on behalf of a share held by joint holders shall be executed by the signature of the senior of the joint holders.

 

-28-


PROXIES

66. (a) In every vote a Shareholder shall be entitled to vote either personally or by proxy. A proxy present at a meeting shall also be entitled to request a secret ballot. A proxy need not be a Shareholder of the Company.

(b) A Shareholder of the Company that is a corporation or partnership shall be entitled by decision of its Board or by a decision of a person or other body, according to its articles, to appoint a person who it shall deem fit to be its representative at every meeting of the Company. The representative, appointed as aforesaid, shall be entitled to perform on behalf of the corporation he represents all the powers that the corporation itself may use just as if it was a person.

67. (a) A vote pursuant to an instruction appointing a proxy shall be valid notwithstanding the death of the appointor or the appointor becoming of unsound mind or the cancellation of the proxy or its expiration in accordance with any law, or the transfer of the shares with respect to which the proxy was given, unless a notice in writing was given of the death, becoming of unsound mind, cancellation or transfer and was received at the office before the meeting took place.

(b) A Shareholder is entitled to vote by a separate proxy with respect to each share held by him provided that each proxy as aforesaid shall have a separate letter of appointment containing the serial number of the shares with respect to which the proxy is entitled to vote. If a specific share is included by the holder in more than one letter of appointment, that share shall not entitle any of the holders of such instrument to a vote.

INSTRUMENT OF APPOINTMENT

68. A letter of appointment of a proxy or power of attorney or other certificate (if there shall be such) pursuant to which the appointee is acting, shall be in writing, and the signature of the appointor shall be confirmed by an advocate or public notary or bank or in any other manner acceptable by the Directors and such instrument or a copy thereof confirmed as aforesaid, shall be deposited in the office, or in another place in Israel or abroad - as the Directors shall direct from time to time generally or with respect to a particular case, no later than 24 hours prior to the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting wherein the person referred to in the instrument is appointed to vote, otherwise that person shall not be entitled to vote that share. An instrument appointing a proxy and which is not limited in time shall not be valid 12 months after the date of its execution. If the appointment shall be for a limited period (limited by either a date or an event), the instrument shall be valid for the period contained therein.

69. An instrument appointing a proxy (whether for a specific meeting or otherwise) may be in the following form or in any other similar form which the circumstances shall permit:-

“I,                    , of                    , a Shareholder holding shares in          and entitled to        votes hereby appoint                    , of                    , or in his place                    , of                    , to vote in my name and in my place at the general meeting (regular, extraordinary, adjourned - as the case may be) of the Company to be held on the    day of                20    and at any adjournment thereof.

In witness whereof, I have hereby affixed my signature the    day of                20    .

 

 

Appointor’s Signature
I hereby confirm that the foregoing instrument was signed by the appointer.

 

(name, profession and address)

 

-29-


70. RESOLUTION IN WRITING

A resolution in writing signed by all Shareholders of the Company then entitled to attend and vote at General Meetings or to which all such Shareholders have given their written consent (by letter, facsimile or otherwise) shall be deemed to have been unanimously adopted by a General Meeting duly convened and held.

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

71. COMPOSITION OF THE BOARD

Until the IPO:

(a) Size of the Board . The Board shall consist of up to seven (7) members.

(b) Composition of the Board . (i) For so long as the JVP Entities hold in the aggregate at least 25% of the issued and outstanding share capital of the Company on an as-converted basis to Ordinary Shares, JVP shall be entitled to appoint two (2) Directors and for so long as it holds at least the Threshold Amount, JVP shall be entitled to appoint one (1) Director; (ii) for so long as the Goldman Entities hold in the aggregate at least the Threshold Amount, Goldman Sachs shall be entitled to appoint one (1) Director; (iii) subject to Article 71(b1) below, for so long as the Original Investors(jointly or severally) hold at least the Threshold Amount, the Original Investors shall be entitled to appoint one (1) Director, and for so long as the Original Investors (jointly or severally) hold at least one and two thirds percent (1.66%) of the issued and outstanding share capital of the Company (and less than the Threshold Amount), the Original Investors shall be entitled to appoint one (1) observer and the provisions of Article 71(c) below shall apply; (iv) one (1) Director shall be the CEO of the Company; (v) one (1) Director shall be an industry expert nominated by JVP, for so long as JVP holds at least the Threshold Amount, and approved by the Preferred Super Majority; and (vi) one (1) Director shall either be (A) until the earlier of (x) such date that Vertex ceases to hold the Threshold Amount, and (y) the consummation of the Company’s IPO, a person appointed by Vertex, or(B) an industry expert (who, for so long as Goldman Sachs holds at least the Threshold Amount, shall be recommended by Goldman Sachs) appointed by the holders of the Preferred Majority. For so long as each of Vertex and Goldman Sachs is entitled to appoint or recommend the appointment of such director pursuant to (A) above, the Directors referred to in (A) and (B) above shall rotate every six months (or, if such Director was not appointed by the entitled party in accordance with the preceding sentence, then such seat shall be vacant during such period, subject, however, to the other party’s right to appoint an observer during such period as mentioned below) At the end of each six-month term described in (vi) above, such entitled party shall be entitled to appoint an observer (and if such entitled party had appointed a Director during such then ending term then such appointee shall become an observer in lieu of a Director) and the provisions of Article 71(c) below shall apply to him/her until he/she is appointed to be a Director or is replaced pursuant to this Article 71 or Article 72 below. Without derogating from the foregoing paragraph, for and for so long as Vertex hold at least one and two thirds percent (1.66%) of the issued and outstanding share capital of the Company (and less than the Threshold Amount), Vertex shall be entitled to appoint one (1) observer and the provisions of Article 71(c) below shall apply.

(b1) In the event of a transfer of Equity Securities by the Original Investors (jointly or severally) or Vertex, the Original Investors or Vertex, as applicable, may elect whether or not to transfer to such proposed transferee (provided such transferee meets the Threshold Amount) their entitlement to appoint a Director/observer pursuant to Article 71(b)(iii) or Article 71(b)(vi), as applicable, provided that the Original Investors or Vertex, as applicable, together with any transferee thereof shall not be entitled to more than one Director/observer. Other than with regard to Permitted Transferees, the Original Investors Equity Securities or Vertex Equity Securities, as applicable, shall not be aggregated together with the Equity Securities of their transferees for purposes herein.

 

-30-


(c) Observers . Board observers shall be invited in a non-voting capacity to all meetings of the Board and its committees and shall have the right to receive all of the information received by the Directors and the members of its committees, provided that the observer will execute a standard nondisclosure undertaking with the Company prior to any exposure to such information.

(d) Amendments . Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles, the provisions of this Article 71 may not be altered or amended to adversely affect any of the rights of any of the Shareholders without the written approval of such Shareholder.

 

72. APPOINTMENT AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

(a) Any Shareholder(s) entitled hereunder to appoint a member to the Board shall also be entitled to remove its appointee to the Board and appoint another member in his stead. All appointments to and removals from the Board shall be effected by a letter of appointment or removal, delivered to the Company, and shall be effective as of the date of delivery or the date specified in such letter, whichever is later; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, the removal of each Director appointed pursuant Article 71(b)(v) above at the end of the applicable 6-month term shall be effected automatically and shall not be subject to the receipt by the Company of a letter of removal.

(b) Subject to Article 72(a), if the office of any member of the Board is vacated the other members of the Board may act in every way and manner so long as their number does not fall below the quorum, at that time, for a Board meeting. If their number does fall below the number for a quorum as aforesaid, they shall not be permitted to act except insofar as to fill the vacant places in the Board or to convene a general meeting of the Company.

 

73. ALTERNATE DIRECTOR

(a) Any person, provided he/she is qualified to serve as a Director may serve as a substitute Director (hereinafter - “ Substitute ”).

(b) A Substitute shall have - in addition to his vote if he himself is a member of the Board - the number of votes equal to the number of Directors for whom he is serving as a substitute.

(c) A Substitute shall have, subject to the provisions of the instrument by which he was appointed, all the powers and authorities that the Director for which he is serving as Director, has, and in the event the substitute is himself a Director, such powers and authorities shall be in addition to his powers as a member of the Board and shall not in any way derogate therefrom.

(d) The provision of Article 72 with respect to the appointment of a Director shall apply with respect to an appointment of a Substitute.

(e) The office of a Substitute shall be automatically vacated if his appointment is terminated by the Shareholder who appointed him in accordance with these Articles, or upon the occurrence of one of the events described in sections (i), (ii), (iii) or (v) of Article 74 or, if the office of the member of the Board with respect to whom he serves as a substitute shall be vacated for any reason whatsoever.

(f) The Substitute has the right to receive notice of convening of a Board meeting and may participate or vote at such meeting only if the Director appointing said Substitute is absent from said meeting.

 

-31-


74. TERMINATION OF DIRECTOR

Notwithstanding Article 71(a) above, the tenure of office of a Director shall automatically terminate:

(i) if he was declared bankrupt, and if he is a corporate body - it has voluntary decided on liquidation, or a liquidation order was issued against it;

(ii) if he is declared lunatic or becomes of unsound mind;

(iii) if he has resigned by an instrument in writing to the Company;

(iv) if his successor is appointed pursuant to article 72(a) above;

(v) with his death;

(vi) with the liquidation of the Company;

(vii) if he resigned or was dismissed as described in sections 229 to 231 of the Law;

(viii) if he was convicted of an offense, as described in Section 232 of the Law, or following notice in accordance with Section 232A of the Law;

(ix) by decision of the Court as described in Section 233 of the Law.

(x) upon notice in accordance with Section 227A and 245A of the Law

(xi) if his appointment is conditioned upon a minimum percentage of shareholding, and the percentage of shareholding of the Shareholder(s) who appointed him falls below the requisite minimum percentage of shareholdings.

(xii) if his appointment is conditioned upon his position or employment, upon his removal or termination from such a position or employment.

 

75. CONFLICT OF INTEREST

Subject to Article 14, a Director shall not be prohibited from fulfilling his rights and duties under these Articles or from entering into contracts with the Company whether as a seller, buyer, service provider or otherwise, and no such contract or arrangement which shall be made on behalf of the Company or in its name, in which the Director is or will be an interested party, either directly or indirectly, shall be in itself void, provided however that:

(a) any transaction between a Director and the Company must be approved in accordance with the Law;

(b) under certain circumstances, as described in Section 278 of the Law, the interested Director may not participate or vote at the Board; and

(c) the interested Director must disclose all information as required under Section 269 of the Law and, regarding the substance of his interest in the transaction for which approval is sought, and including any material facts and documents relating thereto all as set forth under the Law

The provisions of this Article shall apply also to a Substitute or alternate Director, as appropriate.

 

76. REMUNERATION OF DIRECTOR

(a) A Director may hold another paid position or function in the Company or in any other company that the Company is a shareholder of or that it has some other interest in, together with his position as a director (except as an auditor) upon those conditions with respect to salary and other matters as decided by the Board, subject to Article 75 above.

 

-32-


(b) Subject to Article 14, members of the Board, who are not employees of the Company or its subsidiary, or service providers, shall not receive a salary from the Company unless the general meeting has so decided and in the amount that the general meeting shall decide upon, but shall only be entitled to reimbursement for their reasonable expenses incurred in order to attend the Board meeting.

(c) Subject to Article 14 and the Law, or any other applicable law, if pursuant to a decision of the Directors, one of the Directors shall perform services or tasks aside from his regular duties as a Director, whether as a result of his particular profession or by a trip or stay abroad or otherwise, the Directors may decide to pay him a special wage in addition to his regular salary, and such a wage shall be paid by way of salary, commission, participation in profits or otherwise and this wage shall be in addition to his regular salary, if there shall be any, or will be in place thereof, as shall be decided.

[Articles 77 and 78 are reserved]

 

79. POWERS AND DUTIES OF DIRECTORS

(a) The formulation of the Company’s business and policy, as well as the supervision of its management, and all other powers and authorities of the Company which under the Law and/or any applicable law are not vested in the General Meeting of the Company or in any of its other organs, shall vest in the Board, which may exercise all such powers and do all such acts as the Company is authorized to exercise and do.

(b) The powers of the Board under this article cannot be delegated to the General Manager.

(c) The Board shall have all the powers and authorities to exercise the powers and authority conferred on the Board by this Article, subject to the provisions of these Articles and any regulation or resolution consistent with these Articles adopted from time to time by the Company in General Meeting, provided, however, that no such regulation or resolution shall invalidate any prior act done by or pursuant to a decision of the Board which would have been valid if such regulation or resolution had not been adopted.

 

80. FUNCTIONS OF THE DIRECTORS

(a) The Board shall convene at least eight times a year.

(b) Quorum . A quorum at a meeting of the Board shall consist of a majority of the Directors, provided that for so long as the Original Investors shall be entitled to appoint a Director pursuant to the terms of Article 71(b) above, such majority shall include such Director. If a quorum is not present at any Board meeting, a deferred meeting shall be held three (3) business days thereafter. At such deferred meeting any number of Directors present shall constitute a quorum.

In the event of a transfer of Equity Securities by the Original Investors (jointly or severally), the Original Investors may elect whether or not to transfer to such proposed transferee (provided such transferee meets the Threshold Amount) their entitlements pursuant to this Article 80, provided that the transfer of such entitlement shall revoke such entitlement of the Original Investors as of the said transfer. Other than with regard to Permitted Transferees, the Original Investors Equity Securities shall not be aggregated together with the Equity Securities of their transferees for purposes herein.

 

81. CHAIRMAN

The Chairman of the Board shall be appointed from time to time by the Board. As long as the JVP Entities are the largest shareholder of the Company, the appointment of the Chairman of the Board shall require the prior written consent of JVP.

 

-33-


MEETINGS

82. Subject to any contrary resolution accepted by the Board and without derogating from any provisions of the Law, any member of the Board may at any time call a Board meeting, and the secretary shall be required on the request of such member to convene a Board meeting.

83. (a) Any notice of a Board meeting can be given orally, by telephone, in writing, or by facsimile or e-mail provided that the notice is given 7 (seven) days before the time appointed for the meeting, unless all the members of the Board having received a shorter notice, shall agree to such a shorter notice. Such notice shall include reasonable details on all subjects on the agenda.

(b) Prior and timely notice of the convening of a Board meeting shall be given to all Directors.

(c) Subject to Article 14, all acts and resolutions of the Board shall be determined by a simple majority of those attending.

(d) Members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute attendance in person at the meeting.

DELEGATION OF POWER

84. (a) The Board may delegate any of its powers to committees consisting of such member or members of their body as they deem fit and may, from time to time, revoke such delegation. Notwithstanding the above, the Board shall not delegate its powers to any of its committees, on the subjects prohibited under Section 112(a) of the Law.

(b) In the exercise of any power delegated to it by the Board all committees shall conform to any regulations that may be imposed upon them by the Directors, if there shall be any such regulation. If no such regulations are adopted by the Board or if there are no complete and encompassing regulations the committees shall act pursuant to these articles dealing with organization of meetings, meetings and functions of the Board, mutatis mutandis, and insofar as no provision of the Board shall replace it pursuant to this article.

85. Subject to the provisions of the Law, all actions performed in a bona fide fashion by the Board or by a committee of the Board, or by any person acting as a Director or as a Substitute shall be as valid, even if at a later date a flaw shall be discovered in the appointment of such a Director or such a person acting as aforesaid, or that all or some of them were unfit as if each and every one of those persons shall have been duly appointed and fit to serve as a director or substitute as the case may be.

 

86. GENERAL MANAGER

(a) The Board may from time to time appoint one or more persons, whether or not he is a member of the Board, as the general manager of the Company (the “ General Manager ”), either for a fixed period of time or without limiting the time that he or they will stay in office, and they may from time to time (subject to any provision in any contract between him or them and the Company) release him or them from their office and appoint another or others in his or their place.

(b) The Board may from time to time subject to the provisions of the Law, grant and bestow upon the General Manager, at that time, those powers and authorities that it exercises pursuant to these articles, as it shall deem fit, and may grant those powers and authorities for such period, and to be exercised for such objectives and purposes and in such time and conditions, and on such restrictions, as it

 

-34-


shall decide; and it may grant such authorities whether concurrently with the Board’s authorities in that area, or in excess of them, or in place thereof or any one of them, and it can from time to time revoke, repeal, or change any one or all of those authorities.

(c) The General Manager shall be responsible for the current operation of the Company business within the boundary of the policy determined by the Board and subject to its direction.

(d) The General Manager shall have all the powers of management and implementation, which by the Law or by these Articles were not vested in another organ of the Company, and he shall be subject to the supervision of the Board.

(e) The General Manager may, subject to the approval of the Board, delegate powers to others.

(f) The General Manager shall inform the chairman of the Board of any extraordinary matter that is substantive for the Company.

(g) The General Manager shall submit reports to the Board on subjects, at times and to an extent, as the Board will prescribe.

(h) The Chairman of the Board may - at any time at his own initiative or on decisions by the Board - demand reports from the General Manager on subjects related to the Company’s affairs.

(i) If a notice or report from the General Manager require action on the part of the Board, then the Chairman of the Board shall convene a meeting of the Board without delay.

 

87. MINUTES

(a) The Board shall cause minutes to be taken of all general meetings of the Company, of the appointments of officials of the Company, of Board meetings and of committee meetings that shall include the following items, if applicable:

(1) the names of the members present;

(2) the matters discussed at the meeting;

(3) the results of the vote;

(4) resolutions adopted at the meeting;

(5) directives given by the meeting to the committees.

(6) if requested, any reservation of a Shareholder or Director with regard to a matter discussed or resolution passed.

(b) The minutes of any meeting shall serve as prima facie proof as to the facts in the minutes if the minutes are signed by the Director that actually managed the said meeting.

 

88. RESOLUTION IN WRITING

A resolution in writing signed by all the members of the Board, or of a committee, or such a resolution that all the members of the Board or a committee have agreed to in writing or by facsimile or e-mail shall be valid for every purpose as a resolution adopted at a Board or committee meeting, as the case may be, that was duly convened and held. In place of a Director the aforesaid resolution may be signed and delivered by his Substitute or his attorney or his Substitute’s attorney.

 

-35-


89. STAMP AND SIGNATURES

(a) The Company may have a rubber stamp. The Board shall ensure that such a stamp is kept in a safe place.

(b) The Board may designate and authorize any person or persons (even if they are not members of the Board) to act and to sign in the name of the Company, and the acts and signatures of such a person or persons shall bind the Company, insofar as such person or persons have acted and signed within the limits of their aforesaid authority.

(c) The printing of the name of the Company by a typewriter, word processor or by hand next to the signatures of the authorized signatories of the Company, pursuant to sub-article (b) above, shall be valid as if the rubber stamp of the Company was affixed.

 

90. BRANCH REGISTERS

The Company may, subject to the provisions of the Law keep in every other country where those provisions shall apply, a register or registers of members living in that other country as aforesaid, and to exercise any other powers referred to in the laws with respect to such branch registers.

 

91. SECRETARY, OFFICERS, ATTORNEYS AND OTHERS

(a) The Board may appoint a secretary of the Company upon the conditions that it deems fit. The Board may as well, from time to time, appoint an associate secretary who shall be deemed to be the secretary for the period of his appointment.

(b) The Board may, from time to time appoint to the Company, officers, workers, agents and functionaries to permanent, temporary or special positions, as they shall, from time to time, see fit and set compensation for them.

(c) The Board may, at any time and from time to time, authorize any Company, firm, person or group of people, whether this authorization is done by the Directors directly or indirectly, to be the attorneys in fact of the Company for those purposes and with those powers and discretion which shall not exceed those conferred upon the Board or that the Board can exercise pursuant to these Articles - and for such a period of time and upon such conditions as the Board deems proper, and every such authorization may contain such directives as the Board deems proper for the protection and benefit of the persons dealing with such attorneys.

DIVIDEND

92. Subject to the provisions of these Articles(including Article 9 herein) and subject to any rights or conditions of Preferred Shares and other rights and conditions attached at that time to any share in the capital of the Company granting preferential, special or deferred rights or not granting any rights with respect to dividends, the profits of the Company shall be distributable to the Shareholders of the Company according to the proportion of the nominal value paid up on account of the shares held by them at the date so appointed by the Company, without regard to the premium paid in excess of the nominal value. Subject to Article 14, actual distribution, setting aside or declaration of dividend requires a decision of the Board.

Subject to Article 14, the Board may issue any share upon the condition that a dividend shall be paid at a certain date or that a portion of the declared dividend for a certain period shall be paid, or that the period for which a dividend shall be paid shall commence at a certain date, or a similar condition, all as decided by the Board. In every such case - subject to the provision mentioned in the beginning of this Article - the dividend shall be paid in respect of such a share in accordance with such a condition.

 

-36-


93. At the time of declaration of a dividend the Company may decide that such a dividend shall be paid in part or in whole, by way of distribution of certain properties, especially by way of distribution of fully paid up shares or debentures or debenture stock of the Company, or by way of distribution of fully paid up shares or debentures or debenture stock of any other Company or in one or more of the aforesaid ways. For purposes of any such distribution, the outstanding Preferred Shares shall be deemed to have been converted into Ordinary Shares as of the time appointed by the Company for the purpose of determining entitlement to participate in such distribution.

94. Subject to Article 14, the Board may, from time to time, declare and cause the Company to pay to the Shareholders dividends as shall be deemed appropriate with regard to the situation of the Company and subject to provisions of the Law.

95. The Board may put a lien on any dividend on which the Company has a charge, and it may use it to pay any debts, obligations or commitments with respect to which the charge exists.

96. A transfer of shares shall not transfer the right to a dividend which has been declared after the transfer but before the registration of the transfer. The person registered in the Company’s Shareholders Register as a Shareholder on the date appointed by the Company for that purpose shall be the one entitled to receive a dividend.

97. [Reserved]

98. A notice of the declaration of a dividend, whether an interim dividend or otherwise, shall be given to the Shareholders registered in the Company’s Shareholders Register, in the manner provided for in these Articles.

99. If no other provision is given, the dividend may be paid by check or payment order to be mailed to the registered address of a Shareholder or person entitled thereto in the Company’s Shareholders Register or, in the case of registered joint owners, to the addresses of one of the joint owners as registered in the Company’s Shareholders Register. Every such check shall be made out to the person it is sent to. The receipt of the person who, on the date of declaration of dividend, is registered as the holder of any share or, in the case of joint holders, of one of the joint holders, shall serve as a release with respect to payments made in connection with that share.

100. (a) If at any time the share capital shall be divided into different classes of shares, the distribution of fully paid up shares, from funds pursuant to Article 110 below, shall be made in one of the two following manners as to be decided upon by the Directors:

(i) In such a manner so that all the holders of a share entitled to fully paid up shares shall receive one uniform class of shares; or

(ii) In such manner so that each holder of shares entitled to fully paid up shares as aforesaid shall receive shares of the class of shares held by him and entitling him to fully paid up shares, as aforesaid.

(b) Subject to Article 14, in order to give effect to any resolution in connection with distribution of dividends, or distribution of property, fully paid-up shares or debentures, the Board may resolve any difficulty that shall arise with distribution as it shall deem necessary, especially to issue certificates for fractional shares and to determine the value of certain property for purposes of distribution, and to decide that payment in cash shall be made to the Shareholder on the basis of the value decided for that purpose, or that fractions the value of which is less than one New Israeli Shekel shall not be taken into account for the purpose of coordinating the rights of all the parties. The Board shall be permitted, in this regard, to grant cash or property to trustees in escrow for the benefit of persons entitled thereto, as the Directors shall see beneficial. Wherever required, an agreement shall be submitted to the

 

-37-


Registrar of Companies and the Directors may appoint a person to execute such an agreement in the name of the persons entitled to a dividend, property, fully paid up shares or debentures as shares or debentures as aforesaid, and such an appointment shall be valid.

(c) The Company shall not be obligated to pay interest on a dividend.

(d) The Board may, with respect to all dividends not collected within one year after their declaration, invest or use them in another way for the benefit of the Company, until they shall be demanded. The Company shall not pay interest for dividends or interest not collected.

ACCOUNTS AND AUDIT

101. The Board shall cause accurate books of account to be kept in accordance with the provisions of the Law and any other applicable law. Such books of account shall be kept at the Office or at such other place as the Board deems fit and they shall also be open for inspection by the Directors. Unless otherwise set forth in any agreement between the Company and any Shareholder, the Company shall not be required to send copies of its annual financial statements to Shareholders. The Company shall make copies of its annual financial statements available for inspection by the Shareholders at the Office.

102. The Company shall prepare annual financial reports within nine months following the end of each fiscal year. The Company shall prepare financial reports as required by law.

103. The appointment, authorities, rights and duties of the auditor(s) of the Company, shall be regulated by applicable law, provided, however, that in exercising its authority to fix the remuneration of the auditor(s), the Shareholders in General Meeting may act (and in the absence of any action in connection therewith shall be deemed to have so acted) to authorize the Board to fix such remuneration subject to such criteria or standards, and if so such criteria or standards, if any, and if no such criteria or standards are so provided, such remuneration shall be fixed in an amount commensurate with the volume and nature of the services rendered by such auditor(s).

NOTICES

104. Subject to the other provisions of these Articles concerning notices, a notice or any other document may be served by the Company to any Shareholder either personally or by sending it by facsimile, email, registered mail or recognized courier service addressed to such Shareholder at his address, wherever situated, as appearing in the Company’s Shareholders Register.

105. All notices directed to be given to the Shareholders shall, with respect to any shares to which persons are jointly entitled, be given to one of the joint holders, and any notice so given shall be sufficient notice to the holders of such share.

106. Prior and timely notice of the convening of a Shareholders meeting shall be given to each Shareholder, wherever situated, at the last address provided by the Shareholder. Any Shareholder registered in the Company’s Shareholders Register who shall, from time to time, furnish the Company with an address at which notices may be served, shall be entitled to receive all notices he is entitled to receive according to these Articles at that address.

107. A notice may be given by the Company to the persons entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Shareholder by sending it through the post in a prepaid letter or postcard or facsimile or email addressed to them by name, at the address, if any, in Israel furnished for the purpose by the persons claiming to be so entitled or, until such an address has been so furnished, by giving the notice in any manner in which the same might have been given if the death or bankruptcy had not occurred.

 

-38-


108. Any notice or other document if served or sent by post shall be deemed given (a) when hand delivered to the other party; (b) when received, if sent by facsimile to the number set forth in the Company’s Shareholders Register provided that the sender of such notice received either electronic or other confirmation that such notice has been received; (c) seven (7) business days after deposit in the mail with first class or registered mail receipt requested postage prepaid and addressed to the Shareholder’s address set forth in the Company’s Shareholders Register; or (d) two (2) business days after deposit with a recognized carrier service, postage prepaid, addressed to the Shareholder’s address set forth in the Company’s Shareholders Register, with next-business-day delivery guaranteed, provided that the sending party receives a confirmation of delivery from the delivery service provider.

109. In any case where it is necessary to give prior notice of a certain number of days or a notice valid for a certain period, the date of delivery shall be taken into account in the number of days or period.

REORGANIZATION OF THE COMPANY

110. Subject to Article 14 above, at the time of sale of the Company’s material assets the Board may, or at the time of liquidation the liquidators may, receive shares paid in full or in part, debentures or other securities of any other Company, whether already existing at that time or whether about to be established for the purpose of acquiring the property of the Company, or a part thereof. The Board (if the profits of the Company so permit) or the liquidators (at the time of liquidation) may distribute among the Shareholders in accordance with these Articles the shares or aforesaid securities or any other property of the Company without realizing them, or deposit them with trustees for the Shareholders, and such a resolution may value the securities or property aforesaid at such price and in such manner as the meeting shall decide.

CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES; INDEMNITY; INSURANCE; DUTY OF CARE

111. Subject to the Law, in the event that a Director acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter that may be a corporate opportunity for the Company (whether such potential transaction or matter is proposed by a third-party or is conceived of by such office holder), then, subject to the obligations of such Director pursuant to the Law or other applicable law, such Director shall be entitled to offer such corporate opportunity to the Company as such Director deems appropriate under the circumstances in its sole discretion, and no such Director shall be liable to the Company or its shareholders for breach of any fiduciary duty or duty of loyalty or failure to act in (or not opposed to) the best interests of the Company by reason of the fact that (i) such Director did not communicate information regarding such corporate opportunity to the Company or (ii) such Director pursues or acquires such corporate opportunity for itself or directs such corporate opportunity to another person.

112. Subject to the provisions of the Law and any other applicable law, the Company may indemnify any office holder, as this term is defined under the Law, retroactively to the fullest extent permitted by Law with respect to the liabilities or expenses, specified herein (“ Indemnifiable Expenses ”):

(1) a monetary liability imposed on an office holder by a judgment in favor of another person, including a judgment imposed on such office holder in a settlement or in an arbitrator’s award that was approved by the court, all with respect of an act or omission performed by him by virtue of being an office holder of the Company;

(2) reasonable litigation expenses, including attorneys’ fees, which the office holder incurred or with which he was charged by a court order, in a proceeding brought against him by the Company, on its behalf or by another person, or in a criminal proceeding in which he was found innocent, or in a criminal prosecution in which he was convicted of an offense that does not require proof of criminal intent all with respect of an act or omission performed by him by virtue of being an office holder of the Company.

 

-39-


(3) reasonable litigation expenses, including attorneys’ fees, which the office holder incurred as a result of an investigation or proceeding instituted against him by an competent authority, which investigation or proceeding has not ended in a criminal charge or in a financial liability in lieu of a criminal proceeding, or has ended in a financial obligation in lieu of a criminal proceeding for an offence that does not require proof of criminal intent (the phrases “proceeding that has not ended in a criminal charge” and “financial obligation in lieu of a criminal proceeding” shall have the meaning as defined in Section 260(a1) of the Law), or in connection with a monetary penalty.

(4) a payment which an office holder is obligated to make to an injured party as set forth in Section 52(54)(a)(1)(a) of the Securities Law, 1968 (an “ Injured Party ”).

(5) expenses incurred by an office holder in connection with a proceeding under Chapters H’3, H’4, or I’1 of the Securities Law, including reasonable legal expenses, which term includes attorney fees.

Subject to the provisions of the Law and any other applicable law, the Company may undertake in advance to indemnify any office holder with respect to the Indemnifiable Expenses to the fullest extent permitted by Law, provided that such undertaking with respect of Article 112(1) above shall be limited to the events which in the opinion of the Board are foreseen at the time the undertaking to indemnify is given, and to amounts or standards which in the opinion of the Board are reasonable for such indemnification under the circumstances.

113. Subject to the provisions of the Law and any other applicable law, the Company may enter into an agreement for the insurance of an office holder responsibility for any liability or expense that will be imposed on such office holder in consequence of an act which was performed by him by virtue of his office, with respect to each of the following:

(1) violation of the duty of care of the office holder towards the Company or towards another person;

(2) breach of the fiduciary duty against the Company, on condition that the office holder acted in good faith and that he had reasonable grounds to assume that the act would not cause the Company any harm;

(3) a monetary obligation that will be imposed on the office holder to the benefit of another person;

(4) payment to an Injured Party; and

(5) expenses incurred by an office holder in connection with a proceeding under Chapters H’3, H’4, or I’1 of the Securities Law and/or in connection with a monetary penalty, including reasonable legal expenses, which term includes attorney fees.

114. The Company is allowed to procure insurance for or indemnify any person who is not an office holder, including, without limitation, any employee, agent, consultant or contractor of the Company who is not an office holder.

115. The Board may resolve in advance to exempt an office holder from all or some of his responsibility for damages caused to the Company pursuant to violation of his duty of care to it, to the maximum extent provided by Law.

In the event that after the date of adoption these Articles a change is made in any applicable law, statute or rule which expands the right of an Israeli company to indemnify an office holder, these Articles shall automatically be deemed to enable the Company to so expand the scope of indemnification that the Company is able to provide.

 

-40-


116. WINDING UP

Subject to the rights of the Preferred Shares:

(a) In the event of winding up of the Company, the Company’s property distributable among the Shareholders shall be distributed in the rate proportionate to the sum paid on account of the nominal value of the shares held by them, of any class, without taking into account premiums paid in excess of the nominal value. Provisions of Article 110, with regard to the possibility of a distribution not quite in accordance with the legal rights shall apply to this distribution as well.

(b) If the Company is voluntarily wound up, the liquidators may, divide among the Shareholders the property as is, and they shall be entitled with a similar authorization to deposit any part of the Company’s property with trustees in escrow for the benefit of Shareholders, as they deem correct.

*****

 

-41-

Exhibit 4.1

FORM OF SHARE CERTIFICATE

 

LOGO

Cyber-Ark Software Ltd.

 

Number     Shares
CYB       CUSIP: M2682V 108
    See Reverse for
    Certain
    Definitions

CYBER-ARK SOFTWARE LTD.

INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF ISRAEL

THIS CERTIFIES that

 

 

 

is the Registered Holder of

FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE ORDINARY

SHARES OF NIS 0.01 PAR VALUE EACH

of Cyber-Ark Software Ltd. transferable on the books of the Company by the holder hereof in person or by duly authorized attorney only upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed or with an appropriate instrument of transfer. This Certificate and the shares represented hereby are issued and shall be held subject to all the provisions of the Articles of Association of the Company and amendments thereto, to all of which the holder by the acceptance hereof assents. This Certificate is not valid unless countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Certificate to be issued under the facsimile seal of the Company.

 

Dated:     
 

 

  
 

Cyber-Ark Software Ltd.

Corporate Seal

   ISRAEL

 

Ehud Mokady                        

Chief Executive

Officer and Director


The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this Certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

TEN COM -

   as tenants in common          UNIF GIFT MIN ACT       Custodian     
             

 

 

     

 

 

 

TEN ENT -

   as tenants by the entireties              (Cust)          (Minor)   

JT TEN -

   as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common         

under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act

  

 
                 

 

 

 
                  (State)   

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

FOR VALUE RECEIVED,                          HEREBY SELLS, ASSIGNS AND TRANSFERS UNTO PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE OF ASSIGNEE

                                          SHARES REPRESENTED BY THE WITHIN CERTIFICATE, AND SO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY CONSTITUTES AND APPOINTS

ATTORNEY TO TRANSFER THE SAID SHARES ON THE BOOKS OF THE WITHIN-NAMED CORPORATION AND FULL POWER OF SUBSTITUTION IN THE PREMISES.

DATED                                         

 

     

 

 

 

  NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE, IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT, OR ANY CHANGE, WHATSOEVER.

Signature(s) Guaranteed:

 
 

 

 
THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17 Ad-15.  

Exhibit 10.3

English Summary of the Office Lease Agreement dated as of May 30, 2004 by and between Azorei Mallal Industries Ltd. (the “ Landlord ”) and Cyber-Ark Software Ltd. (the “ Company ”) (the “ Original Lease ”), as amended by those certain Addendum dated May 3, 2007, Addendum to Lease Agreement dated March 29, 2009, Addendum to Lease Agreement dated September 16, 2009, Addendum to Lease Agreement dated January 11, 2010, Addendum to Lease Agreement dated March 16, 2010, Addendum to Lease Agreement dated August 5, 2012, Addendum to Lease Agreement dated December 7, 2010, Addendum to Lease Agreement dated March 7, 2011, Addendum to Lease Agreement dated May 25, 2011, Addendum to Agreement dated January 9, 2012, Addendum to Agreement dated February 16, 2012, Addendum to Lease Agreement dated September 10, 2012, Addendum to Lease Agreement dated October 11, 2012, Addendum to Lease Agreement dated January 29, 2013 and the Addendum to Lease Agreement dated December 12, 2013 (collectively, the “ Lease Agreement ”).

 

    Subject Matter of the Lease Agreement : Unprotected Lease of Office Space and Parking Spaces for the purpose of conducting business in the Hi-Tech field. Premises are located in Petach-Tikva, Israel.

 

    Term of Original Lease :

 

    The term of the Original Lease was thirty-six (36) months commencing on July 1, 2004, with the Company’s right for early termination (which was not exercised by the Company). Under the Original Lease, the Company was given two options to extend the term of the lease, each by a twelve (12)-month period (subject to certain prior notices to the Landlord).

 

    The term of the lease was extended several times over the years. Currently, the lease is set to expire on December 31, 2016 (with no right for early termination by the Company), with automatic extensions until December 31, 2017 and then until December 31, 2018, unless the Company gives prior notice to the Landlord of its desire to terminate the lease, by no later than June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2017, respectively. In the event that an extension option is not exercised, the Company is obligated to reimburse the Landlord’s portion of renovation and adjustment costs in an amount of NIS 5,000 plus VAT for any extended period not utilized by the Company.

 

    The term of the lease of all parking spaces leased by the Company from time to time is linked to the lease term of the main premises.

 

    Premises Covered by the Lease Agreement :

 

    Property – Under the Original Lease, the Company leased 843 square meters (gross) (approximately 9,074 square feet). Since then the Company has leased additional premises as follows: 550 square meters (gross) (approximately 5,920 square feet) under the May 3, 2007 Addendum, 630 square meters (gross) (approximately 6,781 square feet) under the February 16, 2012 Addendum, 867 square meters (gross) (approximately 9,332 square feet) under the January 29, 2013 Addendum, and 670 square meters (gross) (approximately, 7,212 square feet) under the December 12, 2013 Addendum. In total, the Company currently leases 3,560 square meters (gross) (approximately 38,319 square feet). The lease of the premises under the December 12, 2013 Addendum shall commence on or around July 2014 (with the specific date to be notified by the Landlord by May 1, 2014).

 

    Parking – The Company originally leased ten (10) parking spaces, and currently leases one hundred-sixteen (116) parking spaces.

 

    Rental Fees :

 

   

Property – Under the Original Lease, during the original lease term the Company was to pay monthly rental fees of US $10 per square meter (gross). Such rental fees were


 

to increase to US $10.75 for the two option periods under the Original Lease. All rental fees under the Original Lease were based on a fixed 4.587 NIS/Dollar exchange rate, exclusive of VAT and index-linked to the Consumer Price Index published by the Central Bureau of Statistics (the “ Index ”); provided that the rental fees shall not be less than the nominal values listed above.

Currently, the monthly rental fee for all premises leased by the Company is NIS 67.87 per square meter (gross), plus VAT and linked to the Consumer Price Index published by the Central Bureau of Statistics and known on December 6, 2012 (and shall not be reduced below such amount); provided that the rental fees per square meter shall not be less than the nominal values listed above. In the event that the lease is extended until December 31, 2018, the monthly rental fee shall be increased by 5% compared to the monthly rental fee actually paid by the Company for the December 2017 lease.

 

    Parking – The monthly rental fee for the parking spaces currently leased by the Company ranges from NIS 360 to NIS 434 per parking space, in each case plus VAT and Index-linked.

 

    Management Fees – The management fees currently being paid by the Company with respect of an aggregate of 2,023 square meters (gross) (approximately, 21,775 square feet) equal to NIS 15.5 per square meter (gross) and with respect of the remaining 1,537 square meters (gross) (approximately, 16,544 square feet) paid on a cost plus 15% basis (approximately NIS 20 per square meter), in each case plus VAT and Index-linked.

 

    Guarantees

 

    An autonomous un-conditioned bank guarantee, for three (3) months’ rental fee plus VAT, to be extended from time to time by the Company to remain in effect for the duration of the term of lease and for thirty (30) days thereafter.

 

    Dispute Resolution

 

    The Lease Agreement shall be governed by an agreed-upon arbitrator, the identity of which shall be determined between the parties (and with respect to legal disputes – by the parties’ legal counsels). In the lack of such agreement, the identity of the arbitrator shall be decided by the Chairman of the Israeli Bar Association or the Chairman of the Engineers and Architects’ Association, as applicable.

 

    Other Terms under the Lease Agreement :

 

    The Company has a right to sub-lease the premises (or any portion thereof), subject to the Landlord’s prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld). The Company may also transfer its rights to the premises to an affiliate, subject to the Landlord’s prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld).

 

    Similar to other lease agreements, the Company agreed to assume responsibility for all fees, municipal or local taxes, utility payments, etc.; provided that the Landlord shall bear any and all taxes and fees, which by their nature are levied on property owners.

 

    Similar to other lease agreements, each party has agreed to assume responsibility for any damage, injury or loss (bodily or otherwise) resulting from any act, omission or negligence on its part, and with respect of the Company – relating to its use of the property being leased.

 

    The Lease Agreement further includes terms concerning the following non-material matters, which have been omitted from this summary:

 

    Renovations

 

    Late rental fees

 

    Utilities

 

    No right of set-off

 

    Termination of the lease, vacation of premises and fixtures

 

    Early termination rights with respect to parking spaces

 

    After-business hours banking

 

    Taxes and other fees with respect to parking spaces

 

    Payment method

 

- 2 -

Exhibit 10.4

LEASE

REFERENCE DATA PAGES

In this Lease the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

EXECUTION DATE:    October 28, 2013
LANDLORD:    Wells 60 Realty LLC
LANDLORD’S INITIAL   
ADDRESS FOR PAYMENT:    Intrum Corp., Manager
   Wells 60 Realty LLC
   60 Wells Avenue, Suite 100
   Newton, MA 02459
TENANT:    Cyber-Ark Software, Inc.
TENANT’S PRESENT   
ADDRESS:    57 Wells Avenue, Suite 20A
   Newton, MA 02459
PROPERTY:    The land with the on-site parking, Building and improvements now and hereafter situated thereon owned by Landlord located at and numbered as 60 Wells Avenue, Newton, Massachusetts.
BUILDING:    The Building is the one story office building now and as from time to time located at the Property.
PREMISES:    The portion of the first floor of the Building depicted as Suite No. 103 on Exhibit A hereto annexed.
PREMISES RENTABLE   
AREA:    Approximately 15,098 rentable square feet within the Premises.
PERMITTED USE:    For professional office use only as permitted by local zoning.
TERM COMMENCEMENT DATE:    The later of February 1, 2014, or five (5) days following Landlord’s written notice to Tenant that Landlord’s Work (as described on Exhibit B attached hereto) has been substantially completed as determined by Landlord’s architect. In the event Landlord’s Work is not substantially complete by June 1, 2014, Tenant shall receive a rent abatement, beginning on the Rent Commencement Date, in an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of the Yearly Fixed Rent on a per diem basis, for each day after June 1, 2014 that the Landlord’s Work is not substantially complete. Further, in the event the Landlord’s Work is not substantially complete on or before August 1, 2014, Tenant shall have the right to terminate the Lease by giving written notice to Landlord (“ Termination Notice ”) on or after August 1, 2014, of Tenant’s election to terminate, in which event the Lease shall terminate without recourse to the parties, unless the Landlord’s Work has been substantially completed prior to Landlord’s receipt of the Termination Notice.
RENT COMMENCEMENT DATE:    That date which is one hundred and fifty (150) days following the Term Commencement Date.


EXPIRATION DATE:    That date which is eight-four (84) months following the Rent Commencement Date (plus a portion of a month, if the term commences other than on the first day of a calendar month so that the term ends on the last day of a calendar month), the “Initial Term;” provided, however, if the Initial Term is extended as hereafter set forth, the Expiration Date shall be at 5:00 p.m. on the last day of the Extension Term then in effect.
EARLY ACCESS PERIOD:    Tenant shall have access to the Premises thirty (30) days prior to the Term Commencement Date for the purpose of installing wiring for its voice/data equipment provided such access does not interfere with Landlord’s completion of Landlord’s Work. Access during the Early Access Period shall otherwise be in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Lease, except that no Yearly Fixed Rent or Additional Rent shall be due or payable during the Early Access Period.
YEARLY FIXED RENT AND
MONTHLY PAYMENT:
  

PERIOD

   YEARLY FIXED
RENT
   MONTHLY
PAYMENT
   First Lease Year    $      352,498.56    $      29,374.88
   Second Lease Year    $      407,646.00    $      33,970.50
   Third Lease Year    $      415,194.96    $      34,599.58
   Fourth Lease Year    $      422,744.04    $      35,228.67
   Fifth Lease Year    $      430,293.00    $      35,857.75
   Sixth Lease Year    $      437,841.96    $      36,486.83
   Seventh Lease Year    $      445,391.04    $      37,115.92
   Yearly Fixed Rent shall be payable monthly in advance in equal monthly installments (“ Monthly Payment ”) as set forth above, on the first day of each month beginning on the Rent Commencement Date. As used in this Lease, the term “ Lease Year ” shall mean the following: the First Lease Year shall commence on the Rent Commencement Date and shall end on the last day of the month that is twelve (12) months after the Rent Commencement Date; the Second Lease Year shall commence on the day after the end of the First Lease Year and continue for a consecutive twelve month period; and each Lease Year thereafter shall be a sequential, consecutive twelve (12) month period.

EXTENSION TERM

YEARLY FIXED RENT:

  

 

Yearly Fixed Rent during the Extension Term shall be at “ Market Rent ” as set forth in Exhibit D entitled Extension Term Yearly Fixed Rent attached hereto.

PRO RATA SHARE:    The percentage that the Premises Rentable Area bears to the rentable area at the Property held for rental by Landlord. The Pro Rata share shall be determined by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the Premises Rentable Area and the denominator of which shall be the total rentable area of the Building (the “ Building Rentable Area ”) which Landlord’s architect has determined to be 32,463 square feet. Accordingly, Tenant’s Pro Rata Share shall be 46.51%.


SECURITY DEPOSIT:    $29,375.00.
EXTENSION TERM:    Provided Landlord has received written notice of Tenant’s intent to extend no later than nine (9) months prior to the end of the then current Term, Tenant may extend the Lease for two (2), successive periods of five (5) years each (herein collectively or individually called the “ Extension Term ”) with the first Extension Term (“ First Extension Term ”) commencing immediately after the Initial Term, and the second Extension Term (“ Second Extension Term ”) commencing immediately after the First Extension Term. Tenant’s right to extend shall be subject to the provisions set forth in Section 23 of this Lease.
BROKERS:    Landmark Real Estate Advisors, LLC and Boston Realty Advisors

 

EXHIBITS:      
        Rider:    Included         X            Not included                 
        Exhibit A:    The Premises   
        Exhibit A-1:    Tenant’s Layout Plan   
        Exhibit A-2    Parking Plan   
        Exhibit B:    Landlord’s Work   
        Exhibit C:    Not Applicable   
        Exhibit D:    Extension Term Yearly Fixed Rent
        Guaranty:    Included                     Not included         X        


LEASE TEXT

 

1. The Premises and Common Areas and Facilities.

Landlord hereby leases the Premises to Tenant for the Term. To the extent applicable, Landlord excepts and reserves from the Premises for the benefit of Landlord and its other tenants the shaftways and other common elements serving other parts of the Building or the Property, as well as the right to maintain, use, repair and replace pipes, ducts, wires, meters and any other equipment, machinery, apparatus and fixtures located in or at the Premises and serving other parts of the Building or the Property. Unless subsequently altered by written notice to Tenant caused by a change in the Building Rentable Area, the Premises Rentable Area shall be as indicated on the Reference Data Pages. To the extent the Premises is benefited by interior common areas in the Building, the Premises Rentable Area may include an allocation of Building common area. Premises Rentable Area data is included only for the purpose of determining Pro Rata Share and not Yearly Fixed Rent. Landlord reserves the right to renovate and redecorate the Building exterior, lobby and common areas and to build upon the Property additional common areas and expand the Building provided Landlord takes reasonable action to reduce the impact thereof during construction and, upon completion, any such action does not curtail in any material adverse manner Tenant’s ability to conduct its business at the Premises. Tenant shall be entitled to use, in common with Landlord and other tenants at the Property and their employees and patrons, fifty-five (55) spaces within the parking areas at the Property for the transient, not overnight, parking of automobiles: and ten (10) of the foregoing spaces, in the locations as shown on Exhibit A-2 , shall be designated for Tenant’s exclusive use. Landlord reserves the right to designate and locate separate tenant, patron, visitor and handicapped parking at the Property.

 

2. Term .

Unless sooner terminated as provided herein, the term of this Lease shall commence on the Term Commencement Date and terminate on the Expiration Date (the “ Term ” and/or “ Lease Term ”). If an Extension Term is set forth in the Reference Data Pages, the Term shall include the Extension Term if the Term is extended.

 

3. Payment of Rent .

Tenant shall pay the Yearly Fixed Rent as set forth in the Reference Data Pages by Monthly Payments in advance, without setoff, offset or deduction, commencing on the Rent Commencement Date, and thereafter continuing on the first day of each month thereafter, and shall pay Additional Rent in the manner set forth herein. All rent and other payments shall be made to Landlord at Landlord’s Initial Address for Payment or at such other location and to such person as Landlord shall designate from time to time in writing. If the Rent Commencement Date and/or Term Commencement Date occurs on a day other than the first day of a month, the first Monthly Payment and Additional Rent, as applicable, shall be appropriately pro-rated for that month and added as Rent for the First Lease Year. If Tenant shall fail to pay any installment of Yearly Fixed Rent or Additional Rent within ten (10) days after the date due, Landlord shall be entitled to collect a charge equal to five (5%) percent of the amount due to cover Landlord’s administrative expense in handling late payments; provided, that with respect to the first such late payment in any consecutive 12-month period, no late payment shall be due if Tenant makes payment within one (1) business day after notice (which may be by telephone or e-mail) from Landlord. In addition, Tenant shall pay interest at the rate of one (1%) percent (the “ Default Rate ”) for each month or any fraction thereof on any Rent not paid within ten (10) days after the date due. The sending of invoices to Tenant on one or more occasions shall not require Landlord to continue that practice for Yearly Fixed Rent or on account of regular monthly installments of Additional Rent. The term “ Rent ” as used in this Lease shall include Yearly Fixed Rent, Additional Rent and all other sums and charges payable by Tenant hereunder.


4. Security Deposit .

If a Security Deposit is required on the Reference Data Pages of this Lease, upon signing this Lease Tenant shall pay Landlord the Security Deposit which shall be held by Landlord as security for Tenant’s performance under this Lease. The Security Deposit shall be refunded to Tenant, without interest, within thirty (30) days after the termination of this Lease subject to Tenant’s satisfactory compliance with the conditions of this Lease and subject to deduction for payment of Tenant obligations not then fulfilled by Tenant. During the Term, Landlord shall have the right to use all or any portion of the Security Deposit to pay or perform any obligations of Tenant which Tenant fails to pay or perform within the time periods required herein, and any amount so used by Landlord shall be replenished by Tenant upon seven (7) days notice to Tenant. Tenant may not use the Security Deposit to pay any of Tenant’s payment obligations, and Tenant shall not have the right to mortgage, transfer, assign or encumber the Security Deposit.

 

5. Additional Rent .

 

  A. Tenant shall pay the following as Additional Rent: (i) 100% of any and all costs and expenses, whether considered Operating Costs (as herein defined) or otherwise, attributable solely to the Premises, or to Tenant’s use, or resulting from the actions or inactions of Tenant or those acting by, through, or under Tenant (subject to limitations set forth in Section 15 hereof); (ii) the cost of utilities consumed within the Premises required to be paid by Tenant under Section 6 of this Lease; (iii) any increase in Real Estate Taxes (as herein defined) payable with respect to the Property, based upon Tenant’s Pro Rata Share, exceeding the Property Real Estate Taxes for the year ending June 30, 2015 (“ Base Tax Year ”); (iv) any increase in Operating Costs incurred by Landlord with respect to the Property and Building, based upon Tenant’s Pro Rata Share, exceeding the Operating Costs incurred by Landlord for the calendar year ending December 31, 2014 (“ Base Operating Cost Year ”); and (v) costs incurred by Landlord to repair items at the Property damaged by Tenant’s use. For the purpose of determining Operating Costs for the Base Operating Cost Year, in the event that less than ninety-five (95%) percent of the Building is occupied, costs which would be increased by additional occupancy, as reasonably determined by Landlord, shall be extrapolated to reflect 95% occupancy.

 

  B. If, as and when requested by Landlord and with each Monthly Payment, Tenant shall make such payments in advance as Landlord shall reasonably request to be sufficient to pay as and when due, all Additional Rent required by Section 5.A. hereof, and if Landlord does not request such advance payments Tenant shall be permitted to make estimated monthly payments on account of Additional Rent together with each Monthly Payment, with any adjustments paid or credited as applicable following Landlord’s reconciliation of Additional Rent. Tenant shall pay Additional Rent to Landlord within ten (10) days after the date Landlord invoices Tenant for same, as adjusted for any amounts previously paid by Tenant for the period covered by the invoice.

 

  C.

Operating Costs ” shall mean Landlord’s annual costs incurred to maintain, operate, insure, manage, and repair the Property, including (a) on-site personnel costs incurred in the operation of the Property; (b) utility costs for Property common areas, including water and sewer, fuel and other energy for heating and cooling the Building, and electricity for common areas; (c) costs of insurance carried by Landlord relating to the Property, including, without limitation, fire, casualty, liability and other insurance coverages as Landlord reasonably determines to obtain; (d) costs of cleaning, repair, replacement and other work relating to the maintenance, repair and improvements to the Building, the Property, and common facilities serving the Building and the Property, (to the extent required by this Lease to be paid by Landlord and not otherwise reimbursed by Tenant); (e) costs to maintain and repair the parking areas at the Property; (f) cost of snow plowing, snow removal, sanding and landscaping; (g) costs to operate the Building fitness facility and other amenity areas (including without limitation equipment leases and/or finance charges), and (h) costs of all service contracts, management fees (calculated at market rates) and other customary maintenance and operating expenses applicable to the Property incurred by Landlord. With respect to Operating Costs, Landlord agrees as follows: all included


  expenses shall be at Landlord’s direct cost, without markup; to the extent Landlord’s personnel costs are included, they shall be pro-rated for that portion of time actually committed to the Property and its operation; management fees shall be compensation for supervisory services calculated at generally accepted commercial rates; capital costs for structural repairs, to repave the parking lot and/or to replace worn out or obsolete major equipment or facilities (collectively “ Capital Repairs ”), as distinguished from customary maintenance and repairs, shall be amortized over their respective useful life as reasonably determined by Landlord, such that the annual cost thereof does not exceed a total of $40,000.00; capital improvements (as distinguished from Capital Repairs) shall not be included; costs recovered in full from one or more tenants other than Tenant shall not be included; costs to demise and renovate interior space for tenants shall not be included; the cost of work and repairs covered by insurance proceeds paid under Landlord’s insurance then in force shall not be included; costs which solely benefit leased areas of the Property shall not be included unless the same or similar benefit is provided to the Premises; and costs to enforce Landlord’s rights and remedies against other tenants shall not be included. Furthermore, “Operating Costs” shall not include: expenses for any item or service which Tenant pays directly to a third party or separately pays to Landlord; leasing commissions; principal, interest and other expenses upon loans to Landlord or secured by a mortgage covering the Building or Property or a portion thereof; rent under any ground lease; salaries of executive officers of Landlord; depreciation claimed by Landlord for tax purposes; reserves; costs incurred due to the negligence or willful misconduct of the Landlord, its agents and employees; penalties, fines and other costs incurred due to violation by the Landlord of any lease or any laws and any interest or penalties attributable to late payment by Landlord of any of the Operating Costs; and costs and expenses of investigating, monitoring and remediating hazardous materials on, under or about the Building or Property.

 

  D. Real Estate Taxes ” or “ Taxes ” shall mean all taxes, assessments, betterments, water or sewer entrance fees and charges, and all other charges, including charges for the use of municipal services if billed separately from other taxes, levied, assessed or imposed at any time by any governmental authority upon or against the land, the Building, and/or other improvements then comprising the Property. This definition of Real Estate Taxes is based upon the present system of real estate taxation in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts; if taxes upon rentals or any other basis shall be substituted, in whole or in part, for the present ad valorem real estate taxes, the term Real Estate Taxes shall be deemed changed to the extent to which there is such a substitution for the present ad valorem real estate taxes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Taxes” shall exclude (a) federal, state or local income, franchise, estate, conveyance or transfer taxes, and (b) interest and penalties assessed by reason of Landlord’s failure to pay such Taxes when due. Landlord agrees, that if any special taxes or assessment shall be levied against the Building, to elect to pay such assessment over the longest period of time permitted by law. The term “ fiscal year ” shall mean July 1 st through June 30 th next following, or such other tax period as may be established by law for the payment of Real Estate Taxes.

 

  E.

Following the end of each calendar year during the Term, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a statement (“ Operating Statement ”) of the amount of the Operating Costs for such calendar year and Tenant’s Pro-Rata Share thereof, pro-rated with respect to any partial calendar year included in the Term. Tenant shall pay Landlord within ten (10) days after the date Landlord invoices Tenant therefor, Additional Rent due from Tenant under subsection 5.A. above, less any amounts previously paid by Tenant for that period. Any overpayment by Tenant shall be applied to Additional Rent next payable or, after this Lease terminates, shall be reimbursed to Tenant. Tenant shall have the right to audit Landlord’s books and records relating to any Operating Statement with respect to the period covered by such Operating Statement by delivering a notice of its intention to perform such audit to Landlord within sixty (60) days after Tenant’s receipt of the Operating Statement. Tenant shall then have a period of one hundred twenty (120) days after delivery of that notice (the “ Audit Period ”) within which to perform the audit, and at Landlord’s request, Tenant shall provide a copy of such audit to Landlord. If, as a result of such audit, Tenant believes that it is entitled to receive a refund of any Operating Costs paid by Tenant with respect to that year, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, no later than ten (10) days after receipt of


  the audit (but not later than the expiration of the Audit Period), a notice thereof, together with a copy of such audit and a statement of the grounds for, and the amount of, such proposed refund. If the audit indicates that Tenant has overpaid Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Costs, then Tenant shall be entitled to receive a refund from Landlord in the amount of such overpayment within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of such notice, or if Landlord fails to timely pay such refund, and the Lease has not then expired, Tenant shall be entitled to credit the amount of such overpayment against Additional Rent next becoming due under this Lease. If the audit indicates that Tenant has underpaid the amount of Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the Operating Costs for such period, then Tenant shall pay the amount of such underpayment to Landlord within thirty (30) days after receipt of such audit. The cost of any such audit shall be paid by Tenant, except that, if it is established that the Pro Rata Share of Operating Costs paid by Tenant for the applicable year was overstated by more than five (5%) percent, the reasonable out-of-pocket cost of such audit paid to a third party other than an employee of Tenant, up to a maximum of Three Thousand ($3,000.00) Dollars, shall be paid or reimbursed to Tenant by Landlord. Any audit shall be performed by either (a) Tenant’s regular employees or (b) a reputable certified public accountant whose compensation is not, directly or indirectly, contingent in whole or in part on the results of the audit. If Landlord determines that an Operating Statement previously furnished by Landlord was in error, Landlord may furnish a corrective or supplemental Operating Statement to Tenant within one (1) year after the original Operating Statement was furnished, and if such corrective or supplemental Operating Statement results in increased Additional Rent, the Audit Period for the year covered by such report shall be extended for six (6) months after Landlord furnishes the corrective or supplemental Operating Statement.

 

6. Electricity/Utilities .

Beginning on the Term Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay for electricity consumed within the Premises for interior lighting, electric outlets and other customary office electric consumption (“ Customary Office Usage ”), which usage shall be separately metered. In addition, if Tenant installs additional computer servers or other specialized equipment and systems (“ Special Systems ”), including, without limitation, any Specialty HVAC (as defined in Section 10 hereof) serving any separately designated rooms or areas (such as computer/LAN rooms) where Specialty Systems are situated (“ Specialty Areas ”) which would increase Tenant’s electric or other utility consumption in any material respect, then electric and other utility consumption for such Special Systems or Specialty Areas shall be at additional cost to Tenant (either directly, if separately submetered, or based on an equitable allocation, if not separately metered). Tenant shall also be responsible for the cost of after-hours HVAC and other utility usage charges, without any cost markup from Landlord, and which usage shall be separately submetered by Landlord or otherwise proportionately charged by Landlord. Tenant shall pay all such charges for electricity and other utilities within ten (10) days after being invoiced therefor by Landlord. Landlord shall have no obligation to provide utilities other than as presently supplied and via facilities supplied either by the municipality in which the Property is located or by local electric service, as may in the ordinary course be modified or replaced by third party providers. In the event Tenant requires additional electric service or other utilities, the installation and maintenance thereof shall be Tenant’s sole obligation, which installation shall be subject to the written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, provided all such work shall be performed in accordance with the provisions of Section 11 hereof. Tenant agrees that in no event shall Landlord be liable for any interruption or delay in providing utilities, facilities, or equipment or other services except if caused by Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

7. Use of Leased Premises .

Tenant shall use the Premises only for the Permitted Use and for no other purpose or use. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord’s reasonable control of uses under leases and tenancies at the Property is important to maintain the professional quality and attraction of the Property to existing, future and potential tenants.


8. Compliance with Laws .

Tenant agrees that no trade or occupation shall be conducted at the Premises or use made thereof which may be unlawful, improper, noisy or offensive to other tenants and their patrons, or contrary to municipal by-law or ordinance, or may unduly tax the capacity of the Building structure or systems. Tenant shall comply with all state, federal and municipal laws, including, without limitation, all building, zoning, health, fire and safety ordinances, by-laws, codes, rules and regulations applicable to the Premises and the operation of Tenant’s business at the Premises (collectively “ Applicable Laws ”); provided that Tenant shall not be obligated to make any changes to the Building (other than to the Premises), and shall not be responsible for any structural changes to the Premises, unless, in either case, such changes to the Building or Premises are required on account of any change of use of the Premises or Tenant’s Work to the Premises (in all events any such change in use and/or Tenant’s Work remaining subject to Landlord’s approval pursuant to the terms set forth in this Lease). Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, obtain and maintain in full force and effect during the Term, all licenses, permits and other authorizations required under Applicable Laws to enable Tenant to operate at the Premises for the Permitted Use, except that Landlord shall be responsible for obtaining the Certificate of Occupancy for the Premises, subject, however, to any delay in obtaining the Certificate of Occupancy caused by Tenant’s delay in completing any work to be performed by Tenant and/or installing any of Tenant’s furniture, fixtures and equipment.

 

9. Insurance .

Tenant shall not permit any use of the Premises which will make voidable any insurance on the Building, the Property or on the contents of the Building, or which shall be contrary to any law or regulation from time to time established by the New England Fire Insurance Rating Association, or any similar body succeeding to its powers. Tenant shall on demand reimburse Landlord for any and all additional insurance costs caused by the Permitted Use or any other Tenant’s use of the Premises.

 

10. Maintenance .

 

  A. Tenant’s Obligations . Except to the extent required to be performed by Landlord pursuant to Section 10.B. below, Tenant shall be responsible at its cost to keep clean and maintain in good condition, the Premises interior and to maintain, repair and replace, as necessary, all Special Systems and other systems, fixtures and equipment installed by Tenant and/or serving only the Premises, reasonable wear and damage by insured casualty only excepted, and whenever necessary, to replace Premises glass damaged by Tenant or damaged on account of Tenant’s use. Tenant’s maintenance of the Premises shall include, without limitation, replacement of light bulbs, paint and carpeting within the Premises, and maintenance, repair and replacement of lighting and other electrical fixtures, kitchen and other plumbing fixtures, if any, within the Premises, Premises doors, locks and windows, and any and all facilities and utilities installed by Tenant and/or serving only the Premises, such as telephone and computer systems, cables and wires and all lines, wires, pipes and ductwork serving Tenant’s Special Systems and/or Special HVAC. Notwithstanding anything set forth herein, in the event Tenant requires any additional or upgraded heating, ventilation and air conditioning (“ HVAC ”) system, Tenant shall be responsible for installation thereof in accordance with Section 11, and shall be responsible to maintain in good operating condition, and to repair and replace as necessary any such additional or upgraded HVAC systems, including any such systems serving any Specialty Areas and/or Tenant’s local area network, computer systems and other Special Systems, and any other Tenant fixtures or equipment at the Premises which require heating, ventilation or air conditioning exceeding that required for customary office use (“ Specialty HVAC ”).

Except for Premises Punch-List Items, as described in Exhibit B , which are to be completed after the Term Commencement Date, Tenant acknowledges by taking occupancy of the Premises that on the Term Commencement Date the Premises are then in good order and the glass whole. Tenant shall not permit the Premises to be overloaded, damaged, stripped, or defaced, nor suffer any waste. Tenant shall not erect any sign on the Building or otherwise at the Property (including


interior signage visible from outside the Premises), except in accordance with Section 25 hereof. Tenant shall use and conduct Tenant’s business at the Premises in such a manner as to assure that no water, noise, fumes, odor or any other condition escapes or is emitted from the Premises that is reasonably asserted to be objectionable by Landlord or other tenants, or which materially interferes with or in any material manner causes damage or nuisance to or upon the Property or any abutting tenant space or common area. The cost to repair damage caused by Tenant, Tenant’s employees, contractors, patrons, guests or invitees and others acting by, through or under Tenant (“ Tenant Parties ”) to the Premises or to other tenant property, the Building and the Property shall be borne by Tenant (subject to limitations set forth in Section 15 hereof). Tenant shall be responsible for emptying, transporting, disposing of, treating, or otherwise dealing with any hazardous, controlled or regulated materials or waste stored or used by Tenant or its guests, employees, invitees, contractors, or agents at the Premises, all of which shall be performed in strict compliance with Applicable Laws.

 

  B. Landlord’s Obligations . Except for repairs caused by Tenant’s misuse (including for this purpose misuse by any Tenant Parties) and except for repairs, maintenance and replacement otherwise required by this Lease to be paid and/or performed by Tenant, Landlord agrees to (i) maintain the structure and roof of the Building together with common areas and facilities and systems serving the Property, including Property HVAC Systems and common plumbing and electrical systems to the entry point to Tenant’s Premises in reasonably good and serviceable condition, more specifically in the same condition as it is at the Term Commencement Date or as it may be put during the Term, reasonable wear and tear, damage by fire and other casualty excepted; (ii) provide heating and cooling to the Premises to maintain it generally to a reasonable temperature that is customarily provided in similar multi-tenant office buildings in the suburban Boston area in which the Property is located during the hours of 8:00 a.m. – 6:00 p.m. on Monday through Friday and 8:00 a.m. – 12:00 p.m. on Saturdays of each week (holidays excluded); (iii) clean the Premises interior by vacuuming carpets, dusting hard surface floors, and emptying normal office refuse from wastebaskets and cleaning common restrooms and restocking common restroom supplies on Monday through Friday of each week (holidays excluded) during the Term; (iv) keep driveways, walkways and parking areas free of snow, ice and other debris and maintain landscaped areas; (v) furnish hot and cold water to Tenant’s sink(s) in the Premises and sanitary sewer service to the common restrooms in the Building; (vi) maintain, repair and replace, as necessary, all electric lines and pipes, ductwork and plumbing lines within the walls, ceiling and floors of the Building to the point of attachment to Tenant’s electric fixtures and plumbing fixtures (including faucets, sinks, and plumbed appliances, as applicable), except that Tenant shall be responsible for such electric and plumbing lines, pipes and ductwork serving any Special Systems and/or Specialty HVAC; and (vii) subject to Section 6 hereof, furnish electric current to overhead lighting and convenience outlets in the Premises. As used herein, the term “ Property HVAC Systems ” shall mean the HVAC systems servicing the Building, including the Premises, but excluding the Specialty HVAC, if any, and excluding HVAC systems required to be maintained by other tenants at the Property. Landlord shall be given reasonable additional time to perform its agreements under this Lease to the extent third parties contracted for in good faith delay or fail to perform. In no event shall Landlord be required to spend in connection with its repair of insured casualty losses or restoration of eminent domain takings more than the amount of insurance proceeds or taking awards actually received. Landlord shall not be required to restore or replace any alterations which Tenant is, by the terms of this Lease, either entitled to, or may be required to remove upon expiration or early termination of this Lease, and in no event shall Landlord be required to restore or replace any of Tenant’s fixtures or personal property. Landlord shall not be liable for any inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant for injury to the business of Tenant resulting in any way from a taking, fire damage or casualty or occasioned by the repair thereof.


11. Alterations - Additions .

Tenant shall not make any structural alterations or additions to the Premises, but may make non-structural alterations provided plans therefor prepared and stamped by a licensed architect and/or applicable engineer shall be submitted to Landlord and Landlord consents thereto in writing, which consent for alterations shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed provided it does not affect the mechanical systems of the Building, or any other tenant space , or the exterior (including windows) of the Building, and does not detract from the continuing utility and structural integrity of the Building or the Property. Landlord’s consent shall not be required for alterations of a purely cosmetic nature (e.g. painting, carpeting, etc.) so long as Tenant provides not less than ten (10) business days notice to Landlord and otherwise complies with the provisions of this Section 11. All permitted alterations shall be at Tenant’s sole expense, shall comply with all applicable Codes and Ordinances and be first class using new and appropriate materials. Tenant shall not permit any mechanic’s or similar lien to be placed upon the Premises or the Property for labor or materials furnished to Tenant or claiming to have been furnished to Tenant in connection with work of any character performed or claimed to have been performed at the direction of Tenant, and Tenant shall cause any such lien to be released of record within seven (7) days without cost to Landlord. All fixtures, alterations and improvements made by Tenant to or at the Premises shall become the property of Landlord at the termination of Tenant’s occupancy or, if requested by Landlord, shall be removed by Tenant at Tenant’s cost and the Premises restored at the end of Tenant’s occupancy. Tenant shall indemnify Landlord and hold it harmless for all loss, cost, damage and expense, including without limitation, attorneys’ fees incurred by Landlord resulting from or relating to Tenant’s alterations and additions.

 

12. Assignment - Subleasing .

 

  A.

Tenant shall not assign, sublet or otherwise license the whole or any part or use of the Premises nor otherwise permit the use or occupancy of all or any of the Premises by other than the Tenant signing this Lease without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall be determined consistent with the Permitted Use and based upon Landlord’s determination of the business plan, adequacy of financial condition and clear business history of the proposed assignee, sublessee, licensee or user. In the event of a proposed assignment, financial statements, supporting data and credit references of the proposed assignee and its majority principals requested by Landlord shall be delivered to Landlord, and Landlord will not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its consent provided, however, Landlord may withhold its consent for reasonable cause or if the proposed assignee’s creditworthiness, financial condition or business history is not reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, or if the proposed assignment, subletting or licensing is otherwise not in compliance with the terms of this Section 12. Notwithstanding such consent, Tenant shall remain liable to Landlord for the payment of all rent and for the full performance of all agreements, covenants and conditions of this Lease required of Tenant. Transfer of more than 49% of the ownership or control of Tenant’s business shall constitute an assignment. No assignment or subleasing shall be permitted unless the Yearly Fixed Rent to be paid by the proposed assignee or sublessee is at least equal to the Yearly Fixed Rent payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder, except that Tenant may allow a customary then market rental concession not exceeding three (3) months. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at Tenant’s request, so long as Landlord does not then have available comparable size space (within fifteen percent (15%) more or less of the space proposed to be sublet) in the Building, the proposed sublet Yearly Fixed Rent will be not less than Twenty-Four ($24,00) Dollars per square foot (provided Tenant may allow a customary then market rental concession, not exceeding three (3) months if the sublease is for a period less than four (4) years, and not exceeding six (6) months if the sublease is for a period in excess of four (4) years). In the event of an assignment or subleasing, fifty (50%) percent of the excess of the rent and other compensation collectible by Tenant over the sum of (i) the Yearly Fixed Rent and Additional Rent due from Tenant under this Lease, and (ii) the reasonable expenses of Tenant in connection with said assignment or subleasing (including brokerage fees, legal fees, improvement costs and/or allowances and review fees/expenses payable to Landlord) amortized over the term of the assignment or sublease, shall be remitted to Landlord as Additional Rent as and when first received by Tenant; and, to the extent a sublease is for less than all the Premises,


  then the foregoing determination shall be based on a proportional square foot calculation by Landlord. Tenant shall not solicit any other tenant or occupant in the Building or their affiliates (“ Building Occupant ”) for the letting of all or any portion of the Premises as a sublessee, assignee or otherwise, provided, however, in the event a Building Occupant approaches Tenant for the purpose of subletting all or any portion of the Premises (the “ Sublease Space ”), Tenant shall immediately notify Landlord of the Building Occupant’s interest (“ Sublet Interest Notice ”) to enable Landlord to itself negotiate with the Building Occupant to enter into a lease for the Sublease Space directly with Landlord on terms and conditions acceptable to Landlord in its sole discretion. In the event Landlord intends to negotiate or is able to enter into a direct leasing arrangement with the Building Occupant with respect to the Sublease Space, Landlord shall so notify Tenant within sixty (60) days after Landlord’s receipt of the Sublet Interest Notice from Tenant, and in such event, within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s written request therefor, Landlord and Tenant will enter into an early termination agreement with respect to the Sublease Space on terms mutually acceptable to Landlord and Tenant, and Tenant shall vacate the Sublease Space and leave it in the condition required for surrender under the terms of the Lease, unless otherwise agreed by Landlord. In the event Landlord has not notified Tenant that Landlord has or intends to enter into a direct leasing arrangement for the Sublease Space with the Building Occupant within sixty (60) days after receipt of the Sublet Interest Notice from the Tenant, or if Landlord notifies Tenant that it has elected not to negotiate directly with the Building Occupant with respect to the Sublease Space, then Tenant shall have the right to enter into a sublease agreement directly with the Building Occupant for the Sublease Space, provided Tenant otherwise complies with the terms of this Section 12. No request for transfer, assignment or sublease will be considered unless written assurances reasonably satisfactory to Landlord are received to assure Landlord that it will be reimbursed its reasonable third party costs incurred in connection with the processing of Tenant’s request, including reasonable legal fees, whether or not consent is ultimately forthcoming.

 

  B. Landlord shall consent to an assignment or sublease to an Affiliate (as herein defined) of the Tenant named herein within seven (7) days after satisfaction of the following conditions precedent: (i) Tenant is not in default under this Lease, nor would be in default but for the giving of notice or the passage of time or both; (ii) Tenant and the Affiliate comply with the other provisions of this Section 12; (iii) Tenant has provided Landlord with thirty (30) days’ advance written notice (“ Affiliate Assignee Notice ”) of such proposed assignment or sublease together with Tenant’s certification and documentation that the assignment or sublease is in fact to an Affiliate and complies with the provisions of this subsection 12.B.; and (iv) in the event of an assignment, each of Tenant and the Affiliate (if they remain separate entities, otherwise the surviving company in the event of a merger) shall have a clear credit history and a net worth at least comparable to Tenant as of the date of this Lease (“ Financial Condition Requirement ”). An “ Affiliate ” shall mean an entity into or with which Tenant is merged or consolidated; or to which substantially all of Tenant’s assets are transferred; or which controls or is controlled by Tenant or is under common control with Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a so-called “spin-off” or other series of assignments or subleasing to entities which individually would be Affiliates, but which taken together are intended to circumvent the intent of this subsection 12.B., shall not be permitted.

 

13. Subordination and Estoppel .

 

  A.

This Lease shall be automatically subject and subordinate to any and all mortgages, ground leases and other instruments in the nature of a mortgage or ground lease now or at any time hereafter a lien on the Property without requiring any writing by Tenant. Tenant shall, when requested, promptly (but not later than ten (10) days after request) execute and deliver such written instruments as may be requested by Landlord to confirm the subordination of this Lease to mortgages, ground leases or other instruments in the nature thereof. Should Tenant fail to execute, acknowledge and deliver such instruments within ten (10) days after Landlord’s written request, Tenant hereby appoints Landlord and its successors and assigns, as Tenant’s irrevocable attorney-in-fact to execute, acknowledge and deliver any such instrument for and on


  behalf of Tenant. With respect to mortgages and other instruments in the nature thereof executed after the Term Commencement Date, the foregoing subordination is expressly conditioned upon Tenant reserving the right to continued occupancy of the Premises in accordance with the terms of this Lease for so long as Tenant is not in Default hereunder notwithstanding any mortgage foreclosure or termination of ground lease. Landlord shall request a non-disturbance agreement from Landlord’s current mortgagee and/or ground lessor.

 

  B. Tenant agrees that Tenant will recognize as its landlord under this Lease and shall attorn to any person succeeding to the interest of Landlord upon any foreclosure of any mortgage upon the Property or upon the execution of any deed in lieu of such foreclosure in respect of such mortgage, on the condition that such successor in interest does not disturb any of the rights of the Tenant under this Lease, so long as Tenant is not in Default hereunder.

 

  C. Within ten (10) days after request by Landlord, Tenant will promptly complete and sign an estoppel certificate in form requested by Landlord to confirm the status of this Lease. Failure of Tenant to timely sign and complete the required estoppel shall, at Landlord’s election, be a Default under this Lease and, in all events, Landlord shall then be authorized to sign the estoppel certificate as Tenant’s agent and the information therein shall be binding upon Tenant provided it is signed by Landlord in good faith.

 

14. Landlord’s Access .

Landlord and its agents may, at reasonable times, enter the Premises to (i) view the Premises and remove placards and signs materially visible from outside the Premises not approved by Landlord, (ii) make repairs and alterations as Landlord reasonably determines, and (iii) show the Premises to its lender(s) and insurers and at any time within nine (9) months before the expiration of the Term to show the Premises to tenant prospects. Tenant shall give Landlord keys or other lock access to the Premises to be used only for emergency purposes. Tenant shall not add to, or change any Premises locks without obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent and giving Landlord keys thereto. Landlord’s access to the Premises for the purposes referenced above and for routine maintenance shall minimize interference with Tenant’s business, and when possible be upon reasonable prior notice to Tenant, and if notice is not able to be given in advance, notice shall promptly be given to Tenant after Landlord’s entry in an emergency.

 

15. Indemnification and Liability .

Tenant shall save Landlord harmless and indemnified from any nuisance made or suffered on or from the Premises unless such loss is caused by the negligence of Landlord. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant, Tenant’s employees, patrons or guests, or any other parties for damage to Tenant’s equipment, fixtures, inventory or other assets or goodwill or for any other consequence resulting or caused by Landlord’s failure to perform any of its obligations under this Lease unless such failure is caused by Landlord’s negligent acts or omission. In no event shall Landlord be liable for any indirect or consequential damages. Landlord’s responsibility and liability with respect to services to be performed under this Lease by Landlord shall be limited to costs of repair and labor to effect repair and/or performance. Performance by Landlord under this Lease shall be excused or delayed by causes beyond Landlord’s reasonable control which shall include, without limitation (a) Acts of God, (b) action or inaction by Tenant or its employees, patrons, contractors, guests, licensees or others for whom Tenant may be responsible, (c) failure of parties with whom Landlord has contracted, (d) inability to obtain supplies, materials or labor, (e) interruption of utilities services, and (f) similar conditions.

Landlord and Tenant release each other from any claims and demands of whatever nature for damage, loss or injury to the Property or to the other’s property in, on or about the Premises and the Property that are caused by or result from risks or perils insured against under any property insurance policies required by the Lease to be maintained insuring Landlord at the time of any such damage, loss or injury. If required by the terms of their respective insurance policy(ies), Landlord and Tenant


shall cause their insurers to waive any right of recovery by way of subrogation against either Landlord or Tenant in connection with any property damage covered by any such policies. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant is responsible for the cost of repair and reconstruction of all damage and casualty losses caused by Tenant or Tenant Parties within the Premises, provided, however, in the event of damage or casualty caused by Tenant or Tenant Parties affecting the Building outside the Tenant’s Premises, Tenant’s liability shall be limited to the limits of Tenant’s liability insurance coverage (not less than Six Million ($6,000,000.00) Dollars), plus any deductible paid by Landlord.

 

16. Tenant and Landlord Insurance .

Tenant acknowledges that Tenant shall bear the sole risk of loss to its own leasehold improvements (whether existing within the Premises prior to the Lease Execution Date or added to the Premises by Landlord or Tenant), equipment, inventory, and other personal property within the Premises, and Landlord shall have no responsibility for loss or damage thereto. Tenant shall maintain with respect to the Premises and the Property (i) casualty insurance covering all of Tenant’s leasehold improvements, equipment, inventory and other personal property of Tenant; and (ii) commercial general liability insurance naming Landlord as additional insured in the amount of not less than $1,000,000.00 per occurrence and $2,000,000.00 general aggregate for bodily injury and property damage liability written with a Best’s A-1 rating or better. Tenant shall deposit with Landlord certificates for such insurance at or prior to the Term Commencement Date, and thereafter not later than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of any such policies. All such insurance certificates shall confirm that such coverage will not be canceled without at least twenty (20) days prior written notice to Landlord. If Tenant fails to deliver evidence of the required insurance coverages continuing during the term of this Lease, Landlord may at its election, obtain coverage on behalf of Tenant and Tenant shall promptly reimburse Landlord therefor. To the extent Tenant’s use of the Premises is such that Landlord may reasonably incur greater risk of liability, Landlord may require an increase to Tenant’s liability coverage.

Throughout the Term, as part of Operating Costs, Landlord shall maintain, with responsible companies qualified to do business in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, insurance on the Building covering the same against fire and other casualty under an “all-risk” policy, at its full replacement cost.

 

17. Fire Casualty-Eminent Domain .

In the event a substantial portion of the Building is damaged by fire or other casualty or is taken by eminent domain, Landlord may at any time thereafter elect to terminate this Lease. When such fire, casualty or taking renders the Premises substantially unsuitable for its intended use, a just and proportionate abatement of rent shall be thereupon made until the Premises are restored to a condition substantially suitable for their intended use (but without obligation to restore any Tenant installed furniture, fixtures or equipment), and Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease if (a) Landlord fails to give written notice within forty-five (45) days of its intention to restore the Premises, substantially to their prior condition, or (b) at Tenant’s request, Landlord fails to provide reasonable assurance that the Premises is reasonably capable of being restored within nine (9) months after such fire, casualty or taking; or (c) Landlord fails to restore the Premises to a condition substantially suitable for their intended use by Tenant within nine (9) months after such fire, casualty or taking.

Landlord reserves, and Tenant grants to Landlord, all rights Tenant may have for damages or injury to the Premises for any taking by eminent domain except for damage to Tenant’s fixtures, property, or equipment and compensation for Tenant’s relocation costs obtained by separate award to Tenant.


18. Default .

Each of the following shall be a “ Default ” or an “ Event of Default ” by Tenant under this Lease:

 

  (a) (i) Failure of Tenant to pay when due any installment of Yearly Fixed Rent, Additional Rent or any other sum payable by Tenant under this Lease within ten (10) days after the date due, provided, however, not more than twice (2x) during any consecutive twelve (12) month period, Tenant shall have the right to cure such failure within ten (10) days after written notice to Tenant; or (ii) failure of Tenant to comply with the insurance requirements of this Lease as set forth in Section 16 hereof; or (iii) failure of Tenant to timely comply with the requirements of this Lease to deliver subordination and non-disturbance agreements and estoppel certificates within the time periods required by Section 13 hereof; or

 

  (b) Failure of Tenant to observe or perform any of Tenant’s covenants, agreements, or obligations required by this Lease (other than as set forth in Section 18(a) above) unless that failure is corrected or fully cured by Tenant within fifteen (15) days after written notice provided, however, if such failure cannot reasonably be cured within such 15 day period, Tenant shall have such additional time (not to exceed sixty (60) days in the aggregate) as may be reasonably necessary to cure such failure, provided that Tenant commences the cure within such 15 day period and thereafter prosecutes and completes the cure with due diligence and dispatch provided, however, the foregoing sixty (60) day period may be extended for an additional thirty (30) days, if necessary, provided Tenant gives written notice to Landlord specifying the actions Tenant is taking to cure such default, there has been and in Landlord’s reasonable judgment there is not likely to be, any additional loss or liability to Landlord on account of such delay, and such default is diligently thereafter pursued to completion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, there will be no notice or grace period with respect to defaults which are committed by Tenant in bad faith or with malicious intent, except that if such default is committed by other than an officer, director, or management staff of Tenant, Tenant shall have a period of twenty-four (24) hours after notice to cure the default, except that if the default cannot reasonably be cured within such twenty-four (24) hour period, Tenant shall have such additional time as may reasonably be required, not to exceed ten (10) days, so long as Tenant has commenced the cure within such twenty-four (24) hour period, and thereafter prosecutes and completes the cure with diligence and dispatch; and with respect to other non-payment defaults, if the same default occurs more than once in any 12 month period, the cure period will be limited to 15 days; or

 

  (c) If Tenant or any guarantor of Tenant’s agreements hereunder shall file a petition under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law; or if any such petition shall be filed against Tenant or any guarantor and is not dismissed within thirty (30) days after filing; or if Tenant or any guarantor is declared bankrupt or insolvent according to law; or if any assignment shall be made of any of Tenant’s or any guarantor’s assets for the benefit of creditors.

Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default by Tenant, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to then immediately re-enter and take complete possession of the Premises and declare the Term ended and remove Tenant’s effects, and exercise any other rights and remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity, in all cases without prejudice to any other remedies Landlord may thereafter assert to enforce its rights hereunder. Tenant shall indemnify Landlord against all loss of rent and other costs or liabilities which Landlord may incur by reason of such termination during the period which, but for that termination, would have been the remainder of the Term. If Tenant shall Default, Landlord, without being under any obligation to do so and without thereby waiving the Default, may pay such sums or take such actions as would be reasonably required to remedy that Default for the account and at the expense of Tenant, however, that remedy shall not be construed as a cure by Tenant. If Landlord makes any expenditure or incurs any obligation for the payment of money in connection with this Lease including but not limited to, reasonable attorney’s fees in instituting, prosecuting or defending any action or proceeding applicable to Tenant’s use of the Premises or applicable to any Tenant obligation under this Lease, such sums paid or obligations incurred together with interest thereon at the Default Rate, shall be paid to Landlord by Tenant as


Additional Rent within ten (10) days after demand therefor. Tenant shall pay all Landlord’s costs, including reasonable attorney’s fees, in enforcing, defending, collecting and/or interpreting Landlord’s rights hereunder, within ten (10) days after demand therefor.

In addition to the foregoing, in the event of a Default by Tenant resulting in Landlord’s termination of this Lease, the following shall apply: upon Default and termination of the Lease, Tenant shall pay Landlord the following sums: (i) within seven (7) days after being invoiced therefor, the total of all amounts then due from Tenant under this Lease, and (ii) within twenty-one (21) days after Tenant’s receipt of an invoice therefore (“ Termination Invoice ”), the total of Yearly Fixed Rent and Landlord’s estimate of Additional Rent and other charges which may become due under this Lease through the end of the period which, but for the termination, would have been the remainder of the Term, plus interest through the date of payment of these amounts and costs of collection, present valued using an eight (8%) percent annual discount factor for sums paid in advance (sums described in clauses (i) and (ii) above are sometimes herein collectively called “ Termination Rent ”). At Tenant’s option, by written notice to Landlord, Tenant will have the right to pay the Termination Rent in installments of twenty-four (24) months (or the remainder of the Term if less than twenty-four (24) months) each, in advance, commencing ten (10) days after receipt of the Termination Invoice and on each second anniversary thereafter, provided that if any installment of Termination Rent is not paid when due, then the entire balance of the Termination Rent shall be immediately due and payable, with interest at the rate of twelve percent (12%) per annum until paid in full. In the event Tenant elects to pay the Termination Rent in installments, then the amount thereof shall be calculated without using the present value adjustment. Provided Tenant timely otherwise pays and performs its obligations under this Lease including, without limitation, payment of the Termination Rent, the rent Landlord collects for the Premises from a replacement tenant for the balance of the period which, but for the termination would have been the remainder of the Term, after deducting all leasing costs, brokerage commissions and improvement costs incurred by Landlord for the replacement lease, shall be remitted to Tenant if, as and when received by Landlord, up to but not exceeding, the amount paid by Tenant as Termination Rent. Landlord at Landlord’s option may make such alterations, repairs, replacements and decorations at the Premises as Landlord in Landlord’s sole judgment considers advisable and necessary for the purpose of re-letting the Premises, and the making of such alterations or decorations shall not operate or be construed to release Tenant from liability hereunder. Landlord shall in no event be liable in any way for the failure or refusal to re-let the Premises or any parts thereof, nor shall such failure or refusal of Landlord to re-let the Premises release or affect Tenant’s liability for damages provided, however, Landlord agrees to use good faith, commercially reasonable efforts to re-let the Premises on terms and conditions acceptable to Landlord in its sole discretion. Further, if the Premises are re-let, Landlord shall in no event be liable in any way for the failure to collect the rents due under such re-letting, provided that Landlord acts in good faith. This Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

In addition to all other rights and remedies of Landlord, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default by Tenant, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to perform such Tenant obligations as would be necessary to remedy any Default including the right to enter upon the Premises to do so. Landlord shall, as a courtesy only, notify Tenant of its intention to perform such obligation, and in the event of a failure by Tenant to perform an obligation required of Tenant by this Lease but which Landlord determines constitutes an emergency threatening imminent injury to persons or damage to property, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to enter upon the Premises after giving Tenant such notice, if any, as Landlord is reasonably able to provide, or if prior notice is not reasonably able to be provided, to give notice promptly after such entry. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such performance by Landlord shall not be deemed to cure Tenant’s Default, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all costs, including reasonable attorney fees, incurred by Landlord in connection therewith, with interest at the Default Rate on all amounts not paid within seven (7) days after demand.


19. Notices .

Notices from Landlord to Tenant under this Lease shall be deemed duly served if left at the Premises. Notices hereunder shall also be deemed duly given from and after such time as (i) they are deposited with the U.S. Mail for delivery via certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, (ii) deposited for overnight delivery with a national courier with delivery tracking service such as FedEx, or (iii) by in-hand delivery to Tenant or Landlord at his/their/its Initial Address on the Reference Data Pages hereof, or at such replacement address as may from time to time be given in writing. A courtesy copy of any default notices sent to Tenant shall also be sent to Foley Hoag LLP, 155 Seaport Boulevard, Boston, MA 02210, Attn: Gil Arie, Esq.

 

20. Surrender .

At the expiration or other termination of this Lease, Tenant shall (i) remove all Tenant’s goods and effects, but including only those fixtures, furnishings and articles of personal property which are not any part of the heating, ventilation, air conditioning, electric or plumbing systems not approved in advance for removal by Landlord from the Premises and repair all damage caused by such removal, (ii) at Landlord’s election under Section 11 above remove Landlord-designated articles and fixtures added to the Premises by Tenant, and (iii) restore the Premises to its condition at the Term Commencement Date, or such better condition as the Premises may have thereafter been placed, reasonable wear and damage by insured casualty loss only excepted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be required to make any structural changes to the Building to accomplish the foregoing unless the same has been made by Tenant with Landlord’s consent. Title to all fixtures and additions required by this Lease to remain at the Premises at the end of the Term shall vest in Landlord free from any claim by Tenant or any party claiming through Tenant. At termination of this Lease, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord full possession of the Premises, and all keys and locks thereto, in the condition required above. In the event of Tenant’s failure to remove any of Tenant’s property from the Premises, same shall be considered to have been abandoned by Tenant (and its subtenants), and Landlord is hereby authorized, without liability to Tenant for loss or damage thereto, and at the sole risk and expense of Tenant, to (a) remove and store any of that property at Tenant’s expense, or (b) retain Tenant’s property under Landlord’s control, or (c) without further accounting to Tenant, sell at public or private sale, without notice, any or all of Tenant’s property not so removed and to apply the net proceeds of such sale to the payment of any sum due from Tenant hereunder, or (d) to otherwise remove, discard or destroy such property, without liability or accounting to Tenant or its subtenants.

 

21. Brokerage .

If a Broker is listed and identified in the Reference Data Page(s) of this Lease, Tenant represents that Tenant was not shown the Premises nor has Tenant entered this Lease on account of the efforts of any party who may claim a commission or payment therefor other than the Broker, and if any party other than the Broker claims the right to be paid a commission or other payment on account of that party having introduced Tenant to the Premises, Tenant shall promptly pay same. Landlord shall be responsible for the commission payable to the Broker listed in the Reference Data Page of this Lease.

 

22. Landlord Improvements-Condition of Premises .

Tenant acknowledges that it is leasing the Premises in its “ AS-IS ” condition, and if applicable, as improved only by and with the improvements listed on Exhibit B hereto annexed. Any additions or improvements required to the Premises on account of Tenant’s particular business or operating requirements shall be provided, paid for and maintained by Tenant.


23. Extension .

If one or more Extension Terms is/are included on the Reference Data Pages of this Lease, Tenant (the original Tenant signatory hereto only for its own use) shall have the right to extend the Term to include such Extension Term(s) by giving written notice to Landlord of its intent to extend on or before that date which is nine (9) months prior to the end of the then current Term (the “ Extension Notice Date ”). Yearly Fixed Rent for the applicable Extension Term shall be the Extension Term Yearly Fixed Rent for each twelve (12) month period of the Extension Term with monthly payments equal to one-twelfth of the Extension Term Yearly Fixed Rent. Tenant shall also pay Additional Rent during the Extension Term as required for the Initial Term. During any Extension Term, all other terms and conditions of this Lease shall remain in full force and effect except that the Yearly Fixed Rent shall be determined as set forth on Exhibit D hereof and there shall be no further right to extend after the final Extension Term. Tenant’s right to extend the Term of this Lease is expressly conditioned upon Tenant having then maintained its payment and performance obligations under this Lease current and without any Event of Default through the Term as then in effect, and except for transfers to an Affiliate as defined in Section 12.B. hereof, the Lease not having been assigned, nor more than forty (40%) percent of the Premises sublet or otherwise licensed for use and occupancy. Failure of Tenant to give written notice on or before the Extension Notice Date shall be deemed a waiver of Tenant’s right to extend the Term for the Extension Term.

 

24. Landlord Liability and Default .

The obligations of the Landlord hereunder shall be binding upon Landlord and each succeeding owner of the Property hereunder only during the period of such ownership, and Landlord and each succeeding owner shall have no liability whatsoever except for its obligations during each such respective period. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant or any other party for so long as Landlord acts in good faith and diligently commences and seeks to obtain performance of the requirements of Landlord under this Lease. Landlord’s liability under this Lease shall be limited to specific performance of the asserted breach, and in no event shall Landlord be liable for consequential, punitive or indirect damages. Further, recourse against Landlord under or on account of this Lease shall be limited to the Landlord’s interest in the Property; in no event may Tenant or any other party seek or obtain recourse to or from the assets of any manager, member, trustee, beneficiary or partner of Landlord or any employee, trustee, beneficiary, partner, officer, director, shareholder, manager or member of Landlord, or any of its members, managers, trustees, beneficiaries, managing agents or any of their respective successors and assigns.

Landlord shall not be deemed in default under this Lease nor shall Tenant have any cause of action against Landlord under this Lease unless and until Landlord receives written notice from Tenant detailing the asserted Landlord breach, and that breach continues without cure for fifteen (15) days or such additional time as is required to effect cure provided Landlord has then commenced and thereafter reasonably diligently pursues cure. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Tenant’s obligations under this Lease are independent and shall not be conditioned upon performance by Landlord.

 

25. Signage .

Tenant shall be listed on the Building’s exterior marquee and on all interior Building directories. Landlord shall provide a suite placard (consistent with Landlord’s signage program at the Property) identifying Tenant’s Premises. In addition, at the option of Tenant, Tenant shall at its sole cost and expense be permitted to install an exterior company nameplate on the Building at a location on the exterior of the Building determined by Landlord and acceptable to Tenant, the design (backlit being acceptable), sizing (18” tall letters being acceptable) and construction of which to be approved in advance by Landlord. Tenant’s exterior company nameplate shall: (i) comply with all applicable codes and ordinances; (ii) be maintenance in first-class condition by Tenant at its sole cost and expense; and (iii) at the end of the Lease Term be removed by Tenant at its sole cost and expense with any damaged caused thereby restored. Landlord makes no representation as to whether or not the City of Newton will allow Tenant to install the foregoing signage.


26. Quiet Enjoyment .

Subject to Tenant timely performing and fulfilling its agreements and obligations under this Lease including, but not limited to, the timely payment of Yearly Fixed Rent and Additional Rent, Tenant shall be entitled to lawfully, peaceably and quietly have, hold, occupy and enjoy use of the Premises subject to the terms of this Lease, without hindrance or ejection by Landlord or any persons lawfully claiming through or under Landlord.

 

27. Tenant Holdover .

If, (i) Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises continues beyond the Expiration Date or the earlier termination of this Lease (a “ Holdover Period ”), or (ii) Tenant fails to surrender the Premises to Landlord and fails to remove and restore as required by this Lease at the end of the Term or earlier termination of this Lease, then the time taken for Landlord to take possession and effect such surrender and restoration shall be deemed a holdover by Tenant for the Holdover Period on the following terms: Tenant shall be then deemed a month-to-month, tenant-at-will and otherwise on the same terms and conditions and including the same Tenant’s payment and performance obligations as applicable immediately prior thereto; Tenant’s payment obligations for a Holdover Period shall include, without limitation, Yearly Fixed Rent and Additional Rent payable monthly in advance, Tenant shall be responsible for the same surrender provisions as applicable at the end of the Term, and Tenant shall be obligated to pay such increases in monthly Fixed Rent as Landlord gives Tenant at least seven (7) days prior written notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord has not agreed in writing in advance to a Holdover Period, Tenant’s continued possession shall be as an unauthorized licensee at 150% of the last prior Fixed Rent for the first sixty (60) days and 200% thereafter. The foregoing shall not be construed to obligate Landlord to make available any holdover rights to Tenant initially or thereafter on a continuing basis subsequent to the Expiration Date or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

28. Recognition for Tenant .

If Tenant or Tenant’s lender requests any agreement, recognition or acknowledgment of the status or priority of their rights as a lender to Tenant with respect to interests in Tenant’s assets or property or any other document which in the reasonable opinion of Landlord requires review by Landlord’s counsel, Tenant shall pay Landlord’s reasonable counsel fees. Landlord shall have no obligation to enter any such agreement which expands its risks or obligations beyond the giving of notice to one additional party of an Event of Default and Landlord’s actions to terminate on account thereof.

 

29. Environmental Hazards .

Tenant agrees to conduct its business from the Premises in compliance with the laws, ordinances and regulations and such as to assure and provide for the proper and safe purchase, storage, use and disposal of materials which may be classified as being “hazardous”. Tenant shall hold Landlord harmless and indemnified from and against any and all claims, demands, liability, damages, judgments, costs and expenses arising on account of any failure by Tenant to comply with the provisions of this Lease governing the purchase, use, storage and disposition of “hazardous” materials, materials which may become “hazardous” and any equipment utilizing “hazardous” materials or substances. With respect to materials handling and storage at the Premises which may have an environmental impact upon the Property or its occupants or invitees, Tenant agrees to implement such procedures and policies as Landlord reasonably requests for safety purposes. In no event shall Tenant deposit regulated or “hazardous” materials in any Property trash receptacle, and Tenant shall be responsible to separately arrange and pay for its own safekeeping and disposal of all such materials requiring separate disposition.


30. Additional Right of Landlord Cure .

In an Event of Default by Tenant, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to perform such Event of Default including the right to enter upon the Premises to do so. Landlord shall, as a courtesy only, notify Tenant of its intention to perform such obligation, and in the Event of a Default by Tenant to perform an obligation required of Tenant by this Lease but which Landlord determines constitutes an emergency threatening imminent injury to persons or damage to property, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to perform such obligation of Tenant, including the right to enter upon the Premises to do so, after giving Tenant such notice, if any, as Landlord is reasonably able to provide.

 

31. Waivers, Consents and Amendments .

Landlord shall not be deemed to have: waived, obligated itself to defer, consented to or granted any postponement to or for Tenant’s performance of its obligations under this Lease, unless and until an agreement in writing for such waiver, deferral, consent or postponement has been signed by Landlord. Further, no postponement or delay by Landlord in pursuing collection and/or enforcement of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall either excuse Tenant’s subsequent and/or continuing responsibility therefor, whether with respect to prior, then current or future such obligations. No modification or amendment to this Lease shall be valid or binding unless and until in writing and signed by the party against whom enforcement therefor may be sought.

 

32. Other Provisions .

 

  A. If in the conduct of Tenant’s business from the Premises Landlord reasonably determines that Tenant’s refuse exceeds normal office use, Tenant shall pay that excess cost as Additional Rent.

 

  B. Intentionally omitted.

 

  C. Tenant shall abide by all rules and regulations adopted by Landlord from time to time provided they are uniformly applicable to all tenants similarly situated at the Property.

 

  D. No other agreements or representations have been made by either party except as expressly contained in this Lease.

 

  E. All Exhibits and any Riders hereto must be signed or initialed by Landlord and Tenant.

 

  F. Recording of this Lease or a copy of this Lease shall be a Default; however, if the Term of the Lease including any Extension Term is seven (7) years or longer, Landlord agrees, at Tenant’s request, to enter a Notice of Lease in form acceptable to Landlord for recording at Tenant’s cost.

 

  G. The covenants and agreements of Landlord and Tenant shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each of them and their respective heirs, administrators, successors and assigns, subject to Landlord’s consent to any such assignment by Tenant. No covenant, agreement or liability of any one party as Landlord, shall be binding upon another owner of the Property except for defaults occurring or incurred during such owner’s period of ownership of the Property.

 

  H. For all purposes, Tenant and all Guarantors of Tenant’s performance under this Lease hereby agree and consent that jurisdiction for any litigation with respect to this Lease and/or enforcement or compliance by or against any of the parties shall be exclusively commenced and processed within the State Courts of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. For all purposes, rules applicable to addresses for service of process for Landlord, Tenant and/or Guarantors shall be as required under the Notice provisions of this Lease set forth in (Section 19) above.

 

  I. If Tenant is more than one person or party, Tenant’s obligations shall be joint and several for each. Unless repugnant to the context, the term, “ Landlord ” and “ Tenant ” mean the person or persons, natural or corporate, named above as the Landlord and Tenant respectively, together with their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, subject to Landlord’s consent to any Tenant assignment.


  J. The headings herein contained are for convenience and shall not be construed a part of this Lease. The sections and definitions on the Reference Data Pages are an integral and substantive part of this Lease.

 

  K. This Lease shall be construed under and be governed by with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

 

  L. Tenant represents and warrants that Tenant is a corporation duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and the person executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant has full right, power and authority to execute and deliver this Lease, and upon such execution and delivery, this Lease shall be binding upon Tenant. Simultaneously with the execution hereof, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a certificate issued by the Secretary of State of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts evidencing that Tenant is legally existing and in good standing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and, unless this Lease is executed by Tenant’s President and Treasurer, together with a Secretary’s Certificate or Board of Directors vote evidencing Tenant’s authority to enter into this Lease and the identity of Tenant’s officer’s authorized to execute this Lease.

 

  M. If any provision of this Lease shall to any extent be invalid, the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected. The enumeration of specific examples of a general provision shall not be construed as a limitation of the general provision.

 

  N. This Lease is executed as a sealed instrument and in multiple counterparts, all copies of which are identical, and any one of which is to be deemed to be complete in itself and may be introduced in evidence or used for any purpose without the production of any other copy. Time is of the essence of the obligations of the parties to be performed within a specific time frame in this Lease.

 

  O. No payment by the Tenant or acceptance by the Landlord of a lesser amount than shall be due the Landlord from the Tenant shall be deemed to be anything but payment on account, and the acceptance by the Landlord of a check for a lesser amount with an endorsement or statement thereon, or upon a letter accompanying said check, that said lesser amount is payment in full shall not be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and the Landlord may accept said check without prejudice to recover the balance due or pursue any other remedy.

 

  P. Tenant and Landlord hereby waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any present or future right to trial by jury in any action or proceeding relating directly or indirectly to or arising out of this Lease or in any manner relating to the Premises, the Building or the Property. This waiver of right to trial by jury is given knowingly and voluntarily by Landlord and Tenant.

 

  Q. Tenant represents and warrants that it is not listed, nor is it owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of any person or entity, on the list of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury, or any other list of persons or entities with whom Landlord is restricted from doing business (“ OFAC List ”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, Tenant shall not permit the Premises or any portion thereof to be used, occupied or operated by or for the benefit of any person or entity that is on the OFAC List. Tenant shall provide documentary and other evidence of Tenant’s identity and ownership as may be reasonably requested by Landlord at any time to enable Landlord to verify Tenant’s identity or to comply with any applicable legal requirement.


  R. The obligations of Tenant under this Lease are not intended to be and shall not be personally binding on, nor shall any resort be had to the personal assets of, any of its directors, officers, partners, beneficiaries, members, stockholders, employees, or agents. Except for damages incurred by Landlord as a result of Tenant’s holdover after the expiration of the Term, in no case shall Tenant be liable to Landlord hereunder for any form of special, indirect or consequential damages.

[END OF TEXT – SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]


This Lease, including the attached Exhibit(s) and Rider, is signed as of the Execution Date as an instrument under seal.

 

LANDLORD:     TENANT:
WELLS 60 REALTY LLC     CYBER-ARK SOFTWARE, INC.
By:   Intrum Corp., Manager      
By:  

/s/ Randy A. Goldberg

    By:  

/s/ Ehud Mokady

  Randy A. Goldberg, President       Ehud Mokady, President
        duly authorized
      By:  

/s/ Suzy Peled-Spigelman

        Suzy Peled-Spigelman, Director of
        Finance, duly authorized


LEASE RIDER

The following provisions are added to and incorporated within this Lease. To the extent of any inconsistency between this Rider and the other Lease provisions, the terms of this Rider shall prevail.

 

33. Expansion Right of First Offer . In the event either Suite 102 including approximately 6,546 rentable square feet located immediately adjacent to the Premises in the Building or Suite 100A including approximately 3,002 rentable square feet located across from the Premises in the Building (“ Qualified Expansion Space ”) becomes available during the Initial Term, and Landlord intends to market the Qualified Expansion Space to third parties, Landlord shall so notify Tenant (“ Market Notice ”) which Market Notice shall include the general terms and conditions, including the proposed Yearly Fixed Rent under which Landlord intends to market the Qualified Expansion Space. Tenant shall then have a one (1) time right of first offer to lease the Qualified Expansion Space upon the same terms and conditions set forth in the Market Notice, except that the Yearly Fixed Rent payable by Tenant for the Qualified Expansion Space shall be ninety-five percent (95%) of the Yearly Fixed Rent that Landlord intends to market to third parties. Tenant may exercise its right to lease the Qualified Expansion Space by giving written notice of its intention to do so (“ Lease Notice ”) within seven (7) business days after Tenant’s receipt of the Market Notice. If Tenant does not deliver the Lease Notice to Landlord within seven (7) business days after receipt of the Market Notice, or if for any reason other than Landlord’s delay or failure to negotiate in good faith, Tenant does not enter into an amendment to this Lease incorporating the Qualified Expansion Space into the Premises on the terms set forth in the Market Notice within ten (10) days after Tenant’s receipt of a draft amendment from Landlord, then Tenant’s right to lease the Qualified Expansion Space described in the Market Notice shall be deemed waived in its entirety, and Landlord shall thereafter be permitted to rent the Qualified Expansion Space free from this Expansion Right of First Offer (“ ROFO ”) and without any further obligation to Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord will re-offer the space, one-time only, to Tenant under the foregoing conditions if, within 60 days after the delivery of the original Market Notice to Tenant, Landlord intends to lease the Qualified Expansion Space at a rent which is less than or equal to 75% of the proposed Yearly Fixed Rent included in the Market Notice. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, this ROFO: (a) shall apply only during the Initial Term; (b) with respect to Suite 102, shall apply only on or after that date which is twenty-four (24) months after the Term Commencement Date; and (c) with respect to Suite 100A, shall not apply with respect to any extension, renewal or modification of the currently existing lease of that space.

 

34. MAAB . Access to the Building and entry to the Premises are presently compliant with the access requirements of the Massachusetts Architectural Access Board.

 

35. Condition Precedent . Landlord has advised Tenant that although the tenant previously occupying the Premises (“ Prior Tenant ”) has vacated the Premises, the lease with the Prior Tenant (“ Prior Lease ”) has not yet been terminated. Promptly after the execution of this Lease, Landlord agrees to use good faith efforts to enter into an agreement with the Prior Tenant for the termination of the Prior Lease on terms and conditions acceptable to Landlord in its sole discretion (the “ Prior Tenant Termination Agreement ”). Notwithstanding anything set forth herein, it shall be a condition precedent to the commencement of the Term that Landlord and the Prior Tenant have entered into a Prior Tenant Termination Agreement. Landlord and Tenant shall each have the right to terminate this Lease in the event that Landlord and Prior Tenant have not entered into a Prior Tenant Termination Agreement on or before that date which is thirty (30) days after the Execution Date hereof or such later date as Landlord and Tenant may agree (the “ Condition Precedent Termination Date ”); provided, however, Landlord shall have the right to extend the Condition Precedent Termination Date for an additional fifteen (15) days if Landlord is in the process of negotiating the Prior Tenant Termination Agreement and Landlord, in good faith, believes that such additional time is required to complete such negotiation. If Landlord has not entered into the Prior Tenant Termination Agreement on or before the Condition Precedent Termination Date and Landlord elects to terminate the Lease pursuant to this Section 35, and if Landlord thereafter does enter into the Prior Tenant Termination Agreement within thirty (30) days after such termination of this Lease, then Landlord shall so notify Tenant and Tenant shall have the right to reinstate this Lease by notice to Landlord within five (5) business days after Tenant receives Landlord’s notice that Landlord has entered into a Prior Tenant Termination Agreement.


EXHIBIT A

THE PREMISES

 

LOGO

Not to scale. Layout is approximate.


EXHIBIT A-1

TENANT’S LAYOUT PLAN

 

LOGO

Not to scale. Layout is approximate.

Furniture is not included.


EXHIBIT A-2

PARKING PLAN


EXHIBIT B

LANDLORD’S WORK

The Premises shall be delivered to Tenant in its present “AS-IS” condition, but with Landlord’s Work (as herein defined) completed by Landlord at its sole cost and expense, provided, however, any changes or upgrades requested by Tenant shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Landlord’s Work shall include the work shown on Tenant’s Layout Plan attached hereto as Exhibit A-1, which shall be constructed in accordance with the following specifications (“ Specifications ”):

 

  1. Demolition . Demolish and remove all existing non-structural office partitions within the Premises to accommodate Tenant’s Layout Plan;

 

  2. Walls . Construct new walls in accordance with the configuration shown on Tenant’s Layout Plan. All new walls shall (i) be constructed to 6” above the finished ceiling; (ii) be framed with metal studs; (iii) be finished with one layer of 5/8” gypsum wall board on each side, and (iv) include batt R-11 insulation. New walls shall be taped, sanded and ready to receive finishes;

 

  3. Floors . Furnish and install carpet throughout the Premises (a maximum allowance of $25 per square yard including installation is included), color to be selected by Tenant from Landlord’s selection list. Install 4” vinyl wall base along base of walls where same meets finished flooring, color to be selected by Tenant from Landlord’s selection list. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any break areas, kitchen, copy/print and fax room(s), or file room(s) to later be delineated on Tenant’s Layout Plan shall include VCT tile flooring ($2.50 per square foot allowed), color to be selected by Tenant from Landlord’s selection list;

 

  4. Ceiling . Existing ceiling to remain, new drop ceiling (to match existing drop ceiling) to be added as required based upon the re-configuration required by Tenant’s Layout Plan (on account of the required demolition and construction of new interior walls);

 

  5. HVAC . Landlord shall re-work the existing duct work/diffusers duct work and/or add additional duct work/diffusers as required and determined by Landlord and its HVAC subcontractor in their sole discretion (if applicable) to satisfy Landlord’s heating and cooling obligations (applicable to customary office usage only) as set forth in the Lease based upon Tenant’s Layout Plan. Extraordinary HVAC requirements over customary office requirements including without limitation for any LAN/computer rooms is not included;

 

  6. Electric . Existing with new duplex wall receptacles and light switching in the new walls to be constructed pursuant to paragraph 2. above per code. Provide six (6) power whips for Tenant provided cubicles, the location of same to be delineated on Tenant’s Layout Plan (Tenant shall be responsible for the termination of the whips and connection of power/electricity to its cubicles including the necessary electrical fittings), 3 amps per cube, maximum 90 cubes is allowed. New offices/enclosed areas to include a minimum of three (3) duplex receptacles (Board room six (6) duplex receptacles). Each of Conference room and Board room to include Building standard floor box with duplex receptacle, location of same to be delineated on Tenant’s Layout Plan. All voice/data wiring and fixtures shall be the responsibility of Tenant at its sole cost and expense;

 

  7. Lighting . Landlord shall re-use the existing lighting fixtures (by relocating or keeping existing fixtures in place), and add additional Building standard lighting fixtures, all as shown on Tenant’s Layout Plan;

 

  8. Sprinkler . Reconfigure in-ceiling sprinkler heads to accommodate Tenant’s Layout Plan as required by code;

 

  9. Paint . Paint all walls and trim within the Premises, (trim - one color, semi-gloss, walls with a maximum of four (4) colors, eggshell unless otherwise specified), colors to be selected by Tenant from Landlord’s selection list. Apply 5’ tall band of IdeaPaint or whiteboard application on one (1) wall within each of the Conference rooms and Training room, locations to be delineated on Tenant’s Layout Plan;


  10. Doors . Landlord shall re-use existing doors, sidelights and hardware (relocate or to remain in existing locations), and add additional like doors and hardware based upon Tenant’s Layout Plan (newly created offices or other enclosed areas shall include Building standard sidelights);

 

  11. Countertops/Cabinetry . An allowance of $3,500.00 is provided for cabinetry and closet shelving within the Premises, the design and location of which to be later agreed upon. Install water supply line and power for Tenant provided dishwasher within the Lunch room, location TBD;

 

  12. LAN Computer Room . Landlord shall re-use the existing 3.5 ton split cooling system for Tenant’s LAN room (system to be in good operating condition on the Term Commencement Date), additional cooling requirements for Tenant’s LAN room shall be the responsibility of Tenant; and

 

  13. Specialties . Existing blinds to remain and shall be in good and operable condition. Install three (3) Building standard skylights, the final design, sizing and specifications therefor to be included on Tenant’s Layout Plan. Install Building standard butt-glazed glass wall measuring approximately 9’ x 7’2” with low profile metal channel at floor and soffit head all as shown on Tenant’s Layout Plan.

All electric fixtures (lighting, switches and receptacles), HVAC system(s) and blinds within and/or servicing the Premises shall be in good operating condition on the Term Commencement Date.

Notwithstanding anything set forth herein to the contrary, to the extent of any inconsistency between the Tenant’s Layout Plan and the Specifications, Tenant’s Layout Plan shall prevail, provided, however, Landlord’s Work shall not include any work shown on Tenant’s Layout Plan as “alternate” or “add alternate” (or words of similar import) unless and until Tenant has delivered a written change order for such work and has paid the cost thereof in advance (within three (3) business days after invoice by Landlord), which cost shall include a six and one-half percent (6.5%) supervision fee to Landlord. In the event clarifications are required with respect to Tenant’s Layout Plan or the Specifications, Landlord’s architect shall be the determining party.

Landlord shall substantially complete Landlord’s Work prior to the Term Commencement Date. All Landlord’s Work shall be subject to delays on account of delays in permitting, adverse weather conditions, delays caused by Tenant and reasonable construction delays. Landlord’s Work shall be performed materially in accordance with the specifications set forth in this Exhibit B, subject to such changes or modifications as may be reasonably required to comply with Applicable Laws and/or to accommodate building systems and mechanics, to expedite completion of Landlord’s Work, to accommodate unavailability of materials and supplies, and to obtain necessary building permits, provided such changes and modifications do not adversely affect, in any material respect, the utility, quality, or appearance of Landlord’s Work. Tenant shall provide Landlord with its finish selections (flooring and paint) within five (5) days after Landlord’s request therefor.

For purposes of this Lease, Landlord’s Work shall be deemed “substantially complete” when (i) Landlord delivers to Tenant a certificate from Landlord’s architect (“ Architect’s Certificate ”) confirming that Landlord’s Work has been completed in accordance with the requirements of this Lease, except for items of work and adjustment of equipment and fixtures which can be completed after Tenant has taken occupancy of the Premises without causing material interference with Tenant’s business operations and use and enjoyment of the Premises (“ Premises Punch-List Items ”), as specified in the architect’s certificate; and (ii) all permits and other authorizations, to the extent required by the Town of Needham to enable Tenant to take occupancy in accordance with applicable laws and regulations, have been issued, provided, however, in the event Landlord is delayed in obtaining the Certificate of Occupancy on account of Tenant’s delay in completion of any work to be performed by Tenant or installation of Tenant’s furniture, fixtures or equipment, then substantial completion shall be deemed to have occurred upon issuance of the Architect’s Certificate. Landlord agrees to complete the Premises Punch-List Items within thirty (30) days, subject to delays on account of unavailability of materials, supplies or equipment or other causes beyond Landlord’s reasonable control.


EXHIBIT C

Not Applicable

 

29


EXHIBIT D

EXTENSION TERM YEARLY FIXED RENT

Extension Term Yearly Fixed Rent shall be at Fair Market Rent for the Premises in their then condition without requiring any Landlord improvements shall be calculated and determined as follows:

 

  A. Upon Landlord’s receipt of notice from Tenant that Tenant wishes to extend received by Landlord no later than nine (9) months prior to the expiration of the Initial Term or the Lease Term as extended, Landlord shall, within thirty (30) days of such notice by the Tenant, notify the Tenant of the proposed Extension Term Yearly Fixed Rent based upon Landlord’s estimate of Fair Market Rent. Under no condition shall the Extension Term Yearly Fixed Rent be less than the Yearly Fixed Rent being paid just prior to the Extension Term for which Yearly Fixed Rent is then being determined hereunder.

 

  B. Within fifteen (15) days after receipt of Landlord’s notice of Extension Term Yearly Fixed Rent, Tenant will notify Landlord either of its acceptance or rejection of Landlord’s noticed Extension Term Yearly Fixed Rent; and if rejected, shall include Tenant’s proposal of Fair Market Rent on account of Yearly Fixed Rent during the forthcoming Extension Term. Landlord’s failure to timely receive Tenant’s written notice shall be deemed acceptance of Landlord’s noticed Fair Market Rent. If Tenant has timely rejected Landlord’s estimate of Fair Market Rent, Landlord and Tenant shall in good faith attempt to resolve their differences as to Fair Market Rent as aforesaid, within the next ten (10) days.

 

  C. If Landlord and Tenant are unable to resolve their differences within the period set forth in the preceding sub-paragraph B., each of Landlord and Tenant shall appoint a representative to negotiate Extension Term Yearly Fixed Rent within the range of Fair Market Rent last proposed by Landlord and Tenant; said representatives shall be paid by the party which engaged them and shall be qualified commercial leasing agents from major rental firms experienced in renting similar commercial retail/office properties in general vicinity of the Building. The parties’ representatives shall in good faith seek to resolve a market rate of Yearly Fixed Rent for the Extension Term within the next ensuing twenty-one (21) day period. If the representatives are unable to agree upon Yearly Fixed Rent within that time period but the difference between them is no greater than 10% then Yearly Fixed Rent shall be the average of the two representatives written determinations. If the representatives are unable to agree upon Yearly Fixed Rent and their difference exceeds 10%, they shall select a third party, having similar qualifications, paid for one-half by each of Landlord and Tenant, and thereafter, within fifteen (15) days, the determination of a majority of the representatives shall prevail and issue a written report thereof.

 

  D. If, for any reason whatsoever, Tenant fails to properly notify Landlord of its desire to extend the Lease, any and all Tenant rights or options to extend shall expire and Tenant shall have no further right to extend its tenancy beyond the Expiration Date. In this event Landlord shall be free to rent the Premises to whomever it chooses, on any terms it chooses, free and clear of this option.

 

30

Exhibit 10.5

CYBER-ARK SOFTWARE LTD.

2001 STOCK OPTION PLAN

1. Purpose .

The purpose of this plan (the “Plan”) is to secure for CYBER-ARK SOFTWARE LTD. (the “Company”) and its shareholders the benefits arising from ownership of Ordinary Shares, par value NIS 0.01 (“Ordinary Shares” or “Shares”) of the Company by employees, officers and directors of, and consultants or advisors to, the Company, its parent and or subsidiary corporations who are expected to contribute to the Company’s future growth and success. Except where the context otherwise requires, the term “Company” shall include the parent and all present and future subsidiaries of the Company as defined in Sections 424(e) and 424(f) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended or replaced from time to time (the “Code”). Those provisions of the Plan which make express reference to Section 422 shall apply only to Incentive Stock Options (as that term is defined in the Plan).

2. Type of Options and Administration .

(a) Types of Options . Options granted pursuant to the Plan shall be authorized by action of the Board of Directors of the Company (or a Committee designated by the Board of Directors, as provided below) and may be either incentive stock options (“ISOs”) meeting the requirements of Section 422 of the Code or non-statutory options which are not intended to meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Code (“NQOs”). ISOs and NQOs are collectively referred to herein as “Options”.

(b) Administration. The Plan shall be administered by a Stock Option Committee (the “ Committee ”) appointed by the Board of Directors of the Company. The Committee shall consist of no fewer than two members who may also be members of the Board of Directors of the Company. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, all applicable laws and relevant commitments of the Company, the Committee shall have full and maximum authority in its discretion, from time to time, and at any time, to grant, or recommend to the Board of Directors of the Company, as applicable, the employees to whom Options shall be granted, to determine or recommend the number of Shares to be covered by each Option, the time at which each Option shall be granted, the terms and conditions of Option Agreements, and, except as hereinafter provided, the purchase price of each Option, the term during which each Option may be exercised, and to authorize the Share allotment pursuant to the exercise of each Option.

The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time appoint or remove members of the Committee and may fill vacancies, however caused, in the Committee. The Committee shall select one of its members as its Chairman, and shall hold its meetings at such time and place as it shall deem advisable. All actions of the Committee shall be taken by a majority of its members and can be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting. The Committee shall make such rules and regulations for the conduct of its business as it shall deem advisable.


(c) The interpretation, construction or determination of any provisions of the Plan by the Committee or the Board of Directors of the Company shall be final and conclusive. No member of the Board of Directors or the Committee shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan.

3. Eligibility .

Options may be granted to persons who are, at the time of grant, employees, officers or directors of, or consultants or advisors to, the Company, its parent, or any subsidiary; provided , that the class of employees to whom ISOs may be granted shall be limited to all employees of the Company, its parent, or any subsidiary. A person who has been granted an Option may, if he or she is otherwise eligible, be granted additional Options if the Board of Directors shall so determine.

4. Shares Subject to Plan .

Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 15 below, the maximum number of Ordinary Shares of the Company which may be issued and sold under the Plan is 73,600 Shares. If an Option granted under the Plan shall expire or terminate for any reason without having been exercised in full, the unpurchased Shares subject to such Option shall again be available for subsequent Option grants under the Plan.

5. Forms of Option Agreements .

Agreements shall be in writing, duly executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Company and the employee, and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Committee deems advisable. In case of any conflict between the terms and conditions of any Option Agreement and those of the Plan, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall take precedence and prevail. Such Option Agreements may differ among recipients.

6. Purchase Price .

(a) General . The purchase price per Ordinary Share deliverable upon the exercise of an Option shall be determined by the Board of Directors, provided, however , that in the case of an ISO, the exercise price shall not be less than 100% of the fair market value of such Share, as determined by the Board of Directors, at the time of grant of such Option, or less than 110% of such fair market value in the case of Options described in Section 11(b).

(b) Payment of Purchase Price . Options granted under the Plan may provide for the payment of the exercise price by delivery of cash or a check to the order of the Company in an amount equal to the exercise price of such Option, or, to the extent provided in the applicable Option Agreement, by any other means (including, without limitation, by delivery of a promissory note of the optionee payable on such terms as are specified by the Board of Directors or the Committee) which the Board of Directors or the Committee determines are consistent with the purpose of the Plan and with applicable laws and regulations or (ii) at the discretion of the Board of Directors or the Committee, in accordance with a cashless exercise program established with a securities brokerage firm, and approved by the Board of Directors or the Committee, or (iii) by any combination of such methods of payment.

 

2


(c) Exercise of Options . An optionee electing to exercise an Option shall give written notice to the Company to that effect. Such notice will identify the number and part of the Option to be exercised, will be signed by optionee along with full payment for the Option as specified in Section 6 (b) above.

7. Option Period .

Each Option and all rights thereunder shall expire on such date as shall be set forth in the applicable Option Agreement, except that, in the case of an ISO, such date shall not be later than ten years after the date on which the Option is granted and, in all cases, Options shall be subject to earlier termination as provided in the Plan.

8. Exercise of Options .

Each Option granted under the Plan shall be exercisable either in full or in installments at such time or times and during such period as shall be set forth in the Option Agreement evidencing such Option, subject to the provisions of the Plan.

9. Nontransferability of Options .

Except as the Board of Directors or the Committee may otherwise determine or provide in an Option Agreement, Options shall not be assignable or transferable by the person to whom they are granted, either voluntarily or by operation of law, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and, during the life of the optionee, shall be exercisable only by the optionee; provided, however, that NQOs may be transferred pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order (as defined in Code Section 414(p)).

10. Effect of Termination of Employment or Other Relationship.

Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Option Agreement shall specify the extent to which the Option may be exercised following (i) the termination of the optionee’s employment or other relationship with the Company or its parent or any subsidiary, or (ii) the death or disability of the optionee. Such periods shall be set forth in the Option A evidencing such Option. Employment shall not be deemed to be terminated because an optionee is transferred from one of the Company, its parent, or any subsidiary to another one of the Company, its parent, or any subsidiary.

11. Incentive Stock Options .

Options granted under the Plan which are intended to be ISOs shall be subject to the following additional terms and conditions:

(a) Express Designation . All ISOs granted under the Plan shall, at the time of grant, be specifically designated as such in the Option Agreement covering such ISOs.

 

3


(b) 10% Shareholder . If any employee to whom an ISO is to be granted under the Plan is, at the time of the grant of such Option, the owner of stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company (after taking into account the attribution of stock ownership rules of Section 424(d) of the Code), then the following special provisions shall be applicable to the ISO granted to such individual:

(i) the purchase price per Ordinary Share subject to such ISO shall not be less than 110% of the fair market value of one Ordinary Share at the time of grant; and

(ii) the Option exercise period shall not exceed five years from the date of grant.

(c) Dollar Limitation . For so long as the Code shall so provide, Options granted to any employee under the Plan (and any other incentive stock option plans of the Company) which are intended to constitute ISOs shall not constitute ISOs to the extent that such Options, in the aggregate, become exercisable for the first time in any one calendar year for Ordinary Shares with an aggregate fair market value (determined as of the respective date or dates of grant) of more than $100,000.

(d) Termination of Employment, Death or Disability . No ISO may be exercised unless, at the time of such exercise, the optionee is, and has been continuously since the date of grant of his or her Option, employed by the Company, its parent, or any subsidiary, except that:

(i) an ISO may be exercised within the period of three months after the date the optionee ceases to be an employee of the Company, its parent, or any subsidiary (or within such lesser period as may be specified in the applicable Option Agreement); provided , that the Option Agreement with respect to such Option may designate a longer exercise period and that the exercise after such three-month period shall be treated as the exercise of a NQO under the Plan;

(ii) if the optionee dies while in the employ of the Company, its parent, or any subsidiary, or within three months after the optionee ceases to be such an employee, the ISO may be exercised by the person to whom it is transferred by will or the laws of descent and distribution within the period of one year after the date of death (or within such lesser period as may be specified in the applicable Option Agreement); and

(iii) if the optionee becomes disabled (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code or any successor provision thereto) while in the employ of the Company, its parent, or any subsidiary, the ISO may be exercised within the period of one year after the date the optionee ceases to be such an employee because of such disability (or within such lesser period as may be specified in the applicable Option Agreement).

For all purposes of the Plan and any Option granted hereunder, “employment” shall include employment by the Company, its parent, or any subsidiary. Employment shall not be deemed to be terminated because an optionee is transferred from one of the Company, its parent, or any subsidiary to another one of the Company, its parent, or any subsidiary. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, no ISO may be exercised after its expiration date.

 

4


12. Additional Provisions .

(a) Additional Option Provisions . The Board of Directors or the Committee may, in its sole discretion, include additional provisions in Option Agreements covering Options granted under the Plan, including without limitation restrictions on transfer, repurchase rights, commitments to pay cash bonuses, to make, arrange for or guaranty loans or to transfer other property to optionees upon exercise of Options, or such other provisions as shall be determined by the Board of Directors or the Committee; provided that such additional provisions shall not be inconsistent with any other term or condition of the Plan and such additional provisions shall not cause any ISO granted under the Plan to fail to qualify as an ISO within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

(b) Extension . The Board of Directors or the Committee may, in its sole discretion, extend the dates during which all, or any particular, Option or Options granted under the Plan may be exercised; provided, however , that no such extension shall be permitted if it would cause a particular Option or Options to fail to comply with Section 422 of the Code.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Articles of Association of the Company, none of the optionees shall have a right of first refusal in relation with any sale of the exercised Shares. Until such time as the Company shall effectuate an initial public offering of the Company’s Shares under the U.S., Israeli or other jursidiction’s securities laws (the “IPO”) or an Acquisition Event (as defined in Section 16(a) of the Plan), the sale of exercised Shares by the optionee shall be subject to a right of first refusal, as set forth in the Articles of Association of the Company and/or in the Option Agreement.

13. General Restrictions .

(a) Investment Representations . The Company may require any person to whom an Option is granted, as a condition of exercising such Option, to give written assurances in substance and form satisfactory to the Company to the effect that such person is acquiring the Ordinary Shares subject to the Option for his or her own account for investment and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the same, and to such other effects as the Company deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with federal and applicable state securities laws, or with covenants or representations made by the Company in connection with any public offering of its Ordinary Shares.

(b) Compliance With Securities Laws . Each Option shall be subject to the requirement that if, at any time, counsel to the Company shall determine that the listing, registration or qualification of the Shares subject to such Option upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any governmental or regulatory body, or that the disclosure of non-public information or the satisfaction of any other condition is necessary as a condition of, or in connection with, the issuance or purchase of Shares thereunder, such Option may not be exercised, in whole or in part, unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval, or satisfaction of such condition shall have been effected or

 

5


obtained on conditions acceptable to the Board of Directors. Nothing herein shall be deemed to require the Company to apply for or to obtain such listing, registration or qualification, or to satisfy such condition.

14. Rights as a Shareholder .

(a) The holder of an Option shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any Shares covered by the Option (including, without limitation, any rights to receive dividends or non-cash distributions with respect to such Shares) until the date of issue of a stock certificate to him or her for such Shares. In addition, the Option Agreements may provide certain limitations with respect of voting and/or transferring the Ordinary Shares issued as a result of exercising the Option. No adjustment shall be made for dividends or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such stock certificate is issued.

(b) The Option Agreement may provide certain limitations with respect of voting and/or transferring the Shares exercised pursuant to the Options, as determined by the Board of Directors or the Committee from time to time at its exclusive discretion.

15. Adjustment Provisions for Recapitalizations and Related Transactions.

(a) General . If, through or as a result of any merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar transaction, (i) the number of outstanding Ordinary Shares are increased, decreased or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities of the Company, or (ii) additional shares or new or different shares or other securities of the Company or other non-cash assets are distributed with respect to such Ordinary Shares or other securities, an appropriate and proportionate adjustment shall be made in (x) the maximum number and kind of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, (y) the number and kind of shares or other securities subject to any then outstanding Options under the Plan, and (z) the exercise price for each share subject to any then outstanding Options under the Plan, without changing the aggregate purchase price as to which such Options remain exercisable. If this Section 15 applies and Section 16 also applies to any event, then Section 16 shall be applicable to such event and this Section 15 shall not be applicable.

(b) Board Authority to Make Adjustments . Any adjustments under this Section 15 will be made by the Board of Directors, whose determination as to what adjustments, if any, will be made and the extent thereof will be final, binding and conclusive. No fractional shares will be issued under the Plan on account of any such adjustments.

(c) Adjustments to ISOs. Any adjustments made pursuant to Section 15(a) or Section 16(a) with respect to ISOs shall be made only after the Board of Directors or the Committee, after consulting with counsel for the Company, determines whether such adjustments would constitute a “modification” of such ISOs (as that term is defined in Section 424(h) of the Code) or would cause any adverse tax consequences for the holders of such ISOs. If the Board of Directors or the Committee determines that such adjustments made with respect to ISOs would constitute a modification of such ISOs, it may refrain from making such adjustments, unless the

 

6


holder of an ISO specifically requests in writing that such adjustment be made and such writing indicates that the holder has full knowledge of the consequences of such “modification” on his or her income tax treatment with respect to the ISO.

16. Merger, Consolidation, Asset Sale, Liquidation, etc.

(a) General . Upon the occurrence of an Acquisition Event (as defined below) the Board of Directors of the Company shall take any one or more of the following actions with respect of the then outstanding Options: (i) provide that such Options shall be assumed, or equivalent Options shall be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof), provided that any such Options substituted for ISOs shall meet the requirements of Section 424(a) of the Code, (ii) upon written notice to the optionees, provide that all the then unexercised Options will become exercisable in full as of a specified time (the “Acceleration Time”) prior to the Acquisition Event and will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition Event, except to the extent exercised by the optionees between the Acceleration Time and the consummation of such Acquisition Event, (iii) in the event of a merger under the terms of which holders of outstanding Ordinary Shares of the Company will receive upon consummation thereof a cash payment for each share surrendered in the merger (the “Merger Price”), make or provide for a cash payment to the optionees equal to the difference between (A) the Merger Price times the number of shares of Ordinary Shares subject to such outstanding Options (whether or not then exercisable at prices not in excess of the Merger Price) and (B) the aggregate exercise price of all such outstanding Options in exchange for the termination of such Options, or (iv) upon written notice to the optionees, provide that all the then vested and unvested outstanding Options will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition Event, and to the extent the vested Options shall have not been exercised prior to the Acquisition Event, all such Options shall become null and void at the consummation of such Acquisition Event.

Notwithstanding the above, the Company, by the Board of Directors or the Committee, may provide in the Option Agreement itself the action/s to be taken with respect to the outstanding Options at the time of an Acquisition Event from the actions listed above. In such a case, the Board of Directors shall not be entitled to take a different action at the Acquisition Event with respect of such Options without the consent of the optionee.

An “Acquisition Event” shall mean: (a) any merger or consolidation which results in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto representing immediately thereafter (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving or acquiring entity) less than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving or acquiring entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, (b) any sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or (c) the complete liquidation of the Company.

(b) Substitute Options . The Company may grant Options under the Plan in substitution for Options held by employees of another corporation who become employees of the Company, or a subsidiary of the Company, as the result of a merger or consolidation of the employing corporation with the Company or a subsidiary of the Company, or as a result of the

 

7


acquisition by the Company, or one of its subsidiaries, of property or stock of the employing corporation. The Company may direct that substitute Options be granted on such terms and conditions as the Board of Directors considers appropriate in the circumstances.

17. No Special Employment Rights .

Nothing contained in the Plan or in any Option shall confer upon any optionee any right with respect to the continuation of his or her employment by the Company, its parent, or any subsidiary or interfere in any way with the right of the Company at any time to terminate such employment or to increase or decrease the compensation of the optionee.

18. Other Employee Benefits .

The amount of any compensation deemed to be received by an employee as a result of the exercise of an Option or the sale of Shares received upon such exercise pursuant to the Plan will not constitute compensation with respect to which any other employee benefits of such employee are determined, including, without limitation, benefits under any bonus, pension, profit-sharing, life insurance or salary continuation plan, except as otherwise specifically determined by the Board of Directors.

19. Amendment of the Plan .

(a) The Board of Directors may at any time, and from time to time, amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan in any respect, except that if at any time the approval of the shareholders of the Company is required under Section 422 of the Code or any successor provision with respect to ISOs, the Board of Directors may not effect such modification or amendment without such approval.

(b) The termination or any modification or amendment of the Plan shall not, without the consent of an optionee, affect his or her rights under an Option previously granted to him or her. With the consent of the optionee affected, the Board of Directors or the Committee may amend outstanding Option Agreements in a manner not inconsistent with the Plan. The Board of Directors or the Committee shall have the right to amend or modify the terms and provisions of the Plan and of any outstanding ISOs granted under the Plan to the extent necessary to qualify any or all such Options for such favorable federal income tax treatment (including deferral of taxation upon exercise) as may be afforded ISOs under Section 422 of the Code.

20. Withholding .

The Company shall have the right to deduct from payments of any kind otherwise due to the optionee the minimum statutory amount of any federal, state or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to any Shares issued upon exercise of Options under the Plan. Subject to the prior approval of the Company, which may be withheld by the Company in its sole discretion, the optionee may elect to satisfy such obligations, in whole or in part, by causing the Company to withhold Ordinary Shares otherwise issuable pursuant to the exercise of an Option. The Shares so delivered or withheld shall have a fair market value equal to such

 

8


withholding obligation. The fair market value of the Shares used to satisfy such withholding obligation shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company as of the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined.

21. Effective Date and Duration of the Plan .

(a) Effective Date . The Plan shall become effective as of the date marked below, but no ISO granted under the Plan shall become exercisable unless and until the Plan shall have been approved by the Company’s shareholders. If such shareholder approval is not obtained within twelve months after the effective date of the Plan, no Options previously granted under the Plan shall be deemed to be ISOs and no ISOs shall be granted thereafter. Amendments to the Plan not requiring shareholder approval shall become effective when adopted by the Board of Directors or the Committee, as the case may be; amendments requiring shareholder approval (as provided also in Section 19) shall become effective when adopted by the Board of Directors, but no ISO granted after the date of such amendment shall become exercisable (to the extent that such amendment to the Plan was required to enable the Company to grant such ISO to a particular optionee) unless and until such amendment shall have been approved by the Company’s shareholders. If such shareholder approval is not obtained within twelve months of the Board’s adoption of such amendment, any ISOs granted on or after the date of such amendment shall terminate to the extent that such amendment to the Plan was required to enable the Company to grant such Option to a particular optionee. Subject to this limitation, Options may be granted under the Plan at any time after the effective date and before the date fixed for termination of the Plan.

(b) Termination . Unless sooner terminated in accordance with Section 16, the Plan shall terminate ten (10) years after its adoption by the Board of Directors, and no Option shall be granted pursuant to the Plan after that date. Options outstanding on such date shall continue to have force and effect in accordance with the provisions of the instruments evidencing such Options.

22. Conversion of Incentive Stock Option into Non Qualified Stock Options; Termination of Incentive Stock Option.

The Board of Directors or the Committee, at the written request of any optionee, may in its discretion take such actions as may be necessary to convert such optionee’s ISOs (or any portions thereof) that have not been exercised on the date of conversion into NQSOs at any time prior to the expiration of such ISOs, regardless of whether the optionee is an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary at the time of such conversion. Such actions may include, but not be limited to, extending the exercise period or reducing the exercise price of the appropriate installments of such Options. At the time of such conversion, the Board of Directors or the Committee (with the consent of the optionee) may impose such conditions on the exercise of the resulting NQOs as the Board of Directors or the Committee in its discretion may determine, provided that such conditions shall not be inconsistent with the Plan. Nothing in the Plan shall be deemed to give any optionee the right to have such optionee’s ISOs converted into NQOs, and no such conversion shall occur until and unless the Board of Directors or the Committee takes appropriate action. The Board of Directors or the Committee, with the consent of the optionee, may also terminate any portion of any ISO that has not been exercised at the time of such conversion.

 

9


23. Notice to Company of Disqualifying Disposition .

Each Employee who receives an ISO must agree to notify the Company in writing immediately after the Employee makes a Disqualifying Disposition of any Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an ISO. A Disqualifying Disposition is any disposition (including any sale) of such Shares before the later of (a) two years after the date the Employee was granted the ISO, or (b) one year after the date the Employee acquired Shares by exercising the ISO. If the Employee has died before such stock is sold, these holding period requirements do not apply and no Disqualifying Disposition can occur thereafter.

24. Provision for Foreign Participants .

The Board of Directors or the Committee may, without amending the Plan, modify awards or Options granted to participants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States to recognize differences in laws, rules, regulations or customs of such foreign jurisdictions with respect to tax, securities, currency, employee benefit or other matters.

 

10

Exhibit 10.6

CYBER-ARK SOFTWARE LTD.

(The “Company”)

2001 SECTION 102 STOCK OPTION PLAN

(the “Plan”)

 

1. Purpose

The Plan is intended to provide a method whereby employees (including officers and directors who are employees) of the Company may be offered an opportunity to acquire Ordinary Shares, par value NIS 0.01 (“ Ordinary Shares ” or “ Shares ”) of the Company, in order to increase their proprietary interests in the Company and their incentive to remain in and advance in the employ of the Company.

Accordingly, the Company may, from time to time, grant restricted employee stock options (“ Employee Stock Options ”) for the purchase of Ordinary Shares of the Company on the terms and conditions hereinafter established, to such employees as may be selected in the manner hereinafter provided. Such Option Agreements may differ among recipients. Employee Stock Options and the Shares issuable thereunder shall be held in escrow for the benefit of such employees by or in the name of an escrow agent approved for such purposes by the Israel Income Tax Authority (the “ Escrow Agent ”), as set forth herein.

Employee Stock Options are referred to herein as “ Option(s) ”, Stock Option Agreements as “ Option Agreements ” and the Shares acquired pursuant to an Option Agreement as “ Exercised Shares ”. Recipient/s of Options under this Plan are herein referred to as “ Optionee ” or “ Optionees ”.

 

2. Application of Section 102 of the Income Tax Ordinance

 

  (a) The provisions governing the exemption of tax for options granted or shares issued to employees as embodied in Section 102 of the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance (New Version) and its regulations, as amended from time to time (the “ Ordinance ”), and the Income Tax Rules (Tax Benefits in Stock Issuance to Workers) 5349-1989, as amended from time to time (the “ Rules ”), shall apply to the Plan, the Options and the Purchased Shares. The Escrow Agent and each employee participating in this Plan shall comply with the Ordinance and Rules and with the Escrow Agreement entered into between the Company and the Escrow Agent.

 

  (b)

The Option or the Exercised Shares, as the case may be, shall be held by the Escrow Agent for at least two years from the date of the grant of the Option, or for a different minimum escrow period required under the Ordinance if Section 102(a)(2) of the Ordinance is amended (such minimum escrow period, as shall be from time to time, shall hereinafter be referred to as the “Minimum Holding Period”). Subject to any additional period agreed to under the Option Agreement,


  the Escrow Agent may release the Options or Exercised Shares to the employee only after (i) the receipt by the Escrow Agent of an acknowledgment from the Income Tax Authority that the employee has paid any applicable tax due pursuant to the Ordinance and the Rules, or (ii) the Escrow Agent withholds any applicable tax due pursuant to the Ordinance and Rules.

 

  (c) No Optionee participating in this Plan shall claim an exemption from Israeli tax pursuant to part E of the Ordinance or Section 95 or Section 97(a) of the Ordinance in connection with a transfer by such Optionee of an Option prior to the end of the “Holding Period” as defined in Rule 1(i) of the Rules.

 

  (d) Each participating Optionee shall be obligated to immediately notify the Company and the Escrow Agent of his request, if any, to the Income Tax Authority pursuant to Rule 6(b) of the Rules in the event the Exercised Shares underlying the Options are registered on any stock exchange. Nothing herein shall obligate the Company to register its shares or any portion of its shares on a stock exchange.

 

  (e) In the event a share dividend (bonus shares) is declared by the Company, such dividend shares with respect of the Option shall be subject to the provisions of Sections 2 and 7 and the holding period for such dividend shares shall be measured from the commencement of the holding period for the relevant Option.

 

  (f) The exemption under Section 102 of the Ordinance shall be forfeited and the Optionee shall be required to pay any applicable tax promptly at such time as: (i) the Optionee’s employment is terminated during the Minimum Holding Period (other than because of death or some other reason acceptable to the Income Tax Authority); (ii) the Company or the Optionee fails to comply with one or more other conditions for the exemption as required by the Ordinance, Rules or Income Tax Authority; or (iii) the Income Tax Authority withdraws or cancels the exemption for the Plan or the particular Optionee. Notwithstanding the loss of an exemption, the Escrow Agent shall continue to hold the Option (to the extent the Option remains exercisable following termination of employment) for the remainder of the applicable holding period under Section 102 of the Ordinance.

 

3. Administration

The Plan shall be administered by a Stock Option Committee (the “ Committee ”) appointed by the Board of Directors of the Company. The Committee shall consist of no fewer than two members who may also be members of the Board of Directors of the Company. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, all applicable laws and relevant commitments of the Company, the Committee shall have full and maximum authority in its discretion, from time to time, and at any time, to grant, or recommend to the Board of Directors of the Company, as applicable, the employees to whom Options shall be granted, to determine or recommend the number of shares to be covered by each Option, the time at which the Option shall be granted, the terms and conditions of Option Agreements, and, except as hereinafter provided, the purchase price of Option, the term during which the Options may be exercised, and to authorize the shares allotment pursuant to the exercise of the options.

The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time appoint or remove members of the Committee and may fill vacancies, however caused, in the Committee. The

 

2


Committee shall select one of its members as its Chairman, and shall hold its meetings at such time and place as it shall deem advisable. All actions of the Committee shall be taken by a majority of its members and can be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting. The Committee shall make such rules and regulations for the conduct of its business as it shall deem advisable.

 

4. Interpretation and Amendment

The interpretation, construction or determination of any provisions of the Plan by the Committee or the Board of Directors of the Company shall be final and conclusive. No member of the Board of Directors or the Committee shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan.

The Board of Directors may, at any time, amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan; provided, however, that any such action shall not adversely affect any Options granted under the Plan.

 

5. Participants

Options may be granted pursuant to the Plan solely to employees of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company (including employees who are also directors or officers of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company) (recipients of stock options under this Plan are herein referred to as “ Optionee ” or “ Optionees ”).

Receipt of Options under this Plan or under any other stock option plan maintained by the Company shall not, for that reason, preclude an Optionee from receiving Options under the Plan, provided however, that no Optionee shall be granted an Option if prior to the grant or as a result of the exercise of the Option, such Optionee would hold, directly or indirectly in his name or with a relative as defined in the Ordinance (i) 10% of the outstanding shares of the Company, (ii) 10% of the voting power of the Company, (iii) the right to hold or purchase 10% of the outstanding equity or voting power, (iv) the right to obtain 10% of the “ profit ” or (v) the right to appoint a director, all as defined in section 32(9) of the Ordinance.

 

6. Shares Subject to the Plan

 

  (a) The number of Shares which may be issued and sold pursuant to the Plan shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

  (b) The Escrow Agent shall vote any Exercised Shares in accordance with the directions of the Board of Directors of the Company. The Escrow Agent will have no rights to equity participation as to Exercised Shares held in escrow except as otherwise specified by the Board of Directors.

 

  (c) In the event the employee’s rights do not vest in the Options, such options may be reissued under the Plan.

 

3


7. Adjustment Provisions for Recapitalizations and Related Transactions

 

  (a) General . If, through or as a result of any merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar transaction, (i) the number of outstanding Shares of the Company are increased, decreased or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities of the Company, or (ii) additional shares or new or different shares or other securities of the Company or other non-cash assets are distributed with respect to such Shares or other securities, an appropriate and proportionate adjustment shall be made in (x) the maximum number and kind of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, (y) the number and kind of shares or other securities subject to any then outstanding Options under the Plan, and (z) the exercise price for each share subject to any then outstanding Options under the Plan, without changing the aggregate purchase price as to which such Options remain exercisable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no adjustment shall be made pursuant to this Section 7 if such adjustment would cause the Plan to fail to comply with Section 102 of the Ordinance. If this Section 7 applies and Section 8 also applies to the same event, then Section 8 shall be applicable to such event and this Section 7 shall not be applicable.

 

  (b) Board Authority to Make Adjustments . Any adjustments under this Section 7 will be made by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination as to what adjustments, if any, will be made and the extent thereof will be final, binding and conclusive. No fractional shares will be issued under the Plan on account of any such adjustments.

 

8. Merger, Consolidation, Asset Sale, Liquidation, etc.

 

  (a) General . Upon the occurrence of an Acquisition Event (as defined below) the Board of Directors of the Company shall take any one or more of the following actions with respect of the then outstanding options: (i) provide that such options shall be assumed, or equivalent options shall be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof), provided that any such options substituted for the Options shall meet the requirements of Section 102 of the Ordinance, (ii) upon written notice to the Optionees, provide that all the then unexercised options will become exercisable in full as of a specified time (the “Acceleration Time”) prior to the Acquisition Event and will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition Event, except to the extent exercised by the Optionees between the Acceleration Time and the consummation of such Acquisition Event, (iii) in the event of a merger under the terms of which holders of outstanding Ordinary Shares of the Company will receive upon consummation thereof a cash payment for each share surrendered in the merger (the “Merger Price”), make or provide for a cash payment to the Optionees equal to the difference between (A) the Merger Price times the number of shares of Ordinary Shares subject to such outstanding options (whether or not then exercisable at prices not in excess of the Merger Price) and (B) the aggregate exercise price of all such outstanding options in exchange for the termination of such options, or (iv) upon written notice to the Optionees, provide that all the then vested and unvested outstanding options will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition Event, and to the extent the vested Options shall have not been exercised prior to the Acquisition Event, all such Options shall become null and void at the consummation of such Acquisition Event.

 

4


Notwithstanding the above, the Company, by the Committee, may provide in the Option Agreement itself the action/s to be taken with respect to the outstanding options at the time of an Acquisition Event from the actions listed above. In such a case, the Board of Directors shall not be entitled to take a different action at the Acquisition Event with respect of such options without the consent of the Optionee.

An “Acquisition Event” shall mean: (a) any merger or consolidation which results in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto representing immediately thereafter (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving or acquiring entity) less than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving or acquiring entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, (b) any sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or (c) the complete liquidation of the Company.

 

  (b) Substitute Options . The Company may grant options under the Plan in substitution for options held by employees of another corporation who become employees of the Company, or a subsidiary of the Company, as the result of a merger or consolidation of the employing corporation with the Company or a subsidiary of the Company, or as a result of the acquisition by the Company, or one of its subsidiaries, of property or stock of the employing corporation. the Company may direct that substitute options be granted on such terms and conditions as the Board of Directors of the Company considers appropriate in the circumstances.

 

9. Terms and Conditions of Options and Purchase Agreements

Options shall be in such form and on such terms as the Committee shall, from time to time, approve, but subject, nevertheless, to the following terms and conditions:

 

  (a) The Option Agreement shall state the total number of Shares to which it relates and no fractional shares shall be issued.

 

  (b) The exercise price per Share shall be determined by the Board of Directors or the Committee, and such price shall be set forth in the Option Agreement.

 

  (c) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the term of an Option shall be for a period of not more than ten (10) years from the date such Option is granted.

 

  (d) Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, the Escrow Agent shall hold the Option, in favor of an employee or his successors or heirs for at least the Minimum Holding Period of the Option or such longer period as may be required for the full exercise of the Option as provided under the Option Agreement or Purchase Agreement.

 

  (e) The Option Agreement shall state the time or times at which it may be exercised in whole or in part and such terms shall be incorporated into and be made a part of the Option Agreement.

 

5


  (f) The Options granted under the Plan shall not be sold, transferred, or otherwise disposed of and shall not be pledged or otherwise hypothecated, except as provided in this Plan and restrictions against disposition shall lapse and the employee’s interest therein shall vest as set forth in the Option Agreement.

 

  (g) All tax liabilities (as may apply from time to time) in connection with the grant and/or exercise of the Options, will be born by the Optionee, and the Optionee will be solely liable for all such taxes.

 

10. Limitations on the Purchased or Exercised Shares

The Option Agreement may provide certain limitations with respect of voting and/or transferring the Exercised Shares, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company from time to time at its exclusive discretion.

 

11. Termination of Employment

Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Option Agreement shall specify the extent to which the Option may be exercised following (i) the termination of the optionee’s employment or other relationship with the Company or its parent or any subsidiary, or (ii) the death or disability of the optionee. Such periods shall be set forth in the agreement evidencing such option. Employment shall not be deemed to be terminated because an optionee is transferred from one of the Company, its parent, or any subsidiary to another one of the Company, its parent, or any subsidiary.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any termination of employment prior to the expiration of the Minimum Holding Period required under Section 102 of the Ordinance and Rules may subject the employee to forfeiture of the tax benefits available under Section 102 of the Ordinance.

 

12. Death

Subject to Section 10 above and to the provisions of Section 102 of the Ordinance, the Option Agreement may provide that if the Optionee shall die while in the employ of the Company, his estate, personal representative or beneficiary as determined be a competent court shall have the right to exercise the Option granted to the Optionee with respect of the total number of shares as to which the Optionee would have been entitled to exercise at the date of his death in accordance with Section 102 of the Ordinance and under the same terms and conditions stated in the Option Agreement and within a time period defined therein.

 

13. Non Transferability

Options are not assignable or transferable, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution to the extent set forth in Section 12 above. During the Optionee’s lifetime the Options may be exercised only by the Optionee.

 

14. Exercise of Options

An Optionee electing to exercise an Option shall give written notice to the Company to that effect. Such notice will identify the number and part of options to be exercised, will be signed by Optionee along with full payment for the option as specified in Section 16 (b) below. Upon the receipt of the exercise price as above mentioned the Company shall notify the Escrow Agent who shall then act in accordance with Section 2(b) above, the Company shall deliver to the Escrow Agent or the option holder the exercised shares.

 

6


Subject to Section 10 above and as may otherwise be set forth in the Option Agreement, an Optionee shall have no rights of a stockholder with respect to Exercised Shares until the issuance to him of a stock certificate representing the Exercised Shares.

 

15. Written Option Agreement

Option Agreements shall be in writing, duly executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Company and the employee, and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Committee deems advisable. If case of any conflict between the terms and conditions of any Option Agreement and those of the Plan, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall take precedence and prevail. Such option Agreements may differ among recipients.

 

16. Payment

 

  (a) The Optionee shall waive a portion of his salary payment in consideration for the Option.

 

  (b) The option exercise price shall be payable in cash or by certified check or, at the discretion of the Committee, by paying in cash, at the minimum, the par value of the Shares being acquired or by any other means agreed upon, at the discretion of the Committee. Conversion of NIS into foreign currency shall be according to the official rate of exchange on the date of payment.

 

17. Restrictions on Issuing Shares

The exercise of each Option shall be subject to the condition that if at any time the Company shall determine in its discretion that the satisfaction of withholding tax or other withholding liabilities, or that the listing, registration, or qualification of any shares otherwise deliverable upon such exercise by any securities exchange or under any national or applicable law, or that the consent or approval of any regulatory body, is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, such exercise or purchase of shares pursuant thereto, then such exercise or issuance of Shares shall not be effective unless such withholding, listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company.

 

18. Shares Subject To Right of First Refusal

 

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Articles of Association of the Company, none of the Optionees shall have a right of first refusal in relation with any sale of the Exercised Shares.

 

(b) Until such time as the Company shall effectuate an IPO or an Acquisition Event, the sale of Exercised Shares by the Optionee shall be subject to a right of first refusal, as set forth in the Articles of Association of the Company and/or in the Option Agreement.

 

19. Term of Plan

The Plan shall terminate ten (10) years after its adoption by the Board of Directors, and no Option shall be granted pursuant to the Plan after that date.

 

7


20. Application of Funds

The proceeds received by the Company from the sale of Shares pursuant to the exercise of Options granted under the Plan will be used for general corporate purposes.

 

21. Obligation to Exercise Option

The granting of an Option shall impose no obligation on the option holder to exercise such option.

 

22. Continuance of Employment

Neither the Plan nor any Option Agreement shall impose any obligation on the Company to continue the employment of any Optionee, and nothing in the Plan or in any Option Agreement shall confer upon any holder any right to continue in the employment of the Company or conflict with the right of either to terminate such employment at any time.

 

23. Effectiveness of the Plan

The Plan shall become effective on the date of its adoption by the Board of Directors, but subject, nevertheless, to such approvals as may be required by any public authorities, including but not limited to the Income Tax Authority.

 

24. Liability, Indemnification and Termination of Escrow Agent

In no event except in case of gross negligence by the Escrow Agent, shall the Escrow Agent be liable to the Company and/or any participant of the Plan and/or any third party (including but not limited to the income tax authorities and any other governmental or administrative authority, or to a purchaser of shares from any participant of the Plan) with respect to any act which has been or will be carried out and/or any opinion which has been or will be given in relation to the Plan, its execution and any matter connected thereto or arising therefrom. The Company will not, and the participant will be required to covenant upon signing the Option Agreement that he/she will not, make any claim against the Escrow Agent in any manner whatsoever; The Company and the participant expressly agree that if the Escrow Agent is sued by any of them, then the Escrow Agent shall be entitled by virtue of this Section to dismiss of the action filed against it, with costs. The Company covenants and agrees that if an action is commenced by any third party against the Escrow Agent in connection with the Plan, it shall agree to participate in such an action, whether as a defendant or as a third party, as the case may be, and any judgement or expense decided by the court against the Escrow Agent will be paid by the Company.

The Company further covenants and any participant will be required to covenant to indemnify the Escrow Agent against any liability in relation to any claim and/or demand made against the Escrow Agent by any person whatsoever, including the tax authorities, in relation to its acts or omissions in connection with the Plan.

Subject to ninety (90) days prior written notice, each of the Company or the Escrow Agent shall be entitled to notify the other of its intention to terminate this trusteeship with respect to the Plan. Within the aforementioned notice period, the Company shall nominate a new Escrow Agent for the Plan, and shall then notify the existing Escrow Agent and the tax

 

8


authority of the new escrow agent’s identity. The existing Escrow Agent shall then transfer its obligations under the Plan to the new escrow agent. The Company and/or the participants shall have no claim against the Escrow Agent under such circumstances, and the Company and/or the participants shall take all necessary actions in order to facilitate such transfer.

 

9

Exhibit 10.7

CYBER-ARK SOFTWARE LTD.

(The “Company”)

2001 SECTION 102 STOCK OPTION PLAN

As Amended On March 5, 2003

(the “Plan”)

D EFINITIONS

Capitalized terms shall have the meaning ascribed thereto as set forth below and shall apply to the Plan and the Option Agreement:

 

“Affiliate(s)”    means a present or future company that either (i) Controls the Company or is Controlled by the Company; or (ii) is under common Control with the Company.
“Allocate” or “Allocated”    with respect to Options, means the allocation of Options by the Company to the Trustee on behalf of an Optionee.
“Control” or “Controlled”    shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 102.
“Grant of Options”    with respect to Options, means the grant of Options by the Company to an Optionee pursuant to an Option Agreement.
“Employee”    means an employee, officer or director of the Company or any Affiliate, provided that such person does not have Control over the Company or any eligible person pursuant to Section 102.
“Holding Period” or “Minimum Holding Period”    means the period in which the Options Allocated to an Optionee or, upon exercise thereof the Exercised Shares, are to be held by the Trustee on behalf of the Optionee, in accordance with Section 102, and pursuant to the Tax Track which the Company selects.
“Section 102”    means Section 102 of the Tax Ordinance, following its amendment pursuant to Amendment 132 of the Tax Ordinance.
“Section 102 Rules” or “Rules”    means the Income Tax Rules (Tax Relief for Issuance of Shares to Employees), 2003 and any additional or similar rules as shall be further amended from time to time.
“Tax Ordinance” or the “Ordinance”    means the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance [New Version], 1961, as amended, and any regulations, rules, orders or procedures promulgated thereunder.


“Tax Track”    means one of the three tax tracks described under Section 102, specifically: (1) the “Capital Gains Track Through a Trustee”; (2) “Income Tax Track Through a Trustee”; or (3) the “Income Tax Track Without a Trustee”.
“Trustee”    means a Trustee appointed by the Company to hold in trust, Allocated Options and the Exercised Shares issued upon exercise of such Options, on behalf of Participants (also referred to as “Escrow Agent” in the Option Plan).

Other Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Old Plan and the Option Agreements.

 

1. Purpose

The Plan is intended to provide a method whereby employees (including officers and directors who are employees) of the Company may be offered an opportunity to acquire Ordinary Shares, par value NIS 0.01 (“ Ordinary Shares ” or “ Shares ”) of the Company, in order to increase their proprietary interests in the Company and their incentive to remain in and advance in the employ of the Company.

Accordingly, the Company may, from time to time, grant restricted employee stock options (“ Employee Stock Options ”) for the purchase of Ordinary Shares of the Company on the terms and conditions hereinafter established, to such employees as may be selected in the manner hereinafter provided. Such Option Agreements may differ among recipients. Employee Stock Options and the Shares issuable thereunder shall be held in escrow for the benefit of such employees by or in the name of an escrow agent approved for such purposes by the Israel Income Tax Authority (the “ Escrow Agent ”), as set forth herein.

Employee Stock Options are referred to herein as “ Option(s) ”, Stock Option Agreements as “ Option Agreements ” and the Shares acquired pursuant to an Option Agreement as “ Exercised Shares ”. Recipient/s of Options under this Plan are herein referred to as “ Optionee ” or “ Optionees ”.

 

2. Application of Section 102 of the Income Tax Ordinance

 

2.1 Trustee Tax Tracks

The Provisions governing the exemption of tax for Options or Exercised Shares to Optionees as embodied in Section 102 and the Rules, shall apply to the New 102 Plan, the Options and the Exercised Shares issued upon exercise of such Options. If the Company elects to Allocate Options through (i) the Capital Gains Track Through a Trustee, or (ii) the Income Tax Track Through a Trustee, then, in accordance with the requirements of Section 102, the Company shall appoint a Trustee who will hold in trust the Allocated Options and the Exercised Shares on behalf of each Optionee.

 

2


The Holding Period for the Options will be as follows:

(A) The Capital Gains Tax Track Through a Trustee – if the Company elects to Allocate the Options according to the provisions of this track, then the Holding Period will be 24 months from the end of the tax year in which the Options were Allocated to the Trustee on behalf of the Optionee, or such shorter period as may be approved by the Israeli Tax Authorities.

(B) Income Tax Track Through a Trustee – if the Company elects to Allocate Options according to the provisions of this track, then the Holding Period will be 12 months from the end of the tax year in which the Options were Allocated to the Trustee on behalf of the Optionee, or such shorter period as may be approved by the Israeli Tax Authorities.

Subject to Section 102 and the Rules, Optionees shall not be able to receive the Options from the Trustee, nor shall they be able to sell or dispose of the Options or the Exercised Shares before the end of the applicable Holding Period.

In the event of a distribution of rights, including an issuance by the Company of bonus shares (the “ Additional Rights ”), all such Additional Rights with respect of Options originally Allocated shall be Allocated and/or issued to the Trustee for the benefit of Optionees, and shall be held by the Trustee for the remainder of the Holding Period applicable to the Options originally Allocated. Such Additional Rights shall be treated in accordance with the provisions of the applicable Tax Track.

2.2 Income Tax Track Without a Trustee

If the Company elects to Allocate Options according to the provisions of this track, then the Options will not be subject to a Holding Period.

2.3 Track Selection

The Company, in its sole discretion, shall elect under which of above three Tax Tracks each Option is Granted and shall notify the Optionee in the Option Agreement, which Tax Track applies to each Option Allocated.

2.4 Concurrent Conditions

The Holding Period, if any, is in addition to the vesting period as specified in the Option Agreement. The Holding Period and vesting period may run concurrently, but neither is a substitute for the other, and each are independent terms and conditions for Options Allocated.

2.5 Trust Agreement

The terms and conditions applicable to the trust relating to the Tax Track selected by the Company, as appropriate and as partially detailed in Section 24 of this Option Plan, shall be set forth in an agreement signed by the Company and the Trustee (the “Trust Agreement”).”

 

3. Administration

The Plan shall be administered by a Stock Option Committee (the “ Committee ”) appointed by the Board of Directors of the Company. The Committee shall consist of no fewer than two members who may also be members of the Board of Directors of the Company. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, all applicable laws and relevant commitments of the Company, the Committee shall have full and maximum

 

3


authority in its discretion, from time to time, and at any time, to grant, or recommend to the Board of Directors of the Company, as applicable, the employees to whom Options shall be granted, to determine or recommend the number of shares to be covered by each Option, the time at which the Option shall be granted, the terms and conditions of Option Agreements, and, except as hereinafter provided, the purchase price of Option, the term during which the Options may be exercised, and to authorize the shares allotment pursuant to the exercise of the options.

The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time appoint or remove members of the Committee and may fill vacancies, however caused, in the Committee. The Committee shall select one of its members as its Chairman, and shall hold its meetings at such time and place as it shall deem advisable. All actions of the Committee shall be taken by a majority of its members and can be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting. The Committee shall make such rules and regulations for the conduct of its business as it shall deem advisable.

 

4. Interpretation and Amendment

The interpretation, construction or determination of any provisions of the Plan by the Committee or the Board of Directors of the Company shall be final and conclusive. No member of the Board of Directors or the Committee shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan.

The Board of Directors may, at any time, amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan; provided, however, that any such action shall not adversely affect any Options granted under the Plan.

 

5. Participants

Options may be granted pursuant to this New 102 Plan solely to Employees. Receipt of Options under the New 102 Plan or under any other stock option plan maintained by the Company, shall not, solely for that reason, preclude an Optionee from receiving Options under the New 102 Plan.

 

6. Shares Subject to the Plan

 

  (a) The number of Shares which may be issued and sold pursuant to the Plan shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

  (b) The Escrow Agent shall vote any Exercised Shares in accordance with the directions of the Board of Directors of the Company. The Escrow Agent will have no rights to equity participation as to Exercised Shares held in escrow except as otherwise specified by the Board of Directors.

 

  (c) In the event the employee’s rights do not vest in the Options, such options may be reissued under the Plan.

 

4


7. Adjustment Provisions for Recapitalizations and Related Transactions

 

  (a) General . If, through or as a result of any merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar transaction, (i) the number of outstanding Shares of the Company are increased, decreased or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities of the Company, or (ii) additional shares or new or different shares or other securities of the Company or other non-cash assets are distributed with respect to such Shares or other securities, an appropriate and proportionate adjustment shall be made in (x) the maximum number and kind of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, (y) the number and kind of shares or other securities subject to any then outstanding Options under the Plan, and (z) the exercise price for each share subject to any then outstanding Options under the Plan, without changing the aggregate purchase price as to which such Options remain exercisable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no adjustment shall be made pursuant to this Section 7 if such adjustment would cause the Plan to fail to comply with Section 102 of the Ordinance. If this Section 7 applies and Section 8 also applies to the same event, then Section 8 shall be applicable to such event and this Section 7 shall not be applicable.

 

  (b) Board Authority to Make Adjustments . Any adjustments under this Section 7 will be made by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination as to what adjustments, if any, will be made and the extent thereof will be final, binding and conclusive. No fractional shares will be issued under the Plan on account of any such adjustments.

 

8. Merger, Consolidation, Asset Sale, Liquidation, etc.

 

  (a) General . Upon the occurrence of an Acquisition Event (as defined below) the Board of Directors of the Company shall take any one or more of the following actions with respect of the then outstanding options: (i) provide that such options shall be assumed, or equivalent options shall be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof), provided that any such options substituted for the Options shall meet the requirements of Section 102 of the Ordinance, (ii) upon written notice to the Optionees, provide that all the then unexercised options will become exercisable in full as of a specified time (the “Acceleration Time”) prior to the Acquisition Event and will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition Event, except to the extent exercised by the Optionees between the Acceleration Time and the consummation of such Acquisition Event, (iii) in the event of a merger under the terms of which holders of outstanding Ordinary Shares of the Company will receive upon consummation thereof a cash payment for each share surrendered in the merger (the “Merger Price”), make or provide for a cash payment to the Optionees equal to the difference between (A) the Merger Price times the number of shares of Ordinary Shares subject to such outstanding options (whether or not then exercisable at prices not in excess of the Merger Price) and (B) the aggregate exercise price of all such outstanding options in exchange for the termination of such options, or (iv) upon written notice to the Optionees, provide that all the then vested and unvested outstanding options will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition Event, and to the extent the vested Options shall have not been exercised prior to the Acquisition Event, all such Options shall become null and void at the consummation of such Acquisition Event.

 

5


Notwithstanding the above, the Company, by the Committee, may provide in the Option Agreement itself the action/s to be taken with respect to the outstanding options at the time of an Acquisition Event from the actions listed above. In such a case, the Board of Directors shall not be entitled to take a different action at the Acquisition Event with respect of such options without the consent of the Optionee.

An “Acquisition Event” shall mean: (a) any merger or consolidation which results in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto representing immediately thereafter (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving or acquiring entity) less than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving or acquiring entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, (b) any sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or (c) the complete liquidation of the Company.

 

  (b) Substitute Options . The Company may grant options under the Plan in substitution for options held by employees of another corporation who become employees of the Company, or a subsidiary of the Company, as the result of a merger or consolidation of the employing corporation with the Company or a subsidiary of the Company, or as a result of the acquisition by the Company, or one of its subsidiaries, of property or stock of the employing corporation. the Company may direct that substitute options be granted on such terms and conditions as the Board of Directors of the Company considers appropriate in the circumstances.

 

9. Terms and Conditions of Options and Purchase Agreements

Options shall be in such form and on such terms as the Committee shall, from time to time, approve, but subject, nevertheless, to the following terms and conditions:

 

  (a) The Option Agreement shall state the Tax Track that the Company chooses according to Section 2 of the Option Plan and the total number of Shares to which it relates. No fractional shares shall be issued.

 

  (b) The exercise price per Share shall be determined by the Board of Directors or the Committee, and such price shall be set forth in the Option Agreement.

 

  (c) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the term of an Option shall be for a period of not more than ten (10) years from the date such Option is granted.

 

  (d) The Option Agreement shall state the time or times at which Options may be exercised in whole or in part and such terms shall be incorporated into and be made a part of the New 102 Plan.

 

  (e) Options shall not be sold, transferred, or otherwise disposed of and shall not be pledged or otherwise hypothecated, except as provided in this Plan and restrictions against disposition shall lapse and the employee’s interest therein shall vest as set forth in the Option Agreement.

 

6


10. Limitations on the Purchased or Exercised Shares

The Option Agreement may provide certain limitations with respect of voting and/or transferring the Exercised Shares, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company from time to time at its exclusive discretion.

 

11. Termination of Employment

Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Option Agreement shall specify the extent to which the Option may be exercised following (i) the termination of the optionee’s employment or other relationship with the Company or its parent or any subsidiary, or (ii) the death or disability of the optionee. Such periods shall be set forth in the agreement evidencing such option. Employment shall not be deemed to be terminated because an optionee is transferred from one of the Company, its parent, or any subsidiary to another one of the Company, its parent, or any subsidiary.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any termination of employment prior to the expiration of the Minimum Holding Period required under Section 102 of the Ordinance and Rules may subject the employee to forfeiture of the tax benefits available under Section 102 of the Ordinance.

 

12. Death

Subject to Section 10 above and to the provisions of Section 102 of the Ordinance, the Option Agreement may provide that if the Optionee shall die while in the employ of the Company, his estate, personal representative or beneficiary as determined be a competent court shall have the right to exercise the Option granted to the Optionee with respect of the total number of shares as to which the Optionee would have been entitled to exercise at the date of his death in accordance with Section 102 of the Ordinance and under the same terms and conditions stated in the Option Agreement and within a time period defined therein.

 

13. Non Transferability

Options are not assignable or transferable, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution to the extent set forth in Section 12 above. During the Optionee’s lifetime the options may be exercised only by the Optionee.

 

14. Exercise of Options

An Optionee electing to exercise an Option shall give written notice to the Company to that effect. Such notice will identify the number and part of options to be exercised, will be signed by Optionee along with full payment for the option as specified in Section 16 (b) below. Upon the receipt of the exercise price as above mentioned the Company shall notify the Escrow Agent who shall then act in accordance with Section 2(b) above, the Company shall deliver to the Escrow Agent or the option holder the exercised shares.

Subject to Section 10 above and as may otherwise be set forth in the Option Agreement, an Optionee shall have no rights of a stockholder with respect to Exercised Shares until the issuance to him of a stock certificate representing the Exercised Shares.

 

7


15. Written Option Agreement

Option Agreements shall be in writing, duly executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Company and the employee, and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Committee deems advisable. If case of any conflict between the terms and conditions of any Option Agreement and those of the Plan, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall take precedence and prevail. Such option Agreements may differ among recipients.

 

16. Payment

 

  (a) No exercise of Options by a sole Employee shall be made for an aggregate Exercise Price of less than $1,000 or any other sum determined by the Committee, unless the exercise is of all the Options that are vested as of the date of exercise.

 

  (b) The option exercise price shall be payable in cash or by certified check or, at the discretion of the Committee, by paying in cash, at the minimum, the par value of the Shares being acquired or by any other means agreed upon, at the discretion of the Committee. Conversion of NIS into foreign currency shall be according to the official rate of exchange on the date of payment.

 

17. Tax Matters

 

  (a) This New 102 Plan and the Option Agreement shall be governed by, and shall conform with and be interpreted so as to comply with, the requirements of Section 102 and any written approval from the Israeli Tax Authorities. All tax consequences under any applicable law (other than stamp duty) which may arise from the grant or Allocation of Options, from the exercise thereof or from the holding or sale of Exercised Shares (or other securities issued under the New 102 Plan) by or on behalf of the Optionee, shall be borne solely on the Optionee. The Optionee shall indemnify the Company and/or Affiliate, as the case may be, and hold them harmless, against and from any liability for any such tax or any penalty, interest or indexing.

 

  (b) If the Company elects to Allocate Options according to the provisions of the Income Tax Track Without a Trustee (Section 2.2 of the New 102 Plan), and if prior to the exercise of any and/or all of these Options, such Optionee ceases to be an employee, director, or officer of the Company or Affiliate, the Optionee shall deposit with the Company a guarantee or other security as required by applicable law, in order to ensure the payment of applicable taxes upon the exercise of such Options.

 

  (c) The exercise of each Option shall be subject to the condition that if at any time the Company shall determine in its discretion that the satisfaction of withholding tax or other withholding liabilities, or that the listing, registration, or qualification of any shares otherwise deliverable upon such exercise by any securities exchange or under any national or applicable law, or that the consent or approval of any regulatory body, is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, such exercise or purchase of shares pursuant thereto, then such exercise or issuance of Exercised Shares shall not be effective unless such withholding, listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company.

 

  (d)

The Company and/or an Affiliate shall have the right to demand from an Optionee such amount sufficient to satisfy any applicable withholding tax

 

8


requirements related thereto, and whenever Exercised Shares or any other non-cash assets are to be delivered pursuant to the exercise of an Option, or transferred thereafter, the Company and/or an Affiliate shall have the right to require the Optionee to remit to the Company and/or to the Affiliate or the Trustee, an amount in cash sufficient to satisfy any applicable withholding tax requirements related thereto. If such amount is not timely remitted, the Company and/or the Affiliate shall have the right to withhold or set-off (subject to applicable law) such Exercised Shares or any other non-cash assets pending payment by the Optionee of such amounts.

 

  (e) Until all taxes have been paid in accordance with Rule 7 of the Section 102 Rules, Options and/or Exercised Shares may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, encumbered, or otherwise willfully hypothecated or disposed of, and no power of attorney or deed of transfer, whether for immediate or future use may be validly given. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Options and/or Shares may be validly transferred in a transfer made by will or laws of descent, provided that the transferee thereof shall be subject to the provisions of Section 102 and the Section 102 Rules as would have been applicable to the deceased Optionee if he or she to have survived.”

 

18. Shares Subject To Right of First Refusal

 

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Articles of Association of the Company, none of the Optionees shall have a right of first refusal in relation with any sale of the Exercised Shares.

 

(b) Until such time as the Company shall effectuate an IPO or an Acquisition Event, the sale of Exercised Shares by the Optionee shall be subject to a right of first refusal, as set forth in the Articles of Association of the Company and/or in the Option Agreement.

 

19. Term of Plan

The Plan shall terminate ten (10) years after its adoption by the Board of Directors, and no Option shall be granted pursuant to the Plan after that date.

 

20. Application of Funds

The proceeds received by the Company from the sale of Shares pursuant to the exercise of Options granted under the Plan will be used for general corporate purposes.

 

21. Obligation to Exercise Option

The granting of an Option shall impose no obligation on the option holder to exercise such option.

 

22. Continuance of Employment

Neither the Plan nor any Option Agreement shall impose any obligation on the Company to continue the employment of any Optionee, and nothing in the Plan or in any Option Agreement shall confer upon any holder any right to continue in the employment of the Company or conflict with the right of either to terminate such employment at any time.

 

9


23. Effectiveness of the Plan

The Plan shall become effective on the date of its adoption by the Board of Directors, but subject, nevertheless, to such approvals as may be required by any public authorities, including but not limited to the Income Tax Authority.

 

24. Liability, Indemnification and Termination of Escrow Agent

In no event except in case of gross negligence by the Escrow Agent, shall the Escrow Agent be liable to the Company and/or any participant of the Plan and/or any third party (including but not limited to the income tax authorities and any other governmental or administrative authority, or to a purchaser of shares from any participant of the Plan) with respect to any act which has been or will be carried out and/or any opinion which has been or will be given in relation to the Plan, its execution and any matter connected thereto or arising therefrom. The Company will not, and the participant will be required to covenant upon signing the Option Agreement that he/she will not, make any claim against the Escrow Agent in any manner whatsoever; The Company and the participant expressly agree that if the Escrow Agent is sued by any of them, then the Escrow Agent shall be entitled by virtue of this Section to dismiss of the action filed against it, with costs. The Company covenants and agrees that if an action is commenced by any third party against the Escrow Agent in connection with the Plan, it shall agree to participate in such an action, whether as a defendant or as a third party, as the case may be, and any judgement or expense decided by the court against the Escrow Agent will be paid by the Company.

The Company further covenants and any participant will be required to covenant to indemnify the Escrow Agent against any liability in relation to any claim and/or demand made against the Escrow Agent by any person whatsoever, including the tax authorities, in relation to its acts or omissions in connection with the Plan.

Subject to ninety (90) days prior written notice, each of the Company or the Escrow Agent shall be entitled to notify the other of its intention to terminate this trusteeship with respect to the Plan. Within the aforementioned notice period, the Company shall nominate a new Escrow Agent for the Plan, and shall then notify the existing Escrow Agent and the tax authority of the new escrow agent’s identity. The existing Escrow Agent shall then transfer its obligations under the Plan to the new escrow agent. The Company and/or the participants shall have no claim against the Escrow Agent under such circumstances, and the Company and/or the participants shall take all necessary actions in order to facilitate such transfer.

 

25. Optionee Undertakings

By receiving the Option granted pursuant to this New 102 Plan, the Optionee (1) agrees and acknowledges that he or she have received and read the New 102Plan and the Option Agreement; (2) undertakes all to comply with the provisions set forth in: Section 102 (including provisions regarding the applicable Tax Track that the Company has selected), the 102 Rules, the Old 102 Plan, this Addendum, the Option Agreement and the Trust Agreement; and (3) subject to the provisions of Section 102 and the Rules, undertakes not to sell or release the Exercised Shares from the trust before the end of the Holding Period.

 

10

Exhibit 10.8

CYBER-ARK SOFTWARE LTD.

 

 

2011 SHARE INCENTIVE PLAN

 

 

 

 

A DOPTED : J ULY 14, 2011

 

 


 

  

 

CYBER-ARK SOFTWARE LTD.

2011 SHARE INCENTIVE PLAN

 

 

Unless otherwise defined, terms used herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in Section 2 hereof.

 

1. PURPOSE; TYPES OF AWARDS; CONSTRUCTION .

 

  1.1. Purpose . The purpose of this 2011 Share Incentive Plan (as amended, the “ Plan ”) is to afford an incentive to employees, directors, officers, consultants, advisors, and any other person or entity whose services are considered valuable (collectively, the “ Service Providers ”) to CYBER-ARK SOFTWARE Ltd., an Israeli company (the “ Company ”), or any Affiliate of the Company, which now exists or hereafter is organized or acquired by the Company, to continue as Service Providers, to increase their efforts on behalf of the Company or Affiliate and to promote the success of the Company’s business, by providing such Service Providers with opportunities to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company by the issuance of Ordinary Shares of the Company, and the grant of options to purchase Shares, restricted Shares awards (“ Restricted Shares ”) and other Share-based Awards pursuant to the Plan.

 

  1.2. Types of Awards . The Plan is intended to enable the Company to issue Awards under varying tax regimes, including, without limitation:

 

  (i) pursuant and subject to the provisions of Section 102 of the Ordinance, and all regulations and interpretations adopted thereunder, including without limitation the Income Tax Rules (Tax Benefits in Stock Issuance to Employees) 5763-2003 (the “ Rules ”) or such other rules published by the Israeli Income Tax Authorities (the “ ITA ”) (such Awards, “ 102 Awards ”). 102 Awards may either be granted to a Trustee or without a trustee;

 

  (ii) pursuant to Section 3(9) of the Ordinance (such Awards, “ 3(9) Awards ”);

 

  (iii) Incentive Stock Options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, or the corresponding provision of any subsequently enacted United States federal tax statute, as amended from time to time, to be granted to Service Providers who are deemed to be residents of the U.S. for purposes of taxation;

 

  (iv) Nonqualified Stock Options to be granted to Service Providers who are deemed to be residents of the U.S. for purposes of taxation; and

 

  (v) other stock-based Awards pursuant to Section 12 hereof.

In addition to the issuance of Awards under the relevant tax regimes in the United States of America and the State of Israel, the Plan contemplates issuances to Grantees in other jurisdictions with respect to which the Committee is empowered to make the requisite adjustments in the Plan and set forth the relevant conditions in the Company’s agreement with the Grantee in order to comply with the requirements of the tax regimes in any such jurisdictions.

The Plan contemplates the issuance of Awards by the Company, both as a private company and as a publicly traded company.

 

- 2 -


  1.3. Construction . To the extent any provision herein conflicts with the conditions of any relevant tax law or regulation which are relied upon for tax relief in respect of a particular Award to a Grantee, the provisions of such law or regulation shall prevail over those of the Plan and the Committee is empowered hereunder to interpret and enforce the said prevailing provisions.

 

2. DEFINITIONS .

 

  2.1. Terms Generally . The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. Unless the context requires otherwise (i) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, restatements, supplements or modifications set forth therein or herein), (ii) references to any law, constitution, statute, treaty, regulation, rule or ordinance, including any section or other part thereof shall refer to that it as amended from time to time and shall include any successor law, (iii) reference to a person shall means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, association, trust, unincorporated organization, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof, (iv) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Plan in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof and (v) all references herein to Sections shall be construed to refer to Sections to this Plan.

 

  2.2. Defined Terms . The following terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in this Section 2:

 

  2.2.1. Affiliate ” shall mean an affiliate of, or person affiliated with, a specified person or company or other trade or business that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such person within the meaning of Rule 405 of Regulation C under the Securities Act, including, without limitation, any Subsidiary. For the purpose of Options granted pursuant to Section 102 shall mean also an “employing company” within the meaning of Section 102(a) of the Ordinance.

 

  2.2.2. Applicable Law ” shall mean any applicable law, rule, regulation, statute, pronouncement, policy, interpretation, judgment, order or decree of any federal, provincial, state or local governmental, regulatory or adjudicative authority or agency, of any jurisdiction, and the rules and regulations of any stock exchange or trading system on which the Shares are then traded or listed.

 

  2.2.3. Award ” shall mean any Restricted Share, Option or any other Share-based award, granted to a Grantee under the Plan and any share issued pursuant to the exercise thereof.

 

  2.2.4. Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

  2.2.5. Code ” shall mean the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

- 3 -


  2.2.6. Committee ” shall mean a committee established by the Board to administer the Plan, subject to Section 3.1.

 

  2.2.7. Companies Law ” shall mean the Israel Companies Law-1999 and the regulations promulgated thereunder, all as amended from time to time.

 

  2.2.8. Controlling Shareholder ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 32(9) of the Ordinance.

 

  2.2.9. Disability ” shall mean (i) the inability of a Grantee to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, as determined by a medical doctor satisfactory to the Committee or, if applicable, (ii) as “permanent and total disability” as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, as amended from time to time.

 

  2.2.10. Employee ” shall mean a person who is employed by the Company or any of its Affiliates, including, for the purpose of Section 102, an individual who is serving as an “office holder” as defined under the Companies Law, but excluding any Controlling Shareholder.

 

  2.2.11. Exercise Period ” shall mean the period, commencing on the date of grant of an Option, during which an Option shall be exercisable, subject to any vesting provisions thereof and the termination provisions hereof.

 

  2.2.12. Exercise Price ” shall mean the exercise price for each Share covered by an Option.

 

  2.2.13. Fair Market Value ” per share as of a particular date shall mean (i) the closing sales price per Share on the securities exchange on which the Shares are principally traded for the last preceding date on which there was a sale of such Shares on such exchange; or (ii) if the Shares are listed on Nasdaq, the last reported price per Share on Nasdaq on the last preceding date on which there was a sale of such Share on Nasdaq; or (iii) if the Shares are then traded in an over-the-counter market, the average of the closing bid and asked prices for the Shares in such over-the-counter market for the last preceding date on which there was a sale of such Shares in such market; (iv) if the Shares are not then listed on a securities exchange or market or traded in an over-the-counter market, such value as the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine, with full authority to determine the method for making such determination (which may be Black-Scholes model or any other method), and which determination shall be conclusive and binding on all parties, and shall be made after such consultations with outside legal, accounting and other experts as the Committee may deem advisable. The Committee may maintain a written record of its method of determining such value. If the Shares are listed or quoted on more than one established stock exchange or national market system, the Committee shall determine the appropriate exchange or system for the purpose of determination of Fair Market Value.

 

  2.2.14. Grantee ” shall mean a person who receives a grant of Award under the Plan, and who at the time of grant is a Service Provider of the Company or any Affiliate thereof.

 

- 4 -


  2.2.15. Non-Employee ” shall mean a consultant, adviser, service provider, Controlling Shareholder or any other person who is not an Employee.

 

  2.2.16. Nonqualified Stock Option ” shall mean any Option granted to Service Provider who is deemed to be residents of the U.S. for purposes of taxation, which Option is not designated as, or does not meet the conditions for, an Incentive Stock Option.

 

  2.2.17. Options ” shall mean all options to purchase Shares granted as 102 Awards, 3(9) Awards, Incentive Stock Options and Non-Qualified Stock Options, as well as options to purchase Shares issued under other tax regimes.

 

  2.2.18. Ordinance ” shall mean the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance (New Version) 1961, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, all as amended from time to time.

 

  2.2.19. Parent ” shall mean any company (other than the Company), which now exists or is hereafter organized, (i) in an unbroken chain of companies ending with the Company if, at the time of granting an Award, each of the companies (other than the Company) owns stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other companies in such chain, or, if applicable, (ii) as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

 

  2.2.20. Retirement ” shall mean a Grantee’s retirement pursuant to applicable law or in accordance with the terms of any tax- qualified retirement plan maintained by the Company or any of its affiliates in which the Grantee participates.

 

  2.2.21. Securities Act ” shall mean Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

  2.2.22. Shares ” shall mean Ordinary Shares, par value NIS 0.01 of the Company, or shares of such other class of shares of the Company as shall be designated by the Board in respect of the relevant Award.

 

  2.2.23. Subsidiary ” shall mean any company (other than the Company), which now exists or is hereafter organized or acquired by the Company, (i) in an unbroken chain of companies beginning with the Company if, at the time of granting an Award, each of the companies other than the last company in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other companies in such chain, or, if applicable, (ii) as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

 

  2.2.24. Ten Percent Shareholder ” shall mean a Grantee who, at the time an Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns shares possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of shares of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary.

 

  2.2.25. Trustee ” shall mean the trustee appointed by the Committee or the Board, as the case may be, to hold the respective Options and/or Shares (and, in relation with 102 Awards, approved by the Israeli tax authorities), if so appointed.

 

- 5 -


  2.3. Other Defined Terms . The following terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Sections set forth below:

 

Term    Section

102 Awards

   1.2(i)

102 Capital Gains Track Options

   9.1

102 Non-Trustee Options

   9.2

102 Ordinary Income Track Options

   9.1

102 Trustee Options

   9.1

3(9) Awards

   1.2(ii)

Cause

   6.6.3

Company

   1.1

Effective Date

   25.1

Election

   9.2

Eligible 102 Grantees

   4.2

ISO Shares

   8.3

ITA

   1.2(i)

Market Stand-Off

   17

Merger/Sale

   14.2

Option Agreement

   6

Plan

   1.1

Required Holding Period

   9.4

Restricted Period

   11.4

Restricted Share Agreement

   11

Restricted Share Unit Agreement

   12.1

Restricted Shares

   1.1

RSU

   12.1

Rules

   1.2(i)

Service Provider(s)

   1.1

Successor Corporation

   14.2.1

Withholding Obligations

   18.3

 

3. ADMINISTRATION .

 

  3.1. To the extent permitted under Applicable Law and the Memorandum of Association, Articles of Association and any other governing document of the Company, the Plan shall be administered by the Committee. In the event that the Board does not create a committee to administer the Plan, the Plan shall be administered by the Board in its entirety. In the event that an action necessary for the administration of the Plan is required under law to be taken by the Board, then such action shall be so taken by the Board. In any such event, all references herein to the Committee shall be construed as references to the Board.

 

  3.2.

The Committee shall consist of two or more directors of the Company, as determined by the Board. The Board shall appoint the members of the Committee, may from time to time remove members from, or add members to, the Committee, and shall fill vacancies in the Committee however caused, provided that the composition of the Committee shall at all times be in compliance with any mandatory requirements of Applicable Law. The Committee may select one of its members as its Chairman and

 

- 6 -


  shall hold its meetings at such times and places as it shall determine. The Committee may appoint a Secretary, who shall keep records of its meetings and shall make such rules and regulations for the conduct of its business, as it shall deem advisable and subject to requirements of Applicable Law.

 

  3.3. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan and any mandatory provisions of Applicable Law, and in addition to the Committee’s powers contained elsewhere in this Plan, the Committee shall have full authority in its discretion, from time to time and at any time, to determine any of the following, or to recommend to the Board any of the following if it is not authorized to take such action according to Applicable Law:

 

  (i) eligible Grantees,

 

  (ii) grants of Awards and setting the terms and provisions of option agreements (which need not be identical) and any other agreements or instruments under which Awards are made, including, but not limited to, the number of Shares underlying each Award,

 

  (iii) the time or times at which Awards shall be granted,

 

  (iv) the schedule and conditions on which Awards may be exercised,

 

  (v) the Exercise Price,

 

  (vi) to interpret the Plan,

 

  (vii) prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to and for carrying out the Plan, as it may deem appropriate,

 

  (viii) the Fair Market Value of the Shares,

 

  (ix) the tax track (capital gains, ordinary income track or any other track available under the Section 102 of the Ordinance) for the purpose of 102 Awards, and

 

  (x) any other matter which is necessary or desirable for, or incidental to, the administration of the Plan and any Award thereunder.

 

  3.4. Grants of Awards shall be made pursuant to written notice to Grantees setting forth the terms of the Award. Such notice shall designate the type of Award as one of the following: (i) a 102 Award granted to a Trustee (either as a 102 Award (capital gain track) with Trustee or a 102 Award (ordinary income track) with Trustee), (ii) a 102 Award without a 102 Trustee, (iii) a 3(9) Award, (iv) Incentive Stock Option, (v) Nonqualified Stock Option, or (vi) any other type of Award.

 

  3.5. Subject to the mandatory provisions of Applicable Law, the grant of any Award, whether by the Committee or the Board, shall be deemed to include an authorization of the issuance of Shares upon the due exercise thereof.

 

  3.6.

The authority granted hereunder includes the authority to modify Awards to eligible individuals who are foreign nationals or are individuals who are employed outside Israel to recognize differences in local law, tax policy or custom, in order to effectuate the purposes of the Plan but without amending the Plan. The Committee shall have the authority to grant, in its discretion, to the holder of an outstanding

 

- 7 -


  Award, in exchange for the surrender and cancellation of such Award, a new Award having an exercise price lower than provided in the Award so surrendered and canceled and containing such other terms and conditions as the Committee may prescribe in accordance with the provisions of the Plan or to set a new exercise price for the same Award lower than that previously provided in the Award.

 

  3.7. All decisions, determination and interpretations of the Committee shall be final and binding on all Grantees of any Awards under this Plan, unless otherwise determined by the Board. No member of the Committee shall be liable for any action taken or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Award granted hereunder.

 

4. ELIGIBILITY .

 

  4.1. Awards may be granted to Service Providers of the Company and any Affiliate thereof, taking into account the qualification under each tax regime pursuant to which such Awards are granted. A person who has been granted an Award hereunder may be granted additional Awards, if the Committee shall so determine, subject to the limitations herein. In determining the persons to whom Awards shall be granted and the number of Shares to be covered by each Award, the Committee shall take into account the duties of the respective persons, their present and potential contributions to the success of the Company and such other factors as the Committee shall deem relevant in connection with accomplishing the purpose of the Plan.

 

  4.2. Subject to Applicable Law, 102 Awards may not be granted to Controlling Shareholders and may only be granted to Employees, including officers and directors, of the Company or any Affiliate thereof, who are Israeli residents (“ Eligible 102 Grantees ”). Awards to Eligible 102 Grantees in Israel shall be 102 Awards. Eligible 102 Grantees may receive only 102 Awards, which may either be grants to a Trustee or grants under Section 102 without a trustee. Unless otherwise permitted by the Ordinance and the Rules, no 102 Awards to a Trustee may be granted until the expiration of thirty (30) days after the requisite filings under the Ordinance and the Rules have been appropriately made with the ITA.

 

  4.3. Subject to Applicable Law, Non-Employees who are Israeli residents and are not Eligible 102 Grantees may only be granted 3(9) Awards under this Plan.

 

5. SHARES .

The number of Shares reserved for the grant of Awards under the Plan shall such number as may be reserved for such purpose by the Board from time to time. The class of said Shares shall be designated by the Board with respect to each Award and the notice of grant shall reflect such designation. Any share underlying an Award granted hereunder which has expired, or was cancelled or terminated or forfeited for any reason without having been exercised, shall be automatically, and without any further action on the part of the Company or any Grantee, returned to the “pool” of reserved Shares hereunder and shall again be available for grant for the purposes of this Plan (unless this Plan shall have been terminated) or unless the Board determines otherwise. The Board may, subject to any other approvals required under any Applicable Law, increase or decrease the number of Shares to be reserved under the Plan. Such Shares may, in whole or in part, be authorized but unissued Shares, or Shares that shall have been or may be reacquired by the Company (to the extent permitted pursuant to the Companies Law) or by a trustee appointed by the Board under the relevant provisions of the Ordinance, the Companies Law or any equivalent provision. Any Shares which are not subject to outstanding options at the termination of the Plan shall cease to be reserved for the purpose of the Plan, but until termination of the Plan, the Company shall at all times reserve a sufficient number of Shares to meet the requirements of the Plan.

 

- 8 -


6. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS .

Each Option granted pursuant to the Plan shall be evidenced by a written agreement between the Company and the Grantee or a written notice delivered by the Company and accepted by the Grantee (the “ Option Agreement ”), in such form and containing such terms and conditions as the Committee shall from time to time approve, which Option Agreement shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions, unless otherwise specifically provided in such Option Agreement or the terms referred to in Sections 9 and 10 below. For purposes of interpreting this Section 6, a director’s service as a member of the Board or the services of an officer, as the case may be, shall be deemed to be employment with the Company or its Subsidiary or Affiliate.

 

  6.1. Number of Shares . Each Option Agreement shall state the number of Shares covered by the Option.

 

  6.2. Type of Option . Each Option Agreement shall specifically state the type of Option granted thereunder and whether it constitutes an Incentive Stock Option, Nonqualified Stock Option, 102 Option Award and the relevant track, 3(9) Option Award, or otherwise.

 

  6.3. Exercise Price . Each Option Agreement shall state the Exercise Price, which, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Shares covered by the Option on the date of grant or such other amount as may be required pursuant to the Code. In the case of any other Option, the per share Exercise Price shall be equal to the amount determined by the Committee. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to any Ten-Percent Shareholder, the Exercise Price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of the Shares covered by the Option on the date of grant. In no event shall the Exercise Price of an Option be less than the par value of the shares for which such Option is exercisable. Subject to Section 3 and to the foregoing, the Committee may reduce the Exercise Price of any outstanding Option. The Exercise Price shall also be subject to adjustment as provided in Section 14 hereof.

 

  6.4. Manner of Exercise . An Option may be exercised, as to any or all Shares as to which the Option has become exercisable, by written notice delivered in person or by mail to the Secretary of the Company or to such other person as determined by the Committee, specifying the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised, accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price for such Shares in the manner specified in the following sentence. The Exercise Price shall be paid in full with respect to each Share, at the time of exercise, either in (i) cash, (ii) if the Company’s shares are publicly traded, all or part of the Exercise Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company or the Trustee, (iii) if the Company’s shares are publicly traded, all or part of the Exercise Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to pledge Shares to a securities broker or lender approved by the Company, as security for a loan, and to deliver all or part of the loan proceeds to the Company or the Trustee, or (iv) in such other manner as the Committee shall determine (whether in a specific case or generally applying to the Plan), which may include procedures for cashless exercise.

 

  6.5.

Term and Vesting of Options . Each Option Agreement shall provide the vesting

 

- 9 -


  schedule for the Option as determined by the Committee. To the extent permitted under Applicable Law, the Committee shall have the authority to determine the vesting schedule and accelerate the vesting of any outstanding Option at such time and under such circumstances as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate. Unless otherwise resolved by the Committee and stated in the Option Agreement, and subject to Sections 6.6 and 6.7 hereof, Options shall vest and become exercisable under the following schedule: twenty-five percent (25%) of the Shares covered by the Option, on the first anniversary of the date on which such Option is granted, provided that the Grantee remains continuously employed by or in the service of the Company or its Subsidiary or Affiliate for that one year, and six and one-quarter percent (6.25%) of the Shares covered by the Option at the end of each subsequent quarter, provided that the Grantee remains continuously employed by or in the service of the Company or its Subsidiary or Affiliate for that quarter, over the course of the following three (3) years of continued employment by or service for the Company or its Subsidiary or Affiliate. The Option Agreement may contain performance goals and measurements, and the provisions with respect to any Option need not be the same as the provisions with respect to any other Option. The Exercise Period of an Option will be ten (10) years from the date of grant of the Option unless otherwise determined by the Committee, but subject to the vesting provisions described above and the early termination provisions set forth in Sections 6.6 and 6.7 hereof; provided, however, that in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder, such Exercise Period shall not exceed five (5) years from the date of grant of such Option. At the expiration of the Exercise Period, all unexercised Options shall become null and void.

 

  6.6. Termination .

 

  6.6.1. Except as provided in this Section 6.6 and in Section 6.7 hereof, an Option may not be exercised unless the Grantee is then in the employ of or maintaining a director, officer, consultant, advisor or supplier relationship with the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof or, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, a company or a parent or subsidiary company of such company issuing or assuming the Option in a transaction to which Section 424(a) of the Code applies, and unless the Grantee has remained continuously so employed or in the director, officer, supplier, consultant, or advisor relationship since the date of grant of the Option. In the event that the employment or director, officer or consultant, advisor or supplier relationship of a Grantee shall terminate (other than by reason of death, Disability or Retirement), all Options of such Grantee that are vested and exercisable at the time of such termination may, unless earlier terminated in accordance with their terms, be exercised within up to ninety (90) days after the date of such termination (or such different period as the Committee shall prescribe); provided, however, that if the Company (or the Subsidiary or Affiliate, when applicable) shall terminate the Grantee’s employment or service for Cause (as defined below) or if, whether or not the Grantee’s employment is terminated by either party, circumstances arise or are discovered with respect to the Grantee that would have constituted Cause for termination of his or her employment or service, all Options theretofore granted to such Grantee (whether vested or not) shall, to the extent not theretofore exercised, terminate on the date of such termination (or on which such circumstance arise or are discovered, as the case may be) unless otherwise determined by the Committee.

 

  6.6.2.

In the case of a Grantee whose principal employer is a Subsidiary or

 

- 10 -


  Affiliate, the Grantee’s employment shall also be deemed terminated for purposes of this Section 6.6 as of the date on which such principal employer ceases to be a Subsidiary or Affiliate. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Committee, in its absolute discretion may, on such terms and conditions as it may determine appropriate, extend the periods for which the Options held by any individual may continue to vest and be exercisable; provided, that such Options may lose their status as Incentive Stock Options under applicable law and be deemed Nonqualified Stock Options in the event that the period of vesting and/or exercisability of any option is extended beyond the later of: (i) one hundred and eighty (180) days after the date of cessation of employment or performance of services; or (ii) the applicable period under Section 6.7 below.

 

  6.6.3. For purposes of this Plan, the term “ Cause ” shall mean any of the following: (a) fraud, embezzlement or felony or similar act by the Grantee; (b) an act of moral turpitude by the Grantee, or any act that causes significant injury to the reputation, business, assets, operations or business relationship of the Company (or a Subsidiary or Affiliate, when applicable); (c) any material breach by the Grantee of an agreement between the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate and the Grantee (including material breach of confidentiality, non-competition or non-solicitation covenants) or of any duty of the Grantee to the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof; or (d) any circumstances that constitute grounds for termination for cause under the Grantee’s employment, consulting or service agreement with the Company or Subsidiary or Affiliate, to the extent applicable.

 

  6.7. Death, Disability or Retirement of Grantee . If a Grantee shall die while employed by, or performing service for, the Company or a Subsidiary, or within the three (3) month period after the date of termination of such Grantee’s employment or service (or within such different period as the Committee may have provided pursuant to Section 6.6 hereof), or if the Grantee’s employment or service shall terminate by reason of Disability, all Options theretofore granted to such Grantee may (to the extent otherwise vested and exercisable and unless earlier terminated in accordance with their terms), be exercised by the Grantee or by the Grantee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise such Options by bequest or inheritance or otherwise by result of death or Disability of the Grantee, at any time within one (1) year after the death or Disability of the Grantee (or such different period as the Committee shall prescribe). In the event that an Option granted hereunder shall be exercised by the legal representatives of a deceased or former Grantee, written notice of such exercise shall be accompanied by a certified copy of letters testamentary or equivalent proof of the right of such legal representative to exercise such Option. In the event that the employment or service of a Grantee shall terminate on account of such Grantee’s Retirement, all Options of such Grantee that are exercisable at the time of such Retirement may, unless earlier terminated in accordance with their terms, be exercised at any time within the three (3) month period after the date of such Retirement (or such different period as the Committee shall prescribe).

 

  6.8. Suspension of Vesting . Unless the Board of Directors or the Committee provides otherwise, vesting of Options granted hereunder shall be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence, other than in the case of any (a) leave of absence which was pre-approved by the Company for purposes of continuing the vesting of Options, or (b) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, any Affiliate, or any respective successor thereof.

 

- 11 -


  6.9. Voting Proxy . Until immediately after the listing for trading on a stock exchange or market or trading system of the Company’s (or the Successor Corporation’s) shares, the right to vote any Shares acquired under this Plan pursuant to an Award shall, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, be given by the Grantee or the Trustee (if so requested from the Trustee and agreed by the Trustee), as the case may be, pursuant to an irrevocable proxy, to the person or persons designated by the Board. All Awards granted hereunder shall be conditioned upon the execution of such irrevocable proxy. So long as any such Shares are held by a Trustee (and unless a proxy was given by the Trustee as aforesaid), such Shares shall be voted by the Trustee, and unless the Trustee is directed otherwise by the Board, such Shares shall be voted in the same proportion as the result of the shareholder vote at the shareholders meeting or written consent in respect of which the Shares held by the Trustee are being voted. Any irrevocable proxy granted pursuant hereto shall be of no force or effect immediately after the listing for trading on a stock exchange or market or trading system of the Company’s (or the Successor Corporation’s) shares. The provisions of this Section shall apply to the Grantee and to any purchaser, assignee or transferee of any Shares.

 

  6.10. Other Provisions . The Option Agreement evidencing Awards under the Plan shall contain such other terms and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as the Committee may determine, at or after the date of grant, including without limitation, provisions in connection with the restrictions on transferring the Awards, which shall be binding upon the Grantees and other terms and conditions as the Committee shall deem appropriate.

 

  6.11. Israeli Index Base for 102 Awards . Each 102 Award will be subject to the Israeli index base of the Value of Benefit, as defined in Section 102(a) of the Ordinance, as determined by the Committee in its discretion, pursuant to the Rules, from time to time. In the event that the Company effects a public offering of its shares in any stock exchange outside of Israel, the Committee may amend retroactively the Israeli index base, pursuant to the Rules, without the Grantee’s consent.

 

7. NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTIONS .

Options granted pursuant to this Section 7 are intended to constitute Nonqualified Stock Options and shall be subject to the general terms and conditions specified in Section 6 hereof and other provisions of the Plan, except for any provisions of the Plan applying to Options under different tax laws or regulations.

 

8. INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS .

Options granted pursuant to this Section 8 are intended to constitute Incentive Stock Options and shall be granted subject to the following special terms and conditions, the general terms and conditions specified in Section 6 hereof and other provisions of the Plan, except for any provisions of the Plan applying to Options under different tax laws or regulations:

 

  8.1.

Value of Shares . The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the date the Incentive Stock Option is granted) of the Shares with respect to which all Incentive Stock Options granted under this Plan and all other option plans of any Subsidiary or Affiliate become exercisable for the first time by each Grantee during any calendar year shall not exceed one hundred thousand United States dollars ($100,000) with respect to such Grantee. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of Shares with respect to which the Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Grantee during any calendar years exceeds one hundred thousand United States dollars ($100,000), such Options shall be treated as Nonqualified

 

- 12 -


  Stock Options. The foregoing shall be applied by taking options into account in the order in which they were granted, with the Fair Market Value of any Share to be determined at the time of the grant of the Option. In the event the foregoing results in the portion of an Incentive Stock Option exceeding the one hundred thousand United States dollars ($100,000) limitation, only such excess shall be treated as a Nonqualified Stock Option.

 

  8.2. Ten Percent Shareholder . In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder, (i) the Exercise Price shall not be less than one hundred and ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of grant of such Incentive Stock Option, and (ii) the Exercise Period shall not exceed five (5) years from the date of grant of such Incentive Stock Option.

 

  8.3. Incentive Stock Option Lock-Up Period . No disposition of Shares received pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options (“ ISO Shares ”), shall be made by the Grantee within 2 years from the date of grant, nor within 1 year after the transfer of such ISO Shares to him. To the extent that the Grantee violates the aforementioned limitations, the Incentive Stock Options shall be deemed to be Nonqualified Stock Options.

 

  8.4. Approval . The status of any ISO Shares shall be subject to approval of the Plan by the Company’s shareholders, such approval to be provided 12 months before or after the date of adoption of the Plan by the Board of Directors.

 

  8.5. Exercise Following Termination . Notwithstanding anything else in this Plan to the contrary, Incentive Stock Options that are not exercised within ninety (90) days following termination of Grantee’s employment in the Company or its Affiliates and Subsidiaries, or within one year in case of termination of Grantee’s employment in the Company or its Affiliates and Subsidiaries due to a disability (within the meaning of section 22(e)(3) of the Code), shall be deemed to be Nonqualified Stock Options.

 

  8.6. Adjustments to Incentive Stock Options . Any Option Agreement providing for the grant of Incentive Stock Options shall indicate that adjustments made pursuant to the Plan with respect to Incentive Stock Options could constitute a “modification” of such Incentive Stock Options (as that term is defined in Section 424(h) of the Code) or could cause adverse tax consequences for the holder of such Incentive Stock Options and that the holder should consult with his or her tax advisor regarding the consequences of such “modification” on his or her income tax treatment with respect to the Incentive Stock Option.

 

  8.7. Notice to Company of Disqualifying Disposition . Each Grantee who receives an Incentive Stock Option must agree to notify the Company in writing immediately after the Grantee makes a Disqualifying Disposition of any ISO Shares. A “Disqualifying Disposition” is any disposition (including any sale) of such ISO Shares before the later of (i) two years after the date the Grantee was granted the Incentive Stock Option, or (ii) one year after the date the Grantee acquired Shares by exercising the Incentive Stock Option. If the Grantee dies before such ISO Shares are sold, these holding period requirements do not apply and no disposition of the ISO Shares will be deemed a Disqualifying Disposition.

 

9. 102 OPTION AWARDS .

 

  9.1. Options granted pursuant to this Section 9 are intended to be granted pursuant to Section 102 of the Ordinance pursuant to either (a) Section 102(b)(2) thereof as

 

- 13 -


  capital gains track options (“ 102 Capital Gains Track Options ”), or (b) Section 102(b)(1) thereof as ordinary income track options (“ 102 Ordinary Income Track Options ”; together with 102 Capital Gains Track Options, “ 102 Trustee Options ”). 102 Trustee Options shall be granted subject to the following special terms and conditions contained in this Section 9, the general terms and conditions specified in Section 6 hereof and other provisions of the Plan, except for any provisions of the Plan applying to Options under different tax laws or regulations.

 

  9.2. The Company may grant only one type of 102 Trustee Option at any given time to all Grantees who are to be granted 102 Trustee Options pursuant to this Plan, and shall file an election with the ITA regarding the type of 102 Trustee Option it elects to grant before the date of grant of any 102 Trustee Options (the “ Election ”). Such Election shall also apply to any bonus shares received by any Grantee as a result of holding the 102 Trustee Options. The Company may change the type of 102 Trustee Option that it elects to grant only after the passage of at least 12 months from the end of the year in which the first grant was made in accordance with the previous Election, or as otherwise provided by Applicable Law. Any Election shall not prevent the Company from granting Options, pursuant to Section 102(c) of the Ordinance without a Trustee (“ 102 Non-Trustee Options ”).

 

  9.3. Each 102 Trustee Option will be deemed granted on the date stated in a written notice to be provided by the Company, provided that on or before such date (i) the Company has provided such notice to the Trustee and (ii) the Grantee has signed all documents required pursuant to Applicable Law and under the Plan.

 

  9.4. Each 102 Trustee Option, each Share issued pursuant to the exercise of any 102 Trustee Option, and any rights granted thereunder, including, without limitation, bonus shares, shall be allotted and issued to and registered in the name of the Trustee and shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Grantee for a period of not less than the requisite period prescribed by the Ordinance and the Rules or such longer period as set by the Committee (the “ Required Holding Period ”). In the event that the requirements under Section 102 to qualify an Option as a 102 Trustee Option are not met, then the Option may be treated as a 102 Non-Trustee Option, all in accordance with the provisions of Section 102 and the Rules. After termination of the Required Holding Period, the Trustee may release such 102 Trustee Option and any such Shares, provided that (i) the Trustee has received an acknowledgment from the ITA that the Grantee has paid any applicable taxes due pursuant to the Ordinance or (ii) the Trustee and/or the Company and/or its Affiliate withholds any applicable taxes due pursuant to the Ordinance arising from the 102 Trustee Options and/or any Shares allotted or issued upon exercise of such 102 Trustee Options. The Trustee shall not release any 102 Trustee Options or Shares issued upon exercise thereof prior to the payment in full of the Grantee’s tax liabilities arising from such 102 Trustee Options and/or Shares or the withholding referred to in (ii) above.

 

  9.5. Each 102 Trustee Option shall be subject to the relevant terms of the Ordinance and the Rules, which shall be deemed an integral part of the 102 Trustee Option and shall prevail over any term contained in the Plan or Option Agreement which is not consistent therewith. Any provision of the Ordinance, the Rules and any approvals by the Income Tax Commissioner not expressly specified in this Plan or Option Agreement which, as determined by the Committee, are necessary to receive or maintain any tax benefit pursuant to Section 102 shall be binding on the Grantee. The Grantee granted a 102 Trustee Option shall comply with the Ordinance and the terms and conditions of the Trust Agreement entered into between the Company and the Trustee. The Grantee agrees to execute any and all documents, which the Company and/or its Affiliates and/or the Trustee may reasonably determine to be necessary in order to comply with the Ordinance and the Rules.

 

- 14 -


  9.6. During the Required Holding Period, the Grantee shall not release from trust or sell, assign, transfer or give as collateral, the Shares issuable upon the exercise of a 102 Trustee Option and/or any securities issued or distributed with respect thereto, until the expiration of the Required Holding Period. Notwithstanding the above, if any such sale or release occurs during the Required Holding Period it will result in adverse tax consequences to the Grantee under Section 102 of the Ordinance and the Rules, which shall apply to and shall be borne solely by such Grantee. Subject to the foregoing, the Trustee may, pursuant to a written request from the Grantee, release and transfer such Shares to a designated third party, provided that both of the following conditions have been fulfilled prior to such release or transfer: (i) payment has been made to the ITA of all taxes required to be paid upon the release and transfer of the Shares, and confirmation of such payment has been received by the Trustee and (ii) the Trustee has received written confirmation from the Company that all requirements for such release and transfer have been fulfilled according to the terms of the Company’s corporate documents, the Plan, the Option Agreement and any Applicable Law.

 

  9.7. If a 102 Trustee Option is exercised during the Required Holding Period, the Shares issued upon such exercise shall be issued in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Grantee. If such 102 Trustee Option is exercised after the expiration of the Required Holding Period, the Shares issued upon such exercise shall, at the election of the Grantee, either (i) be issued in the name of the Trustee, or (ii) be issued to the Grantee, provided that the Grantee first complies with all applicable provisions of the Plan and all taxes with respect thereto shall have been fully paid to the ITA.

 

  9.8. The foregoing provisions of this Section 9 relating to 102 Trustee Options shall not apply with respect to 102 Non-Trustee Options, which shall, however, be subject to the relevant provisions of Section 102 and the Rules.

 

  9.9. Upon receipt of a 102 Trustee Option, the Grantee will sign an undertaking to release the Trustee from any liability with respect to any action or decision duly taken and executed in good faith by the Trustee in relation to the Plan, or any 102 Trustee Option or Share granted to such Grantee thereunder.

 

10. 3(9) OPTION AWARD .

 

  10.1. Options granted pursuant to this Section 10 are intended to constitute a 3(9) Option Award and shall be granted subject to the general terms and conditions specified in Section 6 hereof and other provisions of the Plan, except for any provisions of the Plan applying to Options under different tax laws or regulations.

 

  10.2. To the extent required by the Ordinance or the ITA or otherwise deemed by the Committee prudent or advisable, the 3(9) Option Awards granted pursuant to the Plan shall be issued to a Trustee nominated by the Committee in accordance with the provisions of the Ordinance. In such event, the Trustee shall hold such Options in trust, until exercised by the Grantee, pursuant to the Company’s instructions from time to time as set forth in a trust agreement, which will be entered into between the Company and the Trustee. If determined by the Board of Directors or the Committee, and subject to such trust agreement the Trustee shall be responsible for withholding any taxes to which a Grantee may become liable upon the exercise of Options.

 

- 15 -


11. RESTRICTED SHARES .

The Committee may award Restricted Shares to any eligible Grantee, including under Section 102 of the Ordinance. Each Award of Restricted Shares under the Plan shall be evidenced by a written agreement between the Company and the Grantee (the “ Restricted Share Agreement ”), in such form as the Committee shall from time to time approve. The Restricted Share Agreement shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions, unless otherwise specifically provided in such Agreement:

 

  11.1. Number of Shares . Each Restricted Share Agreement shall state the number of Shares covered by an Award.

 

  11.2. Purchase Price . Each Restricted Share Agreement may state an amount of purchase price to be paid by the Grantee in consideration for the issuance of the Restricted Shares and the terms of payment thereof, which may include, payment by issuance of promissory notes or other evidence of indebtedness on such terms and conditions as determined by the Committee.

 

  11.3. Vesting . Each Restricted Share Agreement shall provide the vesting schedule for the Restricted Shares as determined by the Committee, provided that (to the extent permitted under Applicable Law) the Committee shall have the authority to determine the vesting schedule and accelerate the vesting of any outstanding Restricted Share at such time and under such circumstances as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate. Unless otherwise resolved by the Committee and stated in the Restricted Share Agreement, Restricted Shares shall vest in the same vesting schedule as set forth in Section 6.5 hereof.

 

  11.4. Restrictions . Restricted Shares may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, for such period as the Committee shall determine from the date on which the Award is granted (the “ Restricted Period ”). The Committee may also impose such additional or alternative restrictions and conditions on the Restricted Shares, as it deems appropriate, including the satisfaction of performance criteria. Such performance criteria may include, but are not limited to, sales, earnings before interest and taxes, return on investment, earnings per share, any combination of the foregoing or rate of growth of any of the foregoing, as determined by the Committee. Certificates for shares issued pursuant to Restricted Share Awards shall bear an appropriate legend referring to such restrictions, and any attempt to dispose of any such shares in contravention of such restrictions shall be null and void and without effect. Such certificates may, if so determined by the Committee, be held in escrow by an escrow agent appointed by the Committee, or, if a Restricted Share Award is made pursuant to Section 102, by the Trustee. In determining the Restricted Period of an Award the Committee may provide that the foregoing restrictions shall lapse with respect to specified percentages of the awarded Restricted Shares on successive anniversaries of the date of such Award. To the extent required by the Ordinance or the ITA, the Restricted Shares issued pursuant to Section 102 of the Ordinance shall be issued to the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of the Ordinance and the Restricted Shares shall be held for the benefit of the Grantee for such period as may be required by the Ordinance.

 

  11.5. Adjustment of Performance Goals . The Committee may adjust performance goals to take into account changes in law and accounting and tax rules and to make such adjustments as the Committee deems necessary or appropriate to reflect the inclusion or the exclusion of the impact of extraordinary or unusual items, events or circumstances. The Committee also may adjust the performance goals by reducing the amount to be received by any Grantee pursuant to an Award if and to the extent that the Committee deems it appropriate.

 

- 16 -


  11.6. Forfeiture . Subject to such exceptions as may be determined by the Committee, if the Grantee’s continuous employment with the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate shall terminate for any reason prior to the expiration of the vesting date or Restricted Period of an Award or prior to the payment in full of the purchase price of any Restricted Shares with respect to which the vesting date or the Restricted Period has expired, any shares remaining subject to vesting or restrictions or with respect to which the purchase price has not been paid in full, shall thereupon be forfeited and shall be deemed transferred to, and reacquired by, or cancelled by, as the case may be, the Company or a Subsidiary at no cost to the Company or Subsidiary, subject to all Applicable Laws. Upon forfeiture of Restricted Shares, the Grantee shall have no further rights with respect to such Restricted Shares.

 

  11.7. Ownership . During the Restricted Period the Grantee shall possess all incidents of ownership of such Restricted Shares, subject to Section 6.9 and Section 11.4, including the right to receive dividends with respect to such shares. All distributions, if any, received by a Grantee with respect to Restricted Shares as a result of any stock split, stock dividend, combination of shares, or other similar transaction shall be subject to the restrictions applicable to the original Award.

 

12. RESTRICTED SHARE UNITS.

 

  12.1. A Restricted Share Unit (an “ RSU ”) is an Award covering a number of Shares that is settled by issuance of those Shares. An RSU may be awarded to any eligible Grantee, including under Section 102 of the Ordinance. Each grant of RSUs under the Plan shall be evidenced by a written agreement between the Company and the Grantee (the “ Restricted Share Unit Agreement ”), in such form as the Committee shall from time to time approve. Such RSUs shall be subject to all applicable terms of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms that are not inconsistent with the Plan. The provisions of the various Restricted Share Unit Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical. RSUs may be granted in consideration of a reduction in the recipient’s other compensation.

 

  12.2. Other than the par value of the Shares, no payment of cash shall be required as consideration for RSUs. RSUs may or may not be subject to vesting. Vesting shall occur, in full or in installments, upon satisfaction of the conditions specified in the Restricted Share Unit Agreement.

 

  12.3. Without limitation of Section 6.9, no voting or dividend rights as a shareholder shall exist prior to the actual issuance of Shares in the name of the Grantee. Notwithstanding anything else in this Plan (as may be amended from time to time) to the contrary, unless otherwise specified by the Committee, each RSU shall be for a term of ten (10) years. Each Restricted Share Unit Agreement shall specify its term and any conditions on the time or times for settlement, and provide for expiration prior to the end of its term in the event of termination of employment or service providing to the Company, and may provide for earlier settlement in the event of the Grantee’s death, Disability or other events.

 

  12.4. Settlement of vested RSUs shall be made in the form of Shares. Distribution to a Grantee of an amount (or amounts) from settlement of vested RSUs can be deferred to a date after settlement as determined by the Committee. The amount of a deferred distribution may be increased by an interest factor or by dividend equivalents. Until the grant of RSUs is settled, the number of such RSUs shall be subject to adjustment pursuant hereto.

 

- 17 -


13. OTHER SHARE OR SHARE-BASED AWARDS .

The Committee may grant other Awards under the Plan pursuant to which Shares (which may, but need not, be Restricted Shares pursuant to Section 11 hereof), cash or a combination thereof, are or may in the future be acquired or received, or Awards denominated in stock units, including units valued on the basis of measures other than market value. The Committee may also grant stock appreciation rights without the grant of an accompanying option, which rights shall permit the Grantees to receive, at the time of any exercise of such rights, cash equal to the amount by which the Fair Market Value of all Shares in respect to which the right was granted exceeds the exercise price thereof. The Committee may, and it is hereby deemed to be an Award under the terms of the Plan, grant to Grantees (including employees) the opportunity to purchase Shares of the Company in connection with any public offerings of the Company’s securities. Such other Share based Awards may be granted alone, in addition to, or in tandem with any Award of any type granted under the plan and must be consistent with the purposes of the Plan.

 

14. EFFECT OF CERTAIN CHANGES .

 

  14.1. General . In the event of a subdivision of the outstanding share capital of the Company, any payment of a stock dividend (distribution of bonus shares), a recapitalization, a reorganization (which may include a combination or exchange of shares), a consolidation, a stock split, a reverse stock split, a spin-off or other corporate divestiture or division, a reclassification or other similar occurrence, the Committee shall make such adjustments as determined by the Committee to be appropriate in order to adjust (i) the number of Shares available for grants of Awards, (ii) the number of Shares covered by outstanding Awards, and (iii) the exercise price per share covered by any Award; provided, however, that any fractional shares resulting from such adjustment shall be rounded down to the nearest whole share and that the Company shall have no obligation to make any cash or other payment with respect to such fractional shares.

 

  14.2. Merger and Sale of Company . In the event of (i) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or (ii) a sale (including an exchange) of all or substantially all of the shares of the Company, or an acquisition by a shareholder of the Company or by an Affiliate of such shareholder, of all the shares of the Company held by other shareholders or by other shareholders who are not Affiliated with such acquiring party; (iii) a merger, consolidation, amalgamation or like transaction of the Company with or into another corporation; (iv) a scheme of arrangement for the purpose of effecting such sale, merger or amalgamation; or (v) such other transaction or set of circumstances that is determined by the Committee, in its discretion, to be a transaction having a similar effect (all such transactions being herein referred to as a “ Merger/Sale ”), then, without the Grantee’s consent and action and without any prior notice requirement:

 

  14.2.1. unless otherwise determined by the Committee in its sole and absolute discretion, any Award then outstanding shall be assumed or an equivalent Award shall be substituted by such successor corporation of the Merger/Sale or any parent or Affiliate thereof as determined by the Board in its discretion (the “ Successor Corporation ”), under substantially the same terms as the Award;

For the purposes of this Section 14.2.1, the Award shall be considered assumed if, following a Merger/Sale, the Award confers on the holder thereof the right to purchase or receive, for each Share underlying an Award immediately prior to the Merger/Sale, either (i) the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) distributed to or received by holders of Shares in the Merger/Sale for each Share held on

 

- 18 -


the effective date of the Merger/Sale (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares), which may be subject to vesting and other terms as determined by the Committee in its discretion, or (ii) regardless of the consideration received by the holders of Shares in the Merger/Sale, solely shares (or their equivalent) of the Successor Corporation at a value to be determined by the Committee in its discretion, which may be subject to vesting and other terms as determined by the Committee in its discretion. The foregoing shall not limit the Committee authority to determine, in its sole discretion, that in lieu of such assumption or substitution of Awards for Awards of the Successor Corporation, such Award will be substituted for any other type of asset or property, including under Section 14.2.2 hereunder.

 

  14.2.2. In the event that the Awards are not assumed or substituted by an equivalent Award, then the Committee may (but shall not be obligated to), in lieu of such assumption or substitution of the Award and in its sole discretion, (i) provide for the Grantee to have the right to exercise the Award, or otherwise for the acceleration of vesting of such Award, as to all or part of the Shares, including Shares covered by the Award which would not otherwise be exercisable or vested, under such terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine, including the cancellation of all unexercised Awards upon closing of the Merger/Sale; and/or (ii) provide for the cancellation of each outstanding Award at the closing of such Merger/Sale, and payment to the Grantee of an amount in cash as determined by the Committee to be fair in the circumstances (with full authority to determine the method for making such determination, which may be Black-Scholes model or any other method, and which determination shall be conclusive and binding on all parties), and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the Committee.

 

  14.2.3. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Merger/Sale, the Committee may determine, in its sole discretion, that upon completion of such Merger/Sale, the terms of any Award be otherwise amended, modified or terminated, as the Committee shall deem in good faith to be appropriate, and if an Option Award, that the Option Award shall confer the right to purchase or receive any other security or asset, or any combination thereof, or that its terms be otherwise amended, modified or terminated, as the Committee shall deem in good faith to be appropriate. Neither the authorities and powers of the Committee under this Section 14.2, nor the exercise or implementation thereof, shall (i) be restricted or limited in any way by any adverse consequences (tax or otherwise) that may result to any holder of an Award, and (ii) as, inter alia , being a feature of the Award upon its grant, be deemed to constitute a change or an amendment of the rights of such holder under this Plan, nor shall any such adverse consequences (as well as any adverse tax consequences that may result from any tax ruling or other approval or determination of any relevant tax authority) be deemed to constitute a change or an amendment of the rights of such holder under this Plan.

 

  14.3.

Reservation of Rights . Except as expressly provided in this Section 14, the Grantee of an Award hereunder shall have no rights by reason of any subdivision or consolidation of shares of any class or the payment of any stock dividend (bonus shares), any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of any class or by reason of any dissolution, liquidation, Merger/Sale, or consolidation, divestiture or

 

- 19 -


  spin-off of assets or shares of another company. Any issue by the Company of shares of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number, type or price of shares subject to an Award. The grant of an Award pursuant to the Plan shall not affect in any way the right of power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structures or to merge or to consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate or sell, or transfer all or part of its business or assets or engage in any similar transactions.

 

15. NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF AWARDS; SURVIVING BENEFICIARY .

 

  15.1. All Awards granted under the Plan shall not be transferable otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, unless otherwise determined by the Board or under this Plan, provided that with respect to shares issued upon exercise of Options, the restrictions on transfer shall be the restrictions referred to in Section 16 (Conditions upon Issuance of Shares) hereof. Awards may be exercised or otherwise realized, during the lifetime of the Grantee, only by the Grantee or by his guardian or legal representative, to the extent provided for herein. Any transfer of an Award not permitted hereunder (including transfers pursuant to any decree of divorce, dissolution or separate maintenance, any property settlement, any separation agreement or any other agreement with a spouse) and any grant of any interest in any Award to, or creation in any way of any interest in any Award by, any party other than the Grantee shall be null and void and shall not confer upon any party or person, other than the Grantee, any rights. A Grantee may file with the Committee a written designation of a beneficiary on such form as may be prescribed by the Committee and may, from time to time, amend or revoke such designation. If no designated beneficiary survives the Grantee, the executor or administrator of the Grantee’s estate shall be deemed to be the Grantee’s beneficiary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the request of the Grantee and subject to Applicable Law the Committee, at its sole discretion, may permit to transfer the Award to a family trust.

 

  15.2. As long as the Shares are held by the Trustee in favor of the Grantee, all rights possessed by the Grantee over the Shares are personal, and may not be transferred, assigned, pledged or mortgaged, other than by will or laws of descent and distribution.

 

  15.3. Any transfer or other disposition of Shares or any interest therein is subject to the prior approval of the Company, which, if granted (without any obligation to do so), may be subject to such terms, conditions and restrictions, as the Company deems appropriate. The terms, conditions and restrictions of any approval may differ from one Grantee to another, and need not be the same. Any transfer or otherwise grant of any interest in any Shares to any third party that does not comply with this Section shall be null and void and shall not confer upon any person, other than the Grantee, any rights. This provision shall terminate immediately after the IPO. This Section 15.3 shall apply in addition to any other limitation, restriction and/or condition in this Plan (including, without limitation, after the application of Section 15.1), any Option Agreement, shareholders agreement, Company’s charter documents or other instrument between the transferor and the Company or by which the transferor is bound.

 

  15.4. The provisions of this Section 15 shall apply to the Grantee and to any purchaser, assignee or transferee of any Shares.

 

- 20 -


16. CONDITIONS UPON ISSUANCE OF SHARES

 

  16.1. Legal Compliance . Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award, unless the exercise of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares shall comply with Applicable Laws as determined by counsel to the Company. The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, and the inability to issue Shares hereunder due to non-compliance with any Company policies with respect to the sale of Shares, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority or compliance shall not have been obtained or achieved.

 

  16.2. Restrictions and Obligations . Shares issued pursuant to an Awards shall be subject to the Articles of Association of the Company, any shareholders agreement applicable to all or substantially all of the Company’s holders of Shares (regardless of whether or not the Grantee is party to such shareholders agreement) and any other governing documents of the Company, including all policies, manuals and internal regulations adopted by the Company from time to time, as may be amended from time to time, including, without limitation, any provisions included therein concerning restrictions or limitations on transferability of Shares (such as, but not limited to, right of first refusal, redemption, buy-back and lock up/market stand-off) or grant of any rights with respect thereto and any provisions concerning restrictions on the use of inside information and other provisions deemed by the Company to be appropriate in order to ensure compliance with Applicable Laws, statutes and regulations.

 

  16.3. Investment Representations . As a condition to the exercise of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising such Award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares, and make other representations as may be required under applicable securities laws if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such representations are required, all in form and content specified by the Company.

 

17. MARKET STAND-OFF

 

  17.1. In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended or equivalent law in another jurisdiction, the Grantee shall not directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of the Company or its underwriters, (i) lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Shares acquired under this Plan or any securities of the Company (whether or not such Shares acquired under this Plan), or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Shares acquired under this Plan, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Shares acquired under this Plan or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. Such restriction (the “ Market Stand-Off ”) shall be in effect for such period of time following the effective date of the registration statement relating to such offering, as may be requested by the Company or such underwriters, however in any event, such period shall not exceed 180 days (in the case of the Company’s first underwritten offering of its Shares) following the effective date of such registration statement; or 90 days (in the case of a registration statement thereafter).

 

  17.2.

In the event of a subdivision of the outstanding share capital of the Company, the

 

- 21 -


  declaration and payment of a stock dividend (distribution of bonus shares), the declaration and payment of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a recapitalization, a reorganization (which may include a combination or exchange of shares or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities without receipt of consideration), a consolidation, a stock split, a spin-off or other corporate divestiture or division, a reclassification or other similar occurrence, an adjustment in conversion ratio, any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to the Market Stand-Off, or into which such Shares thereby become convertible, shall immediately be subject to the Market Stand-Off.

 

  17.3. In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares acquired under this Plan until the end of the applicable stand-off period.

 

  17.4. The underwriters in connection with a registration statement so filed are intended to be third party beneficiaries of this Section 17 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

 

  17.5. The provisions of this Section 17 shall apply to the Grantee and to any purchaser, assignee or transferee of any Shares.

 

18. AGREEMENT BY GRANTEE REGARDING TAXES .

 

  18.1. If the Committee shall so require, as a condition of exercise of an Award, the release of Shares by the Trustee or the expiration of the Restricted Period, a Grantee shall agree that, no later than the date of such occurrence, he will pay to the Company or make arrangements satisfactory to the Committee and the Trustee (if applicable) regarding payment of any applicable taxes of any kind required by Applicable Law to be withheld or paid.

 

  18.2. ALL TAX CONSEQUENCES UNDER ANY APPLICABLE LAW WHICH MAY ARISE FROM THE GRANT OF ANY AWARDS OR THE EXERCISE THEREOF, THE SALE OR DISPOSITION OF ANY SHARES GRANTED HEREUNDER OR ISSUED UPON EXERCISE OF ANY AWARD OR FROM ANY OTHER ACTION OF THE GRANTEE IN CONNECTION WITH THE FOREGOING SHALL BE BORNE AND PAID SOLELY BY THE GRANTEE, AND THE GRANTEE SHALL INDEMNIFY THE COMPANY, ITS SUBSIDIARIES AND AFFILIATES AND THE TRUSTEE, AND SHALL HOLD THEM HARMLESS AGAINST AND FROM ANY LIABILITY FOR ANY SUCH TAX OR PENALTY, INTEREST OR INDEXATION THEREON. EACH GRANTEE AGREES TO, AND UNDERTAKES TO COMPLY WITH, ANY RULING, SETTLEMENT, CLOSING AGREEMENT OR OTHER SIMILAR AGREEMENT OR ARRANGEMENT WITH ANY TAX AUTHORITY IN CONNECTION WITH THE FOREGOING WHICH IS APPROVED BY THE COMPANY.

THE GRANTEE IS ADVISED TO CONSULT WITH A TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF RECEIVING OR EXERCISING AWARDS HEREUNDER. THE COMPANY DOES NOT ASSUME ANY RESPONSIBILITY TO ADVISE THE GRANTEE ON SUCH MATTERS, WHICH SHALL REMAIN SOLELY THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GRANTEE.

 

  18.3.

The Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate may take such action as it may deem necessary or appropriate, in its discretion, for the purpose of or in connection with

 

- 22 -


  withholding of any taxes which the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate is required by any Applicable Law to withhold in connection with any Awards (collectively, “ Withholding Obligations ”). Such actions may include, without limitation, (i) requiring a Grantees to remit to the Company in cash an amount sufficient to satisfy such Withholding Obligations; (ii) subject to Applicable Law, allowing the Grantees to provide Shares to the Company, in an amount that at such time, reflects a value that the Committee determines to be sufficient to satisfy such Withholding Obligations; (iii) withholding Shares otherwise issuable upon the exercise of an Award at a value which is determined by the Committee to be sufficient to satisfy such Withholding Obligations; or (iv) any combination of the foregoing. The Company shall not be obligated to allow the exercise of any Award by or on behalf of a Grantee until all tax consequences arising from the exercise of such Award are resolved in a manner acceptable to the Company.

 

  18.4. Each Grantee shall notify the Company in writing promptly and in any event within ten (10) days after the date on which such Grantee first obtains knowledge of any tax bureau inquiry, audit, assertion, determination, investigation, or question relating in any manner to the Awards granted or received hereunder or Shares issued thereunder and shall continuously inform the Company of any developments, proceedings, discussions and negotiations relating to such matter, and shall allow the Company and its representatives to participate in any proceedings and discussions concerning such matters. Upon request, a Grantee shall provide to the Company any information or document relating to any matter described in the preceding sentence, which the Company, in its discretion, requires.

 

  18.5. With respect to 102 Non-Trustee Options, if the Grantee ceases to be employed by the Company or any Affiliate, the Grantee shall extend to the Company and/or its Affiliate with whom the Grantee is employed a security or guarantee for the payment of taxes due at the time of sale of Shares, all in accordance with the provisions of Section 102 of the Ordinance and the Rules.

 

19. RIGHTS AS A SHAREHOLDER; VOTING AND DIVIDENDS .

 

  19.1. Subject to Section 11.7, a Grantee shall have no rights as a shareholder of the Company with respect to any Shares covered by the Award until the date of the issuance of a share certificate to the Grantee for such Shares. In the case of 102 Option Awards or 3(9) Option Awards (if such Share Options are being held by a Trustee), the Trustee shall have no rights as a shareholder of the Company with respect to any Shares covered by such Award until the date of the issuance of a share certificate to the Trustee for such Shares for the Grantee’s benefit, and the Grantee shall have no rights as a shareholder of the Company with respect to any Shares covered by the Award until the date of the release of such Shares from the Trustee to the Grantee and the issuance of a share certificate to the Grantee for such Shares. No adjustment shall be made for dividends (ordinary or extraordinary, whether in cash, securities or other property) or distribution of other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such share certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 14 hereof.

 

  19.2. With respect to all Shares issued in the form of Awards hereunder or upon the exercise of Awards hereunder, any and all voting rights attached to such Shares shall be subject to Section 6.9, and the Grantee shall be entitled to receive dividends distributed with respect to such Shares, subject to the provisions of the Company’s Articles of Association, as amended from time to time, and subject to any Applicable Law.

 

- 23 -


  19.3. The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, register or qualify the sale of Shares under any applicable securities law or any other applicable law.

 

20. NO REPRESENTATION BY COMPANY .

By granting the Awards, the Company is not, and shall not be deemed as, granting any representation or warranties to the Grantee regarding the Company, its business affairs, its prospects or the future value of its Shares.

 

21. NO RETENTION RIGHTS .

Nothing in the Plan or in any Award granted or agreement entered into pursuant hereto shall confer upon any Grantee the right to continue in the employ of, or be in a consultant, advisor, director, officer or supplier relationship with, the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate or to be entitled to any remuneration or benefits not set forth in the Plan or such agreement or to interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or any such Subsidiary or Affiliate to terminate such Grantee’s employment or service. Awards granted under the Plan shall not be affected by any change in duties or position of a Grantee as long as such Grantee continues to be employed by, or be in a consultant, advisor, director, officer or supplier relationship with, the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate.

 

22. PERIOD DURING WHICH AWARDS MAY BE GRANTED .

Awards may be granted pursuant to the Plan from time to time within a period of ten (10) years from the Effective Date. From the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the Effective Date no grants of Awards may be made and the Plan shall continue to be in full force and effect solely with respect to such Awards that remain outstanding. The Plan shall terminate at such time after the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the Effective Date that no Awards remain outstanding.

 

23. TERM OF AWARD

Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, but without derogating from the provisions of Sections 6.6, 6.7 or 8.2 hereof, if any Award, or any part thereof, has not been exercised and the Shares covered thereby not paid for within the term of the Award as determined by the Committee, which in any event shall not exceed ten (10) years after the date on which the Award was granted, as set forth in the Notice of Grant in the Grantee’s Award, such Award, or such part thereof, and the right to acquire such Shares shall terminate, and all interests and rights of the Grantee in and to the same shall expire. In the case of Shares held by a Trustee, the Grantee shall elect whether to release such Shares from trust or sell the Shares and upon such release or sale such trust shall expire.

 

24. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN .

The Board at any time and from time to time may suspend, terminate, modify or amend the Plan, whether retroactively or prospectively; provided, however, that, unless otherwise determined by the Board, an amendment which requires shareholder approval in order for the Plan to continue to comply with any Applicable Law shall not be effective unless approved by the requisite vote of shareholders, and provided further that except as provided herein, no suspension, termination, modification or amendment of the Plan may adversely affect any Award previously granted, without the written consent of Grantees holding a majority in interest of the Awards so affected, and in the event that such consent is obtained, all Awards so affected and the holders thereof shall be bound by and be deemed amended as set forth in, such consent.

 

- 24 -


25. APPROVAL .

 

  25.1. The Plan shall take effect upon its adoption by the Board (the “ Effective Date ”), except that solely with respect to grants of Incentive Stock Options the Plan shall also be subject to approval within one year of the Effective Date, by a majority of the votes cast on the proposal at a meeting or a written consent of shareholders. Failure to obtain approval by the shareholders shall not in any way derogate from the valid and binding effect of any grant of an Award, which is not an Incentive Stock Option. Upon approval of the Plan by the shareholders of the Company as set forth above, all Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan on or after the Effective Date shall be fully effective as if the shareholders of the Company had approved the Plan on the Effective Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that approval of the Plan by the shareholders of the Company is required under Applicable Law, in connection with the application of certain tax treatment or pursuant to applicable stock exchange rules or regulations or otherwise, such approval shall be obtained within the time required under the Applicable Law.

 

  25.2. The 102 Awards are subject to the approval, if required, of the ITA and receipt by the Company of all approvals thereof.

 

26. RULES PARTICULAR TO SPECIFIC COUNTRIES; SECTION 409A

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the terms and conditions of the Plan may be amended with respect to a particular country by means of an appendix to the Plan, and to the extent that the terms and conditions set forth in any appendix conflict with any provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the appendix shall govern. Terms and conditions set forth in the Appendix shall apply only to Award granted to a Grantee under the jurisdiction of the specific country that is the subject of the appendix and shall not apply to Awards issued to a Grantee not under the jurisdiction of such country. The adoption of any such appendix shall be subject to the approval of the Board of Directors or Committee, and if required in connection with the application of certain tax treatment, pursuant to applicable stock exchange rules or regulations or otherwise, then also the approval of the shareholders of the Company at the required majority. To the extent applicable, the Plan and any agreement hereunder shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the event that, following the Effective Date, the Board determines that any Award may be subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Board may adopt such amendments to the Plan and such agreement or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, that the Board determines are necessary or appropriate to (a) exempt the Award from Section 409A of the Code and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided with respect to the Award or (b) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

 

27. GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION .

The Plan and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant hereto shall be governed by the laws of the State of Israel, except with respect to matters that are subject to tax laws, regulations and rules in any specific jurisdiction, which shall be governed by the respective laws, regulations and rules of such jurisdiction. Certain definitions, which refer to laws other than the laws of such jurisdiction, shall be construed in accordance with such other laws. The competent courts located in Tel-Aviv-Jaffa, Israel shall have exclusive jurisdiction over any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Plan and any Award granted hereunder, and by signing any agreement relating to an Award hereunder each Grantee irrevocably submits to such exclusive jurisdiction.

 

28. NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF THE PLAN .

Neither the adoption of the Plan by the Board nor the submission of the Plan to shareholders

 

- 25 -


of the Company for approval (to the extent required under Applicable Law), shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power or authority of the Board to adopt such other or additional incentive or other compensation arrangements of whatever nature as the Board may deem necessary or desirable or preclude or limit the continuation of any other plan, practice or arrangement for the payment of compensation or fringe benefits to employees generally, or to any class or group of employees, which the Company or any Subsidiary now has lawfully put into effect, including, without limitation, any retirement, pension, savings and stock purchase plan, insurance, death and disability benefits and executive short-term or long-term incentive plans.

 

29. MISCELLANEOUS .

 

  29.1. Additional Terms . Each Award awarded under the Plan may contain such other terms and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion.

 

  29.2. Severability . If any provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable by any court of law in any jurisdiction, the remaining provisions hereof and thereof shall be severable and enforceable in accordance with their terms, and all provisions shall remain enforceable in any other jurisdiction. In addition, if any particular provision contained in this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be excessively broad as to duration, geographic scope, activity or subject, it shall be construed by limiting and reducing such provision as to such characteristic so that the provision is enforceable to fullest extent compatible with the applicable law as it shall then appear.

 

  29.3. Captions and Titles . The use of captions and titles in this Plan or any Option Agreement, Restricted Share Agreement or other Award related agreement is for the convenience of reference only and shall not affect the meaning of any provision of the Plan or such agreement.

*            *             *

 

- 26 -

EXHIBIT 21.1

List of Subsidiaries of Cyber-Ark Software Ltd.

 

Name of Subsidiary

  

Place of Incorporation

Cyber-Ark Software, Inc.    Delaware, United States
Cyber-Ark Software (UK) Limited    United Kingdom
Cyber-Ark Software (DACH) GmbH    Germany

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated March 20, 2014, in the Registration Statement (Form F-1) and related Prospectus of Cyber-Ark Software Ltd. dated June 23, 2014.

 

Tel Aviv, Israel

   

/s/ Kost Forer Gabbay & Kasierer

June 23, 2014

    Kost Forer Gabbay & Kasierer
    A Member of Ernst & Young Global

Exhibit 99.1

Consent of Director Nominee

Cyber-Ark Software Ltd. (the “Company”) has filed a Registration Statement on Form F-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), in connection with the proposed initial public offering of its ordinary shares. In connection therewith, I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named and described as a nominee to the board of directors of the Company in such Registration Statement, as may be amended from time to time and to the filing or attachment of this consent with such Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto.

 

/s/ Ron Gutler
Ron Gutler

June 18, 2014

Exhibit 99.2

Consent of Director Nominee

Cyber-Ark Software Ltd. (the “Company”) has filed a Registration Statement on Form F-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), in connection with the proposed initial public offering of its ordinary shares. In connection therewith, I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named and described as a nominee to the board of directors of the Company in such Registration Statement, as may be amended from time to time and to the filing or attachment of this consent with such Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto.

 

/s/ Kim Perdikou
Kim Perdikou

June 18, 2014